m
I
1

m m ' .

m ' I

. -. '

j .;'.. i

- ", - ;
M 5 ',_- '. '- -"- "- -

' .*'* " .

.; ; ~ .; -

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY IF C

/ft>

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF C

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
<^~

Qjr^\D

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

<5V-/7t>

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF C

1 1

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF C

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF T

1 .

,i_ -J >3

40

SITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

(5V-yrr>

LIBRARY OF Tl

SITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF TH

IITY OF CALIFORNIA

%

^

RAR

4> Y ^ ^5^ o^f- Wfa

;^^^K 1 1

\ /\ 7 ^ ^ *" '-"' ' <- <f A^

\.r /nJ - V / .

6=

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

m

-=s=s>
LIBRARY OF TH

Drawn on SumetyManaJhxun

F IT U" E B E AL VESSELS,
The sortie si$e as the. original, found oJ, Worthing in.184-5, ui cuttznfj I'/T tin- h'tiilr<id

],0rnanwnts conluiu&f, round, N 2 . 3 GiassV&ssei.

TII

GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS

OF TUB

TERTIARY AND CRETACEOUS FORMATIONS

OF

SUSSEX.

BV

FKi:m:iUCK DIXON, ESQ., F.G.S.

In tin- |ircscnt state of Geological knowledge, Facts are more wanted than Speculations." BAKKWKI.I,.

LONDON:

LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS.
1850.

PHI

EARTH
SCIENCES

TO

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF NORFOLK,

HEREDITARY EARL- MARSHAL OF ENGLAND, K.G., ETC.,

THIS WORK,

CONTRIBUTARY TO THE SCIENTIFIC HISTORY

OF THE COUNTY WHICH OWES SO MUCH TO ITS RELATIONS WITH Till:

HOUSE OF HOWARD,

IS,

WITH HIS GRACE'S PERMISSION,

AND AGREEABLY WITH THE EXPRESSED WISHES OF THE AUTHOR,
MOST RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.

EDITOR'S ADVERTISEMENT.

WHEN my esteemed and lamented friend, the Author of the present
Work, was removed from the scene of his useful and benevolent
labours, he had made considerable progress towards its completion.

Most of the plates had been engraved or lithographed, and nearly
two-thirds of the letter-press was printed. There remained prin-
cipally the fossils of the Chalk formation, in the preparation of which,
for the press, the present Editor has to acknowledge the prompt and
friendly contributions, by William Lonsdale, Esq., F.G.S., of the de-
scriptions of the Corals ; by Professor Edward Forbes, F.R.S., of the
Echinoderms ; by Professor Thomas Bell, Sec.R.S., of the Crustaceans ;
by James De Carle Sowerby, Esq., F.G.S., of the Mollusks ; and the
kind assistance rendered by Sir Philip de Malpas Grey Egerton, Bart.,
F.R.S., in revising the Author's notes on the extinct fishes of the
Chalk, and in describing the plates illustrative of that class of the
Cretaceous fossils.

Much expense had been incurred by Mr. Dixon in the illustrations
of his Work, and after his decease, it was apprehended that its

vm

further progress might be arrested pending the final arrangement
of his affairs. But this source of delay was promptly removed by
one who appreciated his worth as a neighbour and a friend. Mrs.
Thwaytes, of Charman Dean near Worthing, as soon as she became
aware of the circumstance, most liberally supplied Mrs. Dixon with
the funds required for the completion of the Work.

The geologist who may find in its pages, or its beautiful and
accurate plates, a helping guide in the course of his investigations,
will cheerfully acknowledge his debt of gratitude to this benevolent
Lady : and her name will ever be honourably associated with those
of other munificent promoters of the progress of science in this
country.

Amongst the manuscripts, with other materials of the Work, en-
trusted to the Editor by the disconsolate relatives of the Author, was
the ' Preface,' which is characteristic of Mr. Dixon' s estimable and de-
vout disposition : it is without date, but appears, by the reference to
the ' Palseontographical Society,' to have been written in the year
1848. With the Preface were some detached notes on the principal
chalk-pits in the neighbourhood of Worthing, and a Sonnet, in
which Mr. Dixon had commemorated a day, the pleasing recollection
of which, by those who spent it with him, is saddened by the reflec-
tion that it was the last of the instructive and delightful excursions
made with the amiable Author to the scenes which he loved and
the localities from which he drew such rich stores for the illustration
of their geological history.

R. O.

AUTHOR'S PREFACE.

IN offering this Work to the Public, I must state that it was com-
menced, and most of the materials were collected for it some years
ago, under the expectation that it would have been completed long
before the present time. To those who have been cognizant of its
progress, and may have expected its earlier appearance, I trust that
the plea of professional duties, a residence in the country, and un-
expected delays attendant on the engraving of many of the specimens,
may be received as an excuse. If it should seem that I have been
guided by the Horatian precept " nonum prematur in annum," it has
been through compulsion of these concurrent circumstances of delay,
which, however, I do not regret, since it has enabled me to add from
time to time descriptions and figures of many new and important
fossils, and to have had the advantage of comparing my own results
with those given in some excellent recent English and foreign pub-
lications.

An apology may, perhaps, be expected for blending antiquarian
notices with the description of a geological work. A few years ago
there were no Archaeological associations or journals ; but a local
geologist, whose immediate researches were into the antiquities of

b

X

remoter epochs of his district, could hardly fail to have his interest
excited by the analogous evidence of the past history of his own race.
I was therefore led to add the facts that came to my notice, and so
attempt to fill up the hiatus between the last geological change and
the existing period. Now, I am glad to say, many counties have
their Archaeological meetings. Last year a new Society, called the
Palseontographical, was formed for editing and describing the fossils
of England : this shows an increasing interest in these pursuits, which
is very gratifying. I have principally confined my observations to the
fossils of Sussex. Some of the subjects of Professor Owen's descrip-
tions, many of the Asteriadse described by Professor Forbes, and a
few Corals by Mr. Lonsdale, are, however, from the Chalk formation
of Kent or neighbouring counties.

I have endeavoured to avoid as much as possible unnecessary techni-
calities, for many persons are deterred from reading scientific w r orks
through the fear of meeting what are called " hard words." The
coming of names from the Greek and Latin languages in order to de-
signate fossil species is, nevertheless, absolutely necessary ; but the
day, I hope, is long gone by when the dead languages were used
to conceal truth and mystify the understanding. Every thought
that can elevate the mind and improve the heart is capable of being
expressed in our own language : even the advantage to the geologist
of different countries, of Latin descriptions and names of fossils, de-
creases daily as the cultivation of the different living languages of
Europe increases.

In the following pages I have entered into no speculative inquiry.
Geology is not at variance with the sacred truths of Scripture ; and it
must be borne in mind that every fossil, as well as recent being, is the
record of the will of God. Palaeontological inquiry points out the
wonderful power and wisdom of God at all periods of time ; shows
that in extinct beings the same law of excellent adaptation of means to

XI

ends regulated their structure in subservience to their welfare, as is
now manifested in existing creation.

Professor Sedgwick, in his Discourse on the Studies of the Univer-
sity, at page 30, has the following beautiful sentence :

" All nature is but the manifestation of a Supreme Intelligence, and
to no being but him to whom is given the faculty of reason, can this
truth be known. By this faculty he becomes the lord of created
beings, and finds all matter, organic and inorganic, subservient to his
happiness and working together for his good. A part of what is past
he can comprehend ; something even of the future he can anticipate ;
and on whatever side he looks, he sees proofs, not of wisdom and
power only, but of goodness."

If I for one moment thought this volume contained a single sen-
tence that would shake in the smallest degree the religious faith of
any person, I should for ever condemn myself; but I am thoroughly
convinced that scientific inquiry adds greatly to the happiness of
thinking beings. I have now only to express my gratitude to those
friends who have so kindly given me their valuable assistance,
being perfectly satisfied that their sentiments accord with that de-
votional feeling, which assures us that all our endeavours, all our
investigations are valueless, unless they tend to the honour and glory
of God.

Worthing.

" The earth is the Lord's, and all that therein is : the compass of
the world, and they that dwell therein.

" For he hath founded it upon the seas : and prepared it upon the
floods." Psalm xxiv.

Xll

SONNET,

Written at Houghton Chalk-pit, Sussex, on a visit with the Marquis of Northamp-
ton, Professor Owen, and John Edward Gray, Esq., June \bth, 1849.

Strangers or friends, who may in distant years
Be led by love of Nature to the spot
Where Houghton's cliff in awful grandeur rears
Its chalky head ; once seen and ne'er forgot.
There Time has cast his checker'd mantle round
Th' impending rocks, tinting with various hues
The scene : and rarest, sweetest flowers are found
Where Arun's stream its silent course pursues.
Or if by Science led you should behold
This ancient tomb of Lizards, Birds and Fish,
Such spoils, with smaller forms of every mould,
Their flinty shroud removed, will meet your wish.
These lines, to mark a happy day, were writ,
With wisdom's stores enrich'd, and keen Northampton's wit.

NOTES ON THE PRINCIPAL CHALK-PITS OF SUSSEX.

BURPHAM Chalk-pit is celebrated for the remains of those rare fossils called
" Marsupites," which Mr. Coombe has found in such perfect preservation. It
is the " upper chalk," and is very free and white. In the centre of the pit
there is a large fissure filled with reddish sand, probably of the same age as the
elephant-bed.

Hough ton Chalk- pit is one of the most magnificent chalk-quarries in Sussex ;
it is of great extent, and was worked at a very early period ; the northern and
southern extremities present a peculiarly picturesque appearance. Time has
transformed the white chalk into various shades of colour. The projecting and
rough rocks, covered in many places with drooping plants and foliage, the river
winding its course through the valley, and the beautiful Downs of Arundel Park,
all combine to make it a very beautiful and delightful spot.

The pit itself presents one of the best sections of the upper chalk formation,
that is to say, chalk with flints ; and the regular deposition of the flint nodules,
varying from two to eight feet apart, is well displayed. Many of the scarcest
and most interesting fossils are found in it the bones of Saurians, of Birds,
Fishes, Echinoderms, Testacea, &c. The flints occasionally contain drusic
cavities of quartz and calcedony. I have procured from this pit very fine
specimens of botryoidal and stalactitic calcedony, and cubic crystals of calce-
dony, which are very rare. Foraminifera are abundant on the exterior coatings
of the flints ; and fossil wood, which is rare in other cretaceous deposits, is here
often found in the chalk, and sometimes attached to the flints.

The large quarry on the opposite side of the river Arun is called " Balcombe-

XIV

pit," and is of the lower chalk formation, or that without flints. This is also
a valuable pit to the Palaeontologist, Those rare fossils called Sphrerulites are
here discovered ; bones of turtles and fishes in very good preservation, parti-
cularly Beryx ornatus and Macropoma Mantellii ; echinoderms and crustaceans,
especially the Astacus Leachii. The nodules of sulphuret of iron here often con-
tain a Terebratula or other small shell in the centre, which elsewhere is rare.

There are two or three more pits near the Windmill on the road to Amberley
Mount, which are well worth examining ; the Beryx radians, palatal teeth and
very large vertebrae of fishes, and rare star-fishes, have been found in them.

From the Chalk-quarries at Steyning I have obtained Saurian vertebrae,
remains of fishes, Belemnites, and Echinoderms, including Ophiura and other
star-fishes.

Washington-pit is of the lower chalk formation, and from it I have procured
specimens for the last forty years ; some of my best shells, star-fishes, crusta-
ceans, and remains of fishes, have been found in it.

CONTENTS.

Page

Editor's Advertisment . vl1

1'reface ... ix

Notes on the principal Chalk-pits of Sussex . xiii

Introduction

PART I.

CHAP. I. General geological view of Selsey and Bracklesham Bay

II. Eocene Formations of Selsey and Bracklesham Bay . 19

III. Geological Position of Bognor and the Sussex Coast to Brighton . 30

IV. Geological .view of Worthing and its vicinity

PART II.

CHAP. I. The Chalk Formation ... 55

II. The Continental Chalk Formations .

PART HI.

The Organic Remains from Bracklesham Bay, Selsey, and Bognor
III. Catalogue of the Fossils of the Eocene Formations

Plantse .... 84

Zoophyta .

Articulata .... 87

Mollusca ..... ... to.

Vertebrata . 110

XVI

Page

CHAP. IV. Catalogue of the Fossils of the Eocene Formations of Bognor . . . 114

V. Descriptions of Eocene Fossils from Bracklesham Bay and Selsey . . 124

Zoophyta or Corals (by William Lonsdale, Esq., F.G.S.) ... 125

Foraminifera (by J. de C. Sowerby, Esq., F.G.S.) .... 162

Articulata 163

Mollusca ........... ib.

Pisces (by Sir P. Egerton) 195

Reptilia (by Professor Owen, F.R.S.) ... 206

VI. Descriptions of the Eocene Fossils of Bognor ...... 222

Annelida ........... ib.

Cirripedia ........... ib.

Crustacea 223

Mollusca ........... ib.

Pisces 228

Reptilia (by Prof. Owen, F.R.S.) . . 229

Notes on the Fossil Plants from the Sussex Shore .... 230

VII. Descriptions of the Fossils of the Chalk Formation ..... 237

Corals of the Chalk (by William Lonsdale, Esq., F.G.S.) . . ib.

Echinodermata (by Prof. Edward Forbes, F.R.S.) . 325

Crustacea (by Prof. Thomas Bell, Sec.R.S.) . . 344

Mollusca (by James de Carle Sowerby, Esq.) ..... 346

Catalogue of the Invertebrata of the Chalk . . 35 1
Pisces (by the Author, revised by Sir P. de M. Grey Egerton, Bart., F.R.S.) 360

Reptilia (by Prof. Owen, F.R.S.) . 378

Catalogue of the Vertebrata of the Chalk 405

General Index . 409

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

TAB. I.

Fig. 1 . Turbinolia sulcata : a, magnified ; b, end view magnified.

1*. , younger individual : a, magnified; b, end view magnified.

2. Oculina raristella : a, upon a pebble ; b, fractured surface ; c, part of the same slightly

magnified ; d, part of the same highly magnified.

3. ? dendrophylloides : a, portion magnified ; b, surface magnified.

4. Dendrophyllia ? : a, end view ; b, portion magnified ; c, variety.

5. Siderastrea Wcbsteri, upon a pebble: a, young state magnified; b, full-grown star

magnified ; c, portion of full-grown star highly magnified ; d, longitudinal section ;
e, portion of an old specimen.

6. Stylophora monticularia : a, small specimen; b, small specimen magnified; c, young

cell highly magnified.

7. Porites panicca : a, surface magnified ; b, edge view, natural size.

8. Lunulites urceolata ? : a, upper surface magnified ; b, under surface magnified.
8*. radiata ? : a, upper surface magnified ; b, under surface magnified.

9. Eschara Brongniarti ? : a, magnified.

9*. , irregularly grouped cells : a, magnified.

10. Cellepora petiolus : a, magnified ; b, edge view magnified.

TAB. II.

Fig. 1. Solen obliquus. Fig. 7. Nucula similis.

2. Crassatella compressa. 8. Corbula longirostris ?

3. Tellina plagia. 9. Nucula serrata.

4. tumescens. 10. Corbula longirostris ?

5. Cytherea obliqua. 11. Gallica.

6. Sanguinolaria Hollowaysii. 12. Panopsea corrugata.
6a. Cardilia Iseviuscula. 13. Nucula bisulcata.

a

11

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 14. Cardita planicosta.

15. Cytherea suberycinoides.

16. striatula.

17. Clavagella coronata.

18. Cardita planicosta.

19. Clavagella coronata.

20. Cardium semigranulatum.

21. Crassatella compressa, var. sulcata.

Fig. 22. Tellina canaliculata.

23. Solen Dixoni.

24. Solenocurtus Parisiensis.

25. Pectunculus pulvinatus.

26. Chama Gigas, young.

27. Gastrochsena corallium.

28. Lithodomus Deshayesii.

Fig. 1. Tellina textilis.

2. Cytherea trigonula.

3 & 3 a. Mactra compressa.

4. Tellina craticula.

5. plagia.

6. Cytherea lucida,

7. Lucina serrata.

' I Tellina donacialis.
9. J

10. Mactra semisulcata.

11. Tellina speciosa.

12. Diplodonta dilatata.

13. Cytherea nitidula.

14. Cardium alternatum.

15. Cardita elegans ?

16. Diplodonta dilatata.

17. Cardium ordinatum.

Fig. 1 . Ostrea picta.

2. tenera, var. striata.

3. tenera.

4. longirostris.

Fig. 1. Hipponix Cornu-copise.
2. Turritella sulcifera.

fCassidaria nodosa.
5. Turritella terebellata.

TAB. III.

Fig. 18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.

Cypricardia oblonga.
Limopsis granulatus.
Pectunculus globosus.
Byssoarca interrupta.

duplicata.

Branderi.

Lucina immersa.
Cypricardia carinata.
Chama Gigas.
Pecten reconditus.

plebeius ?

squamula.

\ 30-radiatus.

plebeius ? var.
40-radiatus.

Lima expansa.

TAB. IV.

Fig. 5. Ostrea Flabellula.

6. Pecten corneus.

7. Ostrea inflata.

8. Anomia tenuistriata.

TAB. V.

Fig. 6. Turritella conoidea.

7. Fasciolaria biplicata.

8. Fusus rugosus.

8 a. Acteon sulcatus.

9. Sigaretus canaliculatus.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

ill

Fig. 10. Turritella conoidca, var. clongata.

11. Fasciolaria uniplicata.

12. Voluta labrella.

13. Murex minax.

1 I. Voluta labrella.

15. Triton expansus.

16. Voluta spinosa.

17. Cithara.

Fiir- 18. Voluta rccticosta.
p. 106.)

19. angusta.

20. muricina.

21. Rostellaria lucida.

22. Voluta crenulata.

23. nodosa.

24. costata.

(Tab. VII. in text,

Fig. 1. Bulla Edwardsii.
2. Solarium spcctabilc.

3 a. canaliculatum.

3 b. pulchrum.

4. Cerithium inarginatum.

5. Cornu-copise.

6. marginatuin.

7. calcitrapoides.

8. Turritella sulcata.

9. multisulcata.

10. Cerithium giganteum.

11. Pleurotoma attenuata.

12.-;

ptrepsidura turgida.
lo. J

14. Pleurotoma attenuata.

15. Cerithium cristatum.

16. Turritella marginata.

17. nexilis.

18. Cerithium incomptum.

Fig. 1 & 3 a. Dentalium acuticosta.
2. Dentalium costatum.
3. nitens.

4. Cerithium unisulcatum.

5. Turritella fasciata.

6. Bulla extensa : b, magnified.

7. lanceolata : b, magnified.

8. uniplicata : b, magnified.

9. Fissurella Edwardsii.

TAB. VI.

Fig. 19. Turritella bicincta.

20. Natica Hantoniensis.

21 . Pleurotoma inarata.

22. Cassidaria coronata.

23. Pleurotoma plebeia.

24. dentata.

25. gentilis.

26.i

^Globulus labellatus.

28. Natica obovata.

29. Ampullina depressa.

30. Cassidaria coronata.

31. Ampullina pachycheila.

32. Globulus conoideus.
33. Willemettii.

34. Bifrontia Laudinensis.

35. disjuncta.

36. marginata.

37. bifrons.

TAB. VII.

Fig. 10. Solarium trochiforme ?

11. Strepsidura armata.

12. Triton argutus.

13. Pseudoliva ovalis.

14. Scalaria interrupta.

15. acuta.

16. Dentalium acuticosta.

17. Pleurotoma curvicosta.

18. Bulla expansa.

a2

IV

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 19. Pleurotoma obscurata.

20. 1,,

^Mitra monodonta.

'- 1 - J

22. Globulus hybridus.

23. Delphinula Warnii.

24. Pleurotoma prisca.

25. Fusus unicarinatus.

26. Globulus scalariformis.

27. Littorina sulcata.

28. Voluta calva.

29. spinosa, var. platyspina.

30. Fusus parvirostrum.

31. errans,

32. incultus.

33. Buccinum strombo'ides.

Fig. l.i

'' ' >Cypraea Bowerbankii.

Fig. 34. Fusus laeviusculus.
35. Voluta Bulbula.

37. angusta.

38. Marginella ovulata.

39. Fusus undosus.

40. Canccllaria evulsa.

41. Melania costellata.

42. Turritella contracta.

43. Cassidaria nodosa.

44. ambigua.

45.

46

47. Buccinum junceum ?

48. Eulima subulata.

[ Voluta uniplicata.

. J

TAB. VIII.

globosa.
inflata.
Coombii.

3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9. Conus deperditus.
10. diversiformis.

i Pleurotoma amphiconus.

Fig. 11. Pseudoliva obtusa.

' [Nummularia laevigata.
lo. J

14. Ancillaria buccinoides.

15. obtusa.

16. fusiformis.

17. Conus velatus.

18. pyriformis.

19. Nautilus ziczac.

TAB. IX.

Fig. 1. Lycopodites squamatus.
2. Cucumites variabilis.

' >Pinites Dixoni.
4.J

4 a. Alveolina elongata, in miliolite lime-
stone.
5. fusiformis : b, magnified.

6. Rotalia obscura.

7. Nummularia radiata.

8. Quinqueloculina Hauerina.

9. Triloculina Cor-anguinum.

Fig.

9 a.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Biloculina, species undetermined.
Belosepia Blainvillii ?

1,11 V1P1M

longispina.
Oweni.

14.
15.
16.
17.

brevispina.
longirostris.
Blainvillii.

of the same.

18.

Beloptera belemnitoidea.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. v

Fig. 19. Rotella minuta. Fig. 26. Dendrophyllia ?

20. Adeorbis planorbularis. 27. Echinus ? (From the Collection of

21. Serpula ornata. J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S.)

22. Cerithium cancellatum. 28. Dendrophyllia ?

23. Orbis patellatus. 29. Echinus ?

2k Idmonea Coronopus. 30. Dendrophyllia ?

25. Stylophora emarciata. 31. Emarginula obtusa.

TAB. X.

Fig. 1 & 2. Dental plate of the Myliobates Dixoni.

3, 4 & 5. Dental plate of the Myliobates toliapicus.

6, 7 & 8. Dental plate of the ^Etobates irregularis.
10. Base of the serrated spine of a Myliobates.
11 & 12. The left lower maxillary bone and teeth of Elasmodus Hunteri.

13. Periodus Koenigii.

1417. Portions of the prolonged premaxillaries or 'sword' of a Xiphioid fish (Ccelorbyn-
chus).

18. The upper maxillaries and teeth of Edaphodon eurygnathus.

19. The right premaxillary of Edaphodon eurygnathus.

20. The right upper maxillary of Edaphodon Bucklandi.

21. The inner side view of Edaphodon Bucklandi.

22. A fragment of a Chimaeroid tooth.

23. Platylsemus Colei.

24-27. Vertebra of Fossil Fishes.
28-31. Teeth of Lamna elegans.
32-35. Teeth of Otodus obliquus.

TAB. XI.

Fig. 1 . Part of the lower dental plate of a recent Sting-ray, Myliobates.
24. ^Etobates irregularis.

5. convexus.

6. subconvexus.

7. A single tooth of JStobates.

8. ^Etobates rectus.

9. Lower jaw and teeth of a recent jEtobates.
10. Section of upper and lower jaw of ^Etobates.
11-13. Defensive spines of a Siluroid fish.

14. Myliobates Dixoni.

15. irregularis.

16. Edwardsi.

vi DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 17. Myliobates contractus.

18. A tooth of the Gavialis Dixoni.

19. A tooth of the Carcharodon heterodon.

20 & 21. Two views of a tooth of the Otodus lanceolatus.
22 & 23. Teeth of the Galeocerdo latidens.
24 & 25. Teeth of Fossil Fishes.

26. Prolonged premaxillaries or ' sword ' of a fossil Sword-fish (Ccelorhynchus).

27. Molar tooth of a Pachy dermal quadruped (Lophiodon minimus).
27 a. & 27 b. Premolar tooth and part of jaw of the same quadruped.

TAB. XII.

Fig. 1 . ^tobates marginalis.
2. Myliobates striatus.

3. Dixoni.

4. toliapicus.

5. The left premaxillary bone of the Edaphodon eurygnathus.
6 & 7. Teeth of a Saw-fish, Pristis.

8. Portion of fossil skin of a Placoid fish.
9 & 10. Pristis contortus.

11, 12 & 13. Dental plates of Platylsemus.

14. A vertebra of Palseophis typhaeus.

15. The eighth costal plate of the right side of the carapace of a Soft-Turtle, Trionyx.

16. A costal plate of the carapace of a Turtle (Chelone).

17. A neural plate of Chelone.

18. The head of the humerus of a Chelonian.

19. The ulna of a Chelone.

20 & 21. Undetermined fossils.

TAB. XIII.

Fig. 1, 2 & 3. Skull of the Chelone convexa.
4. Skull of Chelone trigoniceps.

5 & 6. Symphysis of lower jaw of Chelone trigoniceps.
7. Back margin of mandibular symphysis, Chelone trigoniceps.

11, Side view of mandibular symphysis, Chelone trigoniceps.

8 & 10. Part of the symphysis of the lower jaw of the Chelone longiceps.

9. The mandibular symphysis of a smaller individual of the same species.

12, 14 & 16. A sacral vertebra of a fossil Trionyx.

13, 15 & 17. A sacral vertebra of a recent Trionyx.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

VII

TAB. XIV.

Fiir. 1. Teredo ante-nautsc.

2. Dentalium incrassatuin.
3 a. Verrnetus Bognoriensis.

3b.) v

IXiphidium quadratum.

5 & 5 a. Teredo personata.

6. Cultellus iillinis.

7. Fectunculus decussatus.

8. Cyprina? nana.

9. Panopsea intermedia.

10. Pholas Pechellii.

11. Cyprina planata.

12. Cardita quadrata.

13. Modiola elegans.

14. Panopira Puclla.

15. Nautilus Sowerbii.

16. Modiola simplex.

17. Anomia tenuistriata.

18. Lingula tenuis.

19. Auipullina patula.

20. Solarium bistriatum.

21. Aporrhais Sowerbii.

22. Buccinum ? internal cast.

23. Littorina sulcata.

24. Natica microstonia.

25. Acteon simulatus ?

Fit;. 26. Pseudoliva semicostata.

27. Infundibulum trochiforme.

28. Nautilus centralis.

29. Fusus tuberosus.

30. Pleurotoma prisca ? internal cast

31. Pholadomya virgulosa.

32. Pectunculus brevirostris.

33. Cardita Brongniarti.

34. Represents a portion of a large mass

composed of oval grains, rather
smaller than rice, collected into
clusters of an elongated form, nearly
an inch long, sometimes cylindrical,
sometimes fusiform or ' flattened,
piled upon one another either irre-
gularly or in a radiating manner.
Similar masses occur of various sizes,
some consisting of only a few clus-
ters, others of considerable num-
bers, covering a surface of 5 or
more inches square. Similar bodies
have long been observed by Mr. We-
therell in the Highgate clay. Can
they be Coprolites ?

35. Probably the remains of a Coral, or

the cast of a Worm's tube ?

TAB. XV.

Fig. 1. Crocodilus Spenceri.

2. The first caudal vertebra of ditto.

,'lAstacus Bellii..
4.J

5. Cancer Leachii.

6 & 6a. Pyrula Smithii.

Fig. 7. Voluta denudata.

8. Cassidaria nodosa.

9. ambigua.

10. Turritella scalarioides.

11. A tooth of the Otodus obliquus.

This and A. sigaretitia are erroneously referred to Globulus in the list. Globulus labellatus is
correct, p. 118.

viii DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

TAB. XVI.

Magnified sections of various kinds of Fossil Woods, chiefly of Palms ; forming Agates, from
the Sussex coast. (See p. 234.)

TAB. XVII.

Polished sections of Choanites, Corals, and Fossil Sponges ; forming Agates, from the Sussex
coast. (See p. 67 and 68, which refers by mistake to Tab. XIII.)

TAB. XVIII.

Fig. 1-10. Monocarya centralis. Fig. 34. Axogaster cretacea var. ?

11 & 12. cultrata. 35f, 36 & 37. Epiphaxum auloporoides.

13. uncertain species. 35*. Diastopora ramosa ?

14-28. Diblasus Grevensis. 35 J, 40 & 41. Alecto ramea.

29-33. Axogaster cretacea. 38 & 39. Spinopora Dixoni.

TAB. XVIII. A.

Fig. 1. Alecto gracilis. Fig. 6. Desmeopora semicylindrica.

2. Diastopora Sowerbii. 7. Petalopora pulchella.

3. ramosa ? 8. pustulosa.

4. Clypeina tubseformis. 9. Holostoma contingens.

5. Idmonea cretacea.

TAB. XVIII. B.

Fig. 1. Diastopora ramosa. Fig. 7. Marginaria Rcemeri.
2. Siphoniotyphlus plumatus. 8. Escharina intricata.

3-5. Homososolen ramulosus. 9-11. Flustra inelegans.

6. Atagma papularium. 12. Stephanophyllia Michelini.

TAB. XIX.

Fig. 1. Pentacrinus caput-Medusae, recent. (From the Collection of W. J. Brodcrip, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.G.S.)
2. Fossil Pentacrinus, the first specimen hitherto obtained, from the Chalk. (From the

Collection of H. Catt, Esq.)
3-15. Portions of Chalk Pentacrini. From Sussex.

TAB. XX.

Fig. 1-3, 6, 7. Portions of Chalk Pentacrini. Fig. 9. Marsupites Milleri.

4 & 5. Marsupites Milleri. 10. ornatus.

8. Isevigatus. 11-38. Portions of Chalk Apiocrini.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. ix

TAB. XXI.

Fig. 1. Goniaster Hunteri. Fig. 8. Fragment of Goniaster uncatus.

2 & 2*. Goniaster rugatus. 9. Fragment of a Goniaster.

3. Goniaster. 10 & 11. Goniaster Parkinsoni,

4. Goniaster uncatus, dorsal or upper 12. Oreaster obtusus.

surface. 13. ocellatus.

5. , under surface. 14. Oreaster.

6. Oreaster Boysii. 15. Fragments of Oreaster pistilliferus.

7, 7 a-e. Oreaster coronatus. 16. Fragments of an Oreaster.

TAB. XXII.

Fig. 1 . Goniaster Smithii. Fig. 5. Goniaster.

2.1 6. Coombii, dorsal surface.

2 a.! 7. , ventral surface.

3. compactus. 8. Stellaster Comptoni.

4. Bowerbankii. 9. elegans.

TAB. XXIII.

Fig. 1. Arthraster Dixoni. Fig. 8. Goniaster, sp. ?

2. Disc of Ophiura serrata. 9. lunatus.

3, 3 a, 3 b. Portions of arms of Ophiura 10. angustatus.

serrata: 3 a, magnified. 11-12. Mantelli.

4,5. Goniaster latus. 13-14. Portions of Goniaster uncatus.

6. - Coombii. 15. A fragment of Goniaster rugatus.

7. Oreaster squamatus. 16. Fragment of a Goniaster.

TAB. XXIV.

Figs. 1 & 2. Holaster subglobosus. Fig. 18. Teeth of Cidaris serrifera.

3 & 4. Micraster cor-bovis. 19. Magnified base of a spine of Cidaris

5 & 6. gibbus. serrifera.

7, 8, 9. Holaster cor-aviuni. 20. Cyphosoma spatulifera.

10,11,12. pillula. 21. Magnified portion of sphere of Cy-

13, 14. Discoidea Dixoni. phosoma spatulifera.

15. Cidaris serrifera. 22. Magnified base of spine of Cypho-

16. Outline of side view of sphere of soma spatulifera.

Cidaris serrifera. 23 & 24. Spine of Cidaris.

17. Magnified portion of sphere of Cidaris 25. Spine of Cidaris.

serrifera. 26. Goniaster mosaicus.

b

X DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 27. Oreaster bulbiferus. Fig. 30. Magnified portion of fig. 28.

28. Sphere of a small oryoungCyphosoma? 31. Magnified portion of tig. 29.

29. Sphere of a small oryoungCyphosoma?

TAB. XXV.

Fig. 1. Cidaris vesiculosa ; la, portion of spine, Fig. 15. Portion of a Cidaris.
magnified. 16. Sphere of a Cidaris.

2. Spine of Cidaris serrifera ; 2 a, a por- 17. Cyphosoma Milleri.

tion magnified. 18-20. Spines of Cidaris clavigera.

3. Spine of Cidaris sceptrifera. 21. Portion of Cidaris vesiculosa.

4. Spine of Cidaris vesiculosa. 22. Cidaris clavigera.

5. Cidaris sceptrifera. 23-25. Salenia scutigera.

6 & 7. Spines of Cidaris sceptrifera. 26, 27. Cyphosoma Milleri.

8. Cidaris perornata. 28. Spine and part of the head of Cidaris.

9. Section of a spine of Cidaris clavigera. 29. Cyphosoma variolaris.
10,11. Cidaris clavigera. 30. Glypticus Koninckii.

12. Portion of a Cidaris, 31. Echinopsis pusillus.

13. Portion of sphere of Cidaris vesiculosa. 32 & 33. Cidaris sulcata.

14. Cidaris clavigera.

TAB. XXVI.

Figs. 1-5. Hippurites Mortoni.

4. Fragments found at Southeram chalk -pit, near Lewes.

5. Fragment from a chalk-pit in Kent, from the Collection of Mrs. Smith; it shows

the surface of one of the diverging plates between the cellular tissue of which the
mass of the shell is composed.

6. Portions of the vertebrae of a Shark (see fig. 8 of Tab. XXXI.).

TAB. XXVII.

Fig. 1. Ostrea virgata. Fig. 8. Hipponix, attached valves.

2. carinata, young. 9. Orbicula Parisiensis : a, free valve; b,

3. Gryphsea globosa, var. depressa. attached valve; c, interior of free valve.

4.-) 10. Terebratula sex-radiata.

\ Crania costata.
5.J 11. Bulla.

6. striata. 12."iLituola nautilo'idea : b, magnified;

7. Exogyra llauliniana ; Ostrea, D'Or- 13. J c, highly magnified.

bigny. 14. Lituola?(Rotalia): b, highly magnified.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

XI

Fig. 15. -I Fig. 27.

16. Terebratulse. 28.
17.J

18. Ammonites; a section to show the 29.

siphuncle preserved. 30.

19. Cristellaria rotulata. 31.

20. Emarginula affinis. 32.

21. Terebratula striatula. 33.

22. Ammonites Prosperianus. 34.

23. Belcmnitea semicanaliculatus. 35.

24. Baculiti's Faujasii. 36.

25. Emarginula affinis ; cast of exterior. 37.

26. Turbo gemmatus. 38

Pleurotomaria perspectiva.
Bclemnites mucronata ; a cast in

flint.

Belemnites Baudouini.
Baculitcs Faujasii.
Aporrhais stenopterus.
Scalaria compacta.
Turbo gemmatus.
Avellana, species uncertain.
Natica Dupinii.
Aporrhais stenopterus.

IScaphites sequalis.

Fig.

2. Pecten quinquecostatus.

3.J

4. - Dujardinii.

f>. - Asellus.

6.1

7. Xiphidium maximum.

8.J

9. angustum.

10. Leda pulchra.

11. Byssoarca Marullensis.

12. Serpula Plexus.

13. Modiola quadrata.

14. Lima laeviuscula.

15. Lima or Plagiostoma.

16. Plagiostoma parallelum.
17.

18

IPecten sequicostatus.

i. J

TAB. XXVIII.

Fig. 19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24,
25.
26,
27
28
29
30
31
32,
33
34
35

Pecten subinterstriatus.
Pinna decussata.
Plagiostoma Hoperi, var.

lOstreae.

> Lima granosa.

Pecten jugosus.
I Teredo rotundus.

Inoceramus Lamarckii.
ISpondylus latus.

Inoceramus involutus.
Lima spinosa.
Spondylus fimbriatus.
Teredo Amphisbaena.

Fig. 1 . Holaster subglobosus.

2. Turritella turbinata.

3. Discoidea cylindrica.

4. Cidaris Bowerbankii.

TAB. XXIX.

Fig. 4 a. A part magnified.

5. Solarium catenatum.

6. Pholadomya decussata.

7. Cassidaria incerta.

62

Xii DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 8. Nautilus Archiachianus. Fig. 13. Hamites armatus.

9. Serpula annulata. 14. Fragment of a Crustacean.

10. Dentalium difforine. 15. Ammonites Milletianus.

11. Scaphites sequalis. 16. Turrilites triplicatus.

12. Hamites angustus. 17. Scheuchzerianus.

TAB. XXX.

Figs. 1 & 2. Teeth of the Ptychodus latissiinus.

3. A tooth of the Ptychodus paucisulcatus.

4 & 5. Nascent or incomplete teeth of a Ptychodus.

6. A tooth of the Ptychodus mammillaris.

7 & 8. Teeth of the Ptychodus decurrens.

9. A tooth of the Ptychodus polygyrus.
10. A tooth of the Ptychodus altior.
11 & 12. Teeth of the Acrodus Illingworthi.

13. A tooth of the Acrodus cretaceus.

14. A group of teeth of the Gyrodus angustus.

15. A series of teeth of the Gyrodus cretaceus.

16. A group of teeth of the Phacodus punctatus.

17. A tooth of the Corax maximus.

18. A tooth of the Corax falcatus.

19. A tooth of the Lamna acuminata.

20. ? Teeth of a species of Enchodus.

21 & 21 a, b, c, d. Teeth of the Saurocephalus lanciformis.

22. A tooth of the Polyptychodon interruptus.

23. Portion of a larger tooth of Polyptychodon interruptus.

24. A tooth of the Oxyrhina Mantelli.

25 & 25 a, b, c. Teeth of the Otodus appendiculatus.

26. A tooth of the Lamna acuminata.

27. Portion of jaw and teeth of the Enchodus halocyon.
28 & 29. Palatine teeth of the Saurodon leanus.

30. Teeth of the Notidanus microdon.

31. Portion of jaw and teeth of the Tomognathus leiodus.

32. Teeth of the Odontaspis rhaphiodon.

33. Coprolites of a Macropoma.

34. Teeth of the Lamna acuminata.

35. Teeth of a Squaloid fish.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. Xlll

TAB. XXXI.

Fig. 1. A tooth of the Ptychodus dccurrens.

2. A tooth of the Ptychodus Oweni.

3. A tooth of the Ptychodus latissimus.

4. A tooth of the Ptychodus mammillaris.

5. A tooth of the Ptychodus rugosus.

6 & 7. A tooth of the Ptychodus Mortoni.

8. Squaloid vertebra, probably of Ptychodus.

9. A tooth of the Ptychodus depressus.

10 & 10 a. Teeth of the Ptychodus polygyrus.

11. A tooth of the Enchodus halocyon.

12. Portions of jaws of Saurocephalus lanciformis.

13 & 13 a. Two views of a tooth of Oxyrhina crassidens.

14. Fin-rays of a Ptychodus.

15. A portion of fossil shagreen, or skin of a Placoid fish.

16. Vertebrae of Tetrapterus minor.

17. Two views of a tooth of Otodus appendiculatus.
18 & 18 a, b. Tooth of the Lamna acuminata.

19. Vertebra of Placoid fish.

20. Tooth of a Mosasauroid reptile.

21 & 21 a. Tooth of a Leiodon, two views.

TAB. XXXII.

. 1 & 2. Upper maxillary bone, left side, of Edaphodon Mantelli.
3 & 4. Mandible of Orthagoriscus.

5. Teeth of Ptychodus decurrens.
6 & 6*. Dental plate of Aulodus Agassizii.

7. Microdon nuchalis.

8. A group of teeth of Gyrodus conicus.

9. Two teeth of Acrodus Illingworthi.
10. Ccelorhynchus cretaceus.

11 & 12. Calamopleurus Anglicus.

TAB. XXXII*.

Fig. 1. Portion of rostrum or prolonged premaxillary bone of Saurocephalus lanciformis.
2. Microdon occipitalis.
3 & 3*. Prionolepis angustus.
4. Dental plate of Plethodus oblongus.

5 & 5*. Teeth of a new species of Microdon.

6 & 6*. Teeth of a new species of Gyrodus ?

xiv DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 7 & 7*. Defensive spine of Plaeoid fish, probably of the Ray-tribe ?
8. Teeth of Cestracion canaliculatus, twice the natural size.
9 & 9*. Portion of jaw and teeth of the Hypsodon minor.
10, 10* & 10**. Saurocephalus lanciformis.

TAB. XXXIII.

Figs. 1 & 1*. Portions of the scales, with jaws and teeth of Gyrodus angustus.

2. A fragment of the dental plate of Plethodus expansus.

3. Series of the teeth of Pycnodus parallelus.

4. Osmeroides Lewesiensis.

4 a. A scale, magnified, of Osmeroides Lewesiensis.

TAB. XXXIV.

Fig. 1. The head of Beryx ornatus.

2. The head of Macropoma Mantelli.

3. Beryx microcephalus.

4. 4 a, 4 b. Jaws of a Beryx.

4 c. The hypotympanic bone of a Beryx.

5. Dercetis elongatus.

6 & 7. Lower maxillary bone of Edaphodon Mantelli.

8. Premaxillary bone, right side, of Ischyodus gigas.

9, 10, 10 a. Portions of jaws and teeth of Pachyrhizodus basalis.
11. Portion of upper jaw of the Saurocephalus lanciformis.

TAB. XXXV.

Fig. 1. Portion of head of Tomognathus mordax.
2. Homonotus dorsalis.

3 & 3*. Portion of jaw and teeth of Belonostomus cinctus.

4 & 4*. Portion of jaw and teeth of Belonostomus attenuatus.

5 & 5*. Portion of jaw and teeth of Saurocephalus striatus.

6 & 7. Pomognathus eupterygius.
8. Portion of Berycopsis elegans.
8*. One of its scales, magnified.

TAB. XXXVI.

Figs. 1 & 3. Beryx ornatus. Fig. 4. Beryx radians.
2. Stenostomus pulchellus. 5. superbus.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. XV

TAB. XXXVII.

Fiir. 1. Portion of the lower jaw of the Mosasaurus gracilis.

1 a. \ fragment of the upper jaw of Mosasaurus gracilis.

2-5. Portions of vertebrae of Mosasaurus gracilis.

6 & 7. Middle cervical vertebra of Plesiosaurus constrictus.

8 & 9. Teeth of Plesiosaurus Bernardi.
10 & 11. Pterygoid teeth of Mosasaurus gracilis.
13. Crown of a tooth of a Leiodon.
13. Tooth of Plesiosaurus constrictus.
1 1. Fragment of a tooth of a Mosasauroid reptile.
15. Fragment of a tooth of a Plesiosauroid reptile.
16 & 17. Tooth of Polyptychodon interruptus.

18. Series of vertebrae of Coniasaurus crassidens.

19. Portion of jaw with teeth of Coniasaurus crassidens.

19 a. Crowns of teeth, magnified, of Coniasaurus crassidens.

20. Upper view of alveolar process and teeth of Coniasaurus crassidens.

TAB. XXXVIII.

Fig. 1 . Portion of the skull and anterior part of the vertebral column of the Dolichosaurus
longicollis.

2. Part of the lower jaw of the Dolichosaurus longicollis, magnified; and outline of

the same, natural size.

3. Portion of lower jaw with a tooth of the Polyptychodon interruptus.
4 & 5. Anterior portion of the skull of Pterodactylus conirostris.

6. Portion of scapular arch of Pterodactylus conirostris.

7. Metacarpal bone of the fifth digit of the fore-limb of a Plesiosaurus.

TAB. XXXVIII*.

Figs. 1 & 2. Upper view of the Pateastacus Dixoni.

3. The fore-part of the carapace and a portion of the claw of the Palseastacus Dixoni.

4. A portion of the carapace and two claws of the Palaeastacus Dixoni.

5. Side view of the Palseastacus Dixoni.

6 & 7. The pincer-claws or 'chela;' of the Palseastacus macrodactylus.

8. Part of the carapace of a Crustacean.

9. The carapace of Platypodia Oweni.

10. Portion of the carapace of a Crustacean.

11. The claw of a Grapsoid Crustacean.

12. Five legs of the same side of a Grapsiform Brachyurous Crustacean.

XVI DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

TAB. XXXIX.
Figs. 1, 2 & 3. Portion of lower jaw and teeth of the Raphiosaurus Lucius.

4. Posterior part of the vertebral column and pelvis of the Dolichosaurus longicollis

5 & 6. Marginal plates of a Turtle (Chelone).

7-9. Three views of the body of a vertebra of the Mosasaurus gracilis.

10. A group of teeth of the Ichthyosaurus communis.

11. Shaft of the humerus of Cimoliornis diomedeus.

12. Distal end of tibia of Cimoliornis diomedeus.

TAB. XL.

Fig. 1. Front view of a cervical vertebra of Plesiosaurus Bernardi.

2. Back view of a cervical vertebra of ditto.

3. Side view of a cervical vertebra of ditto.

4. Under view of a cervical vertebra of ditto.

THE

CHALK FORMATION

AND

TERTIARY DEPOSITS

OF

SELSEY, BRACKLESHAM BAY AND BOGNOR.

INTRODUCTION.

NOTWITHSTANDING the rapid advancement of geological know-
ledge, and the number of works which have appeared both in England
and on the continent full of Palseontological discoveries, yet the right
progress and stability of the generalizations of science depend so much
on particulars well-determined, that having devoted much attention
to the formations and their fossils in my immediate neighbourhood,
I am induced to publish some illustrations of the Cretaceous period,
more especially of Kent and Sussex, and of the Tertiary deposits of
Bracklesham Bay, Selsey and Bognor. Many interesting facts have
been discovered since Dr. Mantell's valuable work on the Fossils of

B

the South Downs, which have been noticed by himself and others.
But the extent of the Chalk formation is so great, and the parts
accessible to examination so limited, that the fossils of each locality
merit the special attention of the collector, and I trust I shall be
able through the assistance of my friends, which will be more parti-
cularly noticed when treating of the Chalk, to add several new and
interesting specimens, especially amongst the Asterice. Bracklesham
Bay has been known for many years as a rich deposit of the London
Clay fossils. Mr. Webster, Dr. Mantell and Mr. Bowerbank have
each added to its celebrity ; yet still I hope to show, that this part of
Sussex is deserving of a more minute inspection, and of ranking, if
not the first in England, yet as a very rich locality, to those geologists
who are fond of examining the fossil records of the Eocene period*.

I am well-aware that individual exertion is not sufficient to give a
faithful account of any geological position. To keep pace with modern
discoveries, and compare specimens from other localities of the same
date, more time and leisure are requisite than a professional man can
devote to such pursuits. I have been very fortunate in having the
cabinets of my friends Mr. Bowerbank and Mr. Fred. Edwards to refer
to on all occasions ; these gentlemen have been with myself collectors
at Bracklesham for the last eight or ten years, and their authority will
be often mentioned in this part of my work. I am much indebted to
Mr. J. De C. Sowerby for his descriptions and valuable information,

* " There are few localities where the London Clay can be examined, of which so little is known,
and which at the same time is so worthy of a careful investigation, as that portion presented to
our view by the action of the sea at Bracklesham Bay and its neighbourhood, on the coast of
Sussex. The deposit here differs so much, both in its mineral character and fossil contents, from
the same formation in other parts of England, and exhibits so close an approximation in both
these respects to the corresponding beds in France those of the Calcaire Grossier as to render
it a matter of surprise that it has not attracted a greater share of attention from English geolo-
gists." On the London clay formation at Bracklesham Bay, Sussex, by J. S. Bowerbank, Esq.,
F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., from Magazine of Natural History, 1840, volume iv. p. 23.

and for engraving most of my plates. I have also had the assistance
of the British Tertiary Club in naming many of the new fossils. With
my friends Mr. F. Edwards and Mr. G. A. Coombe, I have passed
many pleasant days at Selsey in collecting specimens. To all these
gentlemen I return my sincere thanks for their valuable assistance,
since without their aid I should not have written the account of
Bracklesham Bay : there are still many inaccuracies, nor do I publish
it as anything more than an advanced catalogue of the Eocene fossils
of this country.

To some of my readers, a few observations may not be unacceptable
in reference to the general utility and objects of geological research.

Geology may be considered a new science. It is the investigation
of the substances that constitute the earth's surface, and the revolu-
tions which that surface has undergone in former years and is still
undergoing. The geologist may be considered as the historian of the
changes of the world, who not only gives an account of its large divi-
sions, minerals, and strata, but inquires into the various characters of
the lost tribes of plants and animals which once inhabited the globe.

The ancients knew nothing of this science, nor do we find it a sub-
ject occupying much attention before the last century. It is true, at
all periods fossil bones and petrifactions have occupied the attention
of philosophers ; nor must the work of the elder Pliny be forgotten :
but it is only within the last fifty years that any scientific arrangement
of the earth's surface has been formed, and divided into the Primary,
Secondary, and Tertiary periods. The Germans have been most con-
spicuous in the investigation of the Primary strata ; the Secondary
formations with their fossil contents have engaged the peculiar atten-
tion of the English ; and the French, guided by the illustrious Cuvier,
Brongniart, Lamarck, and Deshayes, have minutely examined and
clearly explained the Tertiary period.

B 2

Every branch of Geology has been improved by the advancement of
chemical knowledge. The perfection of microscopical instruments,
aided by a more accurate examination of minute objects, has created
almost a new theory as to the origin of many rocks and formations.

The study of Geology has been condemned on the supposition that
the science was opposed to the Mosaic account of the earth's forma-
tion, that it tended to scepticism and to sap the religious principles
of its admirers, and that it was of little use. I do not wish to discuss
the various opinions which have been brought forward by geologists
with regard to the extent of time requisite to produce certain changes,
or attempt to reconcile these with the formation of the world as re-
corded in the book of Genesis. The pleasure that is derived from the
contemplation of the beautiful works of Creation, and the internal
feeling of adoration and delight which they inspire, are greatly dis-
turbed by theories that are in opposition to our religious faith. I
would only say, that the limited intellect of man will never allow him
to explain the commencement any more than it will to foretell the final
destruction of the earth. Of what utility is the science of Geology ?
is a question not difficult to answer those who would ask it. There
are some minds, and let us hope very few, who are incapable of
appreciating any study which does not immediately tend to gain. To
those I would answer, that it is by geological science we are enabled
to discover the hidden treasures of the earth, to sink mines with ac-
curacy, and work them with the least possible expense. The position
of coal, that most useful mineral, is not only well-ascertained, but
we can go still further, by stating, from geological examination, that
there is a supply of it in this country for more than two thousand
years, and I might fill pages by describing the various metals and use-
ful building materials which Geology has brought into notice ; but I
must turn to the higher feelings of our nature, and consider it as a

well-calculated to improve our intellectual powers, to stimulate
our exertions, and raise our adoration and gratitude to the Supreme
Disposer of all things.

We are endowed with faculties capable of understanding the
general arrangement and magnificent structure of the globe. We
derive a great source of happiness from examining the recent forms
of animal and vegetable life ; and as geological knowledge advances,
we shall be able to restore the lost links of Creation, which the revo-
lutions of our planet have scattered and destroyed, and to form some
faint notion of the great design and perfect harmony which our
Almighty Creator has manifested in the system of the world*.

The name of Cuvier must ever be mentioned with the greatest
respect and delight ; it will shine as a beacon to direct the geologist
in the true path of discovery. His extensive knowledge of Compara-
tive Anatomy enabled him to classify an extinct race of animals and
explain even their habits ; and by his labours we are now able, from
a single tooth or bone, to reconstruct animals of the most wonderful
description, which have long since ceased to exist.

Geology, connected with Comparative Anatomy, Conchology and
Botany, is a pursuit most gratifying to the mind, either taken as a
scientific pursuit, or forming an occasional recreation from the more
arduous duties of life.

In the contemplation of the larger animals, such as the Ichthyo-
saurus or Iguanodon, which Geology has brought to light, the mind is

* The same wise Hand directed the formation of the world from the beginning. The
physiologist is able to determine from the examination of even a portion of bone, however
small, that its structure could not have taken place without the aid of blood-vessels and nerves.
So we have a right to suppose from the remains we discover, that the softer and perishable parts
must have been in accordance to the laws of animal creation. The skeleton, or I may say, solid
part of an animal, is all that remains in a fossil state ; but, from its contrivance, and a knowledge
of recent animals, we are enabled to form a pretty accurate idea of its habits and destinations.

awfully struck with the wonderful power and infinite wisdom of our
great Creator; but those who trace the chain of animal existence
link by link find the same harmony and beauty of construction in the
lowest orders of fossil beings ; so in like manner, rising step by step,
we arrive through the higher orders of creation up to Man himself,
who is endowed not only with the most complete organization, but
has reason to direct his steps, if rightly used, to happiness.

Several English and foreign names of the highest reputation, and
deserving our best thanks, must be omitted in a work of this local
character. In Sussex Dr. Mantell has been most conspicuous in the
advancement of geological knowledge, and as the historian of the
Wealden formation and discoverer of the Iguanodon, his name is
placed amongst the first geologists of any age or country. We have
also my friend Mr. Martin, who has written a valuable memoir on
part of Western Sussex, and who first applied the term Wealden to
designate that peculiar freshwater formation.

I am under great obligations to my friend Professor Owen for
his advice and most valuable assistance during the progress of the
work.

I cannot conclude this brief introduction without adding a few
words with the warmest feeling in recommendation of Natural
History in its extensive sphere, assuring those \vho will make it their
study, that they will have a perpetual source of delight, subject to no
worldly change, a solace in affliction, and strengthening in every
advance their knowledge of the greatness and goodness of God.

" O let your songs be of Him, and praise Him, and let your talking
be of all His wondrous works." Psalm cv.

PART I.

CHAPTER I.

GENERAL GEOLOGICAL VIEW OF SELSEY AND
BRACKLESHAM BAY.

IN giving to the geological collector a description of this most inter-
esting locality, where the Eocene division of the Tertiary period is
so extensively developed, I trust I may be allowed, before entering on
the peculiar subject of my work, to devote a few words to the early and
known history of this celebrated peninsula ; one of the places where
Christianity was first taught in this country*, and where, as Dr. Johnson
has so beautifully expressed on a similar occasion, " savage clans and
roving barbarians derived the benefits of knowledge and the blessings
of religion. To abstract the mind from all local emotion would be im-
possible if it were endeavoured, and would be foolish if it were possible :
whatever makes the past, the distant, or the future predominate over
the present, advances us in the dignity of thinking beings. Far from
me and from my friends be such frigid philosophy as may conduct us
indifferent and unmoved over any ground which has been dignified by
wisdom, bravery or virtue."

Selsey is the southernmost point of the county of Sussex, and was
most likely visited at a very early period by the inhabitants of the

* The historical account is taken principally from Camdcn, Dallaway and Baxter.

8

opposite coast. The remains of a Roman station prove it to have
been known to the early conquerors of this kingdom, and it was
also one of the most ancient Saxon establishments. But the ?era to
which we can refer with greater precision, is that of the grant of this
peninsula by Edilwalch, king of the South Saxons, and confirmed by
Ceadwalla, to Wilfrid, the exiled bishop of York, about the year 680,
at which time it is stated to have consisted of 5220 acres of land, to-
gether with 85 families and 250 peasants or slaves for agricultural
purposes. Wilfrid, who has deservedly been styled saint and apostle,
made the abolition of slavery the first requisition of the Christian re-
ligion, and these 250 slaves were baptized by him and made free.

The encroachment of the sea on Selsey Island* during the lapse of
the last eight hundred years has been very extensive. We learn that
the creek called Pagham Harbour on the south-east side was the effect
of a sudden irruption not many years before 1345, when 1700 acres
of land were destroyed ; and on the south side, the Bishop's Park,
formerly of great extent, has been absorbed within a few acres.

This peninsula consisted of 5220 acres as before stated, and the
parish now contains only 2880. Of the ancient cathedral and epi-
scopal palace, supposed to have been situated to the south-east of the
present church, there are no remainsf : what was left of the primaeval
church was taken down to construct the present, in which are two
Saxon stone coffin-lids made of Purbeck marble, and several other
slabs of the same material. The Font is very ancient, and made also

* The terms Island and Peninsula have been applied to Selsey parish, as it was formerly sur-
rounded by the sea.

t The site is said to have been nearly a mile in what is now sea.

The sea now rolls in triumph o'er the ground

Where once thy sacred edifice was rear'd ;
No mark, no stone to trace thy wall is found:

All, all is gone, as if thou ne'er appear'd.

of Purbeck marble. Camden states in his Britannia : " In this Isle
remaineth only the dead carkase as it were of that antient little citie,
hidden quite with water at every tide, but at low -water evident and
plaine to be seen."

The Bishop's Park, as the shore and sands are still called, extended
for many acres on the south-east coast, and the remaining fragment
has still the name of Park Coppice. The village occupied nearly the
(< ntre of the island before the reduction of its boundary by the sea :
on a moderate calculation, the sea has gained more than a mile on
this shore since its cathedral was established.

In the year 1075 the episcopal see was removed from Selsey to
Chichester. Wilfrid was the first bishop of Selsey, A.D. 680 : Sti-
gand was the first bishop of Chichester, A.D. 1070 ; twenty-two
bishops having resided at Selsey.

The derivation of the name Selsey, or Sealsea, is, according to the
historian Bede, from the number of seals which used to abound on
the coast ; but according to others, and with greater probability, Sel
was adopted from the British language by the Saxons, and signifies
great, or good, or fertile, when applied to soil.

The houses are built of an arenaceous limestone, similar to the

But yet 't is said, at midnight's fearful tide,

When wintry storms in angry surges sweep

The shore, complaining spirits from the deep
Pour forth their melancholy voices wide,
Speaking an awful tale of former days,

How holy men were torn from saintly graves,

Their bones neglected, scatter* d by the waves.
Rest, troubled spirits ; and to Him give praise
Whom storms and tides obey ; direct thy care
To Heaven, not earth, for all 's recorded there.

Sonnet on Selsey Cathedral.

C

10

Milliolite limestone of Paris, almost entirely made up of microscopical
shells ; which was formerly procured in great abundance at a moderate
expense from a ledge of rocks off Selsey Bill, extending some distance
to the east and west ; but the demand for this stone as a building
material was so great, that it was deemed absolutely necessary about
the year 1830 to prevent their removal, as the rocks formed a barrier
in some measure to the encroachment of the sea.

There is an extensive fishery for crabs, lobsters and prawns at
Selsey, which are procured during the season in great abundance, and
are considered superior to those caught in any other part of the king-
dom. The mode of catching them is in pots made of wicker-work,
which are baited with fish and placed amongst the rocks, running
from two to fifteen miles in a southerly direction. Camden also
states that in his time the best cockles were procured at Selsey.

Bracklesham Bay, so celebrated for its fossils, is the southern
boundary of the marshes of East Thorney, being the north-west por-
tion of the peninsula of Selsey ; and the parishes of East and West
Wittering, extending as far as Chichester Harbour, being two-thirds
in the Wittering parishes, and one in Selsey.

Bracklesham, which has given its name to this Bay, is situated on
the coast in the parish of East Wittering, but is greatly diminished
from its original extent. There was a chapel endowed and annexed
to the vicarage, but no remains of it are now to be found : more than
six acres of glebe land have been absorbed by the sea since 1725. The
view of the Isle of Wight and surrounding coast and scenery from
Bracklesham is beautiful, which, independent of its geological interest,
is well worth visiting. The distance from Chichester is about eight
miles.

During my geological researches along the coast, I have collected
several coins and British relics which have been washed on the shore

11

by the encroachments of the sea, some of which I shall introduce when
treating of the localities from whence they were procured ; they serve
to preserve facts, the result of which may be useful to antiquarians in
the arrangement of particular British coins peculiar to certain districts
of this kingdom.

The coins and British remains contained in the wood engraving
were picked up by the fishermen and others on the shore at Selsey
and Bracklesham. They tend to elucidate and bear record of the
early and most interesting historical period of this part of the county.

Fig. 1. Ring of pure gold weighing 104 grains, found at Bracklesham, supposed to have been
passed as money by the early inhabitants of this country, before the introduction of coins. These
rings are frequently found in Ireland of various shapes and sizes, and weighing several ounces,
but are rarely discovered in England. I have seen one similar in form and weight to this found
in Kent.

c 2

12

Fig. 2. British coin of pale gold weighing twenty grains, like one figured in Ruding, plate 1.
fig. 16. from Dr. Hunter's cabinet weighing twenty grains. This is not an uncommon type on
the Kent and Sussex coast. I have seen several similar : two in the possession of Mr. R. Elliott,
surgeon at Chichester; two or three in the collection of C. R. Smith, Esq., found at Bognor or
on the Sussex coast. This type was probably struck and passed in the southern counties.

Fig. 3. Portion of a gold coin of a very similar type, but larger in size, weighing fourteen
grains : found at Selsey.

Fig. 4. Large brass coin of Sabina, wife of Hadrian, found with several other brass coins of
Hadrian, Marcus Aurelius, Faustina, &c., much decomposed, near the mill at Selsey. Julia
Sabina, daughter of Matidia, was married to Hadrian, A.D. 100.

Fig. 5. British or Roman bead, found on the shore at Bracklesham, the size of the drawing :
made of calcedony : similar to one in the possession of C. R. Smith, Esq., discovered with Roman
remains, and to some mentioned by Douglas in his ' Nsenia Britannica.'

Fig. 6. British weapon of brass, reduced one-third in size, in excellent preservation, being co-
vered with a black patina of tin, found at Bracklesham in the bed containing so many shells of
the Venericardia planicosta. The countryman who found it told me, with much simplicity, that
" he thought he had discovered the knife by which the former blockaders opened those large
cockles with, as them fish must have been very good to eat."

These weapons are also frequently found in Ireland.

The general reader must bear in mind, that the ground on which
Selsey, Bognor, Littlehampton, Worthing, and other places on the
Sussex coast westward of Brighton are built, is a much more recent
formation than the London clay, being the Post-Pliocene division of
Mr. Lyell's excellent arrangement*. The Eocene period is represented
by different deposits, all of which are visible only at low-water ; at
Bognor by true London clay, and a hard arenaceous limestone of a
greenish colour peculiar to this locality ; at Selsey by London clay,

* Mr. Lyell's arrangement of the Fossiliferous strata, observed in Western Europe, placed in
what is termed a descending series, or beginning with the newest :

1. Post-Pliocene, including those of the recent or human period.

2. Newer Pliocene. T

3. Older Pliocene.

,... ^ Tertiary, or Supra-cretaceous.

4. Miocene.

5. Eocene.

18

and by an extensive range of rocks similar in their composition to the
Milliolite limestone of Paris, running to the east and west some miles
into the sea ; and on the shore by a coarse, soft, yellowish limestone
often passing into sand, like the calcaire grossier of the Paris basin :
at Bracklesham the Eocene deposits consist of a loose greenish sand,
of calcaire grossier, and of a very great extent of London clay.

These beds are often intersected by superficial muddy deposits and
extensively overlaid by the Post-Pliocene formation : this is well-seen
between Bognor and Selsey at low- water. The remains of mammife-
rous animals are discovered in the muddy deposits, some being refer-
able to extinct species, and others to existing species not now found in
this part of the kingdom ; with these are associated marine shells of
existing species, but many of them not known as such on the Sussex
coast. A still newer deposit may be observed to the east of Bognor at
very low tides, in which are the remains of large trees ; also to the west
of Selsey, the trunks and roots of trees, hazel-nuts, &c. may be seen
at low-water. These trees are not fossilized : they were probably
destroyed by the encroachment of the sea at no very remote period.

6. Chalk.

7. Grccnsand.

8. Wealden.

9. Upper Oolite.

10. Middle Oolite.

11. Lower Oolite. Secondary.

12. Lias.

13. Upper New Red Sandstone and Muschelkalk.

14. Lower New Red Magnesian Limestone.

15. Coal.

16. Old Red Sandstone and Devonian.

17. Upper Silurian.

18. Lower Silurian. ; Primary Fossiliferous.

19. Cambrian and older Fossiliferous strata.

1

14

Large blocks of granite, and the remains of much older formations
than the London clay, are observed lying on the shore, particularly
in Bracklesham Bay. It is difficult to account satisfactorily for their
appearance. The general opinion is, that they have been transported
by the agency of ice, and those frozen masses called glaciers.

The remains of the fossil Elephant or Mammoth, the Horse, Ox,
Deer and Goat, are occasionally discovered in the muddy deposit of
Selsey and Bracklesham.

The discovery of tusks, teeth and bones of Elephants in England
caused much wonder and discussion amongst our early geologists, who
considered the introduction of tropical animals into temperate regions
as the trophies of Roman greatness and splendour, and the remains
of the Elephant were deemed an additional proof of the former subjec-
tion of this country to that mighty empire. We are indebted to
Cuvier for correcting these vague conjectures, who says, " If, passing
across the German Ocean, we transport ourselves into Britain, which,
in ancient history, by its position, could not have received many living
elephants besides that one which Csesar brought thither according to
Polyaenus, we shall, nevertheless, find these fossils in as great abun-
dance as on the continent."

The great comparative anatomist clearly shows, that the bones and
teeth of the Mammoth are distinct from those of the present living
Indian or African Elephant. Professor Owen, in his admirable ac-
count of the Elephas Primigenms in the history of the ' British Fossil
Mammalia,' observes : " The difference between the extinct and ex-
isting species of Elephant, in regard to the structure of the teeth,
has been more or less manifested by every specimen of fossil ele-
phant's tooth that I have hitherto seen from British strata, and those
now amount to upwards of three thousand. Very few of them could
be mistaken by a comparative anatomist for the tooth of an Asiatic

15

Elephant, and they are all obviously distinct from the peculiar molars
of the African Elephant :" also page 240 he says, " The abraded
margins of the component plates of the Mammoth's molars most
commonly present a slight expansion, often lozenge-shaped, at their
centre." This is well-observed in the specimen from Selsey. In the
now advanced state of Palaeontology, it is ascertained that the remains
of the Mammoth are very generally distributed over England, oc-
curring also in Ireland and Scotland, on the continent, and over all
parts of Europe. In Asiatic Russia they occur in the greatest abun-
dance, forming an extensive article of commerce, the tusks producing
very fine ivory : the remains of the Mammoth are met with also in
various parts of America, but no authentic relics have been found in
tropical latitudes.

The discovery of the carcase and entire skeleton of the Mammoth
at the mouth of a river in the north of Siberia in the year 1799 has
thrown much light and information on the nature and habits of this

o

animal. A most interesting account was published by Mr. Adams in
1807 in the fifth vol. of the 'Memoirs of the Imperial Academy of
Sciences at St. Petersburgh,' and an excellent English translation was
published in 1819. It appears that the Mammoth had a mane on its
neck, and that its skin was of a dark grey colour covered with a
reddish wool and coarse long black hairs. A part of the skin and hair
of this animal was sent by Mr. Adams to Sir Joseph Banks, and is
preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The inference that Cuvier has drawn from this singular discovery
is, that the carcase of a tropical animal could only have been so trans-
ported and preserved in ice by some great convulsion of nature : but
Professor Owen has shown that the structure of the teeth, by which
the Mammoth differed from existing Elephants, fitted it to subsist on
the coarser vegetation of temperate latitudes, and that the hair and

16

wool with which the Mammoth was clothed, must have enabled it,
like the Musk Ox. to have braved the rigours of a northern winter.

Fig. 1. represents the right ramus of the lower jaw with the fourth grinder of the Elephas
Primigenius or Mammoth, reduced one-fifth : found in the mud at low-water, opposite the new
Thorney station at Selsey in 1841 by James Ely, one of the coast-guard, who informed me that
the tusks of the same head were discovered and taken away some years previous. I possess the
fourth grinder of both sides of the upper jaw of the same specimen.

Fig. 2. is a view of the same tooth as fig. 1, showing the grinding surface and irregular-shaped
plates. Mr. Owen considers it to have been from an animal not full-grown, and with the teeth
rather narrower than usual.

Specimens containing the teeth in their sockets are rare in this countiy. Many detached
teeth and bones of the Mammoth have been found on the shore at Selsey and Bracklesham. I
possess teeth from the mud deposit of Bognor, Littlehampton and Worthing, and I have seen
tusks that have been discovered in the Isle of Wight in such preservation that they might be cut
into ornaments. At Peppering near Arundel, an interesting account of the discovery of a fossil

17

Elephant was sent to Dr. Mantell by the late Mr. Drewitt of that place, who was ever anxious
to promote scientific research. I saw these remains soon after they were found, and possess one
of the teeth. They consisted of a tusk four feet and a half long, four grinders, and the bones of
the head. The teeth were in very good preservation, but the bones and tusk too much decayed to
lie removed, though great care was exercised in order to preserve them. My friend Mr. Robert
Drewitt, who now resides at Peppering, informs me, that his father found also a tusk near seven
feet long and other bones of the Elephant at a short distance from the locality of the former
discovery. This spot may be considered as a similar deposit to Dr. Mantell's Elephant-bed at
Brighton, the Post-Pliocene formation of Mr. Lyell. The remains of elephants have been dis-
covered at Burton, iu Arundel Park, at Brighton, and in other parts of Sussex, and I may say,
in most counties of England.

Fig. 3. Pecten polymorphus, Bronn, p. 627 : natural size. Described at great length with
several varieties in Philippi's ' Enuineratio Molluscorum Sicilise,' pp. 79 and 85, both as fossil
and recent. This shell I believe has not been observed before in this country ; I have several
specimens of it, some much larger, from the muddy deposit in which the Elephant's head was
discovered ; it occurs with other marine shells which are not now found recent on the coast.

I am much obliged to Mr. G. B. Sowerby for naming the more obvious examples of this
deposit ; the Lutraria rugosa and the Pullastra aurea are not uncommon in the Post-Pliocene
deposits at Bracklcsham Bay.

Those marked with an asterisk are found quite recent on the shore.

Shells named by G. B. Sowerby. Most of the shells named in this list are well-known and
common species belonging to the shores of Britain ; one however is a very remarkable exception,
namely the Lutraria rugosa, a species which abounds in some parts of the Mediterranean, and
of which I possess specimens in a fossil state from Astigiani. G. B. S.

Pholas Dactylus.

crispata.

Candida*.

Saxicava rugosaf.
Solen Siliqua.
Lutraria Listeri.

arenaria.

Solenoides.

Mya arenaria.

truncata.

Mactra stultorum*.
subtruncata*.

Nucula margaritacea.
Amphidesma Boysii.
Lucina Radula.
Pullastra vulgaris*.

decussata.

aurea J.

perforans.

Venus verrucosa.
Cardium edule.

t These shells are frequently found in the Eocene rocks of this locality, and on breaking the
stone their perforations are well observed.

J The specimens of this shell resemble the Mediterranean variety. G. B. S.

18

Cardium tuberculare.

exiguum.
fasciatum.

Pecten inaximus.

varius.

Ostrea edulis.

Helix nemoralis (Land).

hortensis (Land).

Bulk hydatis*.

Assiminia Grayana (estuary).

Rissoa varia.

cimex.

reticulata.

costata.

elegantissima (Turbo elegantis-

simus, Mont.).

Lacuna pallidula.

Natica monilifera or castanea, Lam.*

Littorina neritoides, var.

Faba.

petraea.

Trochus ziziphinus*.

cinereus.

magus*.

cinerarius.

Buccinum undatum*.
Nassa reticulata*.
Purpura Lapillus*.
Murex erinaceus*.
Cypraea europaea*.

Fig. 4. Cervus Elaphus, antler of the Red Deer, reduced one-third. I have seen other speci-
mens found at Selsey and Bracklesham.

Antlers and bones of the Red Deer have been found in most parts of England : in Ireland
they are associated with the remains of the magnificent Irish Elk (Cervus Megaceros), and they
are also discovered in the morasses and lacustrine marls beneath the peat-mosses of Scotland.
Professor Owen observes, "that a species of Deer, undistinguishable, from the characters of its
enduring remains, from the Red Deer, Cervus Elaphus, co-existed with the Megaceros, the spelaean
Hyaena, the tichorhine Rhinoceros, and Mammoth, and has survived, as a species, those influences
which appear to have caused the extinction of its gigantic associates, as well likewise such
smaller animals as the Trogontherium, the Lagomys, and the more diminutive Palaeospalax."

The remains of the Bos primigenius are also occasionally discovered in these superficial deposits.
There is a portion of a horn of this animal in the Chichester Museum, which, if complete, 'would
measure two feet, found near Pagham. This species of Ox was of larger dimensions than any
of the domesticated breeds.

Teeth and bones of the Horse (Equus Caballus) are likewise observed, as well as the remains
of the Goat (Capra Hircus).

19

CHAPTER II.

EOCENE FORMATIONS OF SELSEY AND BRACKLESHAM BAY.

THE geological position of the shore at Bognor, Selsey and Brack -
lesham Bay is of the Eocene or London clay division of Mr. Lyell's
arrangement of the Tertiary period. It has also been called Supra-
cretaceous by Sir H. de la Beche, as lying immediately above the
chalk. Mr. Lyell has termed it Eocene, as the supposed dawn or
commencement of shells, some few of which are similar to recent
genera. The name ' London clay ' is given to the argillaceous form
of the Eocene deposits, because of its extensive development at Lon-
don and its vicinity ; and it is a curious circumstance that London
aud Paris should be built on the same geological formation, though
under different mineral conditions*; yet, compared to many other
deposits, the Eocene may be considered of limited extent. It is
principally confined in England to two districts, which are called
the London and Hampshire basins ; the London basin is considered
to lie between the North Downs and the chalk of Cambridgeshire,
Hertfordshire and Suffolk. The Hampshire basin may be said to
include the continuation of the same range into Hampshire, Dorset -

* Those of England being almost exclusively of mechanical origin, accumulations of mud,
sand and pebbles, while in the neighbourhood of Paris we find strata enclosing a similar assemblage
of organic remains, but composed partly of a coarse white limestone, and partly of a compact
siliceous limestone of great thickness, with here and there intercalated beds of crystalline gypsum,
or pure flint. Lyell's Elements of Geology.

D 2

20

shire and the English Channel, occurring to a great extent at Sheppey
and other parts of Kent, in Essex, and under different forms at
Bagshot, Basingstoke, Guildford and other parts of Surrey ; it is
usually surrounded by chalk elevations.

The London clay varies in thickness from 300 to 500 feet, but at
High Beech in Essex it attains a height of 700 feet, and probably its
total thickness may be more than 1000 feet. Nodules of an irregular,
often ovate shape, containing a large portion of carbonate of lime, are
interspersed through this formation. These concretions contain the
remains of shells, mostly marine, but occasionally freshwater, which
H. Warburton, Esq. M.P., has lately pointed out* ; often Nautili, wood,
the bones of turtles and crocodiles, which appear, like the flints in the
chalk formation, to owe their origin to some organic substance ; when
pulverized, they form the celebrated Roman cement so much used for
building. They have been called Septaria, from having many divisions
or septa which traverse the stone ; and when filled with crystallized
carbonate of lime and polished, make very beautiful tables and orna-
ments. At Sheppey, radiated crystals of sulphate of barytes occur on
the crystallized carbonate of lime, and in the centre of the clay sul-
phate of lime is often found in radiated crystals. The cement stone
is found in large quantities at Bognor, but not at Bracklesham. Py-
rites, or sulphuret of iron, is picked up at Sheppey and on the shore
at Bognor and Bracklesham, and sent to London.

The Eocene formation has been subdivided into the three following
divisions : the uppermost portion has been called Bagshot sand, the
second or middle the London clay, and the lowermost the Plastic
clay. These divisions are considered unnecessary by some geologists ;
yet as certain shells are more abundant in one stratum than another,

* There are no freshwater Eocene formations observable at Selsey, Bognor or Bracklesham
Bay, like those in the Isle of Wight and other places.

21

and our knowledge of the Eocene Palaeontology in this country is still
far from being complete, I am inclined to think that a series of de-
posits of regular succession will one day be clearly pointed out.
Local descriptions will greatly tend to determine this point.

Although Bracklesham Bay affords at some tides and seasons the
most abundant harvest to the palaeontologist, yet I have been greatly
disappointed on more occasions than one in not being able to procure
any specimens, owing either to the wind covering the beds with sand,
sometimes to two or three feet in thickness, or to the tide not leaving
the shore sufficiently exposed ; so that a stranger might conclude that
there were no fossils to be procured at Bracklesham. This circum-
stance may be in a great measure obviated by consulting the Almanac.
The best time for collecting is the first two days before and the last
three days after the full and new moon : the highest tides are
generally in March and October. When the beds are visited under
favourable circumstances, there is an exposure at one view of an
immense horizontal surface of fossils, differing in this respect from
Sheppey, or the cliffs of Barton or Hordwell. Here the collector can
at one moment be gratified by beholding thousands of the Venericardia
planicosta, at another by seeing a great extent covered with the Turri-
tella imbricataria, giving him the most perfect idea of the formation of a
bed of fossiliferous marble ; the rarer shells are dispersed, and require
time and patience to procure them.

The fossils are generally in a soft state, and much care must be ex-
ercised in removing them. I have found a small flat trowel, which
does not bend, the best instrument ; though, for such large shells
as the Cyprcea Combii, or Cerithium cornucopia, &c., a spade is re-
quisite ; a large portion of the surrounding matrix must be removed
with the shell, and then it should not be disturbed, or any attempt
made to clear the fossil, for two or three days. Packing the specimens

22

in fine sawdust or bran answers extremely well ; by this method they
may be conveyed to any distance : the more delicate shells also require
to be cemented as they are uncovered, and a preparation of equal parts
of diamond-cement and water may be used with advantage, as it does
not discolour or alter their character. The shells are seldom found in
a perfect state at Bracklesham ; they are usually flattened, and appear
as if they had been pressed down. This circumstance may arise in
some measure from the pressure of the sea- water and the action of the
waves, for I do not consider the fossil beds to have been visible more
than two or three hundred years, and their exposure is entirely owing
to the encroachment of the sea on the shore ; for it has been ascer-
tained, that in little more than a century, six or seven acres of the
glebe land have been absorbed at Bracklesham.

The cliffs, if I may so term them, extending from Selsey Bill to
Chichester Harbour, seldom rise more than nine feet, and the average
would not be more than six or seven ; they are composed of the much
more recent Post-Pliocene formation, containing broken chalk flints,
yellowish clay and sand in no regular deposit, the highest point being
Selsey Bill. The wells at Selsey do not exceed twenty-five feet in
depth, and show the remains of a former beach.

The further we advance in geological knowledge, particularly in the
examination of the Tertiary formations, the greater necessity there
appears for giving local descriptions and accurately examining the pa-
Iffiontological characters of every district. In this manner we shall be
able to compare one country with another, and attain some knowledge
of the real state of the world during the Eocene deposits. The Ter-
tiary formations have been much neglected in England. Besides, the
fossils at this period are usually found in great abundance in certain
localities, while large districts of the same geological epoch may be
seen without containing any. Most of the shells at Bognor, a distance

23

of only seven miles, are of a distinct character from those of Selsey and
Bracklesham Bay. The Venericardia planicosta and the Nummnlaria
l&vigata, so abundant at Bracklesham, are not found at Bognor ; but
this will be more particularly noticed when speaking of that deposit.
At Barton, a distance of little more than thirty miles, there are no
Venericardice planicosta or V. acuticostce, though some shells are found in
both localities. The Cytherea suberycinoides is plentiful at Bracklesham,
and only occasionally found at Barton. The Rostellaria macroptera
and Lucina mitis are common at Barton, and very rare at Bracklesham.
Crustaceans are abundant at Sheppey and Highgate, but rarely found
at Bognor or Bracklesham.

In drawing our conclusions from the genera of shells, of fishes,
vegetable remains, and animals which are found in this immediate
portion of the London clay, it would appear that the greatest number
of shells are of those genera now found in shallow seas or estuaries.
The fish are of a character frequently observed near the shore. The
SiluridcB are found in lakes and rivers. The Myliobates are discovered
in shallow sea-water. Crocodiles exist in estuaries, rivers and lakes :
Boa Constrictors commonly lurk for their prey in or near fresh
waters. A greater proportion of the earth was probably covered with
fresh water during the Eocene period than at the present time. It is
evident, reasoning from the situations in which the recent types of
most of these genera are observed, and the supposition that these dif-
ferent creatures lived and died near the spot where their remains are
discovered, that the climate must have been during the Eocene period
considerably warmer than at present. Some species of fruit would
even indicate a tropical region*.

* That France and England were united during the Eocene period is evident from the remains
of the same fossil animals being found in each country ; we may also infer, that during the Mam-

24

The following observations may be useful to the collector in marking
the localities in which some of the rarer organic remains are procured.

The deposit of Eocene fossils lying to the south-east of Selsey, I
shall term the * Park-bed,' as it is part of the shore which still retains
the name of Park Coppice. It is rather more than a mile to the left
of Selsey Bill, and its length is half a mile towards Pagham Harbour.
The Park -bed developes to a great extent the formation called ' Calcaire
grossier* '; it contains myriads of the Nummularia laevigata, with other
shells interspersed, such as Pecten corneus, Bulla Edwardsii, Cypraea in-
flata, Solenes, Area, &c., Astr&a Welsteri and several corals. This may
be considered one of the best spots for the collector ; the shells are
also in good preservation. Adjoining this bed to the east, we perceive
a greenish sand and clay deposit, containing Tellina scalaroides and
Tellina tenuistria, but it is difficult to get these shells perfect ; and we
also find rolled fragments, somewhat similar in their composition to the
Bognor rock, but containing Nummulites and a greater proportion of
lime ; on breaking these, good casts of rare fossils may be found,
sharks' teeth, &c. On one occasion I obtained a good specimen of the
Myliobates. I have picked up also on the shore crocodiles' teeth, and
several specimens of the Myliobates, Mtdbates and Edaphodon. Further
eastward we recognise three distinct patches of arenaceous limestone,
of a greenish blue colour, divided into different- sized nodules, some two
or three feet high, containing Turritellee, Nuculce, &c. Between these

moth's existence no division of the land had taken place, as it is common for fishermen to drag up
in all parts of the Channel unrolled specimens of the tusks, bones and teeth of that animal. But
we have still a further right to suppose, that the division called the English Channel is of a much
more modern date, and was caused by some great irruption during the Post-Pliocene period ; for
the same living animals exist common to both countries, or did exist since the historical period
wolf, goat, moles, shrews, water-rats, &c., which could not have been all imported.

* From the calcaire grossier bed in the neighbourhood of Grignon, four hundred distinct spe-
cies of shells have been procured.

25

patches are beds of Eocene fossils, but not in good preservation ; and
before we come to the last appearance of the nodules, there is an
exposure of thousands of the Turritella imlricataria, though less
abundant than in the Turritella-bed of Bracklesham Bay. The Park-
bed is situated close to the shore, and is usually accessible to the col-
lector at low- water. There are no more Eocene fossils observable
on the shore on this side of Pagham Harbour. The bank at this
point shows, by its wasted appearance, how the constant action of the
waves absorbs the land. Here also at spring-tides the sea leaves the
shore to a great extent, and the very recent Post- Pliocene formation
may be observed overlying the Eocene deposits.

From the promontory called Selsey Bill, which forms the southern
extremity of the parish, may be said to commence Bracklesham Bay,
extending near eight miles as far as Chichester Harbour. At this
point the Eocene formation presents itself at low-water in large de-
tached portions called the ' Clibs,' the larger part lying to the south-
west, and the ' Mixen Rocks*; the Mixen Pole being about a mile in the
sea off Selsey Bill. From these rocks, which extend a mile and a half
oast and west, varying from two to four hundred yards wide, was pro-
cured the Milliolite limestone, which furnished building material for
many houses at Selsey and in the neighbourhood. No more stone is
now taken, as these rocks are supposed to be a defence to the rapid
encroachment of the sea. This rock is composed principally of Fora-
minifera. The Clibs contain very few organic remains.

Opposite the New Thorney Station are those muddy deposits of
the Post-Pliocene period from which I procured the elephant's head
and recent shells.

Between the Mill and Medmeney* Farm-house, about six hundred

* Medmeney signifies a whirlpool in the Saxon language.

E

26

yards from the shore, may be said to commence the bed containing
those rare fossils called Beloptera, surrounded by innumerable Fora-
minifera and microscopical shells. I shall denominate this the ' Be-
loptera-bed'; it maybe said to extend some distance beyond Med-
meney Farm-house : adjoining this bed a little nearer the shore are
procured the Cyprcea Bowerbankii and other rare shells. This maybe
called the ' Cyprsea-bed,' as that fine species I have found nowhere
else. Pursuing our course westward we arrive at Old Thorney
Station, opposite to which there is a bed containing very fine speci-
mens of the Cytherea suberycinoides.

To the left of this bed, and facing Old Thorney Farm-house, the Area
duplicata is discovered in brownish clay ; and a quarter of a mile from
this spot to the west, we find those magnificent shells the Cerithium
Cornucopia and C. giganteum, some nearly two feet long. This may be
called the 'Cerithium -bed'; it is half a mile from Old Thorney Sta-
tion-house, but only clearly discernible at spring-tides in March and
October. Near this place may also be found the Ostrea elegans, lying
undisturbed in its original bed. To the right nearer the shore are
seen Bulla Edwardsii, Solenes, Areas, &c. in loose greenish sand ; the
Calcaire grossier also peeps out with its innumerable fossils*. At a
distance of two miles from this spot the Eocene fossils usually again
make their appearance.

When I first visited Bracklesham, a barn served the collector for a
direction-post to the fossils of the Bay ; but about six years ago it
was taken down, the wind having nearly destroyed it ; and the sea
now washes its foundations.

Opposite this ruin the Venericardia planicosta and Turritella imbrica-

* The Houngate rocks, of the same formation and character as the Mixen, are situated opposite
Old Thorney Station-house, visible at low-water. They are nearly a mile in extent, and vary from
fifty to sixty yards in width ; building stone has also been procured from these rocks.

27

taria may be found in the greatest abundance ; no description can come
up to the reality of the scene to the palseontological collector. I propose
to call this, in remembrance of former times, the ' Barn-bed.' Here
we can contemplate the myriads of creatures that must have perished
at the Eocene period ; though perhaps the Beloptera-bed in numbers,
and with a microscope, may appear far more extraordinary, being
almost entirely composed of minute shells.

The ' Barn-bed ' is more than half a mile long, and may be separated
into three divisions ; the eastern part I shall call the ' Palate-bed,' the
middle the ' Turritella-bed,' and the western the ' Venericardia-bed.'
The vertebra? of serpents, the bones of turtles, the finest palatal remains
of fish, the Myliolates, JEtobates, Edaphodon, portions of the Pristis, the
teeth and vertebra of sharks, and the defensive bones of the Siluridee,
are all procured from the ' Palate-bed.' In the middle and western
division, that superb shell the Cyprcea Combii is found, together with
the Conus divers if ormis, C. deperditus, Valuta Cithara, Sec. At the north-
west extremity of the ' Barn-bed ' may be observed large portions of a
green arenaceous limestone, containing Venericardia planicosta, V. acuti-
costa, Fusus longavus, Sec., also a few blocks almost entirely made up of
the Rostellaria macroptera, and detached pieces of Nummulite rock*.
Beyond this, deposits of wood and sulphuret of iron may be seen ;
but these beds are the last good development of Eocene fossils in
Bracklesham Bay, being about three miles from Chichester Harbour,
which is the western boundary of the shore in Sussex.

I will endeavour now to point out the Eocene deposits which lie to
the east of Pagham Harbour.

The parish that divides Selsey from Bognor is called Pagham.

* The Nummulite limestone is characteristic of the lower beds of the Milliolite limestone in
the neighbourhood of Paris.

E 2

28

There is a large estuary of an irregular shape extending more than a
mile in length towards Sidlesham Mill*, and a mile broad in some
places, called ' Pagham Harbour.' It is stated to have been formed
by a sudden irruption of the sea in the beginning of the fourteenth
century, when 1700 acres of land were devastated. This inunda-
tion formerly extended more towards Selsey, but of late years the
sea has been gaining on the land to the east. Only small vessels can
enter the harbour, as it is much blocked up with loose beach.

Archbishop Thomas a Becket sometimes resided here with a large
retinue, and his interfering with a manor within this lordship gave
rise to his dissension with Henry the Second, which terminated in his
assassination. The church is dedicated to St. Thomas a Becket, and
is well worth visiting, having been repaired in excellent taste. The
remains of the archiepiscopal palace are still visible in a field a short
distance south-east of the church.

The Post-Pliocene formation covers the shore to a great extent
opposite the harbour ; but the Eocene period may be remarked
towards the east not far from the Blockade station, making its ap-
pearance about twenty yards from the shore in true London clay ; it
contains no fossils, but is perforated by immense numbers of the
recent Pholades, From this spot, which is three miles from Bognor, the

'* The parish of Sidlesham joins Selsey on the north. The beauty of the following epitaph,
in the church-yard, to Joan wife of Cornelius Carnaby, who died January 19th, 1775, aged 29
years, must plead my excuse for inserting it :

When Sorrow weeps o'er Virtue's sacred dust,
Our tears become us, and our grief is just :
Such were the tears he shed, who grateful pays
This last sad tribute of his love and praise ;
Who mourns the best of wives and friends combined,
Where female softness met a manly mind ;
Mourns, but not murmurs ; sighs, but not despairs ;
Feels as a man, but as a Christian bears.

29

Eocene formations may be said to recommence, and continue in a
givjiter or less degree to Bognor. At the Barrack-lane end may be
procured some good fossils, the Pyriila Smithii : the Panopeea corrugata
and Cultellus affinis occur in the clay, but being delicate shells they
are difficult to get perfect ; wood perforated by Teredines is likewise
found.

The Barn and Bognor rocks unite opposite Aldwick ; among them
the cement-stone is found in great quantities, and occasionally beauti-
ful specimens of the Nautilus are discovered by breaking the nodules ;
some of the stones run into calcareous divisions, which circumstance
has given them the name of ' Septaria.'

The sea is gaining on the shore, but at Aldwick a most excellent
barrier was made by the late Sir Thomas Brooke Pechell, Bart., who
placed large rocks opposite his house, in such a position as effectually
to stop its encroachment.

30

CHAPTER III.

GEOLOGICAL POSITION OF BOGNOR AND THE SUSSEX COAST

TO BRIGHTON.

BOGNOR, situated in the parish of South Bersted, has gradually risen
to an extensive town for the accommodation of visitors, who resort to
the sea-coast for a summer residence or for the benefit of sea-bathing ;
many families remain in it during the winter, some of the houses being
of a very superior class. The Duchess of Kent and her present Ma-
jesty when Princess Victoria resided at Bognor for some time.

The Bognor rocks have been long celebrated for containing beauti-
ful fossils of the Eocene period ; they are now only seen at low-water.
The general opinion is, that these rocks formerly were the southern
boundary of Bognor before the inundation of Pagham Harbour. In
deeds of the date of Queen Elizabeth, which are still extant, the south-
ern boundary of Bognor was called Bognor Common, an extensive
tract of land, over which there was a right of pasture for a certain
number of beasts. This common in the time of the Saxons and at
a much later period was covered with trees, and formed part of the
Bishop's Park at Selsey, extending as far as Ferring to the east*.

The Bognor rocks are composed like the ' Barn ' of an arenaceous

* " The park was not gone in Bishop Sherburne's time, as it appears that in the 25th of the
reign of Henry VIII., a lease was granted of it by that bishop to John Lews and Agatha his wife,
at a rent of A, with a covenant to have sufficient herbage for seventy or eighty deer." Baxter's
History of Sussex.

31

limestone varying much as to the proportions of lime and silex. They
extend more than a mile, the greatest number being to the west, and
off Aldwick join the Barn rocks ; they are of all sizes, some as high
as sixteen feet, and before the inundation were most likely of greater
extent and magnitude.

Casts of fossils may be procured in great number by breaking the
rocks, but it is difficult to get good specimens with the shell on : the
Pectunculus brevirostris is the most abundant shell ; Pinna affinis, Ver-
metus Bognoriensis, the Valuta denudata, Pyrula Smithii, Natica, &c. may
be likewise obtained. These rocks, as well as the ' Barn/ extend many
miles into the sea. Portions of London clay may be observed between
these rocks and the shore, but containing few fossils. I have seen
however the Modiola elegans and Anomia lineata in beautiful preserva-
tion with their external shell perfect, and others may be found under
favourable circumstances. The London clay is seldom exposed im-
mediately opposite the town ; though in March and October during
high tides the sand is sometimes entirely removed, and a few Eocene
fossils may be observed*.

The Post- Pliocene formation may be seen more especially in muddy
deposits opposite the Clarence Hotel, extending towards Felpham : the
stumps of trees and thousands of the Lutraria Listen and Cardium
edule may be remarked ; and off Felpham Station-house large trees
twenty feet long lie in a horizontal position, and some large stumps
still remaining in the situation in which they grew. The bank of the
shore is six or eight feet above the level of these trees ; it is reasonable
therefore to suppose that the ancient forest or park was in some parts
similar to the common now facing the houses on the beach at Little -

* Bognor was the first place on the Sussex coast in which the chalk sponges were cut and
polished into ornaments. There resides a good lapidary of the name of Wyse, who has generally
an assortment of stones and fossils for sale, and cuts extremely well the Nautilus and other local
specimens.

32

hampton, where a depression in the land of many feet may be ob-
served.

The wood-engraving represents four gold British or Gaulish coins
found with six others of well-known types on the shore between
Pagham and Bognor in the year 1841, and in 1842 the large brass coin
of Agrippina was found near the mill to the west of Bognor in digging
a ditch close to the shore.

Fig. 1. Pale gold, weight 13 grains : obverse, a label containing unintelligible letters; reverse,
winged head of Medusa.

Fig. 2. Red gold, weight 13 grains : obverse, in a label COMF, a small pellet or bead en-
closed above and beneath ; reverse, a horse ; above, VIR.

Fig. 3. Pale gold, weight 17 grains.

Fig. 4. Red gold, weight 16 grains.

The first three of these most interesting coins are in the possession of James D. Cuff, Esq.,
who possesses an unrivalled British and Saxon collection. Fig. 4. is in the possession of C. R.
Smith, Esq., who gave a description of these coins in 1841, in the ' Proceedings of the Numismatic

33

Society,' from which I have taken the above account. I may here observe that British coins are
usually more or less convex on the obverse, and concave on the reverse.

Fig. 5. First brass coin of Agrippina Senior, wife of Germanicus, born in the year of Rome
739, before Christ 15 years. The reverse, representing the carpentum, is scarce. Large brass
coins are rarely found in England, particularly those prior to the time of Claudius.

I beg to return my best thanks to the gentlemen who have the superintendence of the Numis-
matical department in the British Museum, who are ready at all times to give every assistance
and information. I have improved the drawings of the large brass coins of Sabina and Agrippina
from more perfect specimens in the National collection.

The parish of Felpham joins Bognor, and opposite the Mill the
plastic clay may be observed by its peculiar character of red decom-
posed sulphuret of iron, covering the chalk formation. It contains no
organic remains, nor can I trace any more deposits of the Eocene
period immediately on the shore this side of Brighton. The rocks
called ' Middleton Ledge,' are, I have no doubt, of the Eocene Period,
but all my endeavours to procure fossils from them have been in-
effectual ; they are very compact, of a yellowish white colour, consist-
ing of lime and silex, similar to the calcaire silicieux of the Paris basin.

Half the parish of Middleton which joins Felpham has been absorbed
by the sea since the historical period*. The church, of which only the
walls are left, is now on the shore, and will be in a short time entirely
destroyed. Bones are protruding from the church-yard, and are car-
ried away as the tide increases. It repeats the tale, though in a smaller
degree, of what was the fate of Selsey Cathedralf .

Following the coast we come to the parish of Climping, which in-
cludes all that remains of the ancient parish of Cudlawe, or Cudlow,
of which little more than 100 acres have escaped the devastations of

* Felpham and Middleton parishes, in Doomsday-book, were in the possession of Roger earl of
Montgomery as belonging to the earldom of Arundel, and mention is there made of a large wood
which has entirely disappeared.

t Between the years 1260 and 1340, a period of only eighty years, sixty acres of land were
destroyed at Felpham and a similar quantity at Middleton. Mantcll's Geology pf Sussex.

F

34

the sea ; but it does not appear from the Conqueror's survey that the
present parish of Climping has lost many of its acres. Part of the
church is of very early architecture.

Littlehampton, like Bognor and Worthing, has risen of late years to
a considerable place for the reception of visitors. The village is situ-
ated three-quarters of a mile from the sea ; the new houses are well-
placed on the beach at some distance from the shore. The sea does
not appear to have gained much on the land at this point, which
may be accounted for in some measure by its being the mouth of the
river Arun. The shore is covered with sand, and the only fossil re-
mains I have been able to discover are portions of elephants' teeth
and bones. Beautiful sponges of the cretaceous period, converted
into chalcedony, like those of Bognor and along the coast, are picked
up on the shore.

The parishes of Rustington and Preston show a gradual devastation
of land by the sea*. The shore is covered by a superficial Post-
Pliocene deposit, and underneath the chalk formation. Kingston
parish annexed to Ferring had formerly a chapel, which has been
entirely destroyed. The register terminates in 1670, but I can get no
decided information as to its site. The general opinion is that it was
destroyed by the encroachment of the sea. There are some conglo-
merate rocks seen on the shore, of the Post-Pliocene formation, called

* On the 28th of October 1845, I had a most interesting conversation with Mr. John
Gratwicke Heasman, a fine old man ninety-five years of age, now residing in the parish of
my brother, the Rev. H. Dixon, at Preston: Heasman was born in the adjoining parish of
Angmering ; his intellects were perfectly clear and memory wonderful. He told me many cir-
cumstances within his own recollection of the encroachment of the sea, and also stated that
when he was young, a man of fourscore years old told him, that when he was a boy, there was
a park called Huston Park, which the sea now covers, and that large elm-trees grew there, which
were cut down and sold for one farthing a foot.

The remains of trees are to be seen off the shore at Rustington, Preston and Ferring, forming,
as before stated, part of the domain of the bishops of Selsey.

35

Kingston rocks. Ferring parish in the time of the Saxons was part of
the endowment of Selsey, and its shore, as well as that of the adjoining
parish of Goring, shows the gradual advancement of the sea.

The Kingmer rocks may be said to commence opposite Goring
about six miles in the sea, extending in a north-westerly direction
nearly as far as the Bognor rocks ; they are situated outside of the
' Middletoh Ledge ': in colour and composition they are similar to those
of Boiruor, but it is difficult to procure portions of them for examination,
being many feet under water : those which I have been able to get
contained no fossil remains, yet I am certain that these rocks are of
the Eocene period, joining the Hooe and Owerslight rocks, which
are four or five miles still further south opposite Littlehampton and
Bognor ; and that the bottom of the coast of western Sussex is co-
vered to a great extent with rocks of the same geological formation*.

Tarring, the southern portion of which is called the Manor of
Heene, forms part of the sea-shore. The following passage is taken
from Cartwright's History of the Rape of Bramber, p. 28: " Extract
of a letter from William Bray, Esq., the historian of Surrey, dated
March 3rd, 1827 : In the year 1755 I was sent to inquire about a
wreck which happened on the coast below Tarring, and which was
claimed by the lord of the manor. The tenant went with me to the
high-water mark, and told me that when he was young (I do not re-
member his age) they used to play cricket in the ground on which we
stood, and that the sea was then at such a distance that no one ever
struck the ball into it. Though so long ago as seventy-two years, I
have a perfect recollection of what passed."

The woodcut represents a British boat discovered 200 yards from
the shore, and coins found near the coast in this parish.

* " The Owerslight vessel is situated eight miles south of Bognor. The Hooe rocks are two
miles bearing south from the Owerslight vessel ; they are covered by twenty-six feet of water."

Channel Chart.

f 2

36

Fig. 1. British coin, pale gold, weight 21 grains: coins of this size and character are fre-
quently found in Normandy.

Fig. 2. British, very pure yellowish gold, weight 95 grains. The obverse may represent a
rude attempt at the delineation of the human head, and the reverse may possibly mean a horse.
See Ruding, plate 1. nos. 9, 10, 11 and 12, gold coins of nearly the same weight.

Fig. 3. British, pale gold, weight 89 grains : very similar to a gold coin (no. 2. plate 1 . of
Ruding) weighing 88 grains in the Tyssen cabinet. This coin was found at Worthing, and is in
the possession of Edward Paul, Esq. ; the other coins represented are in my own collection, except
those particularly noticed.

Fig. 4. British, red gold, weight 79 grains : somewhat similar to Fig. 3, but of inferior gold.
Pigs. 1, 2 and 4. were found in digging a ditch close to the shore at Heene.

Fig. 5. Second brass coin of Vespasian, found on the shore a little to the east of Worthing.

Fig. 6. British boat made out of an oak-tree, without any metal fastening, eighteen feet long
by three feet wide, found in 1842 on the shore after a storm, in the mud about 200 yards
from the beach opposite Heene-lane. Shells of the Post-Pliocene formation were found in it,
such as Lutraria Listeri, Cardium edule, &c. This boat is similar in its character and construc-
tion to one found at North Stoke, Sussex, in 1834, and now in the British Museum.

37

CHAPTER IV.

GEOLOGICAL VIEW OF WORTHING AND ITS VICINITY.

WORTHING, which is in the parish of Broadwater, has sprung up
within a few years to a large town. In summer it is frequented by
visitors, and many families reside in it through the winter. The air is
mild, and well-calculated as a winter residence for delicate persons.
The sea formerly gained much on the shore, but about thirty years
ago extensive groins were placed opposite the town, which have pre-
vented its further approach. A little to the east, at the spot where the
Blockade station was situated in 1845, the sea encroached so rapidly,
that in less than twelve months seventy feet of land was destroyed.
The chalk is seen on the coast covered by a very superficial deposit of
sand and flints. The sands are very celebrated, and no place in En-
gland is better suited for bathing. The most beautiful specimens of
chalcedonic sponges are collected on the shore, and occasionally rolled
specimens of palm-wood, some of which are figured on the Plate
illustrative of the geology of Worthing. The teeth of elephants, and
rolled specimens of older formations are occasionally met with. Re-
cent specimens of crustaceans are very abundant on the grass-banks
off this place ; they have been noticed by my friend Thomas Bell, Esq.,
F.R.S., in his beautiful work on ' British Crustacea ' ; the coast is also
well-adapted for dredging, and many rare recent Echini, Asteriae,
sponges, &c. may be taken.
The situation of Worthing and its vicinity affords a good opportu-

38

nity for elucidating the general geological character of that portion of
the land situated between the Downs and sea- shore ; and in offering
the following remarks on this subject I must express my obligation to
Mr. W. Munday, jun., of Worthing, who is a careful observer, for
much information on the geology of the neighbourhood.

It has been shown in the preceding pages, that for a number of
years, indeed during the whole of the historical period, the sea has
been making considerable encroachments on the coast of West Sussex ;
at the same time alluvial deposits have accumulated, serving in a
great measure to counterbalance this loss ; and the result is, that an
important change has taken place in its general configuration. The
land which has been absorbed at Selsey, Bognor, Worthing, &c., by
the encroachment of the sea, has been regained by the silting up of
the estuaries of the rivers Adur and Arun, and many smaller inlets of
the sea, making the coast from Bognor to Worthing almost a straight
line, which formerly must have been very irregular. That the valleys
through which these rivers run were occupied by arms of the sea,
has been clearly proved by Dr. Mantell. Deposits of sand or silt
containing sea-shells are everywhere found in them.

The bank of the estuary of the river Adur is very readily traced :
at Botolph's church, five miles from the sea, a shingle-beach evidently
forming part of it is observed, and may be seen in various places in
the parish of Coombes ; at the Sussex Pad Inn, near Old Shoreham
Bridge ; and in a south-westerly direction at Lower Lancing, as far as
Sea Mills Bridge. At this point may be traced a creek or inlet of the
sea, which must have flowed in a north-westerly direction over the
meadows between Broadwater and Worthing, converting the site of
the town into a peninsula, covering a considerable portion of the
parishes of Lancing, Sompting, and Broadwater. Its extent may be
easily discerned by its low level, by the character of the soil, which

39

is in some places mere shingle, and by the presence of marine shells
of existing species, such as the Lutraria Listeri, Pullastra decussata, &c.
Similar inlets may be seen at Goring, Ferring, and other places ; and
if they were contemporaneous, as is probable, the coast must have
then nearly resembled that to the westward of Selsey Bill.

The examination of the strata afforded by the digging of wells at
Worthing and several miles westward, along the ridge of land situated
near the shore as far as Selsey, producing such fine crops of wheat,
presents very nearly the same geological characters ; good water being
procured at from eighteen to twenty-five feet. At Worthing is found
from four to ten feet of surface soil, containing from two to three feet
of good mould ; the rest is an indifferent loamy brick-earth more or less
mixed with rolled flint stones ; below this is a stratum of brownish
sand and pebbles, of varied extent and thickness from one to ten feet,
and extending in a less or greater degree to Selsey*. This may be the
remains of an old beach, but as it contains no shells it is impossible
to determine its geological period, though evidently very modern.
Underneath this stratum lie broken chalk and flints, provincially called
' marl,' in which water is found, but in most cases it is penetrated
seven or eight feet in order to get a good supply. The stratum of
sand and pebbles does not extend far beyond the ridge, and the marl
gradually thins out as we approach the Downs.

At Broadwater, a mile from Worthing to the north, in digging a

* A pit was dug in 1845 three hundred yards to the east of Lower Lancing, and a good
opportunity afforded of viewing a section of twenty-four feet of this stratum ; it is here raised
at least twenty feet above the level of the sea, and consists of three or four feet of common mould
and broken flints, no loamy earth fit for making bricks, and twenty feet of rolled flint pebbles
with sand varying from a dark ferruginous colour to white, containing no shells. In digging a
well a short distance from this spot in the level, the result was eight or ten feet of these rolled
flints and sand, ten or twelve feet of chalk marl, and five or six feet of genuine upper chalk with
unrolled or unmoved flints, in which was an excellent supply of water.

40

well at the Rectory, the strata differ in a great degree : no marl is
here observed, or any remains of the stratum or beach without shells
as at Worthing. The result was fifteen feet of mould and gravel,
most likely of the same age as the marl ; and then a stratum of sand
of seven or eight feet, containing recent marine shells, Littorina rudis
and L. Neretoides, Purpura Lapillus, Sec. This is also the remains of a
former beach, but older than the one described at Lancing, Worthing,
and along the coast.

At Sompting, more to the east, a little marl was mixed with the
gravel for ten or twelve feet ; then came the sand with the same recent
shells for six or seven feet as at Broadwater, under which the true
chalk was penetrated and very good water procured.

The beds containing gravel with and without marl, and the lower
sand with shells, are evidently a continuation of those strata so well
described by Dr. Mantell as forming the site of the eastern part of
Brighton, and named by him the Elephant-bed. This bed may be
traced westward from Brighton to Shoreham, forming a range of low
cliffs : on the north side of Shoreham Harbour, and a little to the west
of Copperas Gap, they can be advantageously examined, the geolo-
gical position being well-marked. The bed of sand containing the
shells still found on the coast, Littorina Neretoides, Mytilus edulis,
Purpura Lapillus, &c., is seen in situ, lying under the chalk marl and
gravel ; also many specimens of much older formations : rolled portions
of granite and porphyry are mixed up with the shells and sand,
similar to what may be observed on the shore at the present day.
Under the remains of this old beach the true chalk formation is found,
as at the Elephant- bed beyond Brighton and at Sompting.

We may therefore safely state, that in the neighbourhood of Wor-
thing the tertiary beds from the Newer Pliocene are entirely absent.
The most elevated point of these modern beds must be from eighty

41

to one hundred feet above the level of the sea, and may be considered
full proof that the whole district has been lifted to at least that extent
during a very late geological ara.

Mr. Lyell and Dr. Man tell consider, in the south-eastern parts of
England, that the land must have been elevated or upheaved after
the deposition of the London clay, because patches of that formation
reach a great height on the chalk, which is well observed at the north
of Highdown Hill, and the Castle Hill, Newhaven ; and they affirm
with confidence, that considerable movements of elevation have taken
place at periods decidedly Post-Pliocene.

Dr. Mantell's Elephant-bed, between Brighton and Rottingdean,
at Peppering near Arundel, and other places, formed of calcareous
rubble, shows every appearance of having been spread out by succes-
sive horizontal layers of water in motion.

Mr. Lyell observes in his ' Elements of Geology,' vol. ii. page 37,
" First, the south-eastern part of England had acquired its actual
configuration, when the ancient chalk- cliffs were formed, a beach of
sand and shingle having been thrown up at their base : afterwards
the whole coast, or at least part of it, where the Elephant-bed now
extends, subsided to the depth of fifty or sixty feet ; and during the
period of submergence, successive layers of white calcareous rubble
were accumulated, so as to cover the ancient beach : subsequently the
coast was again raised, so that the ancient shore was elevated to a
level somewhat higher than its original position."

I fully concur in these remarks of Mr. Lyell and Dr. Mantell. The
remains of still more recent strata or beaches, in the neighbourhood
of Worthing, extending along the coast to Selsey, confirm the opinion
that many comparatively modern changes must have taken place in the
south-western part of Sussex, between the sea-shore and the Downs.

The loamy earth from which the bricks are made varies much in

G

42

thickness ; at Hove near Brighton it is considerable, and there is a
good stratum of it between Worthing and Lancing. It may be seen
all along the bank of the sea-shore, from Lancing to Chichester
Harbour. It is probably derived from the remains of the once-
extensive plastic clay formation, but being mixed with marl contain-
ing more or less carbonate of lime, the bricks are by no means good.
The bricks at Clapham Common, near Highdown Hill, are excellent,
as the plastic clay at that point is well-developed. The plastic clay
may be derived from the Wealden clay formation, as the best bricks
in Sussex are procured from that deposit in the neighbourhood of
St. John's Common, near Linfield, Sussex*.

* The plastic clay formation, which has been called the lowermost division of the Eocene pe-
riod, or nearest the chalk, maybe observed between Highdown Hill and the Downs. Highdown
Hill is a detached elevation of the chalk formation protruding itself to the south more than a
mile from the Downs. The plastic clay is well-seen opposite Castle Goring, and extends in a
greater or less degree five miles to the west as far as Calceto Farm, Arundel. At Clapham
Common near Castle Goring, the following is the result of digging a well near the brick-field
half a mile from Highdown Hill :

5 feet small round gravel.

5 feet brick-earth.

2 feet hard ferruginous clay, of no use.

8 feet excellent plastic clay.

20 feet red clay containing much decomposed iron.

28 feet clay of a dark colour, the lowermost part assuming the appearance of London clay.

5 inches of sulphuret of iron, under which the water rushed to the top of the well and has

remained ever since.

I have not been able to procure any fossils from this district : small round pebbles, sand and
clay containing more or less decomposed iron, giving it a red appearance, similar to the beds at
Castle Hill and Seaford in Sussex, at Woolwich, and parts of Kent, are the general characteris-
tics of the strata, which at one time must have been very extensive. The water from the wells is
highly impregnated with iron. Dr. Mantell in his ' Geology of Sussex ' says, page 266, " Dr.
Buckland observed many years ago the plastic clay formation in a valley at the village of Binstead,
three miles west of Arundel, and also on the declivity of the hill by which the Binstead and Chi-
chester road descends into Arundel."

43

Roman urns with funereal vessels and coins of Diocletian and Con-
stantine were found not far from the shore at Park Crescent in 1826
and 1828.

The geologist may cavil at my inserting specimens not strictly geo-
logical, and the antiquarian be angry for trespassing on his manor ;
but as Sir Thomas Browne says in his epistle dedicatory to his work
entitled ' Hydrotaphia Urn Burial,' " We were hinted by the occa-
sion, not catched the opportunity, to write of old things, or intrude
upon the antiquary. We are coldly drawn into discourses of anti-
quities, who have scarce time before us to comprehend new things,
or make out learned novelties. But seeing they arose as they lay,
almost in silence among us, at least in short account, suddenly
passed over, we were very unwilling they should die again, and be
buried twice among us."

" Besides, to preserve the living and make the dead to live, to keep
men out of their urns, and discourse on humane fragments in them,
is not impertinent unto our profession ; whose study is life and death,
who daily behold examples of mortality, and of all men least need
artificial mementos, or coffins by our bed-side, to remind us of our
graves."

On the 4th of August 1845, in cutting the Shoreham and Chichester
railroad near Worthing, a little to the west of Ham Bridge, in the
parish of Broadwater, the workmen discovered, from twelve to twenty
inches under the ground, (the surface not more raised than in other
places) from twenty-five to thirty Roman urns and funereal vessels ;
five urns of a common shape and coarse material, containing burnt
bones ; nine or ten bottle-shaped funereal vessels, two with handles,
one with painted ornaments, but of no specific character ; six or seven
red pieces, usually called Samian pottery, stamped in the centre with
the maker's name ; and one very beautiful and interesting small urn,

G2

44

three inches and a half high, and two inches and a half wide at the
top, of a bluish-grey colour ; on one side is represented a stag, which
from its horns and shape I should call a red deer ; on the other a dog,
like a large greyhound, which appears to be of a similar variety to
that now used in Scotland for red-deer hunting, and which may
be seen at the Duke of Athol's. The animals are in high relief.
I was fortunate in obtaining this specimen perfect, as well as one
small piece of Samian pottery, which has no stamp, but four orna-
ments on the rim, by some considered a leaf: this pattern of Samian
ware is often found in the graves of Romans, or Romanized Britons.
One bottle also was found perfect, of a light brown colour, which
would hold near a quart, and larger than any lacrymatory I have
ever seen found in England, and probably, like the other bottle-shaped
vessels, it held oil, milk, or wine. The other pieces of pottery were
more or less broken, many of them old fractures, including the urns
containing the calcined bones. I have parts of five or six different-
shaped Samian vessels, three or four funereal bottles, also some
fragments of wood, perhaps Armillce the diameter of one is three
inches and a half, the other two inches and a half; and more
than two hundred short iron nails, much decomposed, and very
similar to those now used in countrymen's shoes, which appeared to
have been inserted into some decayed substance in a circle of eight or
ten inches, and which was probably a buckler. There are two shields
in the British Museum, one in particular having iron ornaments very
like in shape to these nails : both are said to be British. It is rare to
find ornamented funereal vessels in England, except on Samian pottery.
Burning the body and putting the bones into urns, surrounded with
more or less ornamented vessels and articles of value, according to
the wealth and circumstances of the deceased, is of the earliest
date ; the bones having always the greatest respect paid to them.

45

These funereal relics were deposited in irregular order, three or four
feet apart, and appeared as if placed on different occasions : they or-
dinarily consisted, in this mode of interment, of a bottle-shaped vase, a
Samian dish, and two or three other pieces of pottery placed round the
urn containing the bones, which was always uppermost and upright,
not reversed, like the urns of the early British. There were no remains
of ashes, or anything to mark that the body was burnt near the spot.

It is not unreasonable to suppose the tomb containing the interest-
ing ornamented vase, (or by some thought drinking-cup,) with the
stag and dog, to have been the grave of a Romanized British hunter,
whose last request was to have represented on his urn his love of the
chase. The wishes, as well as the character and pursuits of deceased
persons, were delineated on funereal urns, as may be seen on Etruscan
vases ; and this hunter might have died at a time when the Romans
were destroying the woods, and clearing the ground for the purposes
of agriculture.

Imported red Samian pottery with stags and animals has been
occasionally found in England ; but this curious relic I think, from
its material and manufacture, was made in this country, and is of
double interest ; first, as a specimen of art, and secondly, as represent-
ing animals almost extinct, which were formerly common in England,
as geological evidence fully corroborates, and showing besides how
the Red Deer, like the Ox, Goat, Wolf, and other animals, has been
scattered and destroyed by the hand of civilization.

To date the exact period of this burial-place is impossible : I possess
coins of Vespasian and Marcus Aurelius, found not far from the spot,
which would place it early in the Roman history of this kingdom,
between seventeen or eighteen hundred years ago.

On the 29th of August, about three weeks after the first dis-
covery of urns, some more ground was removed near the same spot,

46

and I was lucky in procuring five more perfect funereal vessels, and
three broken, the fractures having been of long standing ; for I took
most of these vessels out myself, using every care, and can speak of
the exact order in which they were deposited. This appeared to have
been another grave, four feet from the last ; the contents of which
consisted of two urns, one eight inches high, six inches at the top,
three inches and a half at the bottom, increasing to eight inches in
the centre, containing burnt human bones ; the other nine inches high,
three inches at the bottom, seven inches in the middle, and five inches
at the top, containing the bones of a bird the size of a crow ; and burnt
human bones, five or six nails, &c. ; near this urn was a small bottle.
Surrounding the other were two vessels like drinking-cups, two black
saucer-shaped pieces of pottery, and one beautiful specimen of glass,
quite perfect, of a transparent green colour, two inches high with
handles, very similar to one preserved in the Museum at Boulogne : a
small fragment of glass was also found with the human bones in the

O O

large urn : the urns containing the calcined bones were in every in-
stance nearest the surface. At the bottom of this tomb was a flat
metallic substance, eight or ten inches in length and breadth, much-
broken, having a few iron nails near it, but not more than eight or
ten, and larger than those of the prior discovery. Iron is also the
chief ingredient of this vessel or shield ; but it is not oxidized like the
nails, and was originally broken ; for I found pieces of it, with two or
three nails, in the urn containing the birds' bones, &c., which must
have been placed there at the interment.

Perfect specimens of glass funereal vessels are rare in England ; at
Boulogne there is a valuable and extensive collection of glass vessels
found in the Roman tombs near the town, and most probably this, as
well as other specimens of glass discovered in England, were imported
from and manufactured in Gaul.

47

At Avisford near Arundel in 1817, a most interesting tomb was dis-
covered on the estate of Sir Thomas Reynell, Bart., containing a great
many pieces of different-shaped pottery, and two glass vessels ; one an
urn twelve inches high by eight inches broad, of a light transparent
M-a-green colour, very thick, and nearly full of calcined bones ; the
other a small vessel, something similar to the one just found. I have
also seen portions of a very fine glass urn discovered at Warburton
near Arundel, eight or ten inches high, of a round shape having
handles, containing burnt bones and a brass coin of Vespasian.

I have been present at two discoveries of Roman funereal vessels
in this neighbourhood besides the one just mentioned, and possess
specimens from each : one at Park Crescent near Worthing in 1826,
and one on the Downs at Findon, Sussex, in 1823 ; and in both of
these the pottery was much of the same description, but containing
no ornamented or glass vessels.

It is probable that these deposits were like the vaults or cemeteries
of the present day ; those that I have seen would indicate such an
idea, the urns being placed about four feet apart. These Roman, or
perhaps Romanized British tombs, have no mark like the British or
Saxon tumuli on the Downs to direct the antiquarian, and are only
occasionally met with in cutting for roads or buildings, and when
found the vessels are commonly broken in the expectation of finding
coins, or are carelessly destroyed.

On the coast of the adjoining parish of Lancing may be observed large
blocks of recent breccia or pudding-stone, not far from the Sluice.

Many acres of land have been recovered from the sea in this
parish, which formerly extended as an estuary some distance beyond
Bramber Castle. In 1684 Sir William Goring embanked 600 acres
of land, by which a farm called the ' Salts ' was joined to his other

48

property. The name of ' Salts ' is derived from salt-pans, the remains
of which may be observed to the east of this farm ; the sea-water
was enclosed and left to evaporate, and the residuum of salt collected ;
but of late years this plan is abandoned, as salt is procured at much
less expense and trouble.

I have found the Lutraria Listeri, Cardium edule, Pullastra decussata,
&c. lying on the banks of many ditches as far as Bramber Castle ;
the discovery of these marine shells fully proves the ancient extent of
the estuary of the river Adur. I have also seen them at Sompting,
and the upper part of Broadwater.

For the geological history of Brighton, and an account of the en-
croachments of the sea on the Sussex coast eastward of Shoreham, I
must refer the reader to the works of Dr. Mantell, who has done so
much for the advancement of Geology. The Post-Pliocene deposit, or
elephant-bed forming part of the cliff beyond Kemptown, and the plas-
tic clay formation of Newhaven, Castle Hill, and Seaford have been
described in Dr. Mantell's work on the Fossils of the South Downs.

It may be interesting to state, which I shall do as briefly as pos-
sible, the well-authenticated countries in which the Eocene period has
been observed in different parts of the world.

In Europe the principal Eocene formation consists of the Paris
basin, which is chiefly of marine origin, but also containing most in-
teresting freshwater deposits.

Mr. Lyell in his ' Elements of Geology ' states, " that the area which
has been called the Paris basin is about 180 miles in its greatest
length from the north-east to the south-west, and about ninety miles
from east to west. This space may be described as a depression
in the chalk, which has been filled up by alternating groups of marine
and freshwater strata.'

49

We are indebted for our knowledge of these formations to the im-
mortal works of Cuvier : the examination of the fossil bones which they
contain led that extraordinary man to reconstruct a race of animals
which had long since perished, and to point out the only true path to
he pursued in the investigation of palseontological knowledge. In the
vicinity of Brussels, at Grignon, Epernay, &c. are marine deposits; at
Auvergne, Cantal and Velay in Central France are freshwater ; other
Eocene formations are in the west of France, also at Aix in Provence,
and in the north of Italy.

In a memoir read before the Geological Society in 1842 by Sir R. I.
Murchison, F.R.S., on the geological structure of the central and south-
ern regions of Russia in Europe, he stated " that the lowest tertiary
beds which he personally examined were the marls with concretions
forming cliffs at Antipofka on the right bank of the Volga below Sara-
tof, where they were first noticed by Pallas. Among these shells are
several species undistinguishable from those published by Sowerby
from the London clay of Bognor and Hants, such as Cucullaea decus-
sata, Vencricardia planicosta, Calyptrcea trochiformis, Crassatella sulcata,
Turritella edita, Sec."

In Asia, the sub-Himalayan and Sewalik Mountains of Northern
India produce the most wonderful organic remains of this period.
The strata in which they are found extend for more than 200 miles,
and the mountains are 3000 feet above the level of the sea : a tortoise
measuring nearly fourteen feet, following the curvature of the cara-
pace, was brought to England by Captain Cautley, and presented to
the British Museum. This monster has been well named the Megalo-
chelys Atlas. The remains of the Anoplotherium, Anthracotherium,
c., of the Eocene Pachydermata, have also been brought to England
from these mountains, and several new and undescribed animals ;
amongst which are the Sivatherium, and some species nearly allied to
the Giraffe or Camelopard.

H

50

In Africa the Nummulite limestone has been considered of the
Eocene period, and forms part of the Egyptian Pyramids, and is so
compact as to be cut into sphinxes and other idols.

In North America, the greensand of Virginia contains fossils of this
formation, the Venericardia planicosta, c.* At Alabama, one of the
Southern states, a creature of enormous size has been discovered
upwards of 100 feet long, and was first described under the name of
Basilosaurus ; but Professor Owen, with his excellent knowledge of
Comparative Anatomy, demonstrated that the animal possessed no
saurian character, but was unquestionably a mammal, referable to the
Cetaceous order and probably allied to the Dugong, one of the herbi-
vorous whales ; he has proposed for it the name of Zeuglodon, in
reference to the peculiar yoked form of its molar teeth, and has stated,
from its colossal dimensions and the small size of the bones of the
extremities, the dense structure of the ribs, and the extreme elonga-
tion of the bodies of the caudal vertebrae, that it was one of the most
extraordinary of the mammalia which the revolutions of the globe
have blotted out from the number of existing beings. Subsequent
discoveries of more complete skeletons have confirmed the accuracy
of the reference of the Zeuglodon to the Cetaceous order f .

In South America, according to M. D'Orbigny, the Eocene period

* Mr. Lyell states that, " Out of 125 species of Eocene shells which I collected in the South-
ern states, or which were presented to me, I have only been able to identify seven with European
species of the same epoch. These are, Trochus agglutinans, Solarium canaliculatum, Bonellia tere-
bellata, Infundibulum trochiforme, Lithodomus dactylus, Cardita, or Venericardia planicosta, and
Ostrea bellovacina. But there are a considerable number of representative species, and an equal
number of forms peculiar to these older tertiary strata in America. The Ostrea Sellceformis,
which may be considered as representing the Ostrea flabellula of the Paris basin, appears to be
one of the most characteristic and widely disseminated Eocene shells in Virginia, South Carolina
and Georgia, for I found it at Shell Bluff and on the Santee river, and the James river in Vir-
ginia." Ly 'ell's Travels in North America, vol. i. p. 178.

t See Silliman's American Journal of Science, vol. xliv. p. 411 ; and Dr. Gibbes in Proceed-
ings of the American Acad. of Sciences, June 1845.

51

has been most extensively developed, but at present our information
ri'sjHTting this part of the world, from the want of good pakeontolo-
sjical specimens, is comparatively limited.

Thus it is seen that the same types of mammals, of shells, and
\Tiretable productions characterize the Eocene period in all parts of
the world ; although in some localities there may be a difference in
specific or even generic characters. In the strata of this period we
find the remains of extinct Crocodiles, but not those of any of the
numerous Saurians which are met with in the older formations ;
neither can we produce a single example of an Eocene Saurian or
mammalian species existing at the present day. It is true, that the
remains of the same genera of reptiles which now inhabit warm
countries are discovered with the Mammalia of this period, and a
few of the Eocene genera of Mammalia now exist ; but the Tapir,
Rhinoceros and Hippopotamus are respectively the nearest approx-
imations to the Lophiodon, Palseotherium, and Anthracotherium of
the Eocene catalogue. In the Cretaceous sera some few fossils may
approach the Eocene ; and nothing is more probable than that crea-
tures of a deep sea should have co-existed with those of a shallow
sea or of an estuary. Some Infusoria and Polythalamia, according to
Professor Ehrenberg, are specifically the same, and certain existing
fishes are also generically identical with those of the Eocene deposits ;
but in this country the separation between the Cretaceous and Tertiary
formations is so apparent, that in our present state of geological know-
ledge, no divisions can be followed with greater safety than those pro-
posed by Mr. Lyell.

In England the comparative anatomist has few opportunities of

studying the remains of the early Tertiary animals. Binstead and

Seafield in the Isle of Wight have afforded the best examples, and a few

specimens have been obtained from other places*. Two teeth of the

* Owen's British Fossil Mammalia, pp. 299-306.

H 2

52

Lophiodon minimus have been procured from Bracklesham Bay ; but the
remains of land mammals ought not to be expected from this locality, as
the fossils are those which principally belong to the lower portion of the
Eocene period or nearest the Chalk. So numerous are the remains of
these extinct Pachydermata from the gypsum quarries of Montmartre,
which may be chiefly considered of freshwater origin, that Cuvier has
observed, " every block contains the fragment of some skeleton," and
after many years collecting, adds this most interesting paragraph in
his ' Ossemens Fossiles,' torn. iii. Introduction, pp. 3, 4 :

" I at length found myself, as if placed in a charnel-house, sur-
rounded by mutilated fragments of many hundred skeletons, of more
than twenty kinds of animals piled confusedly around me : the task
assigned me was to restore them all to their original position. At
the voice of Comparative Anatomy, every bone, and fragment of a
bone resumed its place. I cannot find words to express the pleasure
I experienced in seeing, as I discovered one character, how all the
consequences which I predicted from it were successively confirmed :
the feet were found in accordance with the characters announced by
the teeth ; the teeth in harmony with those indicated beforehand by
the feet : the bones of the legs and thighs, and every connecting
portion of the extremities, we found set together precisely as I had
arranged them, before my conjectures were verified by the discovery
of the parts entire : in short, each species was, as it were, recon-
structed from a single one of its component elements."

The researches of Cuvier and Professor Owen have justly placed
the study of Comparative Anatomy as the highest branch of Palaeon-
tology. The geologist must not however neglect Conchology, as the
evidence produced by the remains of shells is more frequent, and
shells afford more certainty that the animals they belonged to lived
where they are found.

Geological inquiry has unfolded some of the most beautiful as well

53

as extraordinary beings of creation : it has shown the wonderful
power and greatness of GOD in all ages of the world, and is an
endless source of expectation. There is no part of the world in which
a geologist may not find some object for contemplation : it is a most
healthful occupation, improving at the same time the bodily as well as
the mental powers.

To the sensitive mind the study of Geology is far more agreeable
than any other department of natural history. The creatures that
come under consideration have perished ages ago ; no compunctious
visit ings of nature obstruct the path of inquiry into their organic
characters. We know not the exact conditions or purpose for which
so many generations of Beings were created to enjoy the boon of life
in this planet, and effect certain changes by reaction on the surround-
ing media for allotted periods, and then finally disappear from the
stage and give way to other and commonly higher organized races.
This is a mystery we may never be able to unravel. But from what
we do know of the wise ordinances of Providence, we ought to be well
satisfied that these great events must have, been essential to the order
and arrangement of the universe. A distinguished philosopher has
observed, that " fossiliferous strata are the monuments of the felicity
of past ages."

" It is clear," says the Rev. Dr. Buckland in his Bridgewater
Treatise, p. 529, " that next to the study of those distant worlds which
engage the contemplation of the astronomer, the largest and most
sublime subject of physical inquiry which can occupy the mind of
man, and by far the most interesting, from the personal concern we
have in it, is the history of the formation and structure of the planet
on which we dwell, of the many and wonderful revolutions through
which it has passed, of the vast and various changes in organic life
that have followed one another upon its surface, and of its multifa-

54

rious adaptations to the support of its present inhabitants, and to
the physical and moral condition of the human race."

These are thy glorious works, Parent of good,

Almighty ! Thine this universal frame,

Thus wondrous fair; Thyself how wondrous then !

Unspeakable, who sitt'st above these heavens,

To us invisible, or dimly seen

In these thy lowest works ; yet these declare

Thy goodness beyond thought, and power divine.

PART II.

CHAPTER I.
THE CHALK FORMATION.

DR. MANTELL'S work on the fossils of the South Downs, published
more than twenty years ago, created much interest, not only in Sussex,
but in all countries where the chalk formation is a principal feature of
it> geology. Having resided many years in Sussex, and procured
fossils from the various chalk-pits in the neighbourhood, I found that
my collection contained many unnoticed specimens ; and, with the
assistance of several geological friends, I am enabled to offer some
further illustrations of the Cretaceous period.

I beg to return my grateful thanks to the following distinguished
cultivators of geological science and collectors of its evidences, from
whom I have derived information : The Marquis of Northampton,
P.R.S. ; the Earl of Enniskillen, F.R.S.; Sir Philip Grey Egerton, Bart.,
F.R.S. ; Sir Francis Shuckburgh, Bart., F.R.S. ; the Rev. J. Austin ;
the Rev. H. Hoper ; Dr. Mantell, F.R.S. ; Ed. Forbes, Esq., F.R.S. ;
J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S.; J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S. ; N. Wetherell,
Esq., F.G.S. ; Channing Pearce, Esq., F.G.S. ; W. Flower, Esq., F.G.S. ;
W. D. Saull, Esq., F.G.S.; Major Boys 5 Robert Drewitt, Esq. ; Edward
Clark, Esq., F.G.S. ; W. Harris, Esq., F.G.S. ; J. Morris, Esq., F.G.S. ;
Mr. J. Bass, Jun. ; Mr. Tennant, F.G.S. ; Captain Burgh ; Mr. Salter,
F.G.S. ; Mr. Perdue ; Mrs. W. Trower, Weston ; and to Mrs. Smith,
of Tonbridge Wells.

I have great satisfaction in stating, that Professor Agassiz and Sir

56

P. Egerton have been so kind as to render me their assistance in
arranging and naming many of the fish, both of the Tertiary and
Secondary formations.

The corals of the chalk, like those of the Eocene deposits, have
been described by W. Lonsdale. Esq., F.G.S., to whom I am much
indebted.

I owe to Professor Owen many obligations, particularly on this
occasion, for his most valuable description of the chalk saurians.

I am obliged to G. A. Coombe, Esq., of Arundel, for some beautiful
specimens ; and to Henry Catt, Esq., of Brighton, who has a rich cabinet
of chalk fossils, and has added within the last few years some most
interesting specimens from the pits in the neighbourhood of Lewes.

Mr. J. D. C. Sowerby, Mr. Dinkel, Mr. Scharf, Mr. Erxleben, and
Mr. Lens Aldous have engraved the plates. Mr. Sowerby has also
rendered me great assistance in my descriptions.

In the southern, as well as some other counties of England, where
the downs form a beautiful undulating character, the landscape is often
broken by the appearance of white patches ; these are generally the
remains of pits that have been opened for the purpose of procuring
that useful substance, chalk, the material of which these hills are
composed. Chalk is, chemically speaking, a carbonate of lime : kilns
are built at most of the quarries for converting, by the process of
burning, the carbonate of lime into lime, the carbonic acid being
expelled by heat. Lime is most extensively used in building, is of
great value in many manufactures, and is an excellent manure for
some lands ; and in these applications, to most persons begin and
end the interest and value of the Chalk formation. To the scientific
man, however, it opens another field of inquiry : he perceives, upon
examination, that it often contains shells, the scales of fish, &c., mixed
up with the white mass ; he consults the geologist, who informs him
that the material, chalk, is only one character of an extensive forma-

57

tiou, tlu- sepulchre of an innumerable race of marine beings, whose
remains are occasionally observed in strata of a very different mineral
condition ; that its white appearance is not essential to its geological
period ; and that it is not confined to England, but is distributed under
different forms over Europe, Asia and America*.

The strata which have been called the Cretaceous group are, in the
south of 'England, divided into the following order by Mr. Lyell,
Dr. Mantell, Dr. Fitton and the Rev. Mr. Conybeare :

Chalk
formation.

Cretaceous

poop.

Greensand

formation. '

a. Upper soft white chalk, contain-^

iiiir Hints.

United thickness from 600
to 1000 feet.

b. Lower hard grey chalk, without
flints.

c. Chalk marl.

a. Upper grccnsand ..... Thickness from 30 to 100 ft

b. Gault or blue marl ..... Thickness from 10 to 150ft

c. Lower greensand and ironsand,

with occasional limestone . Thickness 250 ft.

My illustrations are entirely confined to that portion of the Cre-
taceous group more especially called the Chalk formation ; and for the
investigation of the greensand, I beg to refer my readers to the ex-
cellent researches and observations of Dr. Fitton and Dr. Mantell.

Upper white chalk in its purest state contains nothing but lime
and carbonic acid ; it loses half its weight when burnt, the carbonic
acid being expelled from it in the form of gas. It yields by analysis
the following results :

Lime 56-50

Carbonic acid 43-00

Water . 0-50

100-00

* The name Cretaceous group designates rocks in all parts of the world which contain the
same palaeontological characters.

I

58

Lower chalk and chalk marl contain more or less alumina and silica,
a great variation occurring in different localities*.

Mr. Lyell observes, that " the area over which the white chalk
preserves a nearly homogeneous aspect is so great, that geologists
have often despaired of finding any analogous deposits of recent date ;
for chalk is met with in the north-west and south-east direction from
the north of Ireland to the Crimea, a distance of about 1140 o-eosrra-

O O

phical miles, and in an opposite direction it extends from the south of
Sweden to the south of Bordeaux, a distance of about 840 geogra-
phical miles. But we must not conclude that it was ever spread out
uniformly over the whole of this space, but merely that there were
patches of it, of various sizes, throughout this area." (Lyell's Ele-
ments, page 401.)

The Chalk formation of England may be briefly stated as follows,
and can be well traced on Mr. Greenough's magnificent Geological
Map of England and Wales. The strata may be said to commence at
Dover on the east, at which point the Kentish Downs arise and are
continued westward until they unite with the North Downs of Surrey.
On the south-east the chalk again appears in the cliffs of Beachy Head,
forming there the South Downs of Sussex. The North and South
Downs of Surrey and Sussex f are continued westward until they join

* Mr. Bakewell observes in his ' Geology/ page 341, " Chalk is not, however, absolutely pure,
for besides the nodules and veins of flint that occur in it, but which bear no sensible proportion
to the whole mass, some of the strata contain an intermixture with siliceous sand, and in other
strata calcareous earth is combined with magnesia. In some chalk strata in France, the mag-
nesia exceeds ten per cent., and I believe many of the English chalk strata contain as great a
proportion of magnesian earth.

" Chalk which contains a notable portion of magnesia may generally be known by an appear-
ance of dendritical spotted delineations on the surface of the natural partings, and by minute
black spots, like grains of gunpowder, in the substance of the chalk."

The appearance of black spots, from my own observation, is more confined to the upper chalk
than the lower, and well seen at Burpham and Beeding, Sussex.

f The South Downs, properly speaking, are only those hills which lie between Eastbourne
and Shoreham, being twenty-six miles long and seven wide.

tlu- Hampshire Downs in the east, which unite with another range of
Downs, commencing with the cliffs between Weymouth and the Isle of
Purbeck. This includes the north of Hampshire, and nearly all the
south of Wiltshire; its longest diameter, from east to west, being
about fifty-six miles, and its shortest, from north to south, about
twenty. A part of this range may be said also to extend eastward as
far as the Isle of Wight. These Downs are marked by a succession of
rounded elevations ; and the chalk is often broken by valleys trans-
verse to its strike, which is well seen in the North and South Downs.
From the Marlborough Downs, the Whitehorse Hills and Ilsey
Downs, the chalk is continued into Oxfordshire ; it again makes its
appearance, in a succession of Downs, through Buckinghamshire,
Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire and Cambridgeshire, into Suffolk and
Norfolk, rising again in hills near Norwich ; it is continued to the
coast, forming the cliffs between Cromer and Hunstanton. At this
point the Wash breaks its continuity, but it re-appears on the opposite
coast, forming the Wolds of Lincolnshire ; the stratum is then divided
by the river Humber, but the chalk is discovered again near Hull ;
from thence it is continued through the Wolds of Yorkshire as far as
Speeton, which is six miles from Flamborough Head, and the most
northern extent of this formation.

The Chalk formation is not observed in the western part of En-
gland, in Wales, or in Scotland. In the north-east of Ireland it forms
a compact limestone, but in a much more limited character, the deposit
not exceeding 300 feet in thickness.

In Lincolnshire and Yorkshire the chalk occasionally assumes a
red appearance, probably from the presence of iron in a state of oxide.
The highest elevation of the chalk is the Inkpen Beacon in Wilt-
shire, being rather more than 1000 feet above the level of the sea*.

* In Sussex the Ditchling Beacon is the highest point, being 856 feet above the level of the

-.i.

i 2

60

Many geologists have endeavoured to trace the origin of white
chalk. Mr. Lyell has remarked, that chalk which appears to an ordi-
nary observer quite destitute of organic remains, is nevertheless,
when seen under the microscope, full of fragments of corals and
sponges, the shells of foraminifera, and still more minute infusoria.
The bold idea, that chalk was of animal origin, produced by the de-
composition of testacea and corals, was considered by some naturalists
quite vague and visionary, until its probability was strengthened by
new evidence, brought to light by modern geologists. Lieut. Nelson
and Mr. C. Darwin have published some valuable observations in
support of this argument ; but the following are the most remarkable
facts relating to the Chalk formation which have ever appeared.

In the Transactions of the Royal Academy of Berlin for 1840,
Prof. Ehrenberg read a most important and highly interesting paper
on the numerous animals of the Chalk formation which are still to be
found in a living state. He enumerates fourteen forms which have
been noticed by different authors, six Echinoidea, six Mollusca, one
Coralline and one Polythalamia, and adds fifty-seven new species ; of
these, nine are calcareous-shelled Polythalamia, and forty-seven sili-
ceous-shelled Infusoria ; of these, thirty belong to the undoubted
chalk and Sicilian marls ; the remaining twenty-seven occur in marls
which contain so many well-known animals of the chalk period, as to
leave little doubt of their contemporaneous origin. Several of these
siliceous Infusoria have been observed in England, such as Fragilaria
rhabdosoma and F. striolata in white chalk from the Gravesend quar-
ries ; and in flint, several species of Xanthidia and other genera have
been noticed from Kent and Sussex.

" Mr. Lonsdale, on examining, in October 1835, in the museum of
the Geological Society of London, portions of white chalk from differ-
ent parts of England, found, on carefully pulverizing them in water,
that what appear to the eye simply as white grains, were, in fact, well-

61

preserved fossils. He obtained about a thousand of these from each
pound weight of chalk, some being fragments of minute corallines,
others entire Foraminifera and Cytherinse." (Lyell's Elements,
vol. i. p. 56.)

Professor Ehrenberg's observations on his discovery of recent
species identical with the fossils of the Cretaceous period are so im-
portant, that I cannot do better than quote his own words, from a
translation by Dr. W. Francis, published in R. Taylor's ' Scientific-
Memoirs' for 1842 and 1843 :

" There are numerous animals of the Chalk or secondary formation
of the earth which are still found living, and precisely such as do not,
either from great variation of form within generic limits, or from the
simplicity of their exterior, leave any uncertainty in determining their
specific difference.

" Of the animal forms which constitute the greater mass of the
white chalk, those which preponderate in number of individuals are
identical with living species ; and hitherto all the principal species
which form the rocks have been observed alive, even in the short time
during which the inquiry has been proceeding.

" The principal number of species, and the great mass of individuals
of these recent forms, are microscopic Infusoria and calcareous-shelled
Polythalamia, scarcely or not at all perceptible to the naked eye, which
nevertheless form so incalculably great a volume of the solid portion
of the earth, that the few species asserted to be still living, from other
groups of animals of higher organization, even if they were all
decidedly identical, bear not the slightest comparison with the number
and mass.

" The microscopic organisms are, it is true, far inferior in individual
energy to lions and elephants ; but in their united influences they
appear far more important than all these animals.

" The fifty-seven recent species of the chalk in Europe, Africa and

62

Asia do not live solely or principally in southern latitudes, as has been
shown with respect to the recent larger forms of the so-called Eocene
formation, but have been observed living both in those and in northern
latitudes. These recent species also are not rare nor isolated, but fill
in incalculable numbers the seas of northern Europe, and are not
wanting on the tropical coasts of the American ocean.

" The idea that the temperature and constitution of the atmosphere
and oceans were essentially different at the period of the Chalk forma-
tion, and adverse to the organized beings at present existing, naturally
acquired more probability and weight the more decidedly different all
the creatures of that period were from those of the present time ; but
loses more and more in importance the less the chalk proves to be a
chemical precipitate, and the more numerous the forms agreeing with
those of the present day become by renewed inquiry. Nay, there is
not the least doubt that the perfectly ascertained identity of a single
species of the present day with one of those of the chalk, renders
doubtful the necessary transformation of all the others subsequently
to the formation of the chalk rocks ; how much more so when these
are numerous, and such as form masses ! The size appears to be of
no importance, as the small organisms have already been shown to
agree with the large, with regard to the effect of external influences
upon them.

" The period of the dawn of the organic creation coexistent with our-
selves, can only be admitted as being anterior to and below the Chalk
formation, if indeed, which is questionable, such a distinction can be
made ; or the chalk, with its rocks, covering far and high the super-
ficies of the earth, forms part of the series of recent formations, and,
since of the four as yet well-established great geological periods of
the earth's formation, the quaternary, tertiary and secondary forma-
tions contain recent organisms, it is as three to one more probable
that the transition or primary formation is not differently circum-

63

stanced, but that, from the gradual longer chemical decomposition
and change of many of its organic relations, it is more difficult to
examine and determine.

" l } ah(dina vivipara and Cyclas cornea of the Weald clay, and the
recent Trochus below the chalk, according to Defrance, as well as the
confirmation of the occurrence of Tcrebratula caput serpentis in the
Upper Jura by Von Buch, together with my observations of micro-
scopic yet nevertheless peculiar Polythalamia in the flints of the
Jura, are additional positive indications of the inconceivable extent of
similar organic relations, the further investigation of which is one of
the important questions to be determined in the present age.

" Since now Polythalamia, and other forms identical with chalk
animals, exist which are not endowed with spontaneous division,
this faculty of the Infusoria, and their general nature, are not the
sole causes to which the indefinite duration of the species is
owing.

" In consequence of the mass-building Infusoria and Polythalamia,
the secondary formations can now no longer be distinguished from the
tertiary ; and in accordance with what has been above stated, masses
of rock might be formed even at the present time in the ocean, and be
raised by volcanic pow r er above the surface, the great mass of which
would, as to its constituents, perfectly resemble the chalk. Thus then
the chalk remains still to be distinguished by its organic contents as a
geological formation, but no longer as a species of rock.

" The power so conspicuous in the organic beings under considera-
tion is, according to experience, so immensely great, even in its influ-
ence on the inorganic, that with the concurrence of favourable circum-
stances they alone might give rise to the greatest changes in the
di>tribution of the solid of the earth in the shortest space of time,
especially in the water ; and the ascertainable extent of such influences,

64

however great, remains constantly small in comparison to those that
are possible, consequently do not give by their magnitude any certain
measure of periods of time.

" The correctness of the above expositions is not founded on indi-
vidual opinion formed from hasty inspections of petty objects ; but
the microscopic objects on which the opinions are based (though
fading from our notice as individuals, yet by their number forming
mountains and countries) are accessible to any comparison in distinct
preparations, made according to the methods already described ; and
almost all the forms here mentioned, especially all the more import-
ant ones, have been carefully preserved by me, and laid before the
Academy.

" Thus then there is a chain, which though in the individual it be
microscopic, yet in the mass a mighty one, connecting the organic life
of distant ages of the earth, and proving that it is not always the
smaller or most deeply lying which is the base and the type of those
which are larger and nearer the surface on our earth ; and moreover,
that the dawn of the organic nature coexistent with us, reaches further
back into the history of the earth than had hitherto appeared."

These discoveries, by so accurate an observer as Professor Ehren-
berg, have to a certain degree modified the views as to the period of
introduction of existing animated species. No recent beings were con-
sidered before this statement to be specifically the same as the fossils
observed in the secondary period ; yet it has been shown that fifty-
seven species are clearly made out to be identical. I am willing to
admit that small bodies are difficult of examination, and require a
great nicety of microscopical observation ; but it must also be allowed,
that, in the supposed changes which the world has undergone, no ma-
terial alteration has taken place in the chemical composition of sea-
water ; and from the myriads of Infusoria that must have been in

65

existence at the Cretaceous epoch, some few may have escaped general
destruction. A continuance of species is more possible and probable
in these minute and low organized creatures than in the higher orders
of animals.

No part of the Chalk formation has been the subject of so much
diversity of opinion as the origin of Flint*. With respect to one
species of remarkable products of the chalk, called paramoudras, Dr.
Buckland has recorded some valuable observations which bear upon
the theory of the origin of siliceous bodies in general. He says (' Geo-
logical Transactions,' vol. iv. 1817, pp. 416, 417, 418), "In all these
cases the organic bodies thus preserved appear to have been lodged in
the matter of the rock while it was in the state of a compound, uncon-
solidated, pulpy fluid ; and before that separation of its siliceous from
its calcareous ingredients, which has given origin to the flinty nodules
in chalk, and to beds and nodules of chert in other limestone rocks.
The present shape of many chalk flints being that of organic bodies,
demonstrates the latter to have existed before the consolidation of the
former; for the fidelity with which the silex has often copied the
organization, and even the accidents and irregularities of the bodies
enveloped, is so accurate, that it is impossible to attribute the form of
the flint to any other cause than that of the body on which it was de-
posited. Sometimes the organization is so delicately retained, that it
seems not to have undergone the smallest derangement before the
siliceous cast was taken ; and the model is thus permanently pre-

* When first extracted from the quarry, flint is brittle, has a conchoidal fracture and feeble
lustre ; thin fragments are transparent; its specific gravity is 2' 594. According to the analysis
of Klaproth, it consists of

Silex 98

Lime -05

Alumine -025

Oxide of Iron -025

Water -1

K

66

served. In other cases the minute fibres and tubes of the animal are
not expressed by the silex which has filled the spaces which they
occupied, yet the external form represents with faithful accuracy that
of the body which afforded to the silex its mould or nucleus.

" Before the consolidation of the original compound fluid, which is
now hardened and separated into beds and nodules of flint and chalk,
a variety of organic bodies being dispersed through its mass would
afford a number of nuclei, to which, in separating itself from the chalk,
the silex seems to have had a tendency to attach itself. Hence the
insulated nodules that occur irregularly in the chalk, out of the line of
the flinty strata, do, I believe, bear traces of an organic nucleus ; so
also in many cases do those that occupy the flinty strata. But the
greater number of these latter, though their form be usually that of
nodules separated from each other by an intervening portion of chalk,
yet indicate no traces that refer them to organic origin, and are some-
times extended into thin, continuous tabular masses.

" The organic bodies that afforded nuclei to these nascent flints
appear to have been dispersed pretty uniformly through the original
compound mass, which is now divided into beds of chalk and flints ;
but it is not easy to determine what cause it was that regulated the
distances at which the beds of flints have been disposed, or to say why
we sometimes find organic bodies preserved in flint, at other times
enveloped and filled by pure chalk. The solution of the latter ques-
tion may be, that different genera of organic remains afforded centres
that attracted the silex with unequal force, and that this will in some
degree explain the phsenomenon so common in the Chalk formation,
that bodies allied to the genus Sponge and Alcyonium are most fre-
quently preserved in flint and calcedony, whilst shells and other
bodies, which in their natural state were more calcareous, generally
have their form retained by chalk or calcareous spar."

There are no organic remains discovered in the substance of the

67

chalk that may not be occasionally met with imbedded in flint. I
have seen the bones of Saurians and Echinoderms ; I have in my own
collection both palatal and sharp maxillary teeth of more than six spe-
ci( s of fish ; the common Ananchytes and Spatangus, which have their
interior filled with flint, are good examples of its extreme fluidity.
Thin portions, which can with a little management be broken from
flints, form good objects for the microscope : some of these contain
Foraminifera and Infusoria in great abundance, the scales of fish, and
many organic forms, which have not been particularly noticed.

( )n entering a pit of upper chalk, the stranger is surprised at seeing
detached, but usually horizontal rows of flints distributed through
the mass, varying from three to six feet apart, in regular divisions ;
these are the remains of the heavier zoophytes, which have attracted
the silica and sunk to the bottom of the pulpy fluid ; and, as Dr. Buck-
land observes, each division may indicate a period so long as to con-
solidate the preceding layer*. In some localities (though rarely) the
flint strata assume a vertical position, running in thin seams from one
to two inches in thickness ; this is well seen in the section of the
chalk at Findon Hill near Worthing.

Among the spongeous bodies which are abundant in the upper
chalk, there is one that claims our peculiar attention the Choanites
l\(tni(/ii of Mantell. I have given a drawing of this sponge, as near as
possible to its original form : it is found in great abundance on the
beach of those shores which are in approximation to the Chalk for-
mation, and of late years has been much sought after under the name
of pebbles or agates. This sponge is often more or less converted
into calcedony, yet still in many instances preserving its structure, and

* Most of the chalk, and many recent sponges, contain needles or spicula of flint, and some
zoophytes and many marine plants have the power of secreting siliceous matter. The boiling
springs of the Geyser in Iceland contain also much silica in solution. It occurs also in the
waters of Carlsbad and Bath.

K 2

68

when cut and polished forms beautiful ornaments. Bognor was the
first place at which they were brought into notice, and I had them cut
more than thirty years ago : in Plate XIII. are figured specimens in
my own collection, found at or near Worthing. The expectation of
finding a good stone on the beach affords some amusement to the
visitors of watering-places ; some specimens look remarkably well,
polished all over ; in others, during the decomposition of the sponge,
more or less oxide of iron was generated, giving to the calcedony a
beautiful yellow or orange tint and black mossy character. The stones
mostly prized by lapidaries are those which assume the appearance of
landscapes. I have seen some very beautiful ones of this description,
which might vie with the better-known and far-famed Mochas of the
East. This trade has within the last six years very much increased ;
and many persons are now employed in the cutting and polishing these
stones into brooches, buckles, earrings, &c. They are also brought
in great numbers from the opposite coast of France.

Very beautiful calcedonies are found in chalk -pits, and at the top of
the Downs ; these cut and polish like the specimens on the shore.
There are in my collection varieties which mineralogists have denomi -
nated ' botryoidal,' from a resemblance to grapes ; ' reniform,' from a
kidney-shaped appearance ; ' stalactitic,' from a dropping or columnar
character. The form and colour of these calcedonic flints are much
varied ; some are white, others pink and blue, of various shades, and
often covered with a most delicate bloom. The flints in Houghton
chalk-pit are sometimes coated with a light blue-coloured calcedony,
which looks very like paint ; these specimens lose their colour when
placed in water, the colour returning again when dry. Collectors
should examine the flints that are thrown out of chalk -pits, as often
good specimens of shells, &c. may be found adhering to them ; and
they are not unfrequently found encrusted with Polythalamia in an
unusually perfect condition : Choanites and Ventriculites also occur

69

here in a much more perfect state of preservation than on the coast.
The shore specimens are generally round, and deprived of their stems
or roots by the constant action of the waves.

I have collected on the range of Downs between Sullington and
Amberley Mount magnificent calcedonies, and flints filled with quartz
crystals ; also cubic crystals of calcedony, and beautiful and rare
cr\ stals of sulphuret of iron. On the Parham Hills radiated crystals
of carbonate of lime are seen in large masses, as well as on other parts
of the Sussex Downs. These specimens all belong to the Upper Chalk
formation*.

Wood is found occasionally in the upper and lower chalk ; more
frequently in the upper, sometimes adhering to or even in the centre
of flints. It usually assumes a light brown colour, though I have
seen it quite black, having the appearance as if it had been burnt.
The specimens I have examined are dicotyledonous, and show occa-
sionally the perforations of Teredines.

Small pebbles and large rolled fragments of sandstone and quartz
rock are occasionally discovered in the centre of the upper chalk. Mr.
Coombe found one specimen, weighing near fourteen pounds, at Hough-
ton, Sussex, and I have seen others from the same pit of two or three
pounds weight ; several also have been sent me by Mr. Catt from the
pits near Lewes. It is not uncommon to find rolled portions of chalk
shells, which must have been broken many years before they were
enveloped in the chalk fluid. I have also portions of Sphserulite
showing this appearance, from the lower chalk of Balcombe, near
Houghton, Sussex. Mr. Lyell has published some ingenious remarks

* " Obtuse rhomboidal crystals of great beauty have been found in a chalk-pit near Alfriston :
their colour is of a delicate pearl white, and in their general appearance they resemble the double
refracting spar of Iceland, except in their inferior degree of transparency. The cavities of
Echinites are sometimes lined with rhomboidal crystals of carbonate of lime, disposed in lines
parallel with the section formed by the arese of the shell ; and the inner surfaces of Terebratulie
are frequently frosted over with crystals of the same substance." Mantell's Geology, p. 89.

70

on the occurrence of these pebbles in the chalk, in the second edition
of his ' Elements of Geology/ p. 394.

Iron, in the form of sulphuret or pyrites, and in diiferent degrees of
oxidation, is the only metal found in the Chalk formation : I have
casts of shells, star-fish and sponges entirely composed of it. Nodules
of pyrites occur in all shapes and sizes ; many of them when broken
exhibit brilliant radiated crystallization ; but this appearance, when
exposed to the air, soon vanishes, for the surface imbibes the oxygen
from the atmosphere, and decomposes in the form of sulphate of iron.
Pyramidal crystals often fill the cavities of shells and cover large
masses of this substance. Acute and truncated octohedral crystals
are found single, or disposed in irregular groups. Cubic crystals
(though rare) I have found in the pits near Lancing ; and some speci-
mens at Houghton assume the shape of the cockscomb crystallization.
In breaking the balls of pyrites, a Terebratula or small shell is some-
times found in the centre, forming the nucleus of crystallization ; and
crystallized sulphate and carbonate of lime are also observed in some
masses.

71

CHAPTER II.

IN the preceding chapter I have endeavoured to explain the general
appearance of the Chalk formation as it occurs in England, more par-
ticularly the southern counties ; but in order fully to understand its
great extent, diversity of form, and mineral condition, it will be requi-
site to notice for a few moments some of the various deposits in other
parts of the world, which, from the character of their organic remains,
have been assigned to this period.

In France the Cretaceous formation is most extensively developed.
The tertiary beds on which Paris is built are surrounded by a broad
girdle of chalk, extending westward to the mouth of the Seine, and
northward into Belgium ; in its substance it is harder and more com-
pact than in England, and frequently used as a building-stone. On the
north side of the Pyrenees, the Cretaceous period is represented by
a crystalline marble composed almost entirely of Hippurites, Sphseru-
lites and Nummulites*. Sphrerulites, though very rare, are sometimes
found in the English chalk ; I know but of two or three localities in
Kent and Sussex in which they have been discovered. Nummulites
are most abundant in the Eocene deposits of Bracklesham Bay ; but I
have never been able to detect them in the chalk or flint of our own
country.

* " It is evident from the great range of the Hippurite and Numraulite limestone, that the
south of Europe was occupied at the Cretaceous period by an immense sea, which extended from
the Atlantic Ocean into Asia, and comprehended the southernmost part of France, together with
Spain, Sicily, part of Italy, and the Austrian Alps, Dalmatia, Albania, a portion of Syria, the
isles of the JSgean, coasts of Thrace, and the Troad." LyelPs Elements, vol. i. p. 412.

72

Professor Agassiz has clearly pointed out that the black slate of
Engi in the canton of Glaris in Switzerland, so celebrated for fossil
fishes, is of the lower cretaceous age. This shows the great value of
Palaeontology ; for nothing can be more unlike, than a piece of Glaris
slate to white chalk. I possess a good series of these fish, through
the kindness of Lord Enniskillen.

In the east of Europe, near Dresden, the chalk assumes a dark grey
colour, but is readily recognised by the appearance of Ammonites, Sca-
phites, teeth of fish, &c. In Poland the white chalk reposes on the
greensand, as in this country. In the south of Russia, Sir R. I.
Murchison has declared the chalk undistinguishable from that of
England.

M. Dubois, in his late researches, has pointed out that many parts
of the Circassian mountains are cretaceous, and their appearance similar
to our English downs, with their slopes covered with trees. We trace
the Chalk period through the Crimea into Asia Minor, where, accord-
ing to Mr. Hamilton, the beds become semi-crystalline, and are fre-
quently hollowed out into basins filled with tertiary deposits.

The Morea and intermediate islands contain cretaceous fossils.
The island of Rhodes, and part of Syria on the Lebanon range imme-
diately above Beyroot, are composed of chalk containing flints, but few r
fossils. In the neighbourhood of Lisbon, Mr. Sharp has found the
Hippurite, in hills traceable many miles to the south of the Tagus.

In North America there are four distinct forms in which the Chalk
period is recognized : 1st, in a thin mass almost entirely composed of
comminuted corals ; 2nd, in a compact limestone of a yellowish colour ;
3rd, in a subcrystalline limestone ; and 4th, by a white limestone, the
whole series being loaded with cretaceous fossils, and extending in an
irregular crescent near three thousand miles.

In South America, according to M. d'Orbigny, the Cretaceous period
is largely developed, and can be traced from Columbia to Tierra del

73

Fuego. I have in my collection a great many fish from the fossiliferous
limestone near Brazil, which are considered by Agassiz as referable to
this period.

The extent of the Chalk formation cannot be more strongly impressed
on the reader, than by transporting him from the shores of Kent and
Sussex into Southern India, and showing him at Trichinopoly and
Pondicherry fossils decidedly cretaceous. I am indebted to the late
Mr. Kaye for a series of these beautiful fossils, who brought them for
my inspection on his arrival in England, since which they have been
ably described by my friend, Professor E. Forbes. I cannot omit this
opportunity of paying a just tribute of praise and respect to the
memory of Mr. Kaye, who was a zealous geologist, and adding my
sincere regret at his early death. These fossils are mostly representa-
tives of the gault and lower greensand, but they contain many forms
not discovered in England, together with a few others which Professor
Forbes cannot but consider as tertiary.

Having briefly pointed out the immense space which the Cretaceous
period occupies on the surface of the globe, there are one or two
localities of this formation which must be mentioned, that contain
genera discovered also in tertiary deposits, besides those of Southern
India, and considered by some geologists as forming a connecting link
between the secondary and tertiary divisions. The beds near Maestricht
and the Faxoe formation consist of a yellowish stone, like the soft
upper chalk of England, and with similar shells, but to these are added
genera decidedly tertiary, such as Cyprsea, Oliva, Bulla*, &c. ; there
are no black flints, as in the upper chalk deposits of England, but
occasional nodules of chert and calcedony, together with Ammonites,

* " The species however do not agree with those of the tertiary strata, and are associated with
Cephalopoda characteristic of the Cretaceous, and foreign to the Tertiary epoch." Lyelfs
Elements, 2nd edit. vol. i. p. 397.

L

74

Hamites, Baculites, &c. In these beds turtles are found, and near
Maestricht that magnificent reptile, the Mososaurus, was discovered.

The Cretaceous period is a marine formation, and the fossils dis-
covered in it are chiefly of beings that lived and died in or near the
sea. The genera of most of the shells are referable to deep-water
species, though there are exceptions made by some geologists to the
univalves : its duration must have been immense, and the progress
of its deposition gradual, for we often find rolled portions and whole
shells, on which are serpulse, corals, &c., which must have attached
themselves after the death of the shell, and lived many years before
they were enveloped in the pulpy fluid of the chalk. I have never
seen any older fossils than those of the Cretaceous period adhering to
these specimens. The remains of fish are abundant in some localities,
and generally speaking they belong to the Ctenoid and Cycloid orders
of Agassiz*. Turtles have been discovered ; a most beautiful specimen
from Kent is figured in the ' Transactions of the Royal Society' by
Dr. Mantell. The bones of birds, resembling in their character those
of the Albatros, have been described by Professor Owen. In the
' Geological Journal for 1846,' Mr. Bowerbank has published an
account of a large Pterodactyl found in the upper chalk of Kent. I
have much pleasure in stating, that I am enabled, by the kindness of
my friends, to add some new Reptilia to this formation, which have
been ably explained by Professor Owen, adding greatly to the value
of my work.

A most excellent treatise on Palaeontology, or natural history of
fossil animals, has been published by F. J. Pictet of Geneva, in four
volumes 8vo, 1844-45-46. A good general view of this work may be

* The Ctenoid fishes have their scales on the posterior margin jagged or pectinated like a
comb, similar to the perch. The cycloid fishes have their scales smooth on the posterior margin,
but often ornamented with figures on the upper surface, like the salmon and herring.

75

found in the ' Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London,
1846,' by Professor Ansted ; and I think I cannot do geology better
service than by making some extracts from it.

" It is one of the most elementary facts of geology, that there are
certain groups of species found fossil in the various sets of strata of
which the earth's crust is made up, and that these demonstrate the

existence of something like a series of distinct faunas The

comparison of such faunas sometimes presents very important results,
by generalising from which certain supposed laws have been arrived at,
which it is assumed have governed the succession of organized beings.
Possibly these have been too hastily assumed, and the importance of
some phenomena overrated ; but at any rate such generalizations have
been useful, and they have greatly tended to advance palasontological

science."

These views have been very generally admitted in reference to the
four great geological periods, viz. the Diluvial, Tertiary, Secondary,
and Primary ; but recent investigations have gone further, and pointed
out, that these large divisions may also be separated into distinct
faunas, each having characteristic fossils. The Cretaceous formation,
for instance, has been divided into the upper and lower greensand, the
gault, and chalk, and as a general law, with much propriety and cor-
rectness.

" This law is true for all classes of animals, but is differently exhi-
bited in each, the groups first introduced having, it would seem, under-
gone the smallest amount of change, and the converse. Thus if we
compare the mollusca and mammalia, we shall find that the former,
which existed at the earliest period, have hardly changed their form
since the close of the Cretaceous epoch, and that the shells of the
tertiary period are generically the same as those now existing ; while
the mammalia, though only recently introduced, have been subject to
many changes, and have required the introduction of new and import -

L 2

76

ant groups. But this law, though sound as a general expression of
results, must not be applied too minutely. The Nautilus and the
Terebratula, the companions of the most ancient form of cephalopodous
and brachiopodous mollusca, are still represented by existing species ;
and associated with the pachyderms of the earliest tertiary period, we
find bats and small carnivora, which can hardly be distinguished from
animals of the same kind now living.

" The comparison of the faunas of different epochs shows that the
temperature of the earth's surface has undergone change.

" This appears from the discovery of the remains of animals in parts
of the world where the nearest allied species could not now exist ; and
it has also been supposed that the extinct faunas of Northern Europe
indicate a climate nearly tropical. It is probable however that this
law has been the result of a generalization somewhat too hasty, the
most that we can at present safely assert being, that there have existed
different climates at the same spot at different geological epochs, and
that the changes in the cases we are best acquainted with were some-
times, and most frequently, from a higher temperature to a lower, but
sometimes also from a lower to a higher.

" That the species belonging to the more ancient periods had a
wider geographical distribution than the species now living, is a law
rather indicated than demonstrated, and it is clear can only be definitely
admitted when the numerous localities still unexamined have given
evidence on the subject." It was formerly considered by some geolo-
gists, that " the faunas of the most ancient formations are made up of
the less perfectly organized animals, and the degree of perfection in-
creases as we approach the more recent epochs."

In some of the early writers on cosmogony, the most absurd
notions were entertained respecting bones of any extraordinary cha-
racter ; they were considered to have belonged to fallen angels. After
this, various conjectures on the nature of fossils appeared, and they

77

v\ ere placed in cabinets as objects of curiosity ; but of late years
geology, by uniting itself to chemistry, zoology and comparative
anatomy, has gained a truly scientific position, and has pointed out
that fossil remains at all periods must have been constructed by the
same laws that now regulate animal creation, and that the more ancient
faunas are composed of highly organized beings.

" The vertebrate type is represented in the older formations by
fishes, but the invertebrata are by no means reduced to their less
complex forms of organization ; since, among the mollusca for example,
\\r find numerous gasteropoda and cephalopoda, the most perfect

orders of the class At present, no higher orders of vertebrata

have been discovered than fishes ; but then all the other groups of
existing animals (excluding reptiles, birds and mammalia) were repre-
sented, as perfectly organized as those of the present day.

" The intermediate faunas, such as that of the Oolite period, differed
from those of the earlier and later periods by analogous characters. The
fishes, the mollusca, the articulata and the radiata, compared with the
preceding and succeeding forms, exhibit similar organization neither
more nor less perfect. But these intermediate faunas differed from the
earlier ones yet further, since the vertebrata in them included reptiles
and didelphine mammals, while they differed from the more modern
ones by the absence of the monodelphous mammals.

" We find that neither the radiata, nor the articulata, nor the mollusca,
nor the fishes, were imperfectly developed in ancient times, and that
ever since their first appearance, the species belonging to these classes
of animals have possessed the same degree of perfection as those that
live now. It is therefore a mistake to suppose that the early faunas
generally were composed of animals less perfect than the recent ones,
although indeed we find that the highest point to which organization
reached has risen during successive geological periods ; so that while
fishes at first formed the superior limit of organization, they were

78

afterwards surpassed by the reptiles, and these also, after an interval,
by the mammals.

"The theory of successive creations in the present state of our
knowledge is the only one admissible, though I am bound to add that
it is by no means satisfactory, since it does not seem to me to account
sufficiently for all facts, and perhaps it is at best only provisionary.
It explains well the differences which exist between successive faunas,
but there are also resemblances between these faunas for which it
offers no explanation.

" All observations and researches of any value agree in proclaiming
the permanence of species at the present day. The thirty centuries
which have passed away since the Egyptians embalmed the carcases
of men and animals, have not in any way influenced the characteristic
peculiarities of the races which inhabit Egypt. The crocodiles, the
species of ibis and the ichneumons now living there, are identical in
specific character with those which so many ages ago trod the banks
of the Nile. Between the living animal and the mummy there are not
only no differences in the essential organs, but there are none even in

the most minute details True it is, indeed, that the changes

and varieties introduced in domesticated species have been brought
forward as an argument against this conclusion ; but although such
changes unquestionably take place in horses, oxen, sheep, pigs and
goats, and yet more remarkably perhaps in dogs, where the form of
the cranium becomes modified ; yet these very facts appear to me to
furnish a conclusion totally different from that which it has been
attempted to draw. The individuals the most widely removed from
the primitive type never present any real difference of form in the
important organs. The skeleton always exhibits invariable characters,
as well with regard to the number of the bones and their apophyses
as to their relations with one another, while the organs of nutrition,
the nervous system, and, in short, every distinctive peculiarity of orga-

79

m/ation is submitted to the same law It cannot be said that

any one of the domestic animals, in its most extreme varieties, loses

the character of the species

" The science of geology is not yet in a condition to give a satis-
factory answer to many difficulties that may arise in the theory of
successive creations ; and though we may with greater or less distinct-
ness foresee such a solution, it cannot yet be demonstrated. A strict
and intelligent study of nature is required, in order to bring together
tin- various materials. We must know better than we do now each one
of the successive creations, in order to form a complete idea of their
mutual relations, and of their differences from those which have pre-
ceded and followed them. This is the most important problem of
palaeontology, and its solution is only to be found in the observation
of facts, for they alone are permanent, and they perhaps will outlive
all the theories discussed at the present day."

Di, quibus imperium cst animarum, umbrseque silentes,
Et Chaos, et Phlegethon, loca nocte silentia late ;
Sit mihi fas audit a loqui : sit i mini in vestro
Pandere res altd terr& et caligine mersas.

80

I add a few more British and Roman coins found in Sussex, prin-
cipally from my own cabinet.

No. 1. British, pale gold, weight 20 grains; found hy Mr. Henry Adames at Pagham. I am
much obliged to Mr. George Dale of Chichester for procuring me this, as well as some Roman
coins found in the neighbourhood.

No. 2. British, pale gold, 19 grains; found at Bracklesham. In the possession of Frederic
Edwards, Esq.

These coins, with a little variation, are similar to others discovered on the coast of Kent and
Sussex, and on the opposite shore of France, and called Gaulish. Fig. 1. page 36 of this work
represents another, and I have seen ten or twelve found in this country.

No. 3. Beautiful British coin of red gold, 15 grains; found at Bracklesham. Unpublished.

No. 4. Gold coin of Cunobeline, found near Chichester harbour, of a pale reddish colour,
weight 76 grains ; similar to one represented in Ruding, plate 4. fig. 2, from Dr. Hunter's cabinet,
weighing 81 grains. The obverse : an ear of corn, with Cam, abbreviated for Camulodunum,
Colchester. Ruding remarks that this symbol of Plenty is not found on any of the Gaulish coins,
and was probably copied from a Greek coin of Augustus. Reverse : Cuno, for Cunobeline, with
a horse in good workmanship.

No. 5. A Saxon sceatta, found at Sullington. Unpublished.

No. 6. Middle or 2nd brass coin of Maximus, found on Parham Hill, 1830. The reverse with
sacrificial instruments is not very common.

No. 7. Large brass, of Marcus Aurelius, found on Parham Hill, 1830. Obverse : Antoninus
Aug. T.R.P Reverse : Saluti. Aug. Cos. iii. Hygeia, standing.

No. 8. Large brass, of Faustina, senior wife of Antoninus Pius, found at Washington Hill.
Obverse : Diva Faustina. Reverse : Juno.

These three brass coins are beautifully patinated and in good preservation.

CATALOGUE

THE ORGANIC REMAINS

FROM

HRACKLESHAM BAY, SELSEY, AND BOGNOR.

M

.; >\.

L '_.

83

FOSSILS

FROM

THE EOCENE FORMATION OF BRACKLESHAM BAY,
SELSEY. AND BOGNOR.

IN giving the accompanying list of fossils from Selsey and Bracklesham Bay, I
beg to return my grateful thanks to Lord Enniskillen, Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart.,
and Professor Agassiz, for their kind assistance in elucidating the fishes. I am
much indebted to my friend Frederic Edwards, Esq., for his valuable help in
completing the Catalogue of Shells. I must also return my thanks to J. S.
Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S., and G. A. Coombe, Esq. The shells have been ex-
amined and described by Mr. J. D. C. Sowerby, F.L.S., and I am under great
obligations to W. Lonsdale, Esq., F.G.S., for his excellent description of the
Corals.

The fossils from Bognor, except the Fusus tuberosus, which is in the museum
of Mr. Bowerbank, and a few marked with a star, I have found myself. Series
Wood, Esq., F.G.S., first pointed out to me the Xiphidium as occurring in such
perfect preservation at Bognor, single valves having been found before at Hamp-
stead and Highgate, by N. Wetherel, Esq., F.G.S.

My estimate of the rarity of the species is drawn from several cabinets, and
I have arranged them as in coin collections. This method may not only be
satisfactory to the palaeontologist, but useful in showing the distribution of the
species through the various localities.
V.C. Very common.

C. Common.

R.I. R.2. R.3. R.4. Rare in different degrees, those marked R.4. being
almost unique.

M 2

84 FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

PLANTvE.

British localities. Foreign localitief.

LYCOPODITES SQUAMATUS, R. 4. Tab. IX. f. 1. Sheppy. Paris.

Brong. Env. de Paris, t. xi. f. 3. Morris, 12.
CUCUMITES VARIABILIS, R. 3. Tab. IX. f. 2. Sbeppy.

Bow. Fos. Fr. t. 13. f. 1, 34. Morris, 6.
PINITES DIXONI, R. 2. Tab. IX. f. 3 & 4.

Bowerbank. Morris, 18.

The subjoined letter I have received from my friend Mr. Bowerbank, re-
specting the Fir-cones.

" My Dear Sir, The following are the characters I have adopted for the Cones :

"PINITES DIXONI.

" Sp. Char. Cone about three and a half diameters long. Scales incrassate towards the apex.
Apex recurved and terminating in a rhomboidal, obtusely spinous umbo, which is elongated at
right angles to the axis of the cone.

" The most perfect of your two specimens affords the best proportional characters of the three,
but in my one, the structural characters are most distinct. From a careful comparison of these
two, there can be no reasonable doubt of their being the same species. In the third specimen,
the large fragment of a cone, in your possession, there is at the first sight an appearance as if
it were a different species. The scales appear broader, and the incrassation of the apex extends
laterally, so as to give the scale the appearance of terminating in a semilunar ridge, so as to
cause them to approximate in their structure to those of Pinus anthracina, fig. 164, vol. iii. of
Lindley and Hutton's ' Fossil Flora of Great Britain' ; but I feel convinced, from a careful in-
spection and comparison with the more perfect specimens, that these apparent differences of
character are due solely to the more decomposed and compressed condition of the specimen ;
and I am the more strongly confirmed in this belief, from finding the same lateral extension of
the apex in one or two of the most compressed of the scales of my own specimen ; and moreover,
although they are not very apparent, yet there are the remains of the terminal umbones to be
found on two or three of the scales of this large fragment of a cone. The difference in size from
your more perfect specimen is not greater than that which occurs between the larger and
smaller specimens of the cones of Pinus Russelliana in the collection of the Linnsean Society,
and to which species P. Dixoni appears to be closely allied.

" J S B "
" 3 Highbury Grove, Jan. 6th, 1847."

I possess a large rolled specimen of Palm Wood, of a dark colour, resembling
in structure the stem of the cocoa-nut, found in Bracklesham Bay*. The
remains of Dicotyledonous and Coniferous Wood are common.

* See description of Palms.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

85

ZOOPHYTA.

FORAMINIFERA.

NAUTILOIDEA.

NuMMULARIAL^VIGATA,C.Tab.VIII.f.l2&13.

Min. Con. t. 138. f. 1. Morris, 62. Num-
mulitcs laevigata, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5. 241;
Hist. Nat. v. 7. 629. Parkinson, Org. Rem.
v. 3. 152 & 158. t. 10. f. 13 & 14. Mantell,
Geol. Suss.269. Nummulina laevigata,!) 1 Or%.
Tall, des Ceph. 129.
Variolaria, C. Min. Con. t. 538.

British localities.
Stubbiugton.

Foreign localities.

Villcrs-Coterets.

Stubbington.

f. 3. Morris, 62. Lenticulites Variolaria,

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5. 187; Hist. Nat.

v. 7. 619.
elegans, 11. 1. Min. Con. t. 538. Alum Bay, Isle of

f. 2. Morris, 62. Wight.
RADIATA, R. 2. Tab. IX. f. 7

Grignon. Betz.
Chaumont.

Nussdorf.

Nautilus lenticularis B, Fichtel et Mali, 25.

t. 7. f. 9. Jlotalites radiatus, Montfort, 162.

Helicites radiatus, Blainville, Malac. 373.

Nummulina radiata, VOrbig. Tabl. des Ceph.

130; Foram. de Vienne, 115. t. 5. f. 23 & 24.
ALVEOLI NA ELONGATA, C. Tab. IX. f. 4*.

LfOrbig. Tabl. des Ceph. 131 ?
FUSIFORMIS, new, C. Tab. IX. f. 5.

Hauteville. Va-
lognes ?

TURBINOIDEA.

ROTALIA OBSCURA, new ? R. 1. Tab. IX. f. 6.

MULTILOCULIDEA.

TRILOCULINA COR-ANGUINUM, C. Tab. IX. f. 9.
Miliolites Cor-Anguinum, Lam. Ann. du Mus.
v. 5. 351 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 612.

QuiNQUELOCULINA HAUERINA, R. 1. Tab. IX.

f. 8. lyOrbiff. Foram. de Vienne, 286. 1. 17.
f. 25-27.

Grignon. Haute-
ville.

Baden.

N

86 FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

ANTHOZOA.
FUNGINA.

TURBINOLIA SULCATA, R. 1. Tab. I. f. 1.

OCELLINA.

OCULINA RARISTELLA, R. 3. Tab. I. f. 2.

? DENDROPHYLLOIDES, new, R. 4. Tab. I. f. 3.

DENDROPHYLLIA ? R. 3. Tab. I. f. 4. Tab. IX. f. 26, 28 & 30.

SlDERASTR^A WfiBSTERI, C. Tab. I. f. 5.

MADREPORINA.

STYLOPHORA MONTICULARIA, R. 3. Tab. I. f. 6.

EMARCIATA, R. 4. Tab. IX. f. 25.
PORITES PANACEA, R. 4. Tab. I. f. 7.

BRYOZOA.

ASTERODISCINA.

LUNULITES URCEOLATA ? R. 3. Tab. I. f. 8.

ESCHARINA.

ESCHARA BRONGNIARTI ? R. 2. Tab. I. f. 9.

CELLEPORINA.

CELLEPORA PETIOLUS, new, R. 2. Tab. I. f. 10.
IDMONEA CORONOPUS, R. 4. Tab. IX. f. 24.

ECHINODERMATA.

ECHINID^E.

ECHINUS ? cased in Pyrites. Tab. IX. f. 27 & 29. The species unknown and even the
genus doubtful.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY. 87

ARTICULATA.

ANNELIDA.

SKHPULACEA

British localities. Foreign localities.

SKKITI.A KLAGELLIFORMIS, R. 2. Min. Con.
t. 634. f. 2 & 3. Vermilia flagelliformis,
Morris, 67.

- IIEPTAGONA, R. 3. Morris, 66. Min. Barton.
Con. t. 634. f. 7. Dentaliuni elephantinum,
Jirander, 11. No. 10 & 11.
ORNATA, new, R. 3. Tab. IX. f. 21.

CRUSTACEA.

Remains of two or three species of MACROURA, but too imperfect to be described.

MOLLUSCA.

CONCHIFERA DIMYARIA.
Tl MCOLARIA.

CLAVAOELLA CORONATA, R. 2. Tab. II. f. 17&19 Bordeaux. Meaux.

Desk. v. 1. 8. t. 5. f. 15 & 16. Min. Con.

t. 480. Morris, 82.
GASTROCH^NA CORALLIUM, new, R. 4. Tab. II.

f. 27.

PHOLADARIA.

TEREDO ANTENAUT.S, C. See Bognor list. Bognor, &c.

N 2

88

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

SOLENACEA.

SOLEN OBLIQUUS, C. Tab. II. f. 1. Min. Con.

t. 641. f. 2.

- DIXONI, R. 3. Tab. II. f. 23. Min. Con.

t. 641. f. 3.
CULTELLUS AFFINIS, R. 4. Min. Con. t. 3 &

643. Solen affinis, Morris, 101.

SOLENOCURTUS PARISIENSIS, R. 2. Tab. II. f. 24.

Min. Con. t. 644. f. 1. Solen strigillatus, Lam.
Ann. du Mm. v. 7. 428. v. 12. t. 43. f. 5.
Desk. v. 1. 27. t. 2. f. 22 & 23. Solen Pari-
siensis, Desk. Morris, 101. Solecurtus candi-
dus, Nyst, v. 1. 48.

British localities.

Highgate. Barton.
Kingston .Bognor.
Chalk Farm.

Fureiyn localities.

Paris. Calloo ?

MYARIA.

PANOP^EA CORRUGATA, new, R. 3. Tab. II. f. 12. Bognor.
THRACIA SULCATA, R. 3. Min. Con. t. 632. f. 3.

MACTRACEA.

MACTRA SEMISULCATA, R. 1. Tab. III. f. 10.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. \. 6. 412. v. 9. t. 20. f. 3.

Desk. v. 1. 31. t. 4. f. 7-10. Nyst, v. 1. 80.

t. 3. f. 11 ? Mactra dcltoides (V), Lam. Hist.

Nat. v. 5. 479.

- COMPRESSA, R. 1. Tab. III. f. 3. Desk.

Enc. Meth. v. 2. 399. Mactra depressa, Desli.

Coquilles Foss. v. 1. 32. t. 4. f. 11-14. Morris,

90.

CARDILIA L.EVIUSCULA, new, R. 3. Tab. II. f. 6".
CRASSATELLA PLICATA, R. 1. Min. Con. t. 345.

f. 2. Morris, 84.

COMPRESSA, C. Tab. II. f. 2. Lam.

Ann. du Mus. v. 6. 410. v. 9. t. 20. f. 5 ;

Hist. Nat. v. 5. 484. Morris, 84.

COMPRESSA, var. SULCATA, C.

Grignon. \'alinon-
dois. St. Josse-
ten-Noode '{
(Brabant).

Luzarches. St.
Josse-ten-Noode.

Barton.

Southampton.

Grignon. Cour-

Tab. II. f. 21.
ROSTRATA ? R. 2. Desk. v. 1. 35.

t. 3. f. 6 & 7.

Senlis. Mouchy.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

89

CORBULACEA.

\i i it A VRCKXTK.V, 11. 4. Corbula argentca,

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 8. 467. Desk. v. 1. 56.

t. 8. f". 26-30. Neara dispar, Morris, 93.
Count i. \ (i u.i.it v, V.C. Tab. II. f. 11. Lnm. Barton.

./////. </ Max. v. 8.466; Hist. Nat. v. 5. 107.

Desk. v. I. 49. t. 7. f. 1-3. Morris, 83.

A'//*-/, -v. 1. 62.

- I.I.OBOSA, R. 1. Min. Con. t. 209.

British localities. l-'tiri'iyn l

Barton. I'arnes.Chauiiiiiut .

Cloitiv
(Brabant).

f. 3. Morris, 83.
PISUM, C. Min. Con. t. 209. f. 4.

Morris, 83. Nyst, v. 1. 66. t. 3. f. 4. Gold-
fuss, v. 1. 252. t. 152. f. 3.

- i.oxtiiRosTKis? C. Tab. II. f. 8 & 10.

.w.l. 52. t. 7. f. 20 & 21. Morris, 83.

COSTATA, R. 1. Corbula revoluta,

Barton. Highgatr.

IVpvcll Bay.

Barton. Hampstcad. Rouge Cloitiv.
Cassel.

Barton .

M,,,. ('<>. t. 209. f. 8-13.

HTGOSA, R. 1. Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 8. 467 ; Hist. Nat. v. 5. 497. Desk. v. 1.
51. t. 7. f. 16, 17 & 22. Morris, 83.
STRIATA, R. 1. Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 8. 467 ; Hist. Nat. v. 5. 497. Morris, 83.
Nyst,v. 1. 72. t. 3. f. 7.
CUSPIDATA, R. Min. Con. t. 362.

f. 4-6. Morris, 83.

Barton.

Barton.

\c tallies. Bcauvais.

Grignon. 1'arnes,
&c.

Grignon. Between
Bruges & Ghent.

Colwell
Bay.

NVMPHACEA.

SANGUINOLAHIA HOLLOWAYSII, C. Tab. II. f. 6. Stubbington.

Min. Con. t. 159. Morris, 100.
PSAMMOBIA COMPRESSA, R. 3. Sanguinolaria Barton. Colwell Bay

compressa, Min. Con. t. 462. Morris, 100.

Solecurtus compressus, Nyst, v. 1. 49. 1. 1. f. 7.
TELLINA DONACIALIS, R. 1. Tab. III. f. 8 & 9.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 7. 233. Desk. v. 1. 8.

t. 12. f. 7 & 8. Morris, 101. Edw. Land.

Geol. Journ. 51. t. 11. f. 6.

- PLAGIA, C. Tab. III. f. 5. Edw. Land.
Geol. Journ. 105. t. 23. f. 3.

- PLAGIA, var. obovata, R. Tab. IX. f. 10.

Hoesselt (Lini-
bourg).

and Hordwell
(upper Marine).
Hedgerley. Strat- Grignon. Parnes.

ford.

Mouchy.

90

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

British localities.

TELLINA LUNULATA, E. 4. Desk. v. 1. 79

t. 11. f. 34. Donax lunulata, Lam. Ann. du
Mus. v. 7. 230, v. 12. t. 41. f. 5. Edw. loc.
cit. 49. t. 11. f. 3.

- FILOSA, R. 1. Min. Con. t. 402. f. 2. Barton.
Morris, 102. Edw. loc. cit. 46. t. 10. f. 2.

- TUMESCENS, R. 1. Tab. II. f. 4. Edw.

Foreign localities.
Houdan. Valmon-
dois.

foe. cit. 50. t. 11. f. 4.

- CONCINNA, R. Edw. loc. cit. 48. t. 11.
f. 1.

OBOVATA, R. 4. Edw. loc. cit. 49.
t. 11. f. 2.

- CKATICULA, R. 4. Tab. III. f. 4. Tellina Barton R.
scalarioides ? Edw. loc. cit. 47. t. 10. f. 4.

excl. syn.
SPECIOSA, R. 4. Tab. III. f. 11. Edw.

loc. cit. 100. t. 22. f. 1.

- RHOMBOIDALIS, R. 3. Edw. loc. (At.

46. t. 10. f. 3.

TENUISTRIATA, C. Desk. V. 1. 80. t. 11.

Chaumont. Fames .

f. 9 & 10. t. 12. f. 5 & 6. Edw. loc. cit. 50.
t. 11. f. 5.
TEXTILIS, R. 3. Tab. III. f. 1. Edw.

loc. cit. 100. t. 22. f. 3.
DIS-STRIA, R. 3. Tab. IX. f. 11. Edw.

loc. cit. 102. t. 22. f. 4.

- CANALICULATA, R. 4. Tab. II. f. 22.
Edw. loc. cit. 103. t. 22. f. 5.

- LAMELLOSA, R. 4. Desk. v. 1. 81.

Valmondois.

1. 12. f. 3, 4. Edw. loc. cit. 108. t. 23. f. 4.
- REFLEXA, R. 4. Edw. loc. cit. 107.

t. 23. f. 6.
LUCINA SERRATA, R. 1. new, Tab. III. f. 7.

- MITIS, R. Min. Con. t. 557. f. 1. Barton. Highgate.
Morris, 89.

IMMERSA, R. new, Tab. III. f. 24.

DIPLODONTA DILATATA, R. 2. Tab. III. f. 12 Sutton (Crag).
& 16. Philip. En. Moll. Sicil. t. 4. f. 7.
Nyst, 138. t. 7. f. 1. Lucina dilatata, Wood,
Ann. fy Mag. Nat. Hist. v. 6. 248. Morris, 89.

Antwerp. Sicily.
(Recent in the
Red Sea.)

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

91

( ONCHAIT.A MAKIXE).

CYTHEBKA TKICOM L.V, It. 1. Tab.III.f.2. Desk.

v. 1. 139. t. 21. f. 12 & 13. Morris, 87.
LUCIDA, C. new, Tab. III. f. 6.

- NITIDULA, C. Tab. III. f. 13. Lam.
Ann. du Mas. \. 7. 133. v. 12. t. 40. f. 1 & 2.
Desk. v. 1. 134. t. 21. f. 3, 4, 5 & 6. Morris,
87.

- OBLIQUA, C. Tab. II. f. 5. Desk. v. 1.
136. t. 27. f. 7 & 8. Morris, 87. Venus tenui-
striata, Geol. Trans. 2nd Ser. v. 5. 136. t. 8.
f. 8. Morris, 87. Venus nitidula, Nyst, v. 1.
174. t. 13. f. 2? excl.syn.

SULCATARIA, C. Desk. v. 1. 133.

t. 20. f. 14 & 15. Morris, 87. Venus sul-
cataria, Nyst, v. 1. 169. t. 11. f. 5.

ELEGANS, C. Lam. Ann. du Mus.

Ilrituh localities.

Barton. Hampstead.
Highgate. Prim-
rose Hill. Read-
ing. Sheppy.
Stratford. W.'ll
at Southampton.

Barton.

v. 7. 134. v. 12. t. 40. f. 8. Desk. v. 1. 132.
t. 20. f. 8 & 9. Morris, 87. Venus elegans,
Min. Con. t. 422. f. 3. Venus Gallina,
Brander, f. 90.
SUHERYCINOIDES, C. Tab. II. f. 15. Barton.

Desk. v. 1. 128. t. 22. f. 8 & 9. Morris, 87.
Venus suberycinoides, Nyst, v. 1. 168. t. 11.
f. 4?
STRIATCLA, C. Tab. II. f. 16. Desk.

v. 1. 129. t. 20. f. 10 & 11.

Foreign localities.
Assy-cn-Mulitien.
Valmondois.

Grignon. Parnes,
&c. La Cha-
pelle pres Sen-
lis. Valmondois.
Bracheux.

Abbecourt. Bra-
cheux. Noailles.
Rouge Cloitre ?

Parnes. Chaumont.
Gremittingen.
Hoesselt.

Grignon, &c.

Parnes. Erme-
nonville. Val-
mondois.

Mouchy. Assy-en-
Mulitien. Bra-
cheux. Ghent ?
Rodenberg ?

Grignon. Valmon-
dois.

CARDIACEA.

CARDIUM HIPPOP^UM, R. 4. Desk. v. 1. 164.
t. 27. f. 3 & 4. Nyst, v. 1. 188 ? Cardium
gigas, Def. Diet. Sc. Nat. v. 5.

SEMIGRANULATUM, var. C. Tab. II.

f. 20. Min. Con. 1. 144. Morris, 82. Nyst, v. 1.
189. t. 14. f . 5 ? Cardium semigranulosum,
Desk. v. 1. 174. t. 28. f. 6 & 7. Venus
Cypria, Brocchi, v. 2. 545. t. 13. f. 14 ?

Barton. Primrose
Hill. HydePark.

Chaumont . Parnes .
Mouchy. Vivray.
Chateau Rouge.
Lethen?

Abbecourt. Bra-
cheux. Chau-
mont. Valmon-
dois. Jette. Lae-
ken. Sanesi.

92

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

CARDIUM PORTJLOSUM, R. Brand. 39. t. 8. f. 99.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 6. 344, v. 9. t. 19. f. 9;

Hist. Nat. v. 6. 18. Min. Con. t. 346. f. 2.

Desk. v. 1. 169. t. 30. f. 1-4. Morris, 82.

Nyst, v. 1. 188. t. 14. f. 4.

ALTERNATUM, R. new, Tab. III. f. 14.

ORDINATUM, R. new, Tab. III. f. 17.
CARDITA PLANICOSTA, C. Tab. II. f. 14 & 18.

Desk. Enc. Meth. Vers, v. 2. 198; Traite

Elem. v. 1. 1. 32. f. 1, 2 & 3. Nyst, v. 1. 205.

t. 17. f. 1. Venericardia planicosta, Lam. Ann.

du Mus. v. 7. 55. v. 9. t. 31. f. 10, & t. 32. f. 2 ;

Hist. Nat. v. 5. 669. Min. Con. t. 50. Desk.

v. 1. 149. t. 24. f. 1, 2 & 3. Morris, 104.

ACUTICOSTA, R. Desk. Enc. Meth.

Vers, v. 2. 200. Nyst, v. 1. 208. t. 16. f. 6.

Venericardia acuticosta, Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v.. 7. 57. v. 9. t. 35. f. 2; Hist. Nat. v. 5.

611. Morris, 103. Venericardia carinata,

Min. Con. t. 259.
MITIS, R. Venericardia mitis, Lam.

Hist. Nat. v. 5. 611. Desk. v. 1. 155. t. 25.

f. 9 & 10.

- ELEGANS ? R. Tab. III. f. 15. Veneri-
cardia elegaus, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 7. 59.

v. 9. t. 32. f. 5 ; Hist. Nat. v. 5. 612. Desk.

v. 1. 157. t. 26. f. 14-16.
CYPHICARDIA OBLONGA, R. Tab. III. f. 18. Desk.

Enc. Meth. v. 2. 44 ; Env. de Paris, v. 1.

185. t. 31. f. 3 & 4.

- CARINATA, R. 4. Tab. III. f. 25.

Desk. Enc. Meth. v. 1. 185 ; Env. de Paris,

v. 1. 186. t. 31. f. 1 & 2.

British localities.
Barton.

Stubbington.
of Wight.

Isle

Stubbington.

Foreign localities.
Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy. Hou-
dan,&c. Lacken.
Ghent. Louvain.
Antwerp ?

Grignon. Parnes.

Mouchy. Val-

mondois. Tou-

raine. Ghent.

Bruges. Ypres.

Louvain. Hautc-

ville.
Grignon. Parnes.

Courtagnon, &c.

Bruges.

Parnes. Valmon-
dois.

Grignon. Soissons.
Bruges. Brus-
sels, &c.

Chaumont. Parnes.
Mouchy.

Chaumont.

ARCACEA.

BYSSOARCA BRANDERI, C. Tab. III. f. 23. Area
Branderi, Min. Con. t. 276. f. 1 & 2. Morris,
78. Area hiantula, Desk. v. 1. 199. t. 34.

f. 7 & 8.

Barton.

Valmondois. Tou-
raine. Bordeaux.
Dax.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

BYSSOARCA DUPLICATA, C. Tab. III. f. 22.
Area dupliciita, Min. Con. i. 474. f. 1. Morris,
78. Area lattea, lininder, 42. t. 8. f. 106.
Area barbatula ?, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 6. 219.
v. !). t. 19. f. 3. Desk. v. 1. 205. t. 32. f. 11
& 12. Nyst, 259. t. 20. f. 4.

- INTERRUPTA, R. Tab. III. f. 21

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 6. 220 ; Hist. Nat. v. 6.

46. Desk. v. 1. 213. t. 32. f. 19 & 20.
I'KCTuxci'U's rri.viNATus, R. 1. Tab. II. f. 25

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 6. 216. v. 9. 1. 18. f. 9 ;

Hist. Nat. v. 6. 54. Desk. v. 1. 219. t. 35.

f. 15-17. Morris, 97.
-- GLOBOSUS, new, R. 4. Tab. III.

British localities.
Barton.

Foreign localities.
Parnes, Grignou,
Mouchy, &c. ?
Aeltre between
Ghent & Bruges?

Grignon, Fames,
Mouchy.

Parnes.

f. 20.
NUCULA SIMILIS, C. Tab. II. f. 7. Min. Con. Barton. Highgate.

t. 192. f. 3, 4 & 10. Nucula margaritacea ?

Desk. v. 1. 231. t. 36. f. 15-20. Morris, 93.

Area Nucleus, Brander, 40. t. 8. f. 101.
- MINIMA, C. Min. Con. t. 292. f. 8 & 9.

Morris, 94.

Grignon, Parnes,
&c.? (Deshayes).

Barton. Hampstead.
Pegwell Bay.
Primrose Hill.

SERRATA, new, R. Tab. II. f. 9.
BISULCATA, new, R. Tab. II. f. 13.

LIMOPSIS ORAXULATCS, C. Tab. III. f. 19. Pec-
tunculus granulatus, Lam. Ann. du Mus. \. 6.
117. v. 9. t. 18. f. 6. Desk. v. 1. 227. t. 35.
f. 4-6. Trigonocoslia granulata, Nyst, 241.
t. 19. f. 1.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy. Senlis.
LaekendeForet.

CHAMACEA.

CHAMA OIGAS, R. 3. Tab. II. f. 26, & Tab. III.

f. 26. Desk. v. 1. 245. t. 37. f. 5 & 6.
CALCARATA, R. 4. Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 8. 349. & v. 14. t. 23. f. 4; Hist. Nat.

v. 6. 98.

Parnes. Les Groux.
Chaumont.

Parnes. Chau-
mont. Grignon.
Mouchy. Cour-
tagnon.

94

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

MODIOLA ELEGANS, R. Tab. XIII. f. 13. Min.
Con. t. 9. f. 1. Morris, 91.

MYTILACEA.

British localities.
Barton. Bognor.
Highgate. Primrose
Hill. Richmond Park,
300 feet deep.

LITHODOMUS DESHAYESII, R. 4. Tab. II. f. 28

Modiola lithophaga, Desk. v. 1. 267. t. 28.
f. 10, 11 & 12. Mytilus lithophagus, Desk.
Traite Elem. v. 1. 1. 37. f. 5 & 6. Nyst, 272.

PINNA MARGARITACEA, R. Lam. Ann. du Mus. Bognor. Highgate.
v. 6. 218. v. 9. t. 17. f. 8. Desk. v. 1. 280.
t. 41. f. 15. Nyst, 274. t. 20. f. 9.

Foreign localities.

Parnes. Bordeaux.
Antwerp. Mels-
broeck. Podolia.

Grignon. Courta-
gnon. Parnes.
Mouchy, &c.
Hauteville.
Mons.Ghent,&c.

CONCHIFERA MONOMYARIA.

PECTENIDES.

Chalk Farm. Stub-
bington. Sheppy.

LIMA EXPANSA, new, R. 4. Tab. III. f. 34.
PECTEN CORNEUS, C. Tab. IV. f. 6. Min. Con.

t. 204. Morris, 114. Pecten Solea, Desk.

v. 1. 302. t. 42. f. 12, 13.
SQUAMULA, R. 3. Tab. III. f. 29. Lam

Ann. du Mus. v. 8. 354. Desk. v. 1. 304.

t. 44. f. 15, 16.

PLEBEIUS? C. Tab. III. f. 28. Lam. Stubbington.

Ann. du Mus. v. 8. 353 ; Hist. Nat. v. 6.
pt. 1. 183. ed. 2. v. 7. 161. Desk. v. 1. 309.
t. 44. f. 1-4. Nyst, 295. t. 22. f. 4. Pecten
sulcatus, Min. Con. v. 6. p. 146.
PLEBEIUS, var. R. 2. Tab. III. f. 32.

Barton.

[.C.

Pecten reconditus ? Min. Con. v. 6. p. 146.
RECONDITUS, R. Tab. III. f. 27. Nyst,

302. t. 25. f. 2. Ostrea recondite, Brander, 107.
30-RADiATUs, new, R. Tab. III. f. 30, 31.
40-RADiATUs, new, R. Tab. III. f. 33.

Stubbington? Bar-
ton?
Barton.

SPONDYLUS RARISPINA, R. 3. Desk. v. 1. 321.
t. 46. f. 6-10. Nyst, 308 ?

Chaumont.
Italy ?

Chaumont.

Belgium. Grignon.
Mantes. Court-
agnon.

Belgium ?
Belgium.

Chaumont. Bel-
gium.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

95

OSTRACEA.

OSTREA ELEPHANTOPUS, new, 11.

- PICT A, new, 11. 1. Tab. IV. f. 1.

INFLATA, B. 1. Tab. IV. f. 7. Desk.

v. 1. 359. t. 58. f. 4, 5. t. 59. f. 1, 2.
LONGiROSTRiSjIl. l.Tab.IV.f.4. Lam.

British localities.
Bognor.

Ann. du Mus. v. 14. t. 21. f. 9 ; Hist. Nat. v. 6.
217. Des/t. v. 1. 351. t. 61. f. 8, 9.
RADIOSA, R. 1. Desk. v. 1. 359. t. GO.

f. 6, 7. Morris, 113.

FLAUELLULA, V.C. Tab. IV. f. 5. Lam. Barton.

Ann. du Mus. v. 8. 164. v. 14. t. 20. f. 3.
Min. Con. t. 253. Desk. v. 1. 366. t. 63.
f. 5-7. Morris, 112. Chama plicata, Brander,
84&8S.

ELEGANS, R. 2. Desk. v. 1. 361

t. 5. f. 7-9. Morris, 112.

DORSATA, R. 2. Desk. v. 1. 355. Barton.

t. 54. f. 9, 10. t. 55. f. 9-11. t. 64. f. 1-4.
Min. Con. t. 489. f. 1, 2. Morris, 112.
Ostrea semistriata, Defrance, Diet, des Sci.
Nat. Ostrea oblongata, Brander, 82 ?
TENERA, C. Tab. IV. f. 3. Min. Con.

Woolwich.

t. 252. f. 2, 3. Morris, 113.
TENERA var. STRIATA, C. Tab. IV.

f. 2.

ANOMIA TENUISTRIATA, C. Tab. IV. f. 8. Desk. Barton. Bognor.
v. 1. 377. t. 65. f. 7-11. Anomia lineata
(striata), Min. Con. t. 425, and Index. Morris,
106.

Foreign localitin.

Valinondois.

Montmartre.
Seaux, &c.

Poissy.

Grignon. Fames,
&c. Belgium.

Chaumont. Val-

mondois.
Monneville. Val-

mondois. Senlis.

Grignon. Senlis.
Valmondois.
Hauteville, &c.

MOLLUSCA GASTEROPODA.

DENTALIACEA.

DENTALIUM NITENS, R. Tab. VII. f . 3 & 3 s . Highgate.

Min. Cm. t. 70. f. 1 & 2. Morris, 143.
EBURNEUM, R. 4. Lam. Hist. Nat

Grignon, &c.

v. 5. 346. Sow. Gen. of Shells. Desk. Monog.
368. t. 17. f. 8, 9; Zoo/. Journ. v. 4. 191.
Sow. ib. 198.

o 2

96

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

British localities. Foreign localities.

DENTALIUM ACUTICOSTA, var. C. Tab. VII. f. 1 & Barton.

16. Desk. Monoff. 357. t. 18. f. 3. Denta-

lium striatum, Min. Con. t. 70. f. 4. Morris,

143. NonLam.
COSTATUM, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 2. Holywell near Ips- Antwerp.

Min. Con. t. 70. f. 8. Morris, 143. Nyst,
344. t. 35. f. 2.

CALYPTRACEA.

PARMOPHORUS ELONGATUS, R. 4. Desk. v. 2. 13.

t. 1. f. 15, 18. Patella elongata, Lam. Ann.

du Mus. v. 1. 310 & v. 6. t. 43. f. 1. Par-

mophorus Isevis, Blainville, Bull, des Sci. 1817,

p. 28.

EMARGINTTLA OBTTJSA, new, R. 4. Tab. IX. f. 31 .
FISSURELLAEDWARDSII, new,R. 3. Tab. VII. f. 9.
PILEOPSIS SQTTAM^FORMIS, R. 2. Lam. Hist.

Nat. v. 6. pt. 2. 19. Desk. v. 2. 27. t. 3.

f. 11, 12. Patella squamseformis, Lam. Ann.

du Mus. v. 1. 311.
HIPPONIX CORNU-COPI^E, R. 4. Tab. V. f. 1.

Defrance, Journ. de Phys. 1819, t. 4. f. 1-3.

De Blainville, Malacol. 507. t. 50. f. 1.

Morris, 121. Nyst, 358. t. 35. f. 10. Patella

cornu-copiae, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 1. 311.

v. 6. t. 45. f. 4. Pileopsis cornu-copise, Lam.

Hist. Nat. v. 6. pt. 2. 19. Desk. v. 2. 25. t. 2.

f. 13-16.
INFUNDIBULUM TROCHIFORME, C. Morris, 148.

Trochus apertus et opercularis, Br under, f. 13.

Calyptrsea trochiformis, Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 1. 385. v. 7. t. 15. f. 3. Desk. v. 2. 30.

t.4,f. 1-4, 11-13. Nyst, 360. Infundibulum

spinulosum, Min. Con. t. 97. f. 6.

BULL^ANA.

BULLA EXPANSA, new, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 18.
EDWARDSII*, new, C. Tab. VI. f. 1.

wich (Crag).

Grignon. Mouehy.
Valmondois.

Barton.

Barton. Bognor.
Highgate, &c.
Kingston. Read-
ing. Southamp-
ton. Stratford.
Welling.

Parnes. Senlis.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouehy. Mont-
Hi irail. Haute-
ville. Kreygel-
berg, pres Lou-
vain.

Grignon. Parnes.

* As there are several species which have been generally treated as the same, we cannot at
present quote foreign localities.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

97

BULLA DEFRANCII, R. 4. Bulla lignaria, var.

(Def.), Desk. v. 2. 44. t. 5. f. 4-6.
ATTENUATA, 11. 4. Min. Con. i. 464. f. 3.

- EXTENSA, new, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 6.
LAXCEOLATA, new, 11. 4. Tab. VII. f. 7.

- SOWERBYI, II. 4. Nyst, 456. t. 39. f. 8.
B. acuminata, Min. Con. t. 464. f. 5. Morris,
140, won Bruffuiere.

- UNIPLICATA, new, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 8.

British localities.
Barton.

Barton.
Barton.
Barton.
Barton.

Foreign localities.

Soissons.

Lethen. Laeken.

MKLANIANA.

MKLANIA COSTELLATA, C. Tab. VII. f. 41.
Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 430. v. 8. t. 60. f. 2.
Desk. v. 2. 113. t. 12. f. 5, 6, 9, 10. Morris,
15.

Bognor.

Grignon. Parnes.
Chaumont.

MACROSTOMATA.

GLOBULUS WILLEMETTII, R. Tab. VI. f. 33.

Morris, 147. Ampullaria Willemettii, Desk.

v. 2. 141. t. 17. f. 11, 12.
PONDEROSUS, R. 4. Ampullaria pon-

derosa, Desk. v. 2. 140. t. 17. f. 13, 14.
? LABELLATUS, R. Tab. VI. f. 26, 27.

Natica labcllata, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5. 95 ;

Hist. Nat. v. 7. 552. Morris, 153. Natica

glaucinoides, Min. Con. t. 5. upper fig. Nyst,

442. t. 37. f. 32.

CONOTDEUS, new, R. 4. Tab. VI. f. 32.

HYBRIDUS, R.4. Tab. VII. f. 22. Am-

pullaria hybrida, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5.
t. 33 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 550. Natica hybrida,
Morris, 153.
SCALARIFORMIS, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 26.

Ampullaria scalariformis, Desk. v. 2. 138. 1. 16.
f. 8, 9.
AMBULACRUM, R. 2. Morris, 146.

Barton. Bognor.
Highgate.

Barton. Bognor.

Mouchy. Parnes.
Damcrie. Cour-
tagnon. Senlis.

Monneville.

Grignon. Damerie.
Valmondois.
Belgium.

Valmondois. Assy.
Betz. Retheuil.
Soissons.

Parnes.

Ampullaria Ambulacrum, Min. Con. 372.

98

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

British localities.

AMPULLINA DEPRESSA, R. 2. Tab. VI. f. 29. Barton?
Ampullaria depressa, Min. Con. t. 5. lower
fig. Globulus depressus, Morris, 146. Natica
intermedia, Desk. v. 2. 177. t. 22. f. 1, 2.
Morris, 153.

- PATULA, R. 1. Ampullaria patula, Barton. Bognor.
Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5. 32 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
549. Min. Con. t. 284. Globulus patulus,
Morris, 147. Helix mutabilis, Brander, 57.
PACHYCHEILA, new, C. Tab. VI.

f. 31.
NATICA HANTONIENSIS, R. 3. Morris, 153. Barton.

Helix Hantoniensis, Trans. Linn. Soc. v. 7. 118.

1. 11. f. 10. Natica striata, Min. Con. t. 373.

TURGIDA, new, R. 4.

EPIGLOTTINA, C. Lam. Ann. du Mus. Barton.

v. 5. 95. v. 8. t. 62. f. 6; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 552.

Desk. v. 2. 165. t. 20. f. 5, 6 & 11. Natica

similis, Min. Con.t. 5. middle figs. Morris, 153.
LINEOLATA, R. 2. Desk. v. 2. 167

Foreign localities.
Retheuil. Guise-
la-Mothe. Hou-
dan.

Grignon. Courta-
gnon. Parnes.
Mouchy.

Nyst, 440.
OBOVATA, new, C. Tab. VI. f. 28.

SIGARETUS CANALICULATUS, R. 1. Tab. V. f. 9. Barton.
Min. Con. t. 384. Desk. v. 2. 182. t. 21.
f. 13, 14. Morris, 162. Nyst, 449. t. 39.
f. 4.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy-le-
Chatel, &c.

. Beauchamp. Da-
merie.Rouge-Cloitre.

Grignon. Mouchy.
Senlis.Tancrou.
Rouge-Cloitre.
Bruges.

PLICACEA.

ACTEON SIMULATES, R. 1. Tab. XIII. f. 25. Barton. Highgate. Belgium,

Min. Con. 1. 163. Morris, 138. Bulla simu-

lata, Brander, f. 61. Tornatella simulata,

Nyit, 423. t. 37. f. 21.
SULCATUS, R. 2. Tab. V. f. 8 a . Auricula Grignon, Parnes,

sulcata, Lam. Ann. du Mus. \. 4. 434. v. 8. &c.

t. 60. f. 7; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 538. Tornatella

sulcata, Desk. v. 2. 187. t. 22. f. 3, 4.
RINGICULA TURGIDA, R. 4. Ringinella turgida, Highgate.

Morris, 160. Auricula turgida, Min. Con.

t. 163. f. 4.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

99

SCALARIANA.

EULIMA SUBULATA, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 48. Morris,
144. Nyst, 415. t. 37. f. 17.

SCALARIA ACUTA, 11. Tab. VII. f. 15. Min. Con.

t. 16. & t. 577. f. 2. Morris, 162.

- INTERRUPTA, R. Tab. VII. f. 14. Min.

Con. t. 577. f. 3. Morris, 162.
DELPHINULA WARNII, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 28.

Lam. Hist. Nat. v. 6. pt. 2. 232. Desk. v. 2.

204. t. 24. f. 12, 13.

British localities. Foreign localitiet.

Highgate. France. Sicily. Italy.

Austria. (Recent, British
Ocean, Mediterranean.)

(In Crag,
Sutton.)
Barton.

Barton.

Haute ville.
Mouchy-le-
Chatel.

TURBINACEA.

SOLARIUM PATULUM, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du Mus. Barton. Highgate.

v. 4. 53. v. 8. t. 35. f. 3; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 5.

Min. Con. t. 11. Desk. v. 2. 215. t. 40. f. 14-

16. Morris, 163. Nyst, 369.

SPECTABILE, new, R. 4. Tab. VI. f. 2.

PULCHRUM, new, R. 4. Tab. VI. f. 3 b .

CANALICULATUM, R. 2. Tab. VI. f. 3*. Barton. Highgate.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 54 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 5. Sheppy.

Min. Con. t. 524. f. 1. Desk. v. 2. 220. t. 24.

f. 19, 20, 21. Moms, 163.

PLICATUM, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du Mus. Barton.

v. 4. 54 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 5. Min. Con. t. 524.
f. 2. Desk. v. 2. 219. t. 24. f. 16-18.
Morris, 163.
TROCHIFORME ? R. 3. Tab. VII. f. 10.

Barton.

Desk. v. 2. 217. t. 26. f. 8, 9, 10. Morris,

163. Nyst, 371. t. 35. f. 16.
ADEORBIS PLANORBDLARIS, R. 4. Tab. IX. f. 20

Turbo planorbularis, Desk. v. 2. 258. t. 33.

f. 19-22.
PHORUS AGGLUTINANS, C. Pusch, Pol. Pal. 110. Barton. Sheppy.

Trochus umbilicaris, Brander, t. 1. f. 4 & 5.

Trochus agglutinans, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4.

51. v. 7. t. 15. f. 8. Min. Con. t. 98. Desk.

v. 2. 241. t. 31. f. 8-10. Morris, 164. Nyst,

376. t. 25. f. 18.

Grignon, Fames,
&c. Mont-Pa-
nisel pres de
Mons.

Grignon, Parnes,
&c.Valmondois.

Grignon, &c.
Hauteville.

Tancrou. Grignon.
Brussels.

1 1 DUI Ian.

France. Belgium.

100

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

British localities.
PHORUS EXTENSUS, R. 2. Phorus extensus, Highgate. Sheppy.

Pusch, 110. Trochus extensus, Min. Con.

t. 278. f. 2, 3. Morris, 164. Nyst, 375. t. 36.

f. 9.
ORBIS PATELLATUS, R. 2. Tab. IX. f. 23. Sola- Isle of Wight.

rium patellatum, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 54 ;

Hist. Nat. v. 7. 555. Orbis rotella ? Lea, Con-

trib. to Geol. 123. t. 4. f. 112.
BIFRONTIA LAUDINENSIS, R. 3. Tab. VI. f. 34

Desk. v. 2. 226. t. 26. f. 15, 16. Morris,

139. Solarium Laudinense, Defr. Diet, des

Sci. Nat. v. 55. 486.
DISJUNCTA, R. 3. Tab. VI. f. 35

Desk. v. 2. 223. t. 26. f. 21 & 22. Solarium
disjunctum, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 54.
MARGINATA, R. 3. Tab. VI. f. 36.

Desk. v. 2. 224. t. 26. f. 19 & 20. Nyst, 365 ?
BIFRONS, R. 4. Tab. VI. f. 37. Desk.

v. 2. 222. t. 26. f. 23-25. Solarium bifrons,

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 55 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.

555.

ROTELLA MINUTA, new, R. 4. Tab. IX. f. 19.
TURBO PLICATUS, R. 4. Desk. 261. t. 34.

f. 12-14.
LITTORINA STILCATA, R. 2. Tab. VII. f. 27.

Morris, 149. Turbo sulcata, Pilkington in

Trans. Linn. Soc. v. 7. 118. t. 11. f. 9. Turbo

sculptus, Min. Con. t. 395. f. 2.

TURRITELLA TEREBELLATA, C. Tab. V. f. 5.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 218; Hist. Nat.
v. 7. 563. Desk. v. 2. 279. t. 35. f. 3 & 4.
Morris, 166. Nyst, 396. Turritella sulcata
(Melania), Min. Con. t. 39.

- SULCIFERA, C. Tab. V. f. 2. Desk.

278. t. 35. f. 5, 6. t. 36. f. 3, 4. t. 37. f. 19, 20.

BICINCTA, new, R. 2. Tab. VI.

Foreign localities.
Vliermael.

Grignon. Nehou.
Alabama ?

Retheuil. Laon.
Soissons.

Grignon. Parnes,
&c.

Grignon, &c. Va-
lognes. Jette ?
Grignon, &c.

Barton.

Stubbington. Nune-
ham.

Versailles. Mont-
morency.

Grignon. Parnes.
Chaumont.
Belgium.

Valmondois.
Monneville.

f. 19.

CONOIDEA, C. Tab. V. f. 6. Min. Barton. Bognor. France, &c. ?

Con. t. 51. f. 1 & 4. Turritella imbricataria,
Lam. Desk. fyc. ? Morris, 166.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY. 101

liritia/i localities. Foreign localitiet.

TURRITELLA CONOIDEA var. ELONOATA, V.C. Barton. Bognor.
Tab. V. f. 10. Turritella elongata, Min. Con.
t. 51. f. 2. Turritella imbricataria, Morris,
166.

- CONTRACTA, new, R. 4. Tab. VII.
f. 42.

FASCIATA, C. Tab. VII. f. 5. Lam Grignon. Beyne.

Ann. du -Mus. v. 4. 217. v. 8. t. 37; Hist. Parnes.Mouchy-

Nat. v. 7. 562. Desk. v. 2. 284. t. 38. f. 13, le-Cbltel. Tan-

14, 17, 18, & t. 39. Morris, 166. crou.

SULCATA, C. Tab. VI. f. 5. Lam Grignon. Fames.

Ann. du Mus. v. 4. 216. v. 8. t. 37. f. 8; Hist. Mouchy. Cour-

Nat. v. 7. 561. Desk. v. 2. 287. t. 38. f. 5-7. tagnon.
Morris, 166.

MULTISULCATA, C. Tab. VI. f. 9 Grignon. Beyne.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. t. 4. 217 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. Maulle.

562. Desk. v. 2. 288. t. 38. f. 1-12.

MARGINATA, new, R. 1. Tab. VI.

f. 16.

NEXILIS, new, R. 1. Tab. VI. f. 17.

CERITHICM GIGANTEUM, R. 2. Tab. VI. f. 10 Grignon. Fames.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 3. 439. v. 7. 1. 14. f. 1 ; Betz. Valmon-

Hist. Nat. v. 7. 65 (excl. analogue vivant). dois, &c.
Desk. v. 2. 300. t. 42. Min. Con. t. 188. f. 2.
Morris, 141.

- INCOMPTUM, new, R. 3. Tab. VI. f. 18.

CORNC-COPI^E, C. Tab. VI. f. 5 Hauteville.Nehou.

Min. Con. i. 188. f. 1, 3 & 4. Morris, 141. Gourbeville, &c.,

in the Cotentin.

- CALCITRAPOIDES, R. 1. Tab. VI. f. 7 Grignon. Beyne.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 3. 274; Hist. Nat. Courtagnon.

v. 7. 79. Desk. v. 2. 347. t. 46. f. 18, 19 & 23.

CRISTATUM, R. 2. Tab. VI. f. 15 Grignon. Cham-

Desfi. v. 2. 420. t. 44. f. 5-7. t. 60. f. 10, 11. bord. Arras.

HEXAGONIJM, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du Barton. Grignon. Courta-

Mus. v. 3. 271 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 77. Morris, gnon. Houdan.

141. Murex hexagonus, Chemnitz, v. 10. 261.
t. 162. f. 1554. M. angulatus, Brander,
No. 46. Cerithium pyramidale, Min. Con.
t. 127. f. 1.

102 FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

British localities. Foreign localities.

CERITHIUM CANCELLATUM, new, R. 4. Tab. IX.
f. 22.

SEMICORONATUM, R. 1. Lam. Ann Grignon. Beyne.

du Mus. v. 3. 344; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 80. Desk. Courtagnou.

v. 2. 306. t. 50. f. 1 & 2.

SEMIGRANULOSUM, R. 1. Lam. . Grignon. Mouchy-

Ann. du Mus. v. 3. 437. Desk. v. 2. 360. le-Chatel. Senlis.

t. 54. f. 3-6. Cer. subgranosum, Lam. Hist.
Nat. v. 7. 86.

TURRIS, R. 2. Desk. \. 2.335. t. 51 Epernay.Lisy.Ay.

f. 13, 14. Morris, 141.

- MARGINATUM, new, R. 1. Tab. VI.

f. 4, 6 & 16.

-CORDIERI, R. 1. Desk. v. 2. 338 Lachapelle. Senlis.

t. 52. f. 8, 14 & 15.

- MURICOIDES, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du Grignon. Beyne.

Mus. v. 3. 349; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 84. Desk. Houdan.

v. 2. 426. t. 61. f. 13-16.

- UNISULCATUM, R. 2. Tab. VII. f . 4 Grignon. Parnes.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 3. 440 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. Mouchy. Senlis.

88. Desk. v. 2. t. 384. t. 57. . 14-16.

PLEUROTOMA PRISCA, C. Tab. VII. f. 24. Min. Barton. Valmondois. Tan-

Con, t. 388. Desk. v. 2. 436. t. 69. f. 1, 2. crou.Acy. Beyne.

Morris, 157. Murex priscus, Br under, f. 44.
- AMPHICONUS, new, C. Tab. VIII.
f. 7, 8.

CURVICOSTA, new, C. Tab. VII. f. 17.

INARATA, new, C. Tab. VI. f. 21.

Pleurotoma rostrata, Morris, 157, in part.

- TRANSVERSAHIA, R. 1. Lam. Ann Parnes. Grignon.

du Mus. v. 3. 166; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 98. Desk.
v. 2. 450. t. 62. f. 1, 2.
DENTATA, R. Tab. VI. f. 24. Lam Grignon. Senlis,

Ann. du Mus. v. 3. 167. v. 7. t. 13. f. 1. &c.

Desk. v. 2. 452. t. 62. f. 3, 4, 7, 8.
ATTENUATA, C. Tab. VI. f. 11, 14. Barton.

Min. Con. t. 146. f. 1. Morris, 157. Non
Desk.
EXORTA, C. Min. Con. 1. 146. f. 2. Barton.

Morris, 157. Murex exortus, Brander, f. 32.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

103

Hritia/t localities.

l'i 1:1 ROTOMA INFLEXA, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du ....
Mus. v. 3. 267; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 101. Desk.
v. 2. 175. t. 66. f. 11-13; t. 67. f. 12-11.
.IKNTILIS, new, C. Tab. VI. f. 25.
OBSCURATA, new, C. Tab. VII. f. 19.
1-i.KiiEiA, new, C. Tab. VI. f. 23.

CANCELLARIA EVULSA, R. 2. Tab. VII. f. 40. Barton.
Min. Con. t. 361. f. 2-4. Desk. v. 2. 503.
t. 79. f. 27, 28. Morris, 141. Nyst, 477.
t. 39. f. 13. Bucciuum evulsum, Brander,
f. 11.
COSTULATA? R. 1. Lam. Ann. du . . . .

Foreign localities.

Grignon. Mouchy.

Mus. v. 2. 63; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 117. Desk.
v. 2. 499. t. 79. f. 22, 23.
QUADRATA, R. 1. Min. Con.

Grignon. Scnlis.
Retheuil. Bae-
sclle. Antwerp.
Boom.

Grignon, Fames,
Mouchy, &c.

Barton. Sheppy. VJiermael.

t. 360. Morris, 141. Nyst, 480. t. 39. f. 15.
FASCIOLARIA UNIPLICATA, C. Tab. V. f. 11

Fusus uniplicatus, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 3.

385. Desk. v. 2. 536. t. 96 bis . f. 1, 2.

? BIPLICATA, new, C. Tab. V. f. 7.
Fusus PYRUS, C. Murex Pyrus, Brander, f. 52, Barton. Nuneham.

53. Fusus bulbiformis, Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 2. 387; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 135. Desk. v. 2.

570. t. 78. f. 5-10, 15-18. Min. Con. t. 291.
f. 1, 2, 5, 6. Morris, 145.

- BULBUS, R. 1. Murex Bulbus, Brander, Barton,
f. 54. Pyrula laevigata, Lam. Ann. du Mus.
v. 2. 390; v. 6. t. 46. f. 7; Hist. Nat. v. 7.

571. Desk. v. 2. 579. t. 78. f. 3, 4, 11-14.
Morris, 160. Fusus Bulbiformis, Min. Con.
t. 291. f. 4.

- LONGJEVUS, R. 1. Lam. Ann. du Mus. Barton.

Grignon, Parnes,
&c.

Grignon. Parnes.
Retheuil. Eper-
nay. Soissons.
La Manche.

Grignon. Courta-
gnon. Valmon-
dois. Betz. Sen-
lis. Monneville.

v. 2. 317; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 133. Desk. v. 2. 523.
t. 74. f. 18-21. Min. Con. t. 63. Nyst, 490.
t. 39. f. 20. Morris, 146. Murex longsevus
ct deformis, Brander, f. 37, 38, 40, 73, 93 a .
- No*, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 316.

t. 46. f. 2 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 134. Desk. v. 2.
528. t. 75. f. 8, 9, 12, 13. Nyst, 492.

Grignon. Parnes.
Soissons, &c.
Lovenjoul near
Louvain.

. Grignon. Parnes.
Chaumont. Damery.
Rouge-Cloitre.
St. Josse-ten-Noode.
p 2

104

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

Fusus REGULARIS, K. 1. Min. Con. t. 187. f. 2.
t. 423. f. 1. Desk. v. 2. 559. t. 76. f. 35, 36.
Morris, 146. Murex antiquus, Brander, f. 74.
- RUGOSUS, E. 1. Tab. V. f. 8. Lam. Ann.
du Mus. v. 2. 316. t. 46. f. 1 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
134. Desk. v. 2. 519. t. 73. f. 4-7, 10, 11.
PORRECTUS, R. 1. Min. Con. (Index)

t. 274. f. 8, 9. Morris, 146. Murex porrectus,

Brander, f. 35.

UNICARINATUS, C. Tab. VII. f. 25. Desk.

British localities.
Barton. Nuneham.

Sheppy.

Barton. Hampstead.

Foreign localities.
Retheuil. Guise-
Lamothe. Sois-
sons.

Grignon . Mouchy .
Courtagnon, &c.

v. 2. 515. t. 72. f. 11, 12.
GOTHICUS, R. 2. Desk. v. 2. 518. t. 74.

f. 9, 10.

- INCTILTUS, new, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 32.
ERRANS, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 31. Min.

Con. t. 400. Nyst, 497. t. 39. f. 22. Morris,
146. Strombus errans, Brander, f. 42.

ERRANS Var. TENUISTRIATA, new, R. 4.

UNDOSUS, new, C. Tab. VII. f. 39.

Barton. Highgate.
Primrose Hill.
Sheppy.

Sheppy. Bognor.
- PARVIROSTRUM, new, R. 4. Tab. VII.

f. 30.

- LJEVIUSCULUS, new, C. Tab. VII. f. 34.
STREPSIDURA TURGIDA, R. 1. Tab. VI. f. 12, 13. Barton.Colville Bay.

Murex turgidus, Brander, f. 51 ? Murex

ficulneus, Chemnitz, v. 2. 301. t. 212. f. 3004,

3005. Fusus ficulneus, Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 3. 386; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 135. Desk. v. 2.

572. t. 73. f. 21-26. Min. Con. t. 291. f. 7.

Morris, 146. Strepsidura costata, Swainson,

Lardn. Cab. Cyclop. Malacology, 308. Fusus

turgidus, Nyst, 498.

- ARMATA, new, R. 4. Tab. VII.

f. 11.
PYRULA NEXILIS, R. 3. Lam. Ann. du Mus.

v. 2. 391 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 572. Min. Con.

t. 331. Desk. v. 2. 582. t. 79. f. 1-7. Morris,

160. Murex nexilis, Brander, f. 55. Pyrula

tricarinata, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 391 ;

Hist. Nat. v. 7. 571 (fide Desk.). Fusus

nexilis, Nyst, 506. t. 39. f. 26.

Barton. Highgate.

Retheuil.Soissons.

Guise-Lamothe.

Parnes. Mouchy.

Brussels.

Grignon. Parnes.
Valmondois.
Tancrou. Betz,
&c.Groenendacl.
Rouge-Cloitre.
St. Josse-ten-
Noode.

Grignon. Parnes.
Senlis. Laon.
Vliermael.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

105

British localities.
PVRULA TRICOSTATA, C. Desk. v. 2. 584. t. 79. Chalk Farm.

f. 10, 1 1 .
M i HI \ \SI-KR, R. 1. Brander, f. 77-80. Morris, Barton.

151. Murex tricarinatus, Min. Con. 416. f. 1.

Non Lam. Mtirex tricuspidatus, Desk. v. 2.

600. t. 81. f. 22, 23.

- MINAX, C. Tab. V. f. 13. Brander, Barton. Highgate.

f. 62. Min. Con. t. 229. f. 2. Morris, 152.

I'usiis Minax, Lam. Hist. Nat. v. 7. 135.

Desk. v. 2. 568. t. 77. f. 1-4.
TRITON ARGUTUS, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 12. Min. Barton.

Con. t. 344. Morris, 164. Nyst, 553. t. 42.

f. 1 1. Murex argutus, Brander, f. 13.
EXPANSUS, new, 11. 3. Tab. V. f. 15.

foreign localitiei.

Ri'thcuil. Guise-

Lamothe.
Valmondois.

Valmondois. Sen-
lis. Tancrou.
Betz.

Baesele. Boom.
Gremittingen.
Lethen. Cassel.

ALATvE.

ROSTELLARIA AMPLA, C. Nyst, 556. t. 43. f. 5. Barton. Higbgate.
Strombus ainplus, Brander, f. 76. Murex
oblitus, ib. f. 41 . Rostellaria macroptera, Lam.
Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 220; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 193.
Min. Con. t. 298-300. Desk. v. 2. 620. t. 83.
f. 1. t. 84. f. 1. 1. 85. f. 10. Morris, 161.

- LCCIDA, C. Tab. V. f. 21. Min. Highgate. Hamp-

Con. t. 91. f. 1-3. Morris, 161.

- ARCUATA, R. 1 . Strombus fissu-

stead. Chalk Farm.

rella, Linn. Gmel. 3518, in part. Rostellaria
fissurella, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 221 ; Enc.
Meth. t. 411. f. 3 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 194. Desk.
v. 2. 622. excl. syn. t. 83. f. 2, 3, 4. See Min.
Con. v. 1. 205.

Grignon. Parnes.
Chaumont. Re-
theuil. I /KIII.
Groenendael.
St. Gilles.
Foret.

Grignon. Courta-
gnon.

PURPURIFERA.

CASSIDARIA AMBIGUA, R. 4. Tab. VII. f. 44. Highgate. Barton. Gremittingen.

Nyst, 566. t. 43. f. 8. Buccinum ambiguum, Bognor. Vliermael.

Brander, (. 56. Cassidaria striata, Min. Con. Ronca.
t. 6. 4 lower figs, and Index.

106

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

CASSIDARIA NODOSA, C. Tab. V. f. 3, 4. Tab. VII.
f. 43. Cassidaria nodosa, Nyst, 563. Buccinum
nodosum, Brander, f. 131. Cassidea carinata,
Bruguiere, Enc. Meth. v. 2. 439. Cassis cari-
nata, Lam. Ann. duMus. v. 2. t. 169. Cassi-
daria carinata, Lam. Hist. Nat. v. 7. 217. Min.
Con. t. 6. 3 upper figs, and Index. Desk. v. 2.
633. t. 85. f. 1, 2, 8, 9. t. 86. f. 7. Morris, 141.
- CORONATA, R. 2. Tab. VI. f. 22, 30.

British localities. Foreign localities.

Barton. Highgate. Grignon, &c. Val-
Nuneham. mondois. Tan-

crou. Brussels.

Tancrou.

Desk. v. 2. 635. t. 85. f. 11, 12. Morris, 141.
BUCCINUM STROMBOIDES, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 33.
Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 164; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
279. Desk. v. 2. 647. t. 86. f. 8-10.

? JUNCEUM, C. Tab. VII. f. 47. Min. Barton. Highgate.

Con. t. 375. Morris, 139. Murex junceus,
Brander, f. 26.

PSEUDOLIVA OVALIS, new, R. 3. Tab. VII. f. 13.
OBTUSA, C. Tab. VIII. f. 11. Min.

Grignon. Soissons.

Courtagnon, &c.

Con. t. 622. Morris, 159. Buccinum obtu-
sum, Desk. v. 2. 657. t. 88. f. 1, 2.

Nunebam. Basing- Chaumont.
stoke. Payta in Peru.

COLUMELLATA.

MITRA MONODONTA, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 20, 21

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 58 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
324. Desk. v. 2. 671. t. 88. f. 24-26.

- PARVA, R. 4. Min. Con. t. 430. f. 1. Barton.

VOLUTA CITHARA, C. Tab. V. f. 17. Lam. Ann.
du Mus. v. 1. 476; v. 17. 74. (V. Harpa,
ex errore) ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 348. Desk. v. 2.
681. t. 90. f. 12. Min. Con. 625. f. 1-3.
Morris, 167. Nyst, 590.

- BULBULA, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 35. Lam.
Ann. du Mus. v. 1. 478. Desk, v, 2. 685.
t. 90. f. 13, 14. Nyst, 591. Fasciolaria
Bulbula, Defr. Diet, des Sci. Nat. v. 16. 97.

- CALVA, new, R. 3. Tab. VII. f. 28.

- RECTICOSTA, new, R. 3. Tab. VII. f. 18.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy. Haute-
ville.

Grignon. Pariies.
Courtagnon.
Brussels. Mons.

Grignon. Parnes.
Rouge-Cloitre.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

107

British localities.

VOLUTA SPINOSA, C. Tab. V. f. 16. Lam. Ann. Barton.
du Mus. v. 1. 177; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 348.
Mia. Con. t. 115. f. 2. Desk. v. 2. 690. t. 92.
f. 7, 8. Morris, 168. Nyst, 589. Strom-
bus spinosiis, Linn. Gmel. 3518. Strombus
Luctator, Brander, f. 65.

SPINOSA var. PLATYSPINA, R. 4. Tab. VII.
f. 29. .

NODOSA, C. Tab. V. f. 23. Min. Con. Barton. Highgatc.
t. 399. f. 2. t. 613. f. 1.
CRENULATA, C. Tab. V. f. 22. Lam

Foreign localities.
Grignon. Fames.
Courtagium.
St. Josse-ten-
Noode. St.
Gilles. Foret.
Afflighem.

Ann. du Mus. v. 1. 478. v. 17. 77; Hist. Nat.
v. 7. 351. Desk. v. 2. 693. t. 93. f. 7-9.
_ LABRELLA, C. Tab. V. f. 12, 14. Lam.

Ann. du Mus. v. 1. 478. v. 17, 78; Hist. Nat.
^. 7. 3.13. Desk. v. 2. 694. t. 91. f. 1-6.
Min. Con. t. 614. f. 2. Morris, 167.

- MURICINA, C. Tab. V. f. 20. Lam.

Ann. du Mus. v. 1. 477. v. 17. 75 ; Hist. Nat.
v. 7. 350. Desk. v. 2. 697. t. 91. f. 18, 19.
t. 93. f. 3, 4. t. 94. f. 3, 4, Min. Con. t. 626.
f. 4-6. Morris, 168.
ANGUSTA, C. Tab. V. f. 19. Tab. VII.

f. 37. Desk. v. 2. 697. t. 94. f. 5, 6. Min.
Con. t. 626. f. 1-3. Morris, 167.
COSTATA, R. 1 . Tab. V. f. 24. Brander, Barton.

Grignon. Fames.
Courtagnon.

Valmondois.Lissy .
Assy. Tancrou.

Grignon. Fames.
Mouchy.
Courtagnon.

Retheuil. Guise-

Lamothe. Sois-
sons.

f. 45. Min. Con. t. 290. f. 1, 2, 4. Morris,
167.
UNIPLICATA, new, R. 3. Tab. VII.

f. 45, 46.
MARQINELLA EBURNEA, R. 1. Lam. Ann. du

Mus. v. 2. 61. v. 6. t. 44. f. 9; Hist. Nat.

v. 7. 359. Brongn. Vicent. 64. Desk. v. 2.

707. t. 14-16, 20-22.

- DENTIFERA, R. 1. Lam. Ann. du

Mus. v. 2. 61 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 359. Desk.

v. 2. 707. t. 94 bis . f. 27-29.
OVULATA, R. 1. Tab. VII. f. 38.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 61 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
359. Desk. v. 2. 709. t. 95. f. 12, 13.

Grignon. Fames.
Mouchy, &c.
Val de Ronca.

Grignon.

Grignon. Fames,
&c.

108

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

CONVOLUTA.

CYPRJEA COOMBII, new, R. 3. Tab. VIII. f. 6.
Cyprsea tuberculosa, Morris, 143.

- BOWEBBANKII, new, R. 1. Tab. VIII.
f. 1, 2.

- INFLATA, C. Tab. VIII. f. 4, 5. Lam.
Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 116. v. 6. t. 34. f. 1.
Desk. v. 2. 724.

GLOBOSA, new, R. 4. Tab. VIII. f. 3.

British localities.

Foreign localities.

ANCILLARIA BUCCINOIDES, C. Tab. VIII. f. 14. Barton.
Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 16. 305; Hist. Nat.
v. 7. 414. Desk. v. 2. 730. t. 97. f. 11-14.
Ancillaria subulata, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 16.
305 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 415. Min. Con. t. 333.
f. 1-4. Morris, 138.

- FUSIFORMIS, new, R. 1. Tab. VIII.
f. 16.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy.

Grignon. Parnes.
Retheuil. Val-
mondois. Betz.
Tancrou. Haute-
ville. Belgium.

- OBTUSA, new, R. 4. Tab. VIII. f. 15.

CANALIFERA, R. 3. Lam. Ann. du Barton.

Mus. v. 16. 306; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 415. Bast.
Desk. v. 2. 734. t. 96. f. 14, 15. Nyst, 599.
t. 45. f. 9. Ancilla canalifera, Lam. Ann. du
Mus. v. 1. 475. v. 6. t. 44. f. 6. Oliva cana-
lifera, v. 16. 327; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 439. An-
cilla (Oliva) turritella, Min. Con. t. 99. f. 1, 2.
Oliva canalifera, Morris, 154.

TEREBELLUM FUSIFORME, R. 1. Lam. Ann. du Barton.
Mus. v. 16. 301 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 411. Min.
Con. 287. Desk. v. 2. 738. t. 95. f. 30, 31.
Morris, 163.

CONUS DEPERDITUS, C. Tab. VIII. f. 9. Lam

Ann. du Mus. v. 15. 441; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
528. Desk. v. 2. 745. t. 98. f. 1, 2. Min.
Con. t. 623. f. 1, 2. Morris, 143.

DIVERSIFORMIS, C. Tab. VIII. f. 10. . .

Desk. v. 2. 747. t. 98. f. 9-12. Min. Con.
t. 623. f. 3, 5. Morris, 143.

- PYRIPORMIS, new, R. 1. Tab. VIII. f. 18.
VELATUS, R, 4. Tab. VIII. f. 17. Min.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy. Assy.
Courtagnon.
Bordeaux. Dax.
Lethen.

Retheuil. Parnes.
Mouchy.

Grignon. Parnes,
&c.

Parnes. Mouchy.

Con. t. 623. f. 7. Morris, 143.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY. 109

British localities. Foreign localities.

CON us CORCULUM, R. 4. Min. Con. t. 623. f. 8,
9. Morris, 142.

MOLLUSCA CEPHALOPODA.

BKLOSEPIARIA.

BELOSEFIA CUVIERI, C. Tab. IX. f. 11. Belo-
sepia, Volt:, Mem. sur les Belemnites. Belo-
ptera sepioidea, Blaimille, Malacol. 622. Sepia
Cuvicri, D"0rb. Ann. des Set. Nat. v. 7. 157.
Mm. Con. t. 591. f. 1. Desk. v. 2. 758.
t. 101. f. 7, 8, 9. Nyst, 610. t. 46. f. 1.
Beloptcra Cuvieri, Blainville, Mem. sur les Be-
lemnites, t. l.f. 2.

- Bi.AiNviLi.il, C. Tab. IX. f. 10? 16,
17. Sepia Blainvillii, Desk. v. 2. 758. t. 101.
f. 13, 14, 15.

LONGisPiNA,R.Tab. IX. f. 12. Sepia

Grignon. Fames.
Courtagnon.
Brussels.
Ghent.

Sheppy.

longispina, Desk. v. 2. 757. t. 101. f. 4, 5, 6.
LONGIROSTRIS, C. Tab. IX. f. 15.

Valmondois. Tan-
crou.

Panics.

Fames. Mouchy.

Sepia longirostris, Desk. v. 2. 757. t. 101.
f. 10, 11, 12. Beloptera longirostrum, Morris,
178.

- OWENII, new, R. 1. Tab. IX. f. 13.
BREVISPINA, new, R. 2. Tab. IX.

f. 14.

BELOPTERA BELEMNITOIDEA, R. 3. Tab. IX.
f. 18. Blainville, Malacol. 622. t. 1. f. 8.
Min. Con. t. 591. f. 3. Desk. v. 2. 761.
t. 100. f. 4, 5, 6. Nyst, 612. t. 46. f. 2.
Sepia parisiensis, If Orb. Ann. des Sci. Nat.
v. 7. 157. Beloptera parisiensis, Blainville,
Traite de Belemnitoloffie, 111. t. 1. f. 3.

Grignon. Parnes.
Mouchy. Chau-
mont. Abbe-
court. Laeken.

NAUTILACEA.

NAUTILUS IMPERIALIS, R. 1. Min. Con. t. 1. Bognor. Sheppy. Grignon? Parnes?
& t. 627. f. 4. Morris, 182. Nautilus La- Highgate. Chalk Courtagnon ?
marckii, Desk. v. 2. 767. t. 100. f. 1, 2 ? Farm. (Upper

beds.)

HO FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM*BAY AND SELSEY.

British localities. Foreign localities.

NAUTILUS CENTRALIS, R. 1. Tab. XIV. f. 28. Hyde Park. Chalk
Min. Con. t. 1. & t. 627. f. 6. Morris, 182. Farm.Richmond.

Sheppy. Bognor.

- ? (CLYMENIA?)ZICZAC, R. 3. Tab. VIII. Highgate. Sheppy. Houdan.Retheuil.
f. 19. Min. Con. t. 1. Desk. v. 2. 765. Dax. Laeken.

t. 100. f. 2, 3. Morris, 183. Nyst, 614.
t. 46. f. 4. Nautilus Deshayesii, Koninck,
Bull, de la Soc. Geol. de Fr. v. 5. 437. Am-
monites Wapperi (fide Nyst), Van Mons,
L'Institut, annee 1833, 272 ; Bull de I'Acad.
de Bruxelles, v. 1. 113 & 118. Nautilus
Aturi, Basterot, Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat.
v. 2. 12, 17.

Subkingdom VERTEBRATA.
Class PISCES.

Subclass CARTILAGINEI, Cuvier.
PLACOIDEI, Agassiz.

Order PLAGIOSTOMI, Cuv.

SQUALIDvE.

LAMNA ELEGANS, V.C. Tab. X. f.28, 29,30, 31.

Agass. v. 3. 289.
OTODUS OBLIQUUS, V.C. Tab. X. f. 32, 33, 34, 35.

Agass. v. 3. 267. t. 31, 36.
LANCEOLATUS, C. Tab. XL f. 20, 21.

Agass. v. 3. 269. t. 37. f. 19, 23.
SELACHE? new, R. 4. Tab. XI. f. 25.
GALEOCERDO LATIDENS, R. 2. Tab. XI. f. 22, 23.

Agass. v. 3. 231. t. 26. f. 22, 23.

Sheppy.

Sheppy. Bognor.

Grignon. Dax.
Bordeaux. Italy.

Paris Museum.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY. Ill

Localitiet.

CAECHARODON HETEEODON, R. 1. Tab. XI. f. 19. Agass. v. 3. Southampton.
t. 28. f. 11, 16.

K\III)j, Agassi:.

PEISTIS HASTINGS, C. Tab. XII. f. 6, 7, 8. Sheppy.

- DISTOETUS, new, R. 3. Tab. XII. f. 9, 10.

MYLIOBATES DIXONI, C. Tab. X. f. 1, 2; Tab. XI. f. 14; Tab. XII.
f. 3. Agass. v. 3. 319.

TOLIAPICUS, C. Tab. X. f. 3, 4, 5 ; Tab. XII. f. 4. Sheppy.
Agass. v. 3. 321. f. 15, 20.

IEEEGULAEIS, new, R. 3. Tab. XL f. 15.

- STRIATUS, R. 3. Tab. XII. f. 2. Agass. 320. Sheppy. Hampshire.

KDWARDSII, new, R. 3. Tab. XI. f. 16.
CONTRACTCS, new, R. 3. Tab. XI. f. 17.

IRREGULARIS, C. Tab. X. f. 6, 7, 8 ; Tab. XII. f. 2, 3, 4. Sheppy.
Agass. v. 3. 327. f. 3, 5.

- MARGINALIS, new, R. 4. Tab. XII. f. 1.

EECTUS, new, R. 2. Tab. XI. f. 8.

CONVEXUS, new, R. 2. Tab. XI. f. 5.

- SUBCONVEXUS, new, R. 3. Tab. XL f. 6.

- SUBAECUATUS, R. 2. f. 7. Affass. v. 3. 328. Sheppy. Barton.

KDAPHODONTID^E, Owen.

EDAPHODON BUCKLANDI, R. 3. Agass. v. 3. 351. t. 40 d . f. 1, 4, 9, Bagshot.

12, 19, 24.

- EURYGNATHUS, R. 1. Tab. X. f. 18, 19, 22; and Bagshot.

Tab. XII. f. 5. Agass. v. 3. 352.

LEPTOGNATHUS, R. 1. Tab. X. f. 20, 21. Agass. v. 3. Bagshot.

352. t. 40 d . f. 5, 8, 13, 18.
ELASMODUS HUNTEBI, R. 4. Tab. X. f. 11, 12. Egerton. Agass. Sheppy.
v. 3. 350.

Subclass OSSEI, Cuvier.

Order GANOIDEI, Agassiz.
PYCNODONTID.E.

PERIODUS KOENIGII, R. 4. Tab. X. f. 13. Agass. v. 2. 201. t. 72. Sheppy.

f 6i Q2 Southampton.

Q 2

112 FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

Order MALACOPTERYGII, Cuvier.
SILURULE.

Localities.
SILURUS EGERTONI, new, R. 3. Tab. XI. f. 11, 12, 13.

Order ACANTHOPTERYGII.
SPHYR^ENID^E.

SPHYK^NODUS TENUIS, new, R. 4. Tab. XI. f. 24.

- PRISCUS, R. 4. Ay ass. v. 5. 98. t. 26. f. 4, 6. Sheppy.

XIPHIOIDES, Agassis.

COSLORHYNCHUS RECTUS, C. Tab. X. f. 14, 15, 16, 17; Tab. XI. Sheppy.
f. 26. Agass. v. 5. 92.

LABRID^E ?

PLATYLJEMUS COLEI, new, R. 2. Tab. XII. f. 11, 12, 13; Tab. X.
f. 23.

Class REPTILIA.
Order CROCODILIA.
GAVIALIS DIXONI, new, R. 3. Tab. XII. f. 22, 23, 24, & woodcut.

Order OPHIDIA.
BOID^E? (CONSTRICTORS).

PAL^EOPHIS TOLIAPICUS, C. woodcut. Southampton.

- TYPHOUS, new, R. 2. Tab. XII. f. 14. & woodcut, fo '

- PORCATUS, new, R. 3. woodcut.

FOSSILS OF BRACKLESHAM BAY AND SELSEY.

113

Order CHELONIA.

MARINA.

CHELONE CONVEXA, C. Tab. XIII. f. 2 & 3.

TKICOXU 'EPS, new, R. 4. Tab. XIII. f. 4, 5 & 6.

i ONGICEPS, 11. 3. Tab. XIII. f. 9.
-, BP. INDETERM. Tab. XII. f. 16, 17, 18, 19.

PALUSTRLL

TRIOXYX, SP. INDETERM. C. Tab. XII. f. 15.

Localities.
Sheppy.

Hurdle.

Class MAMMALIA.

Order PACHYDERM A.

TAI'IROIDA.

LOPHIODON MINIMUS, R. 4. Tab. XI. f. 27, 27 a & 27 b .

114

BOGNOR FOSSILS.

ANNELIDA.

British localities. Foreign localitiet.

SERPULA FLAGELLiFORMis,R.2.Afm. Con. t.634. Bracklesham Bay.
f. 2 & 3.

CIRRHIPEDA.

XIPHIDIUM QUADRATUM, new, R. 2. Tab. XIV. Hampstead. High-
f. 3 b & 4. Pollicipes, Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. 5. gate,
t. 8. f. 5-9. Morris, 68.

CRUSTACEA.

ASTACUS BELLI i, new, R. 4. Tab. XV. f. 3 & 4.

CANCER LEACHII, R. 4. Tab. XV. f. 5. Brong. Chalk Farm. High-

Crust. Foss. t. 8. f. 5. Weth. Phil. Mag. v. 9. gate. Sheppy.

468. Morris, 72. Isle of Wight.

CONCHIFERA BRACHIOPODA.
LINGULACEA.

LINGULA TENUIS, C. Tab. XIV. f. 18. Min. Con. Finchley. Hamp-

1. 19. f. 3. Mantell, Geol. Suss. 271. Mant. stead. Highgate.

Geol. Trans. 203. Weth. Phil. Mag. &f Journ. Chalk Farm,
v. 9. 464. Morris, 122.

FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

115

CONCHIFERA DIMYARIA.

PI10LADAK1A.

1'iioLAs PECHELLII, new, 11. 4. Tab. XIV. f. 10.
TKRKO AXTI :XAVT.*:, V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 1. Min.

dm. t. 102. f. 1,2, 4-8. Morris, 102. Teredo

Burtini, Auct. ?

PERSONATA, 11. 1. Tab. XIV. f. 5 & 5.

Fistulana pcrsonata, Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 7.
429 ; v. 12. t. 43. f. 6 & 7 ; Hist. Nat. v. 5.
438. Tcredina personata, Desk. v. 1. 1. 1. f. 23,
2G&28. Morris, 102. Teredo navalis, M ant.
Suss. 273.

British localitiei.

Brack lesham. Bar-
ton. Chalk Farm.
Highgate.Newn-
ham. Sheppy.

Highgate. Sheppy.

Foreign localities.
Brussels ?

Courtagnon. Eper-
nay.

SOLENACEA.

CULTELLUS AFFINIS, R. 2. Tab. XIV. f. 6. Min. Bracklesham, &c.
Con. t. 3 & 643. Solen affinis, Morris, 101.

MYARIA.

PANOPA INTERMEDIA, C. Tab. XIV. f. 9. Mant.

Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Min. Con. t. 602.

Morris, 96. Nyst, v. 1. 54. t. 1. f. 10. Panopaea

Deshayesii, Valenciennes, p. 20. t. 4. f. 2. Cor-

bula dubia, Desk. v. 1. 59. t. 9. f. 13 & 14.
PUELLA, new, R. 1. Tab. XIV. f. 14.
CORRUGATA, new, C. Tab. II. f. 12.
THRACIA OBLATA, R. 4. Morris, 102. Min. Con.

t. 632. f. 1 . Lutraria oblata, Min. Con. t. 536. f. 3.

Mantell, Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203*.
PHOLADOMYA MARGARITACEA, R. 1. Min. Con.

t. 297. f. 2. & t. 630. f. 3. Mantell, Geol. Trans.

2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Wetherel, Phil. Mag. $

Journ. v. 9. 464. Morris, 98 *.

DixoNi,R.2. Mn.C<m.t.620.f.2.

Pholadomya Koninckii, Nyst, Foss. de Belg.
v. 1.50. 1. 1. f.9.

Plumstead. Watford. Soissons.
Reading.

Barton.
Bracklesham.
Herne Bay. Peg-
well Bay.

Barton. Bognor.
Brentford. Chalk
Farm. Isle of
Wight. Rich-
mond. South-
ampton.

Lincent near Lan-
den. Jemappe.
Totirnay, &c.

116

FOSSILS OF BOftNOR.

British localities. Foreign localities.

PHOLADOMYA VIRGULOSA, R. 1. Tab. XIV. f. 31.
Min. Con.t. 630. f. 1.

CORBULACEA.

CORBULA GLOBOSA, R. 2. Min. Con. t. 209. f. 3.
Morris, 83.

Bracklesham, &c.
Wands worth.

CONCH ACEA (MARINE).

CYPRINA PLANATA, R. 1. Tab. XIV. f. 11. Min. Brentford. Nune-

hani.
Sheppy.

Barton. Brackles-
ham, &c.

Con. t. 619. Morris, 86.
? NANA, new, Tab. XIV. f. 8.

CYTHEREA OBLIQUA, R. 1. Tab. II. f. 5. Desk,
v. 1. 136. t. 21. f. 7 & 8. Venus tenuistriata,
Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. v. 5. t. 8. f. 8. Cytherea
tenuistriata, Morris, 87.

SUBERYCINOIDES ? R. 4. only a cast.

CARDIACEA.

Abbecourt. Bra-
cheux. Noaillcs.

Barton. Brackles- Mouchy, &c.
ham.

CARDIUM SEMIGRANULATUM, R. 4. Min. Con. Primrose Hill. Hyde

t. 144.

Morris, 82.
?, Mant. Geol. Trans. 2nd ser.

v. 3. 203 ?
CARDITA BRONGNIARTH, V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 33.

Venericardia Brongniartii, Mant. Geol. Trans.
2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Morris, 103.
QUADRATA, C. new, Tab. XIV. f. 12.

Park.

ARCACEA.

PECTUNCULUS BREVIROSTRIS, V.C. Tab. XIV. Reading,
f. 32. Min. Con. t. 472. f. 1. Mantell, Geol.
Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Morris, 97. P.
pulvinatus, Mant. Geol. Suss. 273.

DECUSSATUS, V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 7. Highgate.
Min. Con. t. 27. f. 1. Mant. Geol. Trans. 2nd
ser. v. 3. 203. Morris, 97.

FOSSILS 01 HOGNOR.

117

MYTILACEA.

Minimi, i SIMPLEX, new, C. Tah. XIV. f. 16.

- KI.EAXS,V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 13. Min.

C,,,!. t. 9. Mantell, Geol. Suss. 273. Mant.

Geol. Trans, 2ml wr. v. 3. 203. Morris, 91.
I'INNV MAitcAKiT u i'.A, l> . 1. Lnin. Ann. du Mus.

v. 6. 218. v. 9. t. 17. f. 8. Desk. v. 1. 280.

t. 41 . f. 1 : . \i/xt, Foss. Belg. 274. t. 20. f. 9.
- \n IMS, V.C. Min. Con. t. 313. f. 2.

'Nyst, Foss. Belg. 27o. Mant. Geol. Trans. 2nd

MT. v. 3. 203. Weth. Phil. Mag. % Journ.

v. 9. 464. Morris, 98. Pinna margaritacea,

Mfi,it. Geol. Suss. 272 ?

liritifh localities.

Barton. Bracklrs-
hani. I lichgate.
Richmond.

Highgate.Brackles-
ham. Bognor.

Foreign

France. Belgium.

Barton. Highgate. Limbourg.

CONCHIFERA MONOMYARIA.

OSTRACEA.

OSTREA ELEPHANTOPUS, new, C.

- CARIOSA, C. Desk. v. 1. 137. t. 54. f. 5
&6. t. 61. f. 5, 6 & 7. Nyst, Foss. Belg. v. 1.
315. t. 25. f. 7. 0. edulis, Mant. Suss. 273.

- TABULATA, I1CW, V.C.

ANOMIA TENUISTRIATA, V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 17.
Desk. v. 1. 377. t. 65. f. 7-11. Anomia
ephippium, Def. Diet, des Sci. Nat. v. 2. A.
striata et lineata, Min. Con. 425. Mant. Geol.
Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Weth. Phil. Mag.
ic Journ. v. 9. 464. Morris, 106. .

Bracklesham.

Barton,
ham.

Brackles-

Belgium. Chau-
mont. Mouchy.

Grignon. Senlis.
Soissons. Va-
lognes. Brus-
sels ?

MOLLUSCA GASTEROPODA.

DENTALIACEA.

DENTALIUM ? INCRASSATUM, V.C. Tab. XIV. Barton. Chalk Farm,
f. 2, and also D. planum, Min. Con. t. 79. f. 1, Isleof Wight.High-
3&4. Mant. Geol. Suss. 272. Morris, 143. gate.Reading.Rich-

mond. Sheppy.

R

118

FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

VKRMETUS BOGNORIENSIS, V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 3 a .
Min. Con. t. 596. f. 1, 2 & 3. Weth. Phil.
Mag. fy Journ. v. 9. 465. Morris, 167.
Mant. Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Vermi-
cularia Bognoriensis, Mant. Geol. Suss. 272*.

British localities.
Highgate. Sheppy.

Foreign localities.

CALYPTRACEA.

lNFUNDiBULUMTRocHiFORME,C.Tab.XIV.f.27. Barton. Brackles- Belgium. Epernay.
Trochus apertus, Brand. 9. 1. 1. f. 1 & 2. In- ham. Kingston. Grignon.
fundibulum spinulosum, Min. Con. t. 97. f. 6.
Calyptrsea trochiformis, Lam. Ann. du Mus.
v. 1. 385, v. 7. 1. 15. f. 3. Desk. v. 2. 30. t. 4.
f. 11-13. Mant. Geol. Suss. 273. Nyst,
360. Calyptraa lamgata, Desk. v. 2. 31. t. 4.
f. 8, 9 & 10.

Plumstead. Strat-
ford. Reading.
Welling.

NATICACEA.

GLOBULUS PATULUS, V.C. Tab. XIV. f. 19. Min. Barton.

Con. t. 284. Helix mutabilis, Brand. 28. f. 57, ham.

58 & 59 ? Ampullaria patula, Lam. Ann. du

Mus. v. 5. 32; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 549. Natica

patula, Desk. v. 2. 169. t. 21. f. 3 & 4. Mant.

Geol. Suss. 273. Mant. Geol. Trans. 2nd ser.
v. 3. 203. Morris, 147.
SIGARETINUS, C. Min. Con. t. 284.

Morris, 147. Ampullaria sigaretina, Lam. Ann.

du Mus. v. 5. 32, v. 8. t. 6. f. 1. Mant. Geol.

Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Natica sigaretina,

Desk. v. 2. 170. t. 21. f. 5 & 6.
? LABELLATUS, V.C. Natica labellata, Bracklesham.

Brackles- Grignon, &c.

Barton. Highgate. Grignon, &c.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5. 95 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.
552. Desk. v. 2. 164. t. 20. f. 3 & 4. Morris,
153. Natica glaucinoides, Min. Con. t. 5.

* We have not noticed any of the Foraminifera attached to this fossil at Bognor, which have
been noticed by N. Wetherel, Esq., as occurring on the Highgate specimens.

FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

British localities.

NATICA HANTONIENSIS, R. Tab. XIV. f. 22. Barton. Braekles-
Helix Hantoniensis, Trans. Linn. Soc. v. 7. ham.
t. 2. f. 10. Morris, 153. Natica striata,
Min. Con. t. 273.

MICROSTOMA, new, R. 2. Tab. XIV. f. 24.
- EPIGLOTTINA, R. 2. Lam. Ann. du Mus. Barton. Brackles-
, v. 5. 95. v. 8. t. 62. f. 6 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7. 552. ham.
Desk. v. 2. 165. t. 20. f. 5, 6 & 11. Natica
shnilis, Min. Con. t. 5. Mant. Geol. Suss.
271. Mant. Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. v. 3. 203.
Morris, 153.

119

furrign localities.

PLICACEA.

ACTEON SIMULATUS ? R. Tab. XIV. f. 25. Min. Barton? Highgate ?
Con. t. 163. f. 5-8? Morris, 138? Bulla Bracklesham.
simulata, Brander, f. 61 ?

TURBINACEA.

SOLARIUM BISTRIATUM, R. 3. Tab. XIV. f. 20. .

Desk. v. 2. 215. t. 25. f. 19 & 20.
LITTORINA SULCATA, R. 4. Tab. XIV. f. 23; Barton. Brackles-

Tab. VII. f. 27. Morris, 149. Turbo sulcata, ham.

Trans. Linn. Soc. v. 7. 1. 11. f. 9. T. sculptus,

Min. Con. t. 395. f. 2.
TURRITELLA coNOiDEA, V.C. Tab. V. f. 6. Min. Bracklesham. Bar- Grignon.

Con. t. 51. f. 1 & 4. Morris, 166. ton. Highgate.

- SCALARIOIDES, Casts R. Shell Highgate.

R. 4. Tab. XV. f. 10. Wetherel MSS.

Retheuil. Lion.
Guise-Lamothe.

CANALIFERA.

BCCCINUM ? R. 2. Tab. XIV. f. 22.

A. cast.
PLEUROTOMA PRISCA? R. 4. Tab. XIV. f. 30.

Min. Con. t. 386. Desk. v. 2. 436. t. 69. f. 1

& 2. Morris, 157. Murex priscus, Brand. 16.

f. 25 & 44.
Fusus TUBEROSUS, R. 3. Tab. XIV. f. 29. Min. Highgate.

Con. t. 229. f. 1. Morris, 146. ham.

Barton. Brackles-
ham. Brentford.
Sheppy.

Nune-

Beyne. Valmon-
dois, &c.

R 2

120

FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

Fusus UNDOSUS, new, R. 3. Tab. VII. f. 39.
PYRULA'SMITHII, V.C. Tab. XV. f. 6 & 6 a .
Min. Con. t. 578. f. 1-3. Morris, 160.

ALATyE.

APORRHAIS SOWERBII, C. Tab. XIV. f. 21.
Rostellaria Sowerbii, Mant. Trans. Geol. Soc.
2nd ser. v. 3. 203. Min. Con. t. 349. f. 1,
2 & 3. Weth. Phil. Mag. % Journ. v. 9. 465.
Morris, 162. R. Margerini, Koninck, Mem.
Acad. Roy. Brux. v. 2. t. 3. f. 1.

Foreign localities.

British localities.
Bracklesham.
Brentford. Isle of

Wight.MaidaHill.

Southampton.

Hedgerley. Herne Brussels.
Bay. Highgate.
Sheppy. Watford.
Southampton.

PURPURIFERA.

CASSIDARIA AMBIGUA, R. 2. Tab. XV. f. 9 ;

Tab. VII. f. 44. Buccinum ambiguum, Bran-

der, f. 56. Cassidaria striata, Min. Con. t. 6.
NODOSA, C. Tab. XV. f. 8; Tab. VII.

f. 43. Nyst, 563. Buccinum nodosum, Bran-

der, f. 131. Cassidaria carinata, Min. Con. t. 6.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 2. 169 ; Hist. Nat. v. 7.

217. Desk. v. 2. 633. t. 85. f. 8 & 9, t. 86.

f. 7. Morris, 141.
PSEUDOLIVA SEMICOSTATA, R. 3. Tab.XIV. f. 26.

Buccinum semicostatum, Desk. v. 2. 657. t. 88.

f. 3 & 4.

Chalk Farm. High-
gate. Brackles-
ham.

Barton. Brackles-
ham. Highgate.
Nuneham.

Grignon, &c. Val-
mondois, &c.

Soissons.

COLUMELLATA.

VOLUTA DENUDATA, V.C. Tab. XV. f. 7. Min. Brentford.
Con. t. 613. f. 3. Morris, 167.
, Fragments of various species.

MOLLUSCA CEPHALOPODA.

NAUTILACEA.

NAUTILUS IMPERIALIS, R. 1. Min. Con. t. 1, Highgate. Sheppy. Grignon, &c. ?
& t. 627. f. 4. Morris, 182. Weth. Phil. Bracklesham.
Mag. if Journ. 465. Nautilus Lamarckii,
Desk. v. 2. 767. t. 100. f. 1 ?

FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

121

\ \ i ii i.i - un. \ i. is, C. Min. Con. t. 355. Weth.
Phil. Man. \ Journ. v. 9. 465. Morris, 183.

- SOWERBII, C. Tab. XIV. f. 15. Weth.

Phil. Muy. c\ Journ. \. !>. !<><>; Trans. Geol.
Soc. 2nd ser. v. 5. Morris, 183. Min. dm.

- CENTRALIS, C. Tab. XIV. f. 28. Min.
' Con. t. 1. ll'i't/i. Phil. Mag. $ Journ. v. 9.

lf.,j. Morris, 182.

British lornlititi.

Chalk Farm. Isling-
ton. Hyde Park.
St. Katherine's
Dock. Shcppy.

Chalk Farm.
Sheppy.

Chalk Farm. Rich-
mond. Sheppy.
Bracklesham.

VERTEBRATA.

PISCES.

OTODUS OBLIQUCS, R. 4. Tab. XV. f. 11. Bracklesham.
Agassiz, v. 3. 267. t. 31. Sheppy.

REPTILTA.

SAURIA.

CROCODILUS SPENCERI, R. 4. A part of the
skeleton, Tab. XV. f. 1.

, Caudal vertebra, Tab. XV. f. 2. Sheppy.
C. Spenceri, Ruckland, Bridgw. Treat, v. 1.
251. t. 25. f. 1.

TESTUDINATA.

CHELONE LONOICEPS, R. 4. See woodcut. Sheppy.
PLANIMENTUM, R. 4. Harwich.

122 FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

In the 'Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society' for 1847, Joseph
Prestwich, jun., Esq., has communicated a very interesting and scientific paper
on the Eocene formations of London and Hampshire (including also Brackles-
ham Bay), and their probable relations with those in the vicinity of Paris. This
is what many years ago I had anticipated might be the result of accurate local
descriptions, and at page 22 of this work the same hope is expressed. I do not
at present think the Eocene strata of our own country and those of foreign
localities sufficiently explored to establish correct opinions. The French geolo-
gists have drawn their conclusions too much from their own neighbourhood,
though the formations in the vicinity of Paris are not so disturbed and dislo-
cated as those of England, which, as Mr. Lyell has truly observed, are almost
exclusively of mechanical origin. I have taken this extensive view of the sub-
ject, as many new localities of the Eocene period have been lately discovered
in Europe and America, and are now undergoing very careful examination. I
agree with Mr. Prestwich in many of his remarks as to the relations of our de-
posits with those near Paris, and particularly with his observations on Barton.
The beds at Bracklesham vary exceedingly, and are much disturbed. Mr.
Prestwich has considered the Bracklesham sands as synchronous with those of
Bagshot, which may be correct ; but the true London clay, with its fossils
(Nautili and other Cephalopoda), is here extensively developed; and Palaeon-
tologists must bear this in mind in examining the contents of this interesting
locality. Many fishes are found also similar to those of Sheppy, though by far
the greatest number of shells belong to the calcaire grossier deposits of France
which have been noticed many years ago. I subjoin Mr. Prestwich's very valu-
able tables, which show at one view the distribution of species in several districts
of England, as far as they have yet been published.

The shells at Bognor are sometimes converted either wholly or in part into
crystallized carbonate of lime, giving them a beautiful appearance, and occa-
sionally they are covered with most brilliant cubic crystals of sulphuret of iron.
Teredines and the chambers of the Nautilus occur in this latter state ; and
Nautili, when divided through the centre, often exhibit the chambers and
siphuncle in the most perfect preservation.

Many of the Bognor fossils occur at White Cliff and Alum Bay in the Isle of
Wight, and also at Southampton. Mr. Prestwich mentions that a similar series
has been discovered at Clarendon Hill near Salisbury, and there can be no doubt
that in many other parts of England the shells are of the same species as those

FOSSILS OF BOGNOR.

123

of Bognor : it is also a remarkable fact, and shows the great extent of this por-
tion of the Eocene formation, that Sir R. I. Murchison procured at Antipofka
in Russia many fossils identical with those of Bognor.

1. Table showing the Superposition and Synchronism of the several Formations constituting the Tertiary

Systems of London, Hampshire, and Paris.

LONDON SYSTEM *.

'- "

9 HAMPSHIRE SYSTEM.
"

PARIS SYSTEM t.

!ii

fret.

feet.

ft.

40

(iris et Sables superieurs (Fontainebleati)

80

Calcaire d'eau douce inferieore (Gypseous series)

150

Gres et Sables moyens (Beauchamp)

50

.Fluvio-marine and Freshwater series 350 ^

f

Barton clays 300 >

Calcaire grossier "1

100

Bagshot sands 400

Bracklesham sands 700J

Glauconie grossiere J

Part of the Sables inferieurs, "1

100

including probably the Lits Coquilliers j

60

more especially the Argile plastique /

* This refers to the district west of London only : eastward there are further subdivisions under the London clay.

t As in no part of this district there is a complete vertical sequence of the whole of the series, the several deposits overlapping
one another from the lowest in the north to the highest in the south, the thickness of the strata varies most materially. A rough
approximation of that of each deposit at its point of average development is all that can be given.

2. Table showing the number of described Species of Testacea found in each of the marine divisions of the
English Eocene Series, the proportions in which the Testacea of any one division are distributed in others,
and their range in the French Series.

Total
number.

Peculiar
to each.

Species common in the English Series to

J Species common to the
French Series in the

Barton and
BlMKWMBi

Barton and
London.

London and
Bracklesham.

Barton,

Hnu-Ui-iliHiii.
and London.

Grei Hoyens.

Calcalra
growler.

Lita CoquiUien
and S.blc.
inferieurt.

Barton clays

209
193
133

108
95

79

55

11

8

35

22
36

7

70
126

20

30
40
33

Bracklesham Bay series

I I can only give these as some slight approximation.

DESCRIPTIONS

OF

THE FOSSILS

FROM

BRACKLESHAM BAY, SELSEY AND BOGNOR.

ZOOPHYTA.

A FEW words may be interesting on the peculiar structure of Coral, as the small
creatures or Polypes which excrete this substance seldom come under considera-
tion, though their influence on the earth's surface is not inferior to that of any
class of animals. The coral islands and reefs in the Pacific and other tropical
seas are the monuments of their past and present industry, or, in other words,
the accumulation of their calcareous skeletons. Mr. Darwin, speaking of the
great durability of these islands, which are able to resist the most violent action
of the waves, beautifully observes in his ' Journal,' p. 548 : " It is impossible to
behold these waves without feeling a conviction that an island, though built of
the hardest rock, let it be porphyry, granite, or quartz, would ultimately yield
and be demolished by such irresistible forces. Yet these low, insignificant coral
islets stand and are victorious ; for here another power, as antagonist to the
former, takes part in the contest. The organic forces separate the atoms of car-
bonate of lime one by one from the foaming breakers, and unite them into sym-
metrical structure. Let the hurricane tear up its thousand huge fragments ; yet
what will this tell against the accumulated labour of myriads of architects, at
work night and day, month after month ? Thus do we see the soft and gelati-
nous body of a polypus, through the agency of the vital laws, conquering the
great mechanical power of the waves of an ocean, which neither the art of man,
nor the inanimate works of nature could successfully resist." Large formations
of fossil limestone are the result of the prodigious multiplication of Polypiferous
animals continued over untold ages.

It appears that the animal has usually the power of excreting from the inferior
portion of its surface a large quantity of calcareous matter, which is deposited

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 125

under and around its body ; the mesogastric folds of the abdominal cavity, con-
stituting the cell or polypidom, into whose hollows the tenant can partially or
wholly retire. The secreting process, however, by which the calcareous matter
is separated and retained for the service of the polype, greatly depends upon the
extension or limitation internally and externally of the soft parts, being often
more applied laterally or to the outer surface or walls than at the lower extremity.
" The stony substances so formed are called corals; the upper surface is very
generally furnished with radiating plates, which were deposited by the meso-
gastric folds of the stomach : when these plates do not reach the centre, there is
a vacant space in the middle between them." " The cells are either single or
cupped, or they are branched like a tree, or they are aggregated together so as
to resemble a cauliflower, or even imitate the brain ; all these variations result-
ing from the manner in which the animal emits from the whole surface, or from
a particular part of the sides of the body, the bud by which the new individuals
of the general mass or society are produced." For a further inquiry into the
physiological characters of these extraordinary beings consult the works of
Ehrenberg, Milne-Edwards, Dujardin, Farre, Lister, Grant, &c.

Ehrenberg has separated the coral animals into two divisions, the Bryozoa and
Anthozoa. The principal corals figured and described from Bracklesham are
radiated Polypes, or Anthozoa, having a greater diversity of structure than the
Bryozoa.

Corals are rare fossils at Bracklesham Bay, except the Siderastr&a Websteri.
The Anthozoa are more numerous in the Paris basin, and other calcareous eocene
deposits. The nearest recent types of their genera are found in shallow seas,
and in a much warmer climate than that of England at the present day.

Notes on the Species, by Mr. LONSDALE.

CLASS ANTHOZOA.

Family FUNGINA.
Turbinolia sulcata, Lamarck. (Tab. I. fig. 1 and 1*.)

Inversely conical, ribbed externally, number and range of ribs variable ; inter-
spaces deep, crossed by ridges variously united or simple ; lower extremity a union
of ribs; lamellae 12-24 (48?), unequal, single, or united in groups of three, sides
studded with tubercles ; centre an axis connected nearly throughout with the

126 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

broad lamellae ; terminal cup formed by upper edges of lamellae, convex on the
outer half, concave on the inner, central boss more or less prominent, round or
compressed, coated with minute tubercles.

Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 1. t. ii. p. 231, 1816 ; ed. 2. t. ii. p. 361, 1836.
Schweigger, Beobach. t. vii. f. 65. Expl. Plates (Turb. elliptica ?). Cuv. et Bron-
gniart, Oss. Foss. nouv. ed. t. ii. p. 269. pi. 8. f. 3, 1822. Lamx. Exp. Meth.
p. 51. pi. 74. f. 18-21, 1821. Goldfuss, Petref. p. 51. pi. 15. f. 3, 1826-33.
De France, Diet. Sc. Nat. t. Ivi. p. 93, 1828. De Blainville, Man. d'Act. p. 341
(Atlas, pi. 57. f. 2 ?), 1830-34. Michelin, Iconog. p. 151. pi. 43. f. 4, 1844-45.

The Brack! esb am collection included two Turbinolue referable to this species ;
and they are both represented in Tab. I. fig. 1 & 1*, for the purpose of showing
variations in form, where vertical dimensions are similar. The more slender
specimen (fig. 1) was apparently older than the other, the secondary or narrow
lamellae being fully developed and united to the six broadest plates ; while in the
thicker coral (fig. 1*) they were only rudimentary. In the latter case, the interior
as well as the exterior had been subjected to friction ; but the edges of the inci-
pient lamellae were sharp, and most prominent near the margin of the cup. An-
other character may perhaps be worthy of consideration as indicative of the
number of lamellae, which may exist in some specimens. The ribs are generally
of unequal downward extent, or alternately of great length and shorter dimen-
sions, the latter agreeing in position with the narrow lamellae (fig. 1 6 & 1* ft), and
being apparently precursory developments, existing sometimes greatly anterior
to the first signs of the corresponding internal plates, as in the wider coral (fig. 1 *) ,
where they commence near the base. In a beautiful, finely-preserved French
Turb. sulcata, 5 lines in height, kindly lent me by Mr. Pratt, F.G S., twenty-four
ribs, answering to the twenty-four lamellae, had a similar range to those in the
thick Bracklesham example (fig. 1*) ; but near the upper extremity twenty-four
short intermediate ribs were displayed. There was not the slightest indication
of an accompanying internal plate, but it was conceived that such a structure
would have been produced, had the specimen attained its full dimensions ; and
then the terminal star would probably have been perfectly symmetrical, or com-
posed wholly of three-plated groups. The cross-bars between the ribs were im-
perfectly shown in the English specimens ; and, where best preserved, they dif-
fered somewhat from the ordinary characters, having even less regularity and
boldness than is usual, and partaking to a much greater extent of the nature of
those which precede the introduction of new ribs.

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 127

The lower end of the slender specimen displayed not the least trace of a pedicle
or of a cicatrice, consisting of intersections of sharp ridges. The wider coral
was worn over the whole surface, and the extremity exhibited the same amount
of rounding as the ribs, but the union of the latter could be detected at the very
point. Mr. Pratt's fine specimen, before noticed, was similarly terminated. It
is believed that this base was produced at the earliest stage of the polype's
existence, all signs of additional structures occurring successively upwards ; for
in the French example 5 lines in height, the interpolated ribs were thinnest at
the commencement, but afterwards of persistent solidity ; and the other external
structures had an almost perfect uniformity of character as respected strength
from the base to the margin of the cup : moreover there were no indications of
overlying secretions, or fillings up from without or from within ; and the wall
of the coral was also, so far as could be ascertained, imperforate. If the above
inference be correct, it would follow that the polypidom was free from the very
earliest period of production.

Doubts have been expressed whether the Turbinolia dispar of M. De France
(Diet. Sc. Nat. t. Ivi. p. 93) should be specifically separated from T. sulcata, the
distinctive characters of the former depending, according to that authority and
M. Michelin (Icon. p. 152), on greater dimensions, more numerous striae or ribs
and lamellae ; also in the absence of pores between the striae, as separately noticed
by M. De France ; as well as in the axis being compressed and scarcely attaining
the height of the margin, as additionally mentioned by M. Michelin. These cha-
racters, without the aid of specimens, might lead to considerable doubts, the
Bracklesham examples of T. sulcata, partly perfect at the upper extremity, being
only 3 lines in height ; Mr. Pratt's, probably not full-grown, 5 lines ; and Gold-
fuss's natural-size figure, 9 lines. Mr. Pratt's specimen again had, at the upper
end, forty-eight ribs, the usual number being twenty-four. M. De France in de-
scribing Turb. dispar says, " Le nombre des stries longitudinales est quelquefois
de plus de soixante." If the additional ribs in the French Turb. sulcata were pre-
cursors of lamellae, as in earlier stages of growth, then it promised to have forty-
eight : Turb. dispar, according to M. De France, has about forty (loc. tit.}. Dimen-
sions and numbers, therefore, are not sufficient to establish specific distinctions.
Mr. Lyell's cabinet, however, contains specimens of a Turbinolia from Hauteville
(one of M. Michelin's localities for Turb. dispar), of similar general shape to
Turb. sulcata, but possessing many structural peculiarities. A beautifully pre-
served example, only 2 lines in height and about 1 in diameter, had between

s2

128 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

fifty and sixty ribs or striae, the interpolations being very irregular, and the range
of the longest being slightly affected to admit them. The interspaces between the
ribs were necessarily narrow, and the " pores " or cross-processes were difficult
to detect, but chiefly on account of irremoveable matrix : where the groove had
been cleared, the bars were perfectly distinct, but simple, with quadrangular
hollows between them, totally unlike the equivalent structure in the true Turb.
sulcata. The terminal star differed also markedly from that of the species just
mentioned. There was not a perfect agreement in position between the lamellae
and ribs, the former amounting to about thirty, the latter to between fifty and
sixty ; and a similar want of concord is deducible from M. De France's num-
bers. The star, therefore, instead of exhibiting a very definite wheel-like com-
position, with a simple periphery, displayed analogous rays or spokes, with
a thin, crenulated boundary-margin. Other peculiarities were observed, but
they do not demand attention in this notice. Slightly worn specimens, firmly
beset with matrix, agreed very nearly with the figure of Turb. dispar given by
M. Michelin (Iconog. pi. 43. f. 5). From these differential characters, therefore,
it is inferred that two species of Turbinolias occur in the same or equivalent
strata, resembling in general characters, but varying in details of structure, one
of them being certainly Turb. sulcata, and the other believed to be Turb. dispar.

Family OCELLINA.
Oculina raristella, De France. (Tab. I. fig. 2.)

Incrusting, expanded, lobed or branched ; stellular tubes, sometimes distant,
sometimes aggregated, projecting or immersed ; lamellae 12 broad, 12 rudiment-
ary in lower part of tubes, more numerous in upper part, sides hispid, outer edge
not connected structurally with surrounding composition, inner edge blended
with central reticulation, plates seldom united in range towards the centre, often
contorted ; central area relatively large, formed of reticulated and foraminated
plates, boundary-wall hispid on the inner surface, separable from investing
structure ; terminal cup deep, lined by very narrow, hispid and jagged lamellae,
centre projecting points or edges of reticulated plates, margin of cup sharp,
crossed by the lamellae ; intertubular substance compact in more advanced states,
in younger, traces of a close reticulation, traversed in both stages by innumerable
microscopic tubuh, exterior surface more or less covered with tubercles, often

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

arranged lineally, the whole being closely and minutely foraminated ; additional
tubes developed laterally from pre-existing tubes, or in expansions of the mantle.

Oculina raristella, De France, Diet. Sc. Nat. t. xxxv. p. 356, 1825. De Blain-
ville, Man. d'Actinol. p. 381, 1830-1834. Milne-Edwards, ed. 2. Lamarck,
t. ii. p. 458, 1836. Michelin, Iconog. Zoophytol. p. 163. pi. 43. fig. 16, 1845.
(Lithodendron viryineuni, Goldf. Petref. p. 44. pi. 13. fig. 1; according to M. Mi-
chelin, p. 163, not p. 64.)

The Paris basin Oculinte have not been described or figured in sufficient detail
to enable a satisfactory opinion to be formed respecting their characters, or
whether the specific determinations admit of full acceptance. The Bracklesham
coral, however, could not be referred to the recent Oc. virginea, which is stated
by some authorities to occur in the Paris basin ; nor could it be precisely iden-
tified with M. Michelin's figures, drawn apparently with great care, of the poly-
pidom assigned by him to that species (Iconog. pi. 13. fig. 6, a, 6). An exami-
nation of a specimen of Oc. Solanderi, obligingly lent to the compiler of these
notes by Mr. Pratt, F.G.S., led also to the inference, so far as it admitted an
opinion to be formed, that the fossil under consideration was distinct from it ;
and M. De France's original notice of 0. Solanderi (Diet. Sc. Nat. t. xxxv. p. 355),
as well as M. Michelin's figure (Iconog. pi. 43. fig. 15), appeared likewise to jus-
tify the conclusion. With respect to the third species, Oc. raristella (De France,
op. cit. p. 356), the tine Bracklesham specimen represented in Tab. I. fig. 2. of
this work exhibited a great general agreement with M. Michelin's figure of the
French coral (Iconog. pi. 43. fig. 16) in the distribution of the tubular openings
and branched or lobed and incrusting modes of growth : the extreme narrowness
of the lamellae in the terminal cup accorded also with the " minute lamellae " of
that authority (op. cit. p. 163), and the lineal arrangement of the small tubercles
with M. De France's " tres-legeres stries qu'on n'apercoit qu'a la loupe." (loc.
cit.)

Among the interesting specimens submitted for examination was one from
Mr. Edwards's cabinet, which exhibited a thin base layer incrusting a water-
worn, rounded chalk-flint (fig. 2 a). It occupied an irregularly circular area, nearly
2 inches in diameter. The stellular tubes diverged obliquely outwards, and
projected unequally, but within the marginal band of the layer they had a per-
fectly-formed circular mouth ; and in a few instances additional polype-cavities
had been developed on the side or between the most advanced previously exist-
ing tubes. The terminal cups were, for the greater part, not deep, and the

130 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

lamellae occupied more space than in maturer specimens. The intertubular sub-
stance was thin, but its surface was irregular, and it ascended to the margin of
the cup. Its exterior was more or less studded with minute tubercles variously
arranged. Around the margin of the specimen it thinned off generally to a very
fine edge, in some places slightly reflected upwards ; but it did not form a con-
tinuous layer in advance of the immature tubes. In this portion traces of a reti-
culated structure were detected. In the development of marginal tubes a semi-
circular projecting edge was first formed, lined by a few indistinct lamella? , and
from its base a thin lamina was subsequently expanded and traversed by lamellae.
During this process the bounding edge was extended, and ultimately formed into
a more or less protracted oval or oblique section of the future tube the central
reticulation not appearing in the middle, but under the first- developed semi-
circular edge. In one instance a lengthened oval was divided transversely by a
wall into two unequal partitions ; the first, occupying the earlier-formed portion
of the whole area, being round, and, though relatively small, regular in struc-
ture, including a central reticulation ; while the second, composed of the larger
and later-produced division, was semi-oval in outline as well as irregular in struc-
ture, consisting solely of obliquely extended lamellae. Other indications of a
similar process were observed, and analogous examples are alluded to in noticing
the mode of unfolding additional tubes in mature specimens.

The fine specimen represented in Tab. I. fig. 2. had a central cavity through-
out its whole extent ; but the body by which it was once occupied had clearly
perished before the development of the coral ceased, one extremity of the hollow
being lined internally by an overlapping extension of intertubular matter. A
third specimen of nearly equal magnitude and similar mode of growth partly in-
crusted small Ostrefs, but had also partly surrounded a perishable body. Each
had fragments of oysters attached to the surface. Other much smaller specimens
consisted wholly of separated branches or lobes variously united.

The points of chief interest not obvious in figure 2. were those connected
with the intertubular substance, and the mode of producing additional stellular
cavities. The outer side of the tubes was separable from the surrounding
matter, and defined, in ordinary sections, by a circular line ; but it was not com-
posed of a continuous lamina, being intersected, more or less deeply, by vertical
fissures, and intermediately by others bent downwards. Between the circle de-
fining the limits of the tube and the exterior of simple lobes or branches, no
other indications of concentric, separable, perfect surfaces were detected, though

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 131

traces were noticed of curved lines parallel to the centre, marking probably re-
newals of deposit : where, however, branches anastomosed, irregular extensions
of the mantle apparently took place, and perfect, papillated exteriors were over-
laid by layers either exactly moulded to them, or with irregular narrow inter-
stices. These layers, of unequal thickness, were in some instances repeated
more than once, as if certain parts of the animal membrane had successively
perished, and permitted other portions to expand laterally : they proved also
the destruction of the polypes belonging to the incrusted branch. The structure
of the intertubular substance was rarely detectable, sections of older branches
exhibiting a nearly compact body, and in those of younger portions it was gene-
rally very obscure. Where best shown, it consisted of relatively coarse, rounded
fibres diverging outwards, but variously anastomosed, and forming the internal
equivalents of the surface papilla?. Between these fibres fine irregular elon-
gated cavities occurred, and but for the rounded outline of the former, they
would bear the aspect of small contorted channels permeating an homo-
geneous substance. The fibres were penetrated by numerous microscopic
tubuli ; also internal representatives of the minute pores which beset the exte-
rior papillae and the connecting matter. No larger foramina were detected in
the surface.

Many examples of immature, additional tubes were observed, either on the
side of pre-existing, or in irregular extensions of intertubular layers. Among
the former was a subdivisional case partially analogous to that mentioned in the
brief notice on the development of marginal polype-cavities, but it differed in
the separation having been effected by an irregular lamina unprovided with even
rudiments of lamellae on the side towards the principal portion of the division,
or that which included the central structure ; the severed part agreed, neverthe-
less, with that of the marginal example in being semi-oval and traversed by ob-
liquely-disposed lamellae. Other somewhat similar cases were noticed, but they
were accompanied by more or less decided signs of great irregularities in the
secreting processes, or of the polypes having been injured during growth. The
interesting fractured surface exhibited in fig. 2 b (Tab. I.) gave several instances
of lateral developments, but all under nearly equivalent conditions, owing to the
intersection having occurred deep in the lobes. Near the cross ( X ) is an outer
smooth impression of a shoot at the very line of divergence. This case presents
no irregularities in the lamella? of the parent-tube at the side nearest the off-
spring ; and the distance between the two polype-cavities at the base of the cast

132 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

did not apparently exceed the thickness of an ordinary wall. In the other in-
stances, on account of divergence in the shoot and the structures being fully
exhibited, the distance is relatively considerable, or the side of the mature tube
greatly augmented. In the example marked with two crosses (fig. 2 b), a gradual
lessening may be traced in this structure, till it acquires at the part most distant
from the shoot the usual thickness of a wall. The tube, unaccompanied by an
offset, has a uniformly slender boundary. Of still earlier stages of development
no satisfactory examples were observed. The characters displayed by polype-
cavities produced in extended intertubular matter differed not from those in the
marginal expansion of a base or first layer before noticed ; but their form was
often very irregular in consequence of uneven subjacent surfaces, or the growth
of the polype having been affected by want of room *.

The protrusion or immersion of the tubes depended chiefly on the amount of
thickening in the interspaces, though sometimes a horn-like extension occurred,
and seemed destined to project permanently. Occasionally the intermediate
matter swelled above the adjacent terminal cups, having continued to increase
after the tubes had apparently ceased to lengthen. Where this character ex-
isted, no signs, however, of change in the nature of the stellular cavities were
visible ; and only those openings were encroached upon, or covered over by a
papillated layer, which had evidently ceased to be occupied by a living polype.

The proofs of filling up in the lower part of the tubes were not so decided as
in recent OculinoE, but indications of such a process were noticed.

Oculina ? dendrophyllo'ides , sp. n. (Tab. I. fig. 3.)

Incrusting, variously lobed or branched ; tubular openings irregularly dis-
tributed, in general slightly projecting above the adjacent surface, rarely
extended in distinct branches, no definite walls ; lamellae numerous, unequal,
irregularly grouped, hispid on the sides, blended at the outer edge with the
surrounding structure, at the inner with central reticulation ; terminal cup
shallow, margin scarcely raised ; intertubular structure, composed of ana-
stomosed, unequally coarse fibres or contorted laminae, constituting a more
or less dense reticulation, not separable from the stellated cavities ; surface,
variously bent and blended ridges, with intermediate transverse processes, and
pits or foramina, ridges penetrated by numerous microscopic channels, termi-

* For farther illustrations of lateral developments consult also Tab. I. fig. 2 c, and the enlarged
portion fig. 2 d.

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 133

nating on the exterior in minute pores ; additional polype-cavities developed
on the side of pre-existing or in the intertubular substance.

Elirenberg has united the Dendrophyllia of M. de Blainville to Oculina
(Beitrage, p. 78), and the fossil under consideration presents structural details
which would apparently justify the union ; while Dend. ramea, De Blainville's
typical species, and some tertiary polypidoms exhibit essential differences and
partially support M. Milne-Edwards's remark, that " this innovation ought not
to be adopted, though the limits between Oculinee and Dendrophyllia are a little
uncertain." (2nd edit. Lamk. t. ii. p. 454, 1836.)

In mode of growth, the Bracklesham coral agreed completely with Oc. rari-
stella, and the differences in the intertubular reticulation existed only in the
relative fineness or coarseness of the component parts : in the grouping of the
lamellae, however, and in the mode of blending with the surrounding structure,
there were no resemblances, but, on the contrary, an almost perfect similarity
with the recent Dend. ramea as well as the fossil Dend. digitalis. (Consult M.
Michelin's excellent figure, Icon. pi. 10. f. 10.) The latter agreements never-
theless must be regarded, in the present case, of less importance than the
habit of growth, which in the Bracklesham coral, as in Oculina, is intimately
connected with the reproductive processes. In the two Dendrophyllice just
mentioned a lamelliferous master-tube pervades the centre of the main stems,
and in the recent species, which has secondary stems or branches, these also
are similarly provided, the additions in every instance arising from marginal
expansions in the boundary of the stellular cavity. So far as the describer's
practical knowledge extends, traces of these master-tubes may always be detected,
though the interstices are very frequently so far filled up, that a transverse
fracture presents an apparently, compact centre, resembling that of Oculina ; and,
as many deviations from a normal condition must occur by dismemberments
and the subsequent coating over of the fractured surfaces by animal secretions,
still farther external accordances with that genus may occasionally be exhibited.
Examples of the regular mode of growth in Dend. ramea are excellently given
by Solander and Ellis or Lamouroux (Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, pi. 38, or Exp.
Methodiq. pi. 38. Consult also Esper, Pflanzenthiere, Madrep. pi. 9) ; and of
more or less marked deviations from it by Esper (op. cit. Madrep. pi. 10 A),
Marsilli (Hist, de la Mer, tab. 31. fig. 144), Pallas (Elenchus, Germ. Trans,
tab. 16. fig. 54), and Lochner (Mus. Besler. tab. 25, centre figure, quoted by

T

134 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

Lamarck as a variety of Oc. virginea, but Lochner compares the specimen
represented with the Mediterranean coral or Dend. ramea). In no case how-
ever do stellular cavities appear to have been developed in the animal sub-
stance which permanently invested the coral, or in irregular extensions of the
mantle*.

In well-known Oculinee, on the contrary, no persistent central lamelliferous
cavities occur at any period of growth, normal or otherwise ; and Ehrenberg
states, that the essential mode of developing young tubes is by a swelling in
the parent-tube. In Oc. pollens, a separation from Oc. hirtella made by that
authority, the additional polype-receptacles are, however, produced on the side
of those previously existing, and are usually so crowded together at the ex-
tremity of the branches as to occupy nearly the whole intervening spaces :
they originate also clearly in the mantle, or external animal substance. In the
same species, extensions of this outer covering take place where the original
polypes have been destroyed, and young tubes are freely developed in the
expanded portions. In these respects there are considerable agreements with
the Bracklesham coral under immediate examination ; but it must be stated
that Ehrenberg is of opinion, that the slender variety of Oc. pattens, believed to
be the one just noticed, " draws near" to his genus Stephanocora, established on
a coral found in the Red Sea, and possibly not yet figured (op. cit. pp. 76, 78).
In mode of growth that polypidom agrees moreover with Oculina virginea, as
defined by Ehrenberg, Oc. pallens and the Bracklesham coral, forming both
branches and expanded or overlying gemmiferous layers ; and still farther, a

* Dendrophyllia cornigera, M. de Blainville's third recent species, agrees with Dend. ramea in
being permeated by central lamelliferous tubes ; but it differs apparently in the whole of the exterior
not being constantly covered, while living, by animal matter. On this account, it is presumed, the
coral should be removed to Ehrenberg's genus Cladocora (Beitrage, p. 85). A comparison of the
structures of Dend. ramea with those of a polyparium believed to be Dend. (Clad.?) cornigera led to
the detection of subordinate distinctions, valuable nevertheless in the study of imperfect fragments of
analogous fossils. In Clad.? cornigera the centre of the stem is not rapidly consolidated, or but par-
tially ; the open stellated structure is traversed by numerous well-developed diaphragms ; and the ex-
terior is not thickened by continuously applied secretions, except at the base, or near the union of a
branch with a principal stem. The additional polype-cavities are produced by germs (Ehrenb. loc.cit.)
on the side of the parent branch, but a certain limited connexion apparently exists for a time between
the interior of each. The fossil figured by M. Michelin under the same name (Dend. cornigera, Icon,
pi. 10. fig. 9) agrees perfectly in generic characters with Clad. ? or Dend. cornigera. It is also be-
lieved that the extinct coral, Dend. irregularis of M. de Blainville, is generically if not specifically
identical with M. Michelin's fossil.

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 135

comparison of the English fossil with the Lithodendron gibbosum of Miinster
(consult Goldfuss, Petref. tab. 37. f. 9), which Ehrenberg observes may be a
Stephanocora, will point out some structural agreements. Notwithstanding,
however, this amount of resemblances, it has been deemed advisable to consider
the Bracklesham polypidom provisionally an Ccullna, as it wants the peculiar
centre dwelt upon by Ehrenberg ; and the placing it even doubtfully in
Stephanocora would entail a severance from Oc. raristella with which it is
connected in all essential structures, as well as an inquiry into the characters
of very many other allied corals an undertaking which the compiler of these
imperfect memoranda is not prepared to commence.

So far as the describer is aware, this fossil is distinct from any published
species.

The series submitted to examination included, besides the fine specimen
figured (Tab. I. fig. 3), another, belonging to Mr. Edwards's cabinet, of rather
greater size, and part of a third, which probably, when perfect, possessed nearly
equal dimensions. They all exhibited a large but not perfectly medial cavity
that penetrated their whole length, and represented clearly the position of a
perishable extraneous body, around which the coral formed, and not a hollow
due to the decomposition of a central structure in the polypidom itself, the only
perfect termination, with a limited portion of the adjacent interior, being coated
by the intertubular reticulated substance. The thickness of the polype-struc-
ture surrounding the cavities varied greatly, as was well shown in the figured
specimen ; and the fragment above-mentioned, which was more regular in the
general surface, had at the intersected extremity a thickness in the broadest
part of 9 lines, and in the narrowest of 4, while at the other end, the length
being only 2 inches, the thickness nowhere exceeded 2 lines. Some portions
believed to be detached lobes or branches had a flattened palmated form.
Neither of the large, nearly perfect specimens exhibited any signs of a base or
expanded foot, but each apparently derived its chief support from the body
around which it was developed.

The tubular openings varied in diameter from IJ to 2 lines, and the termina-
tions, as shown in figure 3 a (Tab. I.), were in general very slightly depressed
in the centre ; but in a detached branch which gave a series of extremities with
perfect margins, the middle was deeply cup-shaped. The extension above the
adjacent intertubular surface will also be found by reference to the same figure to
have varied greatly, and sometimes to have extended into horn-like lobes (fig. 3).

T2

136 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

The lamellae could not be reduced to symmetrical groups within any single area,
and considerable inequalities existed in adjacent tubes ; but there was a ten-
dency in the broader plates to converge and unite in pairs with an interme-
diate narrower one, and sometimes two of the latter occurred and formed a
similar inner junction. No case was observed of a tube having been wholly
filled up towards its lower extremity, but many were noticed in which the
spaces between the lamella? were greatly narrowed, and a few in which they
were partially obliterated. The intertubular substance varied in texture, the
reticulation being sometimes open or coarse, but sometimes replaced by a
nearly compact mass, and without any reference to position as respected the
surface or relative age. In the fragment mentioned as having formed portion of
a third large specimen, the intertubular composition, at the narrow extremity, was
almost uniformly compact, faint concentric lines being the principal indications
of structure. The microscopic canals which permeated the reticulated fibres or
laminae could readily be detected by a Codrington lens (fig. 3 b) ; and they were
very distinct on slightly weathered portions of the general surface.

Many instances of additional polype-cavities produced on the side of pre-
viously existing tubes or near their base were noticed. Those in the latter
position were distinguished from adjacent fully-grown stars by the small num-
ber of lamellae as well as other signs of immaturity ; and little doubt could
be entertained of their having originated, as in Oculina pallens, in the mantle
or common animal envelope. The additional side-cavities were also apparently
produced in the substance of the animal matter which formed and thickened
the walls of the older tube, but there were indications of a connexion between
the base of the former and the interior of the latter. In all cases the lamellae-
plates were equally developed around the area; and the termination of the
cavities was in the same plane with the surface. Instances of what might be
considered as double tubes, resulting from two cavities developed so near each
other as to intermingle structure, were likewise noticed, and without care they
might be regarded as having resulted from a subdivisional process. Polype-
receptacles formed in expansions over destroyed surfaces displayed characters
strictly analogous with those mentioned in the account of a base-layer of Oc.
rarixtella *.

* On the surface of the Bracklesham molluscous remains and rolled flints, a stellated coral not un-
frequently occurs either singly or grouped. At first it was conjectured to be the base of the fossil
referred doubtfully to Dendrophyllia, but Mr. Dixon having obligingly forwarded to the describer

DESCRIPTION OF CORA.LS. 137

Dendrophyllia ? (Tab. I. fig. 4, and Tab. IX. fig. 26, 28, 30.)
Stems simple ?, slightly conical or compressed, expanded and fixed at the base ;
surface traversed by fine, minutely-tubercled ribs, with narrow, intermediate fur-
rows ; lamella? very numerous, grouped, hispid on the sides, blended outwardly
with peripheral structure, inwardly with middle area ; boundary a spongeous net-
work ; centre, variable amount of reticulated laminae ; terminal cup not deep.

Three specimens of this coral were examined, the one figured belonging to
Mr. Dixon's collection, the others to Mr. Edwards's series. They varied in
height from half an inch to an inch and a half, but the diameter of the longest
slightly exceeded the major axis of the specimen delineated. In general com-
position they resembled Dendrophyllia, particularly the largest individual ; and
they might readily be regarded as elongated base-portions of Dend. cariosa
(Michelin*), stated to be found in the lower beds of the calcaire grassier. It
would, however, be clearly incorrect to consider the Bracklesham specimens as
belonging either to the Paris basin species or even to the genus Dendrophyllia,
as it is impossible to determine whether they are young or lower portions of a
branched coral, or whether in their perfect development they would be simple.
The figures 4 and 4 c given in Tab. I., and the references in the note, will, it is
hoped, enable the discoverer of other specimens to determine satisfactorily the
generic characters.

In the upper portion of the figure 4 the ribs are correctly shown to have lost
their distinctness, but in Mr. Edwards's fossil (fig. 4c), nearly twice the height,
they preserved throughout the same definite outline. In that specimen the
central area also was much greater, in consequence possibly of a less compressed
form, and it resembled perfectly in its nature the boundary reticulated structure ;
but the termination was much more imperfect than in figure 4.

other and more illustrative specimens, he is induced to infer, from the mode of grouping and the great
solidity displayed in the best exposed attached portions, that some at least of these stellated corals
should be regarded as the earliest stage of Oculina ? dendrophylkndes. Fig. 30. Tab. IX. exhibits the
porous nature of the very base of the Dendrophyllia ? ; and in four other specimens the structure was
equally foraminated. Fig. 26 displays two stellated corals, and several others were scattered over the
same shell. The great relative solidity of the interior is shown at letter a, and it was equally conspi-
cuous in other specimens. A similar character is noticed in alluding to a specimen of Ocul. ? den-
drophylloides, which exhibited, in the upper part, the portion that once rested immediately on the
original support. Nov. 1846.

* Iconog. Zoophytog. pi. 43. f. 10; consult also Goldfuss, Petref. Lithod. cariosum, tab. 13. f. 7,
and Guettard, Mem. tome iii. tab. 58. figs. 3, 6, 7, 9 ; also the Grignon fossil, pi. 26. fig. 3, same work.

138 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

Sidemstrcea Websteri. (Tab. I. fig. 5.)

Incrusting, hemispherical, or spherical ; stars polygonal, united by a reticu-
lated structure of variable width; lamellae 24, six single and broad, with six
intermediate groups, composed of one broad and two converging narrower plates,
outer edge blended with the boundary reticulation, inner edge of the twelve
broad lamella? blended with the central structure, sides sharply and thickly
tuberculated, more or less foraminated ; centre a complex, highly perforated
reticulation ; terminal cup shallow, nearly filled up at one period of growth ;
additional stars interpolated.

Astreea Websteri, Bowerbank, Mag. Nat. Hist. New Series, vol. iv. p. 26, fig.
ffl, b, 1840.

This fossil agrees in general aspect with the corals to which the term Astrcea
is usually applied, but it differs essentially in its mode of developing additional
stars from those polypidoms to which Ehrenberg has beneficially restricted the
genus*, that process being effected in the fossil under consideration, not by a
subdivision within the area of the mature star, but by the production of stellular
cavities in interspaces due to radiation. In all the leading structures, as well as
in the developing of intermediate stars, the Bracklesham fossil agrees perfectly
with M. de Blainville's subgenus Siderastrcea^ , adopting, for the sake of actual
comparison, his second species (Ast. galaxea) as its type j, both corals being com-
posed of stars without distinct boundary-walls, and united by a reticulated struc-
ture ; the lamellae likewise of both being similar in characters, also in the mode
of blending with the peripheral and central portions of the star, as well as in the
general manner of grouping. From the genus Porites, the fossil as well as the
recent polypidom is markedly separated by the lamella? exceeding twelve, though
there is a resemblance in the prevailing aspect of the surface. For the above
reasons therefore, it is deemed correct to consider the Bracklesham coral as a
species of Siderastr&a ; it will however be necessary to regard M. de Blainville's
dismemberment no longer as a subgenus, but as a rightful genus, which must

* Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Corallenthiere, &e., p. 95, 1831-34; also Berlin Transactions for
1832.

t Manuel d'Actinologie, p. 370, 1830-34.

I Ehrenberg suggests that Madrepora galaxea of Solander and Ellis, or Siderastrcea galaxea of De
Blainville, may be identical with Astrcea astroites (consult Esper, Madrep. tab. 35) ; but such a generic
determination it is considered would be inadmissible for the reasons stated in the text, and the coral
exhibiting clear proofs of a distinct mantle between the stars (Beitrage, &c. pp. 82, 95).

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 139

moreover be removed from Ehrenberg's family Dccdalina, characterized by the
subdivisional process, to that of Ocellina, in which reproduction is effected by
germs or developments in the mantle (op. cit.).

Among the tertiary fossils assigned by M. de Blainville to Siderastraa, the
only species which bears an approximate resemblance to the Bracklesham coral
is the Astra-a cremdata of Goldfuss as represented by M. Michelin*, but the
stars of that polypidom are stated to be separated by a groovef, a structure
which does not occur in the English coral at any period of growth ; and accord-
ing to Prof. Goldfuss's delineation of the same species, from apparently an aged
or fully developed Piacenza specimen J, the two polypidoms differ essentially, at
that stage, in the nature of the lamellae and in the mode of union of adjacent
stars. Among the other Paris basin corals described and figured by M. Michelin,
Astraea Ameliana of De France^ (Ast.muricata, Goldfuss ||) and Ast. hirtolamellata
(Michelin^f) resemble generally the fossil under consideration, particularly in its
earlier states of growth. Ast. Ameliana, however, is described as having all the
lamellae equal, whereas in Siderastreea Websteri they are unequal and more or
less grouped in specimens of apparently equivalent age with that figured by M.
Michelin ; and M. de Blainville refers Ast. Ameliana or muricata to his subgenus
Dipsastreea, an assemblage of very differently constructed anthozoa. With
regard to Ast. hirtolamellata, the other assumed analogous coral, M. Michelin
states that it is also a Dipsastreea** , and so far as the characters have been
illustrated, there are no means of determining satisfactorily the process by which
additional stars were produced.

The fine series of Siderastraa Websteri submitted to examination included
interesting examples of growth, and of the mode by which interpolated germs
advanced towards maturity. The beautiful specimen represented in part by
figure 5 a. Tab. I., formed one of six groups of stars of unequal lateral and
vertical dimensions. The greatest diameter of the smallest group was only 3
lines, but the patch was very nearly united to another by the extension of the
base-lamina, and the larger assemblages afforded proofs of similar junctions. No
case was noticed of an isolated, immature star, such as might have arisen from
a single transported germ ; but the small group above alluded to had most pro-

* Iconographie, Paris Basin Series, p. 156. pi. 44. fig. 1.

t Goldfuss, Petref. p. 71, and Michelin (copied), p. 156. J Op. cit. pi. 24. fig. 6.

Diet Sc. Nat. tome xlii. p. 384. || Op. cit. p. 71. pi. 24. fig. 3.

^ Iconog. p. 162. pi. 44. fig. 5. ** Iconog. foe. cit.

140 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

bably sprung from that source, and as it exhibited six stars imperfectly formed
with respect to the lamella? and boundaries, and was surrounded by a narrow
flim or base-lamina traversed by tubercles, the first rudiments of additional stars,
it proved clearly that before any one of the polypes had fully constructed its
own domicile, or had arrived at maturity, the work of developing others was in
active progress. The portion of a larger group represented in Tab. I. fig. 5.
exhibited an advanced state, the stars which constituted the general surface being
perfectly defined, and the margins sharp, though without any separating struc-
ture ; the terminal cups, relatively deep, were also lined by well-formed lamellae,
broad and narrow plates alternating regularly, and the latter occasionally uniting
to the intermediate broader ones. Around the margin of the patch, as shown
in the figure, were stars variously advanced towards maturity, the structures
nearest those perfected being most complete ; while without this belt was a
narrow band of the base-lamina more or less traversed by rows of tubercles, the
rudiments, as before mentioned, of lamellae, regular passages being displayed
from continuous plates to interrupted ridges, and thence to single tubercles.
In other specimens additional stages towards maturity were displayed, the la-
mella? attaining their full number and dimensions ; the interspaces between ad-
jacent stars, particularly at the angles or smallest sides, also increasing, but not
precisely according to the size of the mass, the radiation having been sometimes
greatest in smaller specimens ; and the interpolated young stars becoming nume-
rous where the divergence in the old lamellae-columns had been most consider-
able. Figure 5 represents what was considered to be a mature state ; and it
exhibits likewise additional intermediate stars. To what extent the coral grew
after it had attained this condition, no information was obtained. Mr. Bower-
bank states that a specimen in his possession 3^ inches long and 2^ inches wide,
was 3^ inches in height* ; and the greatest vertical dimension in the series sub-
mitted to examination was 2 inches 1 line, the diameter at the base of that por-
tion being 1 inch 2 lines, and at the widest part more than 2 inches ; but neither
of those specimens gave apparently the full size. Of the changes dependent upon
what might be regarded as the limits of growth, the information obtained was
also not satisfactory. In Mr. Edwards's cabinet is a fragment about 1^- inch
in width and 1 inch in height from the smooth base-surface. The exterior ex-
hibited not the least signs of abrasion, but the terminal cups were nearly filled
up over the whole surface, and the structure of the stars was frequently in-

* Mag. Nat. Hist. New Series, vol. iv. p. 26, 1840.

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 141

distinct (fig. 5 e), presenting; a confused reticulation somewhat similar to that of
the interspaces ; while in the upper portion of the fragment a thin calcareous
pellicle, of animal origin, sometimes extended over the edges of the lamellae and
across the intervening spaces. How far these characters can be considered as
indicative of a natural cessation of development and of structural changes de-
pendent upon such a condition, or upon local injury, the study of additional
specimens can alone determine ; but it may be stated that analogous appearances
have been observed in other genera under circumstances which proved that the
variations were not accidents, but regular consequents due to the age of the
polype *.

Respecting the progressive characters of interpolated stars, only a short notice
will be necessary. In the earliest observed condition, an irregular star, com-
posed of a few defective lamellae, appeared in the reticulated interspace ; but so
far as they were produced, they were equal in dimensions on each facet. This
character is deemed worthy of attention, affording one means for distinguishing
interpolated stars from those produced by subdivision. In the latter cases the
earliest stage exhibits unequal lamella?, those on the outer side of the subdivided
star, or that side which is a prolongation of the previous boundary of the undi-
vided star, having full dimensions, in consequence of the secreting organs of the
bi-separated polype having in that part preserved the previously perfected powers ;
while along the line marking the subdivision the lamellae are rudimentary, the
necessary vessels for elaborating them not being matured. The boundaries also
of interpolated stars are similarly composed on all sides, the surrounding full-
grown polypes having equally contributed to their formation ; whereas in divided
stars they are dissimilar, and for the same reason, that the lamella? are unequal.
In noticing the mode of forming marginal stars, it was stated that they were
most advanced on the sides next the more nearly perfected structures ; but in
cases of interpolation, considering the manner of development to be the same,
the progressive increase must be uniform on every facet. Sometimes the young
stars appeared singly, as in the case figured, but not unfrequently two or three
were grouped in different ways, and in those instances there was an intermingling
of structures. It is not necessary to detail the steps by which these polype-
cavities arrived at maturity ; some of them were shown in specimen figure 5,
and every intermediate stage was noticed.

The internal characters of the Bracklesham coral agreed closely, as before-

* Journal Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 498.

U

142 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

mentioned, with those of Sid. galaxea. The lamellated tubes extended conti-
nuously throughout the vertical section 2 inches in height. They exhibited no
signs of interrupted and renewed growths, nor were they partitioned by trans-
verse diaphragms, which would have limited partially or wholly the downward
range of the polype : on the contrary, the animal during life possibly occupied
the tube to some depth, and enjoyed, by means of the perforated lamellas, cen-
tral and boundary structures, access to every part of its construction, as well as
a perfect community of existence with the other polypes dwelling in the same
specimen.

Note to Siderastrtsa Websteri.

In the collection of tertiary corals for which I am indebted to M. Michelin,
and received since the notice on Siderastraa Websteri was written, are two
beautifully preserved specimens of " Astreea Ameliana " of M. De France, less in
size, but agreeing in shape with the one represented in pi. 44. fig. 3 of the
' Iconographie Zoophytologique.' In all the characters which may be considered
generic, there are no differences between the two corals, and the specific di-
stinctions, if such they may be deemed, consist in the lamellae being more delicate
and closer together, also in their extremely hispid nature and the great number
of foramina, whereby the interior of the coral presents a structure very analo-
gous to that of ordinary Porites. It is considered advisable however to retain
the specific name of Websteri for the Bracklesham coral, until it shall be fully
ascertained that specimens of equal development young, mature and aged
of each fossil agree in all essential characters.

Mr. Dixon has also obligingly lent the describer a larger specimen of Side-
rastrcea Websteri than he had previously seen : it measured more than 4 inches
in length, about 3 in its greatest breadth, and nearly 1J in thickness. The stars
exhibited mature but not aged characters, and no variations were noticed from
the structures mentioned in the text.

Family MADREPORINA.

Stylophora monticularia, Schweigger. (Tab. I. fig. 6.)

Incrusting, polymorphous ; stars polygonal, very unequal in size and outline,
surmounted by conical, lamellated mounds; lamellae within the stars 12, sides
tuberculated, united in the lower part to the axis, disconnected in the upper ;

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 143

intermediate transverse diaphragms irregular ; axis small ; boundary of stars
composed of reticulated plates ; terminal cup including projections deep ; conical
mounds seated chiefly on the angles, sometimes on the margins of the sides ;
form variable as well as number of radiating lamellae-plates ; additional stars
interpolated.

Styl. monticularia, Schweigger, Beobachtungen auf Naturhistorischen Reisen,
taf. G. fig. 62, explanation of Tables, and Systematic Table 5, 1819.

Astraa hystrix, De France, Diet. Sc. Nat. t. xlii. p. 385, 1826. Michelin,
Iconographie Zoophytologique, p. 160. pi. 45. fig. 1, 1844-1845.

Astreea (Cellastraia) hi/strix, De Blainville, Manuel d'Actinologie, pp. 377,
385-6; Atlas, pi. 54. fig. 5?, 1830-1834.

The genus Stylophora was established by Schweigger (op. cit.) for two poly-
parians, a Grignon fossil (Styl. monticularia), and a recent coral (Styl. pistillaris,
Madrepora pialUlnris, auct.), but possessed apparently of very different struc-
tures. It has not been retained, so far as the compiler of these notices is
aware, by any subsequent authority, except M. de Blainville*, and by him only
for the fossil species, which, he says, is an Astrcea, the Ast. hystrix of M. De
France (op. cit. p. 386). M. Milne-Edwards, however, alludes in his edition of
Lamarck's ' Animaux sans Vertebres' to the genus having been admitted into
the ' Manuel d'Actinologie,' and he gives M. de Blainville's characters for it,
but without offering an opinion respecting the propriety of its being adopted
(op. cit. t. ii. p. 437, notes, 1836).

Confining the attention to the characters of the fossil species, or Styl. monti-
cularia, Schweigger's type, and considering the Bracklesham coral, which agrees
very nearly with that author's unmagnified figures, as well as M. Michelin's
delineations of Ast. hystrix (loc. cit.), as specifically identical, it is necessary, in
the first place, to inquire, whether we are justified in adopting the genus.

In the notice on Siderastreea Websteri, Ehrenberg's definition of Astraa is
considered to be the best hitherto proposed, being founded primarily on the
subdivisional mode of developing additional stars. Another important character
not alluded to in that instance, a reference to it being unnecessary as respected
the fossil then under consideration, is, that the number of lamellae in those

* Man. d'Actinol. p. 385. In the article on the genus, Styl. pistillaris has been accidentally given
for Styl. monticularia, though in the subsequent remarks, M. de Blainville, as stated above, confines
the genus to the fossil species. Schweigger's fig. 62 is also associated with Styl. pistillaris, though
in the original work it is stated to represent Styl. monticularia, from Grignon.

u 2

144 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

Asirceas always exceed twelve. By reference to the specific characters of Styl.
monticularia, the true lamellae, or those within the star, will be found not to
exceed twelve, and the additional polype-cavities to have resulted from inter-
polations. The data for these characters are given in a subsequent paragraph.
It is clear, therefore, that so far as this inquiry is concerned, and Ehrenberg's
classification is considered to be the best, the Grignon and Bracklesham fossil
cannot be regarded as an Astrtea, though De France and other authorities might
have been justified, according to the systems adopted or proposed by them, in
considering it as truly belonging to that genus.

On extending the investigation to those corals which have only twelve
lamellae, and constitute Ehrenberg's families Madreporina and Milleporina, not
one of the genera or subgenera will be found to possess the peculiarities of the
fossil under examination, and consequently it is inferred, that Schweigger's
genus may be rightly adopted.

The true position of Stylophora in a general classification is plainly in the
family Madreporina, and near the Heteropora of Ehrenberg (Madrepora, auct.).
To this conclusion Schweigger came (see description of figure 62, op. cit.\ rightly
comprehending the agreement between some, at least, of the peculiarities of his
Grignon fossil, and the structures of ordinary Madrepore. De Blainville also
placed the genus among ' les Madrepores' (Man. d'Actinol. pp. 382, 385)*.

With respect to the specific designation, Schweigger's is adopted, having prior
claim (1819) to that employed by De France (1826). Of other allied corals, as
the Ast. decorata of M. Michelin (Iconog. p. 161. pi. 44. fig. 8), no observations
are required, nor could any be rightly offered without the aid of specimens.
For the same reason, reference only can be made to the fossil described by Prof.
Goldfuss under the appellation of Ast. Stylophora, but identified by M. Michelin
with Ast. emarciata (Petrefacten, p. 71. pi. 24. fig. 4; Iconographie, p. 158, where
it is stated that the coral has no doubt been assigned by mistake to the chalk
of Meudon).

The series of Bracklesham specimens submitted to inspection were brittle and
much beset with the sandy matrix, which could not safely be removed. The
following remarks, therefore, must be regarded as defective, having been de-

* Ehrenberg in the Index to his ' Beitrage' gives Stylophora, referring the reader to his subgenus
Porites ; but as he notices only the recent species under the designation of M. Porites pistillata (op.
cit. p. 115), it was deemed unnecessary to allude to the determination except in a note, the extinct
and existing polypidoras being generieally distinct.

INSCRIPTION OF CORALS. 145

cluced from the characters of limited portions, and not from an investigation of
the whole surfaces.

The finest specimen is represented in Tab. I. fig. 6, of the natural size. It
was partially compressed, but had evidently been produced around a perishable
cylindrical body. Schweigger's figures exhibit a similar contour, with a central
cavity, and he notices likewise the indications of an encrusting growth ; M. De
France also alludes to the latter characters, but he states that the fossil assumes
various forms (Diet. Sc. Nat. t. xlii. p. 385), a necessary consequent in a para-
sitic zoophyte. The thickness of the coral layer at the lower extremity of the
specimen did not exceed 1^ line, and at the upper it was barely 1 line ; another
specimen in Mr. Edwards's cabinet, 1 inch 2 lines in length and 5 lines in dia-
meter, had a layer nearly 2 lines thick ; and Schweigger's specimens had also a
thin polype-crust.

The stars in the Bracklesham specimens rarely if ever exceeded a line in the
greatest width, and they were often much less ; their form also was seldom
regular, having evidently been subjected to considerable interference during
growth ; and the general surface exhibited, as a result apparently of such inter-
vention, a confused aggregate of small polygonal cavities, surmounted by conical
projections. The more regular, mature stars had nearly straight sides, as cor-
rectly given in M. Michelin's magnified figure (Iconog. pi. 45. fig. 1 6), and not
a rounded outline as exhibited by Schweigger (Beob. taf. 6. fig. 62 d) ; never-
theless, instances occurred in which the sides were curved and the angles ill-
defined. The lamellae, which issued directly from the inner surface of the walls,
were so often broken, that it was difficult to ascertain their full number; but
they never exceeded twelve, and not a trace was detected of intermediate, rudi-
mentary plates. M. De France, in his account of Ast. hystrix, gives the number
as 6-8 (Diet. Sc. Nat. t. xlii. p. 385), and M. Michelin as 6-12 (Iconog. p. 160).
The perfect lamellae at the junction with the walls were relatively thick, the
interspaces being arched, but they became thinner as they ranged towards the
centre, and were occasionally waved. In the lower part they were united to the
axis, though free in the upper. This character was clearly shown in a fracture
transverse to the cylinder, or through the polype-layer. The horizontal dia-
phragms between the lamellae were relatively thick, but irregular in position and
number, so far as their nature could be ascertained ; and they probably had
extended half-way up the stellular cavity. The axis was rarely visible, and even
when exposed in a perfect state it did not verify Schweigger's fig. 62 d, nor sup-

146 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

port his generic character, ' Cellulce centra in stylum elongato' (op. cit. Syst. Tables,
sheet 5), or generic name. It is carefully given by M. Michelin (Iconog. pi. 45.
fig. 1 6). At the upper end it was very small, gradually increasing in its down-
ward course, and it presented, when fully exposed in a vertically fractured star,
an elongated cone surrounded, towards the base, by the edges of broken lamellae.
The internal composition was not clearly ascertained, but it was probably solid.
The immediate lining to the polype-cavities was a thin lamina, with an uneven
surface, and microscopically punctured. The interspaces between the stars had
generally little width, and were occupied by vertical and transverse plates, more
or less perforated by large foramina, and variously united, forming the sub-
structure of the projecting mounds.

These surmounting cones were occasionally well-preserved, but were more
frequently fractured or entirely removed, and sometimes not wholly developed,
especially on the sides of the stars. In the perfect, completely produced state,
they were united at the base, constituting an expanded, many-plated, superior
cup. Respecting their origin, the fine specimen represented in Tab. I. fig. 6.
proved, at its upper extremity where the stars themselves had scarcely any
depth, that the cones had been boldly produced, and had taken precedence in
structural importance of the stellular cavities. The specimen did not afford
evidence of the mode of earliest development either of these conical interspace-
tial bodies or of the stars; but it was inferred, that the process was probably
similar to the one mentioned in the account of the immature margins of Side-
rastresa Websteri, namely by a lateral extension of the general animal substance.
The cones which surmounted the deeper, older stars were upward extensions of
those first formed ; and the reticulated structures between the stars, modifica-
tions of the latter produced by additions to the edges of the component laminae.
The mounds varied in form and dimensions according to the nature of the sub-
jacent areas, being generally circular at the angles and elongated on the sides of
the stars. The lamellae-plates of which they were chiefly composed, decreased
in breadth, but not in thickness, as they ranged towards the apex. Their cha-
racters were most fully shown in a specimen belonging to Mr. Edwards's cabi-
net, represented by fig. 6 a, and magnified by fig. 6 b. Tab. I. They were gene-
rally straight and single, but sometimes spirally twisted ; occasionally also a short
oblique plate united near the base to another which was longer, or two of nearly
equal height converged and met ; in some instances likewise a bifurcation oc-
curred, a short lamina springing from the side of one of full dimensions. At the

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 147

junction of two cones an intermingling was noticed in a few cases. The outer
edge was often rounded or smooth near the apex, but where perfect, it was studded
with minute tubercles ; the sides also were occasionally coated with similar points,
the rudiments of the transverse layers or bars in the substructure. So far as
could be ascertained, no direct connexion existed between these plates and the
lamella; within the stars, though in a few cases there was an apparent union.
In composition the dissimilarity was very great, and in the number of each an
important discrepancy. Thus, the plates were very numerous, and they had
great relative and persistent thickness, as well as apparent strength ; while the
lamellae, limited to twelve, were of unequal substance, and for the greater part
thin and fragile. The centre of the mounds consisted of a reticulated and fora-
minated nucleus, though the apex, probably from friction, generally indicated a
nearly solid axis.

With respect to the mode of producing additional stars within the surface-area
of a specimen, fig. 6 c. gives an illustrative example of one of the earlier stages.
A small hollow is shown, raised above the surrounding level, and formed by the
union, nearly to the summit, of mounds belonging to four stellular cavities. On
the outer side of the hollow the conical plates were boldly exhibited, but on the
inner they were nearly wanting ; or, as it was inferred, were concealed by the
lining of the polype-receptacle having been commenced. No structure, except a
few thin rudiments or broken edges of laminae, occupying, however, the situation
of true lamellae, was detected within the area. That the hollow exhibited an early
state of a star, no doubt could be entertained ; nor that it was an interpolation,
its position being above the general level, and its periphery being defined by the
union of mounds belonging to four adjacent mature stars. The large specimen
represented by fig. 6. exhibited other instances of small-starred cavities above
the ordinary surface lined with true lamellae, and sometimes so associated with
others of maturer growth as to indicate that the whole group had been pro-
duced in a similar manner ; but the mounds and other associated structures were
not so fully preserved as in the specimen just noticed.

Stylophora emarciata. (Tab. IX. fig. 25.)

Incrusting, polymorphous ; stars polygonal, sides generally unequal ; true
lamellae not exceeding twelve, breadth variable, broadest, usually eight in num-
ber, united to the axis, sides beset with minute points ; intermediate transverse
laminae few ; axis small ; lateral walls of adjacent stars for the greater part in

148 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

close contact ; the angles frequently occupied by laminated cones, laminae ex-
tending downwards within the terminal cup and often obliquely ; terminal cup
deep, lined by the true lamellae, upper margin slightly thickened ; additional
stars interpolated.

Astrasa emarciata, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert. ed. 1. t. ii. p. 266, 1816; ed. 2.
p. 417. no. 29, 1836. De France, Diet, des Sc. Nat. t. xlii. p. 386, 1826. Mi-
chelin, Iconographie Zoophytologique, p. 158. pi. 44. fig. 6, 1845?

Ast. (CellustraBa) emarciata, De Blainville, Man. d'Actinol. p. 377, 1830-1834.

The Astraa Stylophora of Goldfuss (Petrefacta, p. 71. t. 24. fig. 4, 1826-
1 833) is identified by two of the above authorities with Ast. emarciata, but in
the ' Petrefacta,' neither Lamarck nor De France is referred to ; and the coral
figured in that work apparently possesses even something more than a specific
difference, eight rudimentary lamella? alternating regularly with eight very
broad ; moreover not a vestige of a cone is given, or, supposing those projec-
tions to have been removed by abrasion, of any plates on the sides of the ter-
minal cups, which could be considered as downward extensions of the laminae
of destroyed cones. In the text (p. 71) Meudon is given as the locality, but
a competent authority doubts the accuracy of the assignment (Icon. Zoophyt.
p. 158). In the absence, therefore, of full information, it has been deemed right
not to include Ast. Stylophora as a positive synonym. The reference in the 2nd
edition of Lamarck (loc. cit.) to a Russian fossil described by M. Fischer de
Waldheim in his ' Oryctographie de Moscou ' (p. 154), originated evidently in
that author quoting the 1st edition of Lamarck; but there is no agreement be-
tween the Russian and French or English fossils, either zoologically or as re-
spects geological position. (See vol. i. App. A. p. 603 of Sir Roderick Murchison,
M. de Verneuil and Count Keyserling's work on Russia, 1845.)

Since the notice on Styl. monticularia was written, M. Michelin has most libe-
rally presented the compiler of these memoranda with a series of tertiary corals,
carefully labelled ; and he has thus been enabled to compare an authentic
French specimen of Ast. (Styl.) emarciata with the one from Bracklesham Bay
(obligingly lent by Mr. Edwards), and without detecting any marked differences.
In all the leading essential structures, this fossil agrees perfectly with Styl.
monticularia ; and it is hoped the remarks on the generic characters of that
species, with their applicability to the coral under consideration, will be deemed
sufficient to warrant the removal from Astrtea to Stylophora*.

* Mr. Dana, in his recent great work on Zoophytes (p. 515), includes Stylophora of Schweigger

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 149

The form, size and general characters of the Bracklesham specimen are given
in Tab. IX. fig. 25. It consisted apparently of half a small irregular, ovoid
mass. On the fractured or opposite side, closely aggregated columns radiated
from a semicylindrical groove or intersected tube, not quite a line in diameter,
and traversed the specimen completely in a curved direction. Part of another
cylindrical cavity, but with a transverse range, was also noticed. The wall of
the groove was a thin, nearly smooth layer, which totally concealed the lower
terminations of the polype-columns. A French specimen exhibited similar, irre-
gular or branched cavities with one enlarged end ; the whole being lined, so far
as could be ascertained, with a detachable, very calcareous layer, about one-fourth
of a line thick, and composed of irregular cells with circular openings. (Cor-
tical portion of a Plexaura?)

The columns, as exhibited in the fractured surface, diverged from the groove
in all directions, but not to a uniform extent, the thickness in one part being
half an inch, while in the opposite portion it did not exceed a quarter. The
columns were so intersected that it was difficult to trace their outline or range
satisfactorily, but they appeared, where the thickness was greatest, to extend
continuously from the groove to the outer surface ; and the walls were through-
out in close contact, except at the angles, where the downward course of the
conical projections was visible. In some conditions of growth more or less of
interspace, however, probably existed between the sides of the stars *. (Con-
sult M. Michelin's figure 6 a, pi. 44, op. cit.)

The number of sides in stars of greatest area was generally six, but sometimes
seven, and in those of less dimensions it varied from three to six. The dia-
meter of the largest star was about 1 line.

The true, broad lamellae were chiefly limited to eight, but nine and ten were
noticed at the bottom of one or two terminal cups : very narrow or unequal

in Sideropora of De Blainville, and Styl. pistillaris, Schw., is considered as probably a variety of
Sideropora elongate, De Bl. (p. 517). No allusion to the fossil species of Schweigger (Styl. monli
cularia) has been observed in Mr. Dana's important work ; and it is believed that the tertiary fossils
referred to Stylophora possess many essential differences from the recent corals which form the genus
Sideropora. Should palaeontologists think otherwise, it should still be remembered that Schweigger's
name (Beobachtungen, &c. 1819) has a prior claim to that of M. de Blainville (Man. d'Actinol. 1830
-1834).

* M. Lamarck considered this fossil to have contiguous stars, but M. De France regarded the stars
as separated, on account of the lamellae in those immediately adjacent not blending (Diet. Sc. Nat.
t. xlii. p. 386).

X

150 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

plates also occasionally issued from the walls, and were quite distinct from those
belonging to the downward range of the cones. The fully-produced lamellae
were very thin, even at their junction with the wall ; and they were often bent
in their range towards the centre. On the sides of the terminal cup they were
generally narrow, and in the best-preserved instances jagged on the edge ; but
near the base they expanded with a concave outline, and after uniting with the
axis they ranged upwards and formed the projection occasionally visible on the
side of that structure.

The interior of the terminal cup did not present any indication of an inner
distinct lining, but a few bladder-like plates were observed in one of M. Miche-
lin's French specimens. The walls as well as the sides of the lamellae were
studded with minute points.

The axis was very small, and often, when broken, only a simple union of
lamellae was exhibited without any marked central thickening. In the more
nearly perfect state, it formed a compressed, apparently solid style, traversed by
narrow plates or projecting points, the rudiments of future extensions of lamellae.

The conical mounds did not form a marked feature, being almost inconspi-
cuous to the unassisted eye ; but in the specimens examined by M. De France,
they had " quelquefois 4 5 lignes (French) de longueur." (op. cit. p. 386.) The
greatest observed downward range of a cone, within the body of the Bracklesham
coral, was about 3 lines, and the greatest extension above the least abraded sur-
face was 1 line. The mounds were generally situated at the angles, but in
many cases they appeared to have sprung from a side or even from another angle,
as they often crossed obliquely the intervening wall (fig. 25 a) ; and the project-
ing portion had also sometimes a slight inclination. In a very few cases, a more
or less perfect cone was situated at each angle ; but the majority of the stars
had two, frequently difficult to detect, and some only one. The exact number
of lamellae-plates or ridges could rarely be determined ; in some instances, how-
ever, it exceeded seven. The thickness of the plates far surpassed that of the
true lamellae, and the edges were rounded and smooth, or papillated. In their
downward course within the terminal cup, these ridges could readily be distin-
guished by the characters just noticed, as well as by their occasional oblique
direction ; and when they had this range, the true lamellae were farther easily
discerned by their thin laminae crossing vertically the diagonal ridges : in a few
cases, where the position of the two structures coincided, the lamellae formed a
fine edge on the broad margin of the plate belonging to the cone. The mounds

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 151

which traversed a side obliquely were equally displayed in both the adjacent
stars ; and without any visible coating, due to an independent lining in the polype-
cavity. They were wholly situated towards the most developed side of the spe-
cimen, and were all inclined in that direction, as if they had been affected by
the cause which favoured the locally-prolonged growth of the columns. A
somewhat similar parallelism of inclination was noticed in the French specimens
(consult M. Michelin's fig. 3 b. pi. 44. op. cit.). The only visible, perfect, lower
termination within the body of the coral tapered gradually to a fine point, some
of the ridges thinning off, and others extending to the extreme end. The apex
or free portion was broken, but the preserved portion was about 3 lines in length ;
and the inferior termination was nearly 2 lines from the longitudinal furrow or
base of the adjacent columns. So far as the interior of the mounds could be
ascertained, it consisted apparently of a union of the ridges with an intermediate
filling up.

No changes occurred in the lower part of the columns from additional animal
secretions, the minute hispid points on the walls and the lamelke being perfectly
sharp ; nor were any changes, dependent upon age, noticed in the upper part of
the specimen.

Not a trace of a subdivisional process was noticed, nor of a germ developed
within the area of a mature column ; all the small or young stars appearing at
the junction of three or more which were fully grown. They were not sur-
rounded by mounds, nor raised above the general surface of the coral, but no
doubt could be entertained of their interpolated position. In M. Michelin's
Paris basin specimens, young stars similarly situated were very numerous, and
they exhibited most beautifully the delicate lamellae equally produced on every
side of the individual star.

Family CELLEPORINA.

Cellepora ? petiolus, sp. n. (Tab. I. fig. 10.)

Disc-shaped, attached by a very short, cylindrical, hollow pedicle, situated on
edge of disc ; cells in opposite layers, no dorsal, intermediate lamina ; rows in
each layer radiating from centre, irregularly alternate ; form of cells globular,
boundary a deep groove ; mouth large, round or oval ; margin sharp or thick-
ened ; gemmuliferous ? vesicles numerous, covering proximal portion of cell,
large, semi globular, affecting more or less size of cellular mouth ; opening into

x 2

152 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

vesicle within the cell, deeply seated ; lower parietal lamina thin, slightly con-
cave, nearly on level with mouth of cell ; surface sometimes provided with a
minute tubercle near distal edge.

The marked peculiarity of this coral is the hollow cylindrical pedicle, which
was detected in every case of a perfect edge (fig. 106). About twenty-five speci-
mens belonging to Mr. Dixon and Mr. Edwards's cabinets were examined. The
diameter of the largest was 3 lines, and of the smallest 1 line. The shape
was generally circular, and the surface flat, but sometimes slightly contorted.
The pedicle was easily detected on the edge of the disc by its distinct circular
wall, and deep, regular hollow, also by its occupying the whole thickness of the
coral ; and it was readily recognized at the margin of the disc as well as for a
more or less limited range towards the centre by its relatively coarse, reticulated
structure (fig. 10 a). It was probably the first-formed portion of the polypidom,
and progressively extended as the disc expanded. In the specimen only 1 line
in diameter, it was as distinct as in that which had three times the linear dimen-
sions ; and in some instances an irregularity or a fine furrow could be traced
from the exposed portion of the pedicle nearly to the centre of the specimen,
while in others the footstalk was clearly overlaid in part by cells near the margin
of the coral.

No clear case was detected of more than two opposite rows, and the position
of the cells conformed to the outline of those next adjacent, whether in the same
layer or in the opposite, having no interspaces. So far as observation extended,
the walls of contiguous cells were not separable. The mouths near the circum-
ference of the disc had sharp, fine margins, but in the central area of some
specimens they were often thickened, and occasionally the apertures were closed,
the general surface presenting an irregular, confused structure. From this cir-
cumstance the layers probably never exceeded two*.

The supposed gemmuliferous vesicles or chambers gave the cells to which
they appertained a semiglobular projecting surface (fig. 10 a, near X ). In their

* In some respects the Bracklesham coral resembles the Orbitolites macropora of Lamarck, as
figured by Goldfuss (Petref. pi. 12. fig. 8), and stated by De France to occur at Maestricht, but by
Goldfuss in the sandy beds of the calcaire grossier near Grignon. The fossil under consideration is
most manifestly not an Orbitolites, nor is there any sufficient structural agreement to warrant the
supposition that the two fossils are generically identical, whatever may be the true nature of the coral
figured in the ' Petrefacten.'

(The generic assignment of the Bracklesham coral must also be considered provisional. Note, 1848.)

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 153

proximal position they accorded perfectly with those which belong to well-known
Cellepora. The opening of the vesicle was easily detected by looking obliquely
into the mouth of the cell.

Family TUBULIPORINA.

Idmonea coronopus? (De France). (Tab. IX. fig. 24.)

Bifurcated ; branches diverged excentrically, more or less rounded on the
back ; transverse rows of tubular openings blended along the medial line, forming
a crest ; crest less in height than the depth of reverse portion of the branch.

De France, Diet, des Sc. Nat. t. xxii. p. 565. De Blainville, Man. d'Actinol.
p. 420 (1830-34). Milne-Edwards, ed. 2. Lamk. Anim. sans Vert. t. ii. p. 281 ,
Notes (1836) ; also, Recherches sur les Polypes, Mem. sur les Crisies, &c. p. 23-
pi. 12. f. 3 (1838) ; or Annales des Sc. Nat. 2nd Series, Zoologie, t. ix. pi. 12.
f. 3. Michelin, Icon. Zooph. p. 172. pi. 46. f. 16 (1845 ?).

The characters of this coral were so imperfectly ascertained, even with respect
to the specimen examined, that the above notice and following remarks must be
considered as indicative of only a small portion of the actual structures. In the
attempt to identify it with published tertiary species of equivalent geological posi-
tion, great difficulty was also experienced in the endeavour to ascertain the exact
or full characters of either Idm. coronopus or Idm. gradata, the two Paris basin
species originally described by M. De France (opus cit.\ With regard to the
first, the statement, " cellules rhomboidales et disposees en rangees opposees sur
une des surfaces du Polypier, ou la reunion de ces rangees forme une sorte de
crete," might be readily assumed as expressing the structure of the Bracklesham
coral ; but M. De France did not accompany his description with figures, nor
were any afterwards added by M. de Blainville in his 'Manuel d'Actinologie.'
Dr. Milne- Edwards, it is believed, was the first author by whom the species was
illustrated ; but his delineations of it cannot easily be made to accord with the
original notice just quoted. By reference to the ' Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles,' or ' Recherches sur les Polypes,' it will be found that the transverse rows
of tubuli instead of uniting and forming " une sorte de crdte," are widely sepa-
rated along the medial line : nor is M. Edwards successful in reconciling the dif-
ference. The branches are farther shown to be triangular, and the rows of tu-
buli to extend backwards nearly to the dorsal surface. These representations
agree perfectly with his description ; but a simple comparison of either with the

154 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

English fossil would forbid all thought of identifying the two corals with each
other. Referring in the next place to M. Michelin's figure of the same species
(Idm. coronopus, Icon. Zooph. pi. 46. f. 16), the dorsal surface will be found to be
round as well as the oral, giving to the lower portion of the specimen in part not
a triangular, but an oval outline ; the innermost tubes of the transverse rows are
also so disposed as to constitute a medial or longitudinal series of apertures,
and might be considered as " une sorte de crete." In the mode of branching, the
specimens delineated by Dr. M.-Edwards (loc. cit. f. 3. nat. size) and M. Michelin
(loc. cit. f. 16) agree almost perfectly, the offshoots springing uniformly from
one and the same side ; and they differ therefore, to the extent exhibited,
markedly from the English fossil, in which the amount of divergence to the
right and left is equal at each bifurcation, and in accordance with M. Edwards's
magnified figure 3 a. An examination, however, of tolerably large specimens
of the nearly allied genus, Hornera, will prove that in corals of this family
the mode of branching cannot be adopted as a specific distinction (consult
' Mem. sur les Crisies,' &c. pi. 9. f. 1). It must farther be stated that Dr. Milne-
Edwards, in his description of Idm. coronopus, assigns to it the Grignon fossil,
regarded by M. De France as a variety of the Idm. triquetra of Lamouroux (Expos.
Methodique, p. 80. pi. 79. f. 13-15), an oolitic species. If the figures of the
tertiary coral given in the Atlas to the ' Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles'
(Polyp, pi. 46. f. 2), or in the ' Manuel d'Actinologie ' (pi. 68. f. 2), be con-
sulted, additional varieties of structure will be found, as well as of growth.

Respecting Idm. gradata, the other Paris basin species, it is perhaps sufficient
to state that Dr. Milne-Edwards was inclined (1838) to consider it also as only
a variety of Idm. coronopus, but without having examined specimens, and that it
has not yet been noticed by M. Michelin.

The foregoing allusions to differences in published figures have not been made
to raise a doubt respecting the correctness of the determinations ; on the con-
trary, it is believed that the fossils thus represented may all be referred to one
species, exhibiting merely different conditions of growth or of outline, due to
progressive thickening of the branches ; and the want of perfect accordance has
been noticed chiefly to justify the doubtful assignment to the same species of the
Bracklesham coral.

Fig. 24. Tab. IX. displays fully the general mode of growth of the English spe-
cimen, and the divergence from a centre was even more marked before a branch
was detached from one of the intervals to obtain a cellular surface. The spe-

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 155

cimen, moreover, proved that Idmonea agrees with Hornera, occasionally at
least, in having the tubular openings on the inner side of the branch, a character,
it is believed, not previously exhibited (for other agreements consult Dr. M.-
Edwards's Memoir on Hornera, &c., op. cit.). Though the distance between the
bifurcations varied from a line to less than half a one, yet the length of the pairs
of shoots, as respects the points of re-bifurcation, was curiously symmetrical,
only one marked want of coincidence appearing. This character nevertheless
should be regarded possibly as of only local interest. The breadth of the shoots
immediately after subdivision differed sometimes very slightly from that of the
preceding entire branch ; in general, however, a slight increase of width occurred
towards the points of divergence, and then a small difference was visible. The
imperfect state of the oral surface frustrated any attempt to ascertain the cha-
racters attendant on the bifurcations ; but the tubuli comprising the interior and
back of the coral regularly inclined outwards, though a few of those along the
line of separation appeared in one instance not to have been prolonged into
the offsets ; an operation, however, insufficient of itself to account for the
branching*.

The rounding of the dorsal side prevailed throughout the specimen, but the
degree of curvature varied slightly. This surface was very generally preserved,
and displayed relatively broad, opake white, longitudinal bands, microscopically
punctured, forming the exterior of the outer layer of tubuli ; also fine, sometimes
slightly projecting, less opake laminae, which ranged inwards, occupying the in-
tervals between the tubes. No trace of a distinct uniform or solid outer layer
was noticed. In transverse sections the whole of the interior was penetrated by
vertical, cylindrical tubuli with exceedingly thin walls, the outer series, where
preserved, being somewhat regularly disposed, but the remainder were con-
fusedly associated.

The characters of the oral surface may be better gleaned from fig. 24 a than
a description. The existence of a decided crest not quite equal in breadth at the
base to the diameter of the branch was clear ; transverse rows of tubuli could
also be detected, though only in their abraded remains ; and one perfect mouth
was also noticed situated at the outer or dorsal extremity of a row. It was large,
circular, and slightly raised.

Bath, 1846.

* The reader is referred to Mr. Dana's large work on Zoophytes for valuable observations on the
bifurcation of corals (1846,).

156 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

Ponies? panicea. (Tab. I. fig. 7.)

Expanded in vertical or contorted layers, also variously lobed ; stars, small,
developed from central lines or axes, no definite walls, irregularly disposed on
opposite surfaces or around the lobes; lamellae 12, unequal in breadth, thick
near the periphery of the star, thin in range towards the centre, composed
of continuous plates, with hispid sides ; centre union of lamellae no distinct
axis ; interstitial structure plates and elongated tubercles or filaments variously
united and reticulated, also intersected, parallel to the surface, by limited laminae
or layers ; surface sometimes partially occupied by a similar lamina studded with
small points ; terminal cup shallow with or without a raised margin, edges of
lamellae when perfect jagged, sometimes a minute central boss ; additional stars
developed in substance of polype-mass.

Heliopora panicea, De Blainville ?, Manuel d'Actinol. p. 393 (Heliolithe irre-
guliere, Guettard, Mem. t.iii. p. 502. pi. 47. f. 5, 6. Calc. tertiaire, Valmondois),
1830-34.

Astreea panicea, Michelin, Iconog. Zoophytologiq. p. 160. pi. 44. f. 11 (Paris
Basin Series, Auvert), 1844-45.

Two specimens of a Bracklesham coral, believed to be specifically identical
with the Ast. panicea of M. Michelin, were examined. The larger was part of a
thin vertical layer 2f inches in breadth, If in height, and about 4 lines in
thickness, where most uniform ; on one side it was nearly flat, but on the
other the surface was irregular and lobed, or gave off ramose projections, often
displaced. The second specimen consisted also in part of a vertical layer of
less area, but thicker and uneven on both sides, one being connected with
numerous branches confusedly intermixed.

M. de Blainville does not describe the coral to which he gave the name of
Hel. panicea, merely referring to Guettard's figures and notices ; and it would
be difficult from these alone to determine whether that coral is identical with
the one delineated and described by M. Michelin ; but as the latter authority
entertains no doubt, and the Bracklesham specimens agree very nearly with the
figures and account in the ' Iconographie,' it is necessary to explain first, why
M. de Blainville's genus is not retained ; and secondly, why M. Michelin's also
is not adopted.

The English fossil differed from Heliopora ccerulea, the recent type, in the
lamellae being limited strictly to twelve ; in being fully produced, extending to

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. l.">7

the centre of the star ; in the shallowness of the star or indistinct range of the
cavity destined to receive the more important organs of the polype ; in the
interspaces between the stars being reticulated and not tubular ; and in the
lamina.' parallel to the surface, whereby a side fracture exhibited irregular lines
indicative of renewed growths.

From the Astr&ce of Ehrenberg the fossil was distinguished by the limited
number of lamella* , by the stars not being necessarily in contact, and by the
mode of developing additional stars ; differences of great importance, though
few in number.

The reasons for considering the Bracklesham coral a Porites, rested on the
lamella; being limited to twelve and forming complete stars ; also on the general
internal composition ; and on the manner in which additional stellular cavities
were developed within the area of the specimens. The lamella? consisting of
slightly foraminated plates, and not of filaments, presented a distinction from
the characters usually assigned to the genus ; but a specimen of Porites clavaria
gave somewhat analogous lamellae, or irregular plates largely foraminated,
hispid on the sides and jagged on the upper edges, where the progress of
development had been suddenly interrupted. This plate-like feature is well
given by Solander and Ellis or Lamouroux (Exp. Methodique, pi. 47. fig. 2).
Ehrenberg has proposed a subgenus, Phyllopora, for corals allied to Porites, but
' lamellis integris ' ; the want however of figures or specimens forbids a perfect
understanding of its structures *. Though the Bracklesham fossil therefore
did not afford that amount of conformity which would justify its being decidedly
considered a Porites, yet its general composition appeared to warrant its being
provisionally assigned to the genus.

As respects the identification with M. Michelin's description and figures,
portions of the English coral might be selected which would differ considerably
from the delineations in the ' Iconographie Zoophytologique,' while other parts
would afford a great agreement ; the lamellae also, though generally unequal,

* Ehrenberg includes in his family Madreporina two genera containing recent species, Heteropora,
equivalent to Madrepora of all other authorities, and Madrepora, the latter consisting of two sub-
genera, Phyllopora and Porites. This nomenclature appears to be objectionable, Heteropora
consisting essentially of Lamarck's restricted Madrepora, and including nearly all his species, some
undescribed corals being also added. De Blainville's Heteropora was probably proposed about the
same time as Ehrenberg's, but for polypidoms belonging to a very different group ; and it has been
adopted by subsequent authorities. To use Ehrenberg's application of the word would lead, even if
a new generic name were required, to great confusion.

158 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

were apparently less so than in the French specimens ; it must also be stated
that M. Michelin does not allude to the diverging mode of growth, or to
studded laminae. The lobated or ramose processes could not alone be assumed
as a specific distinction, analogous offsets sometimes occurring, sometimes not,
in other corals, as Heliopora carulea ; and it must be remembered that Ast. or
Porites panicea was a polymorphous polypidom. (Iconog. Zoophytol. p. 160,
Observ.)

The stars irregularly distributed on the tabular surfaces (fig. 7) had a pre-
vailing diameter of about half a line, but they varied considerably in characters.
Frequently all signs of a definite boundary were wanting, the edges of the
lamella? blending with plates of the reticulated structure, and not being con-
nected by curved laminae as in persistent walls. These apparently growing
stars were either on a level with the surrounding surface, or slightly raised
above it (fig. 7 cr). In other instances the stellular cavities had a bold yet un-
equal boundary, and the lamella? were united by arches ; while the terminal cup
varied in depth, though its contents were not observed to rise above the
margin. Surfaces, believed to exhibit different stages of development in the
intermediate structure, consisted of thick points variable in shape and size, and
occasionally blended into irregular vermiform plates of limited range. The
intervals between the points or plates were very narrow, and generally occupied
by matrix or iron pyrites. They had little extent, but within their limits they
composed apparently solid layers, which conformed to the variable level of the
specimen, and concealed all subjacent structures. The small points were some-
times lineally arranged, but more often irregularly disposed. In side fractures
or sections, these lamina? were more or less exposed, ranging for short distances,
and without any definite position ; but in one instance four successive layers
were exhibited about a quarter of a line from each other (fig. 7 a), and the points
were lengthened into filaments which extended from one lamina to the next.
The tabular surfaces presented also occasionally a perfect blending of structures,
by which the stars were so commingled with the interspaces as to be imperfectly
distinguished, and sometimes there was a general thickening of the exterior, due
probably to abrasion.

The best vertical section (fig. 7 b) exhibited fully the diverging mode of
growth ; but the central line had apparently been occupied, to a considerable
extent, by an extraneous body, and another similar cylindrical cavity existed
elsewhere. The component structure was very confused, consisting chiefly of

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 159

irregular, short, curved, outwardly inclined plates, largely foraminated or
connected by transverse processes, and of filaments varying in thickness, the
whole being unequally traversed by the lamina? parallel to the surface. The
traces of stellular cavities were few and indistinct and of limited range, con-
sisting principally of plates with hispid sides. No clear proofs were obtained
of stars intersected by studded laminae, or of the latter penetrating within the
terminal cup, though they sometimes coated the margin.

The ramose or lobated processes (h'g. 7) were occasionally dislocated, but
they were frequently in connexion with the tabular masses, swelling out in
some cases near the lines of junction ; and their structural agreement proved
that the whole had resulted from one polypiferous body. So far as could be
ascertained, the branches projected nearly at right angles to the surface which
gave them off, and in two or three instances to the extent of 6 or 8 lines ; but
they often inosculated or diverged in various directions. If the specimen were
so placed that the tabular portion would represent an upper expanded surface,
then the lobes would bear somewhat the character of stems or supports ; but
the diverging mode of growth, already mentioned in noticing the side section,
led to the inference that the processes were truly lateral shoots. The surfaces
were occupied to a much greater extent than in the tabular planes by
interstitial structure, and frequently to the total exclusion of stellular cups, as
if the lobe had been developed by animal matter in which no polype-mouths or
digestive cavities had been produced. One branch exhibited numerous stars,
which agreed perfectly with those on the expanded surfaces. Internally the
lobes were composed of reticulated irregular plates similar to those already
noticed in the side section ; but no studded lamina? or filaments were observed.

Respecting the origin of additional stars in the general surface, small circular
areas were detected, fringed by projecting points or traversed by irregular
lamella?, and they bore the aspect of having been developed in the intermediate
animal substance, and in no respect of having sprung from the adjacent mature
stars.

CLASS BRYOZOA, Ehrb.

Family ASTERODISCINA.
Lunulites urceolata ?, Lamx. (Tab. I. fig. 8.)

Obtusely conical ; cells in parallel rows easily separated ; form irregularly
hexagonal or imperfectly oval ; surface open ; margin sharp ; interior rounded,

160 DESCRIPTION OF CORALS.

punctured by a few minute foramina ; distal extremity slightly overlying ; walls
between the rows smooth ; thickness of coral slightly exceeding depth of cell ;
intermediate chambers lozenge-shaped ; size variable, not dependent on position ;
concave surface ribbed, largely foraminated.

Lamk. Animx. sans Vertb. t. ii. p. 195. ed. 1816; t. ii. p. 300. ed. 1836.
Lamx. Exp. Me'thod. p. 44. tab. 73. fig. 9-1 1 . Goldf. Petref. p. 41 . tab. 12. fig. 7.
Michelin, Iconog. Zoophytog. p. 175. pi. 46. fig. 6.

A specimen obligingly lent the describer by Mr. Edwards supplied the above
characters, but as it was imbedded with the cellular surface downwards, and
they were chiefly supplied by a fragment accidentally detached from the edge,
they are necessarily very imperfect, and most probably refer to only one con-
dition of growth. To the extent that a comparison could be attempted, the
nearest resemblance appeared to be with Lun. urceolata, particularly as deli-
neated by Prof. Goldfuss (Petref. tab. 12. fig. 7), whose figure represents a less
deeply cupped or thimble-shaped outline than is usually assigned to the species,
and therefore approached the form which the Bracklesham coral evidently pos-
sessed in a perfect or uncompressed state. The shape of the intermediate
chambers agreed also with that given by Goldfuss (loc. cit.) and M. Michelin
(Iconog. Zoophytol. pi. 46. fig. 6 6) ; and it is probable that Lamouroux's cha-
racter, "pores en losange, tres-grand, disposes en quinconce" (Exp. Methodiq.
p. 44), was derived from an approximation to an hexagonal form in the cells,
and from the intermediate chambers being considered also as cells. It would
however be manifestly incorrect, from such imperfect data as the fragment
afforded, to assign the specimen to the Paris basin species otherwise than doubt-
fully. The coral is figured in PI. I. figs. 8, 8 a, 8 b, that the reader may draw his
own conclusions.

Two other Lunulites accompanied the above- noticed specimen, but they were
also both imbedded with the cellular surface downwards, and their fragile nature
did not permit the matrix to be even partially removed. The ribs on the con-
cave surface were smoother than in the preceding case, and the foramina were
much smaller, resembling those in Prof. Goldfuss's figure of Lun. radiata (Petref.
pi. 12. fig. 6). The larger specimen is represented in Tab. I. fig. 8*, 8 a*, 8 b*
of this work ; the smaller had about half the linear dimensions, or a diameter of
2 lines.

DESCRIPTION OF CORALS. 161

Family ESCHARINA.
Eschara Brongniarti '', Milne-Edwards. (Tab. I. fig. 9, 9*.)

Foliaceous ; cells symmetrically placed in the opposite layers, not overlaid at
either extremity, pear-shaped, bounded by a row of foramina; surface-area
small, nearly solid ; mouth in same plane with surface, large, semi-oval, curved
margin slightly raised, straight or proximal margin flat, slightly inclined in-
wards ; one or two foraminated vesicles at proximal angles of mouth ; interior of
cells nearly similar in shape to exterior ; lateral connecting foramina numerous,
near base of wall, terminal two ; dorsal surface of opposite layers not separable,
extremely thin ; walls of adjacent cells separable, glossy but uneven.

Eschara Brongniarti, Milne-Edwards?, Annales des Sc. Nat. 2nd series, Zool.
t. vi. pi. 11. figs. 9-96 (1836), or Recherches sur les Polypes, Me"m. sur les
Eschares fossiles, 1838, Paris basin.

The fossil which afforded the above characters forms part of Mr. Edwards's
collection, and agreed sufficiently with the figures and notice given in the
' Annales des Sciences Naturelles ' to warrant a doubtful assignment to the Paris
basin coral. The points of chief difference in the Bracklesham specimen were
a much smaller surface-area, and a sharper proximal extremity ; while those of
agreement consisted in the general form of the cell and oral aperture, the occur-
rence of one or two foraminated vesicles at the angles of the mouth, and the
boundary of the cells being defined by a row of foramina.

The small specimens which were examined presented only mature conditions
of growth, but two of them exhibited cells which differed greatly in form and
other characters, as well as in position, from those which constituted the largest
fragment. Both modes of growth are represented in figs. 9 a & 9* a. Tab. I.
On comparing the delineation of the irregularly-grouped specimen with Eschara
celleporacea of Count Miinster, as depictured by Prof. Goldfuss (Petref. pi. 36.
fig. 10), a certain amount of agreement will be noticed, and if only that speci-
men had been examined, doubts might have been entertained respecting the
genus ; but it is believed the variations were only irregularities of local growth,
and that the Bracklesham coral is a true Eschara, and not allied to those poly-
pidoms which, like Count Miinster's species, have essentially an irregular mode
of accumulating cells in two opposite directions!-

t The descriptions of the corals do not quite agree with the arrangement of the Catalogue. The
family Tubuliporina should have been inserted before Idmonea coronopus ; but these errors are easily
seen.

162 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Notes and Descriptions of New Species, by J. DE C. SOWERBY.

FORAMINIFERA*.

These mostly microscopic fossils occur in vast numbers in the sandy bed
which contains the Beloptera. The calcareous rocks that are situated opposite
Selsey and Bracklesham are composed almost entirely of these minute shells,
being analogous to the Milliolite limestone of the Paris basin (see p. 13). The
genera and species are numerous ; a few of the most frequent only are selected
and named ; two of these appear to be new.

Alveolina fusiformis. (Tab. IX. fig. 5.)

SPEC. CHAR. Elongate fusiform, small, length four times its diameter, ex-
tremities rather pointed ; length 3 or 4 lines.

A small species, easily distinguished by its form. Occurs abundantly in the
Beloptera bed.

Rotalia obscura. (Tab. IX. fig. 6.)

SPEC. CHAR. Above conical, smooth ; beneath convex, margin obtusely keel-
formed. Lower surface obscurely granular in the centre, and indistinctly re-
ticulated.

Diameter 1 line, height f of a line.

In the same sandy bed as the former.

Biloculina (Tab. IX. fig. 9 a .)

A Biloculina, the species of which is doubtful, as the individuals seem to vary
and are not well preserved, is represented on the Plate but is not mentioned in
the List.

Beloptera bed.

' The descriptions of Foraminifera ought to have preceded those of the Corals, as they are so
arranged in the Catalogue, but their real affinities are still unsettled.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 163

ARTICULATA.

ANNELIDA.

Serpula ornata. (Tab. IX. fig. 21.)

SPEC. CHAR. Partly free, tortuose, slowly increasing, surface marked with
many slightly elevated thread-like ridges, the alternate ones more prominent ;
ridges crossed by numerous, transverse, sharp, less prominent elevations or plates
of growth ; aperture circular ; apex spiral ?

This has very much the appearance of a Vermilia, but the specimens are not
sufficient to satisfy us that it is one.

From the Collection of Mr. F. E. Edwards.

MOLLUSCA.

The chemical composition of the hard parts or skeletons of fossil Mollusca is
the same as in recent, being of lime and carbonic acid, called carbonate of lime,
similar to chalk. In America much of the mortar used for building is made
from burnt shells ; and in England, particularly in the crag districts, shells form
a good manure. Molluscous animals have the power of increasing their habita-
tions as their bodies enlarge, first, by successive additions of membrane to the sur-
face, and secondly, by the hardening of that membrane by earthy matter secreted
from their food. Nature, in the coverings of this extensive class of beings,
seems to have no end of variety : yet how wonderful it is that these apparently
insignificant creatures, working in silence and unseen, construct their shells on
the most mathematical principles, and in the best manner suited for their peculiar
wants : they have also the power of repairing fractures, and extending certain
portions of their shell to secure their attachments to objects within their reach.
It may be truly said from this adaptation, and the great beauty and variety of
colour which many of them possess, that no work of man's hands, no temple of
Solomon can compare with the pearly lustre of their habitations*.

* " We here find that a principle, which has only of late years been recognised and applied to the
building of ships, namely, the diagonal arrangement of the frame-work, and the oblique position of
the timbers, is identical with that which from the beginning of creation has been acted upon by
nature in the construction of shells." Dr. Roget's Bridgewater Treatise, vol. i. p. 234.

164 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Time and circumstances have in most instances destroyed in fossil shells the
membranous portion, and with it their colour and nacrous character ; but there
can be no doubt that many of them were as beautiful as those of the present day.
The Cones and Cowries might vie with the most splendid recent species, the
Tellens and other bivalves, in the delicate painting of their fabric ; and the
Nautili with the finest examples from tropical regions. I have seen in a few
instances, more especially on the Cones and Tellens from Bracklesham, slight
traces of their original colour.

Shells are univalve, bivalve, or multivalve, according as they consist of one,
two or more pieces. Univalve shells have generally a spiral form ; some Mol-
lusca have internal shells for the defence and support of particular organs.

The fossil shells of Selsey and Bracklesham, owing to their constant exposure
to the sea-water, are soft and require much care ; they are often perforated by
parasitic worms. At Barton the Volutes in particular, which come under the
class denominated porcellaneous, are very hard and oftentimes transparent, the
lime being replaced by silex.

CONCHIFERA DIMYARIA.

davagella coronata. (Tab. II. fig. 17 & 19.)

The specimens are small and extremely tender ; they retain their pearly lustre.
The form of the tube is very variable.

Gastrochtena Corallium. (Tab. II. fig. 27.)

SPEC. CHAR. Broad ovate, anterior extremity small, truncated, terminating
in a point.

This is a broader-formed shell than most of its congeners, and less curved,
but the opening for the foot is nevertheless very large and is terminated an-
teriorly by a sharp angle.

A very frequent inhabitant of Siderastraa Websteri, boring it in all directions ;
it is so thin and tender that it is very seldom perfect specimens can be extracted
from the holes, which are generally filled with sandy and ferruginous clay.

Panopcea corrugata. [Tab. II. fig. 12.)
SPEC. CHAR. Transversely ovate-elongated, nearly cylindrical, rather com-

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 165

pressed, surface much undulated concentrically ; extremities rounded, almost
closed ; beaks slightly prominent, blunt, near the anterior extremity : length 5,
height 3.

Whether this be a species or only a variety of P. intermedia, Tab. I. f. 2,
altered in form by living in clay or mud, not clear sand, may be a question ; it is
abundant at Bracklesham in the sandy clay ; and it is also found near Bognor in
clay, while the P. intermedia is in the sandstone. The position of the beaks,
nearer the anterior side than in P. intermedia, might at first be taken for a di-
stinguishing character, but it is not constant.

Cardilia laviuscula. (Tab. II. fig. 6.)

SPEC. CHAR. Obovate, ventricose, almost globose, smooth, with a few irre-
gular furrows on the posterior portion, and many fine elevated lines radiating
from the beaks ; lines of growth conspicuous.

A very curious little shell belonging to a remarkable genus instituted by
Deshayes, and of which only two other species are known, one recent and one
fossil. The internal plate or septum, by which it is at once recognised, only
occurs in one other genus, Cucullasn, of a totally different form and structure.
The spoon-shaped pit for the internal ligament, and the equal valves point out
that it belongs to the family of Mactracea.

Mr. F. E. Edwards is the fortunate discoverer and possessor of this rarity.

Corbula costata.

The shell named C. revoluta in ' Mineral Conchology ' not being that species,
we are under the necessity of giving it a new name ; it is one of the few shells
which occur at Bracklesham as well as Barton, and like several other shells
which are found at both places, it is common at Barton but rare at Bracklesham.

Psammobia compressa.

Specimens in the Collection of Mr. Edwards, who has been very successful in
clearing out his fossils, have the hinges perfect, and show that this is not a
Sanguinolaria as it was formerly supposed to be.

Tellina donacialis. (Tab. HI. figs. 8 & 9.)
The two shells figured differ so much in outline, that they may not be thought

166 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

to be the same species ; but as intermediate forms occur, and they agree with the
two varieties given by Deshayes, except in size, it is not desirable to separate
them.

Tellina craticula. (Tab. III. fig. 4.)

SPEC. CHAR. Ovate orbicular, compressed, posteriorly pointed and obliquely
truncated, ornamented with many concentric, erect, rather distant laminae ;
beaks central ; marginal fold small, near the hinge-slope.

The more elevated and distant laminae and less-marked fold distinguish this
shell from T. scalarioides of Lamarck, but they are so nearly alike, that Mr. Ed-
wards is unwilling to consider them different ; and he may be right ; but we are
anxious to mark a difference between the English and French shells when it
occurs, rather than hastily to unite them.

Lucina serrata. (Tab. III. fig. 7.)

SPEC. CHAR. Orbicular, with a rather straight hinge-line, convex ; surface
ornamented with oblique doubly-arched striae which produce serratures on the
superior margin ; the two curves of the striae unite at a sharp angle rather
nearest to the anterior margin of the shell ; lunette indistinct.

Lucina serrata is one of several species belonging to a section of the genus
which is distinguished by angularly bent concentric ridges. They have all
usually been comprehended under the name Lucina divaricata. The fossil
species are more numerous than the recent, of which there are however several,
but all different from any of the fossil ones. The L. divaricata of ' Mineral Con-
chology ' is not the same as any of the French species, unless it be the L. undu-
lata of Lamarck, which Deshayes gives as only a variety. The species before
us is the smallest known ; it is well marked by the sharpness of the angle at
which the two curves of the striae meet ; in other species they are either joined
by a short straight line or by a regular curve.

We are indebted to the careful researches made by Mr. Edwards for this
pretty little fossil.

Fig. a, natural size. Fig. b, magnified.

Lucina immersa. (Tab. III. fig. 24.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subpentagonal, irregular, convex, smooth ; lunette flat, lan-
ceolate, sunk deep beneath the pointed beaks, which are curved forwards ;

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 167

posterior lobe slightly indicated ; muscular impressions small, elongated, the
posterior one twice the length of the other.

This nearly resembles L. callosa of Deshayes ; the deep lunette, incurved beaks
and muscular impressions are however striking marks.

From the Cabinet of Mr. Edwards.

Diplodonta dilatata. (Tab. III. fig. 16.)

This has been separated from the genus Lucina, a genus distinguished not
only by the teeth, which would be insufficient, as many species of Lucina have
teeth in the hinge which are not permanent, while in others the number varies,
but also by the form of the shell and characters of the animal.

Cytherea lucida. (Tab. III. fig. 6.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subtriangular, with a very circular base ; disc most convex near
the small beaks, flattened towards the lower edge ; surface polished, marked
with few lines of growth ; lunette lanceolate ; posterior hinge-tooth in the right
valve broad, triangular, bifid ; sinus in the palleal impression elliptical.

An elegant shining shell often marked with brown, as if stained by the remains
of a thick epidermis ; it is distinguished from C. nitidula and obliqua by the
form of the posterior tooth in the hinge (fig. 6 a), which is narrow in all the
varieties of both those species (fig. 13 a).

Cytherea obliqua. (Tab. II. fig. 5.)

There are several varieties of this shell differing in form and roughness of
surface. The Venus tenuistriata, found at Highgate, is regularly obovate and
gibbose, a form not common at Bracklesham. The more triangular and flatter
form is frequent there, where also shells of an intermediate shape are very abun-
dant. The lunette varies in form with the shell, and the least convex are gene-
rally the smoothest ; all the varieties however may be distinguished by the hinge-
teeth from the allied species.

Cytherea suberycinoides. (Tab. II. fig. 15.)

There are two varieties of this shell common at Bracklesham Bay, one furrowed,
the other very nearly even, and therefore resembling the C. laevigata of Lamarck ;

intermediate varieties are also found.

z2

168 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Cardium HippopcEum.

A rare shell at Bracklesham, of which only fragments have been discovered.
It is important as marking the close relationship of the Bracklesham beds with
those of Chaumont, Parnes, &c. of France.

Cardium semigranulatum. (Tab. II. fig. 20.)

Barton, London, and Bracklesham Bay have each their peculiar variety of this
shell. The granulated portion in the Barton variety is gradually rounded into
the smooth part of the surface, and forms a very wide angle on the margin, so
that the outline is nearly circular ; that portion of the London shell, on the other
hand, is flattened, and forms a ridge at its junction with the rest of the surface ;
its edge is also nearly straight or rather concave, and the base line being but
little curved the shell has a rhomboidal contour. The Bracklesham shell is
between the two, and has the granulated surface convex, but not so gradually
rounded into the smooth part as in the London variety ; on the margin it forms
a right angle, and the base line being very much curved the outline is irregularly
orbicular.

Specimens often occur at Bracklesham considerably larger than the figure,
but the largest are found at Barton.

Cardium porulosum.

The variety found at Bracklesham is that without pores through the elevated
laminae ; the specimens are frequently large ; the Barton variety has pores.

Cardium alternatum. (Tab. III. fig. 14.)

SPEC. CHAR Cordiform, posteriorly truncate, surface covered by forty or
more smooth ribs ; those on the posterior area broad, ornamented with V-shaped
plates whose angles are directed towards the beak ; on the middle portion of the
surface the ribs are narrow, alternately furnished with thick lunate scales ; on
the anterior portion nearly all the ribs are naked.

This beautiful little shell, which much resembles in form the common Cockle,
is seldom above half an inch long, and is very rarely found perfect. The ribs are
very regular, with deep narrow channels between them ; those on the posterior
portion are concave in the middle, the others round. The scales upon them
are thick, regular, and nearer together than they are long ; on the central portion

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 169

they in general occupy every alternate rib ; but sometimes one rib will be missed,
and then there are three ribs together without scales.

Cardium ordinatum. (Tab. III. fig. 17.)

SPEC. CHAR. Suborbicular, convex, posteriorly obliquely truncated, orna-
mented with numerous rounded costse, which are regularly covered by thick
lunate scales.

The costse on this neat shell are about thirty-six in number ; they increase
slightly in size towards the posterior extremity, and are largest and widest apart
upon the boundary of the posterior area. The thick scales or granules are very
numerous and regular.

Found with the last at Bracklesham Bay by Mr. Edwards.

Cardita planicosta. (Tab. II. fig. 14.)

The shell here figured has the furrows very deep and the ribs square, and
maintains that character in some individuals which are so large that they can
hardly be thought to be the same species as that shown at fig. 18, which has the
furrows shallow and the edges of the ribs rounded ; but upon examination it will
be found that near the beaks, the furrows are like those in fig. 14; and the
distance from the beak where they become shallow is so various in different
individuals, that it must be admitted that one is only a younger shell than the
other of the same species.

Cardita elegans. (Tab. III. fig. 15.)

This shell is found in light-coloured sand, and generally in such a decayed
state, that it is doubtful whether it be rightly named.

Byssoarca Branderi. (Tab. III. fig. 23.)

Area Branderi of ' Mineral Conchology ' appearing to be a young shell of A.
hiantula of Deshayes rather than A. biangula, Deshayes, it is thought necessary
to retain that name for the A. hiantula. The Bracklesham specimens are as large
as the French ones, and even larger. This species differs from A. biangula,
Deshayes, in having a much less acute keel.

170 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Pectunculus globosus. (Tab. III. fig. 20.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subglobose, with a small posterior lobe, smooth and nearly
even ; hinge-line arched with about twenty large teeth ; muscular impressions
deep, the posterior one round, the other ovate ; margin irregularly circular,
toothed.

A well-defined irregularly heart-shaped species. I have a foreign specimen
precisely resembling it, but not named, I therefore presume it to be unde-
scribed.

Nucula serrata. (Tab. II. fig. 9.)

SPEC. CHAR. Transversely ovate, elongated ; ornamented with many reflected
concentric plates or ridges, which form teeth upon the edge of the anterior area,
which is very narrow, smooth, and has in each valve a ridge along its middle ;
beaks central ; anterior extremity pointed, elongated.

About twice as long as high.

In the Cabinet of Mr. Edwards.

Nucula bisulcata. (Tab. II. fig. 13.)

SPEC. CHAR. Elliptical, compressed, smooth ; anterior extremity angular ;
posterior slope marked with two deep longitudinal furrows in each valve ; beaks
near the anterior extremity ; teeth in the anterior portion of the hinge five
or six.

Height and length as 8 to 13.

A handsome species well characterized by the furrows in the large posterior
slope. From the Cabinet of Mr. Edwards.

Limopsis granulata. (Tab. III. fig. 19.)

Limopsis is a genus distinguished from Pectunculus by a triangular pit in the
hinge between the two sets of teeth. It was named Trigonoccelia by Galeotti and
Nyst in 1835, but we are informed that the name Limopsis given by Sassi has
the priority.

The shell before us is a remarkable instance of the difference between the Bar-
ton and Bracklesham beds, and the similarity of the latter to those of Grignon ;
for this is the same species that occurs at Grignon, while another species of the

DESCRIPTION. OF SHELLS. 1/1

same genus (Limopsis scalaris) is found at Barton, but neither at Bracklesham
nor at Grignon. They both occur in Belgium, but in different localities.

Lithodomus Deshayesii. (Tab. II. fig. 28.)

Mytilus Lithophagus, Linn., is a recent shell, the animal of which corrodes holes
in limestone*, and the fossil before us strongly resembles it ; but as its margins
are not so parallel to each other and the sides are a little flattened, which make
it less cylindrical than the recent shell, and as it does not appear to acquire so
large a, size, we think we are warranted to consider it a distinct species, and
therefore name it after M. Deshayes, who appears to be the first author who has
noticed the fossil distinctly.

Our example was discovered in a mass of Siderastrasa Websteri, into which it
had bored ; Deshayes's specimen had inserted itself into a Cerithium giganteum ;
in both cases the masses were too small to have held a larger species, and belong
to the same age.

* That the holes in which this and several other genera of bivalved Mollusks, and a few other marine
animals live, are corroded by a fluid emitted from the animal (possibly not a peculiar secretion for
the purpose, but, in consequence of its position, highly charged with carbonic or some organic acid),
is proved by the holes being shaped to fit the shells, as in Petricola, that is, being more or less oval in
the section, and having a ridge opposite to the furrow between the beaks, so that the animals cannot
turn round ; those animals are also always found in calcareous stones or corals. It is in some cases,
as in GastrocJuena (page 164, Tab. II. fig. 27), observable that the fluid loaded with lime as it passes
out of the cavity deposits a portion near the opening, forming a tube with a more or less perfect septum
along it to suit and protect the passage of the tubes of the animal (see fig. 27 a). In Lithodomus Dac-
fylus this deposit is made also upon the surface of the epidermis of the shell near the opening of the
tube, and forms a kind of beak ; the presence of an alkaline carbonate in the water may facilitate this
process if the solvent be an organic acid. This substitute for shell by an earthy deposit not organized,
is a manifest link between the animal and mineral kingdoms, and one of the many proofs a naturalist
meets with, of a unity and reciprocality of design in the works of Creation, which only an infinitely
good and wise Power could execute. Pholas, Teredo, and allied animals, actually drill tubes for their
habitations by means of the toothed edges of their shells, which are renewed as they wear away (see
' Mineral Conchology," vol. i. p. 230) ; the motion in the segment of a circle by which this is done, is
produced by the aid of proper muscles attached to the ligulate processes within the shell, and to the
sides of the foot ; the alternate action of these muscles with the foot ae a fulcrum produces the oscillat-
ing motion required, the foot shifting its place from time to time as the hole is enlarged. In this way
the Pholas cuts not only into wood and chalk, but into sandstone whose texture is loose while wet ;
and Teredo bores into wood, leaving the marks of the teeth, which marks are often visible in fossils.
Saxicava rugosa, some species of Byssoarca and even of Pecten, &c., live in holes ready formed, and to
which they are obliged to fit their shells, being only able to maintain an open passage for their tubes.

172 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Pinna margaritacea.

This seems to differ from Pinna affinis only in having more numerous and
distinct radii.

CONCHIFERA MONOMYARIA.

Lima expansa. (Tab. III. fig. 34.)

SPEC. CHAR. Nearly orbicular with one oblique straight side, compressed,
radiated ; radii about forty, smooth, with concentric striae between them ; ear
small, rectangular ; hinge-line short ; shell thin and tender.

Much more orbicular and compressed than any other Lima I know, but much
too oblique for a Pecten. It is extremely rare ; Mr. Edwards has one nearly
perfect valve, and Mr. Dixon a fragment.

Pecten squamula. (Tab. III. fig. 29.)
A rare shell ; it is in Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

Pecten reconditus (Tab. III. fig. 27) ; and P. plebeius, figs. 28 & 32.

We are obliged to Mr. Nyst for having set us right about Brander's shell,
which is more oval than the shell given under that name in the ' Mineral Con-
chology.' Whether figs. 28 & 32 be rightly referred to P. plebeius of Lamarck,
I am uncertain. There are so many intermediate forms and the surface varies
so much in roughness with the state of preservation, that it is extremely difficult
to separate this group of Pectens, with twenty to twenty-five compound rays,
into well-defined species. Fig. 32 owes its irregular form to fracture ; it has a
coarser surface than usual.

Pecten triginta-radiatus. (Tab. III. figs. 30 & 31.)

SPEC. CHAR. Margin orbicular, with a rectangular beak; compressed, radiated
and minutely squamose ; radii about thirty, simple, rounded, or with a slight
furrow along the middle of each, covered with minute, close, perpendicular
scales ; furrows equal to the radii, and similarly squamose ; ears large, radiated.

A broader species than P. plebeius, and, though similar, well distinguished by
the number and simplicity of its rays ; in some of the furrows between the rays

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 173

single lesser rays occur, particularly in the specimen fig. 30. Fig. 31 is from
Mr. Edwards's Collection.

Pecten quadraginta-radiatus. (Tab. III. fig. 33.)

SPEC. CHAR. Orbicular, with a rectangular beak, compressed, radiated, and
squamose ; radii simple, rounded, above forty ; scales small, distant ; ears large,
radiated.

The very numerous rays distinguish this shell at first sight ; they equal in size
the spaces between them, which are convex in the middle. A rare species.

Spondylus rarispina.

Occurs in yellow sand with Nummulites, and is much worn ; two specimens
were found ; one is in Mr. Bowerbank's Collection.

Ostrea elephantopus .

SPEC. CHAR. Hemispherical, subimbricated, smooth, heavy, obscurely
eared ; hinge-line broad and straight, the central pit slightly raised from the
surface of the shell, broad and deep ; margin of the natter valve thick, its edge
reflected ; muscular impression orbicular, large, nearly central.

Diameter 6 or 7 inches, depth 3 or more inches.

This differs from Ostrea gigantea of Brander (Mineral Conchology, tab. 64)
in the form of the hinge-pit, which is considerably elevated in that species, and
in the depth of the hollow valve. It shows the same cellular tissue as Ostrea
cariosa of the Bognor rock, which may possibly be the young of the same
species, although such large specimens have not been found at that place.

There appear to be several species of Oyster resembling O. gigantea found at
and near Bracklesham, but they seldom have both valves, and are otherwise im-
perfect, so that in this difficult genus it becomes impossible to define the species
with any degree of certainty. Mr. Bowerbank possesses a fine collection of them.

Ostrea picta. (Tab. IV. fig. 1.)

SPEC. CHAR. Orbicular, uneven, not imbricated ; attached valve very deep,
the other nearly flat and thickened near the margin ; hinge-area broad, flat, with
a central pit ; muscular impression large, orbicular ; both valves striped with
brown.

2 A

174 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Colour is of so rare occurrence among Oysters, and especially among fossils,
that we are glad to accept it for a specific mark : the present shell belongs to
a section of the genus which contains species whose surfaces are not imbricated,
but covered by a continuous plate of a fibrous structure ; in this the structure
is however obscure, in O. tabulata and 0. dorsata, &c., it is very easily detected.
Old shells seem to be imbricated, because the edges of the laminae are worn away.
The surface of the young shell, well shown in an individual which has been
attached to a large Nautilus, is nearly smooth, but irregularly marked with
distant, short, interrupted striae ; the hinge-area projects into the cavity of the
shell.

Length 3 or 4 inches.

Ostrea longirostris. (Tab. IV. fig. 4.)

This is a remarkable specimen from the Cabinet of Mr. Hill the Curator of
the Chichester Museum ; a portion having been split from the inner surface, has
disclosed two pearls imbedded in the portion to which the adductor muscle was
attached. In the figure this slice has been turned over to show their position.

Ostrea radiosa, Desh.

Resembles Ostrea pulchra of ' Mineral Conchology,' t. 279, but is a longer-
shaped shell, and has a larger hinge-area and longer muscular impression ; the
radiating undulations are also more numerous, more defined and more angular.

Ostrea elegans, Desh.

Is intermediate in several respects between the 0. radiosa and 0. Flabellula,
but has more plaits than the latter. I much doubt the propriety of separating it
as a species.

Ostrea dorsata, Desh.

This and the following belong to the same section of Ostrea as 0. picta, di-
stinguished by a thick, generally striated coat, which is so fibrous as to resemble
the shell of Pinna : there are one or two recent species of the same section ;
they are of a dull purple colour, and very little imbricated.

Ostrea tenera. (Tab. IV. figs. 2 & 3.)
The Woolwich type of this species is generally smooth, like fig. 3 ; but I have

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 175

reason to think that the fibrous striated coat is more easily decomposed than the
other lamina? of the shell, and has therefore been generally destroyed ; such
appears to have been the case often with the Bracklesham individuals ; however,
some of the latter having the fibrous coat are almost free from striee, and others
want them over more or less of the surface, which has induced me to consider
the striated ones as only varieties of the others.

MOLLUSCA GASTEROPODA.
Emarginula obtusa. (Tab. IX. fig. 31.)

SPEC. CHAR. Ovate, conical, depressed, radiated ; principal radii 22-24,
with one to three lesser radii between each, all granulated ; marginal fissure
shallow ; apex central, pointed, deflected.

Length 3, height 1, width 1|.

The granulations upon the principal radii are coarse and transverse, being
produced by the successive additions to the edge of the shell ; the space filled
up behind the fissure is crossed by strong lunate ridges and bordered by a thin
plate, the reflected edge of the fissure.

In the Cabinet of Mr. F. E. Edwards.

Fissurella Edwardsii. (Tab. VII. fig. 9.)

SPEC. CHAR. Ovate, with rather straight sides, depressed, finely radiated,
and reticulated ; radii squamose ; apex pointed ; fissure oblong, its thickened
internal margin truncated posteriorly ; margin crenulated.

Length 4, height 1|, width 3.

Twenty or thirty of the radii are more prominent than the remainder, which
are placed in sets of two or three between each of the larger ones ; they are all
crossed by scales produced by elevated lines of growth.

The figure is from a large specimen found by Mr. Edwards ; and Mr. Bower-
bank possesses a small one which shows the inside ; and Mr. Dixon has two
specimens in his Cabinet.

Infundibulum trochiforme. (Tab. XIV. fig. 27.)

Varieties of this species, or species closely connected with it, are found in
most parts of the tertiary formation ; but the characters are so irregular that it
is almost impossible to define them.

2x2

176 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Bulla expansa. (Tab. VII. fig. 18.)

SPEC. CHAR. Obliquely orbicular, rather square, compressed, striated ; last
whorl convex near the upper part ; spire very short, rounded ; aperture very
wide, with a short canal above reflected on to the spire ; no columella.

Only two specimens of this shell have been found. It probably belongs to
the same section as B. lignaria, but with a much more expanded aperture ; near
the upper part the last whorl is suddenly very convex, which distinguishes it
from Sigaretus, for which it might be taken.

Bulla Edwardsii. (Tab. VI. fig. 1.)

SPEC, CHAR. Oblong-ovate, striated ; apex broad, umbilicate ; spire con-
cealed ; aperture with the upper two-thirds narrow, the lower broad; stria?
numerous, dotted ; upper edge of the last whorl (the only visible one) narrow,
rounded ; columella wanting.

More closely convoluted and approaching to cylindrical than the recent Bulla
lignaria, from which it also differs in the form of the deeply umbilicated apex,
whose edge is rounded. Brongniart's B. Fortisi (Terr, du Vicent. 52. t. 2. f. 1)
appears to be more elliptical, with the lower part of the aperture less open.
The species found in the neighbourhood of Paris (B. lignaria, var. Deshayes,
v. ii. 44. tab. 5. fig. 4-6) is hardly distinguishable, except that it is much
smaller ; the Cutch fossil (Trans. Geol. Soc., 2nd ser. v. 5, pt. ii. 328, pi. 26. fig. 1 )
is much more pointed in form, but has the same hollow apex with its rounded
edge. It is therefore certain that there are several fossil species called by the
same name ; there are also at least two recent ones, as I believe that of the
Indian seas to be different from the European one. The species found in the
English Crag appears to be the same as the recent European one.

Bulla Defrancii.

I believe this to be identical with the shell found in the Paris basin, and
called B. lignaria by Deshayes. The cylindrical form is characteristic of it. It
is remarkable that it should also occur at Barton. Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

Bulla extensa. (Tab. VII. fig. 6.)
SPEC. CHAR. Short fusiform, striated, umbilicate; apex of the spire sunk;

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 177

aperture narrow, pointed at both ends, its lip extended beyond the apex ; striae
obscure in the middle of the whorl, deep at the base.

Length 2, width 1.

The umbilicate columella seems to distinguish this from almost all other
fossil Bullee. Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

Fig. a, natural size ; b, magnified.

Bulla lanceolata. (Tab. VII. rig. 7.)

SPEC. CHAR. Acutely conical with a produced base, smooth, except a few
striae near the pointed apex and six or seven near the base ; aperture very
narrow, its lip extended beyond the apex and slightly expanded and reflected at
the base.

Length 2^, width 1 .

Beautifully formed and polished : this is a remarkable little shell ; it occurs
in great numbers at Barton, but less frequently at Bracklesham.

Fig. a, natural size b, magnified.

Bulla uniplicata. (Tab. VII. fig. 8.)

SPEC. CHAR. Cylindrical, smooth ; apex deeply sunk ; base striated ; aper-
ture narrow, its inner lip forming a double plait as it rises upon the columella.

Length 2|, width 1.

Much resembling B. cylindrica, but differing in the columella. It is in Mr.
Edwards's Cabinet.

Fig. a, natural size ; b, magnified.

Globulus labellatus. (Tab. VI. figs. 26 & 27.)

Fig. 27 represents a distorted variety. The thick left lip so much resembles
that of a Natica, that the genus has been doubted.

Globulus conoideus. (Tab. VI. fig. 32.)

SPEC. CHAR. Spire conical, short, of four or five whorls which have a narrow
depression on their upper edges ; aperture nearly orbicular with a sinus formed
by the spire, half as long as the shell ; umbilicus large.

Strongly resembling G. labellatus, but shorter, and having the upper parts of
the whorls a little flattened on their sides so as to make the spire conical.

178 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Ampullina pachycheila. (Tab. VI. fig. 31.)

SPEC. CHAR. Globose, with a very small spire ; aperture semicircular,
pointed above, rounded with a reflected lip below, the left lip thick and pressed
more or less into the umbilicus ; shell thick.

Very rarely found of a regular form : the shell, although very thick, seems to
have lost all its animal matter, and to have yielded very readily to pressure in
the wet, sandy clay.

Natica Hantoniensis. (Tab. VI. fig. 20.)

A somewhat distorted variety of this shell is figured ; the reference has
accidentally been omitted in the List.

Natica turgida.

SPEC. CHAR, Oblong-ovate, with straightish sides, smooth ; spire of three
convex whorls, small, produced ; last whorl elongated ; aperture oval, elongated
with a curved canal forming its upper angle ; the left lip expanded over the
preceding whorl, thickened and nearly closing the umbilicus, below which the
edge is rounded and thick.

Length ^ to f of an inch.

This shell has a peculiar appearance in consequence of the great size and
length of the last whorl ; the left lip is large and regularly thickened, and in
general nearly closes the umbilicus ; but there is a variety greatly resembling in
form the variety of Globulus labellatus, fig. 27, which has an open umbilicus,
and at the lower part of the thickened lip a transverse furrow, of which slight
traces only can be found in the variety with a closed umbilicus. Both varieties
are in Mr. Edwards's Cabinet, where they were recognised too late for insertion
in the plate.

Natica obovata. (Tab. VI. fig. 28.)

SPEC. CHAR. Obovate, with a small pointed spire, and the last whorl convex,
umbilicate ; aperture nearly round, its left lip spread almost over the umbilicus,
thickened at the upper part.

An imperfect specimen, which I can refer to no other species.

The three genera Globulus, J. DeC. Sowerby, Index ' Min. Con.' (Globularia,

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 1 7<)

Swainson), Ampullina, Deshayes, and Nat lea, Lamarck, are distinguished by the
following marks ; in the general form they are all nearly alike. The lower part
of the left lip in Globulus is sharp and not reflected, and the umbilicus, whether
open or covered, has no ridge rising in it. In Ampullina the lower part of the kit
lip is slightly reflected, and a sharp ridge ascends from it up the outer side of
the umbilicus. In Natica the lower portion of the aperture is like that part in
Globulus, but the left lip is thickened and forms a callus, from the base of which
a ridge ascends the umbilicus on the side nearest the aperture. These characters
are sufficient for fossils, but of course nothing can be said about the animals of
the first two genera, as they are not known recent.

Delphinula Warnii. (Tab. VII. fig. 23.)

One of the most beautiful and at the same time most interesting shells of the
Bracklesham beds, as indicating very precisely the corresponding French
formation.

Solarium spectabile. (Tab. VI. fig. 2.)

SPEC. CHAR. Convex, striated ; margin thin, sharp, deflected ; whorls about
six, slightly convex ; their upper edges prominent, crenated ; the spaces between
the striae unequal, alternately granular ; umbilicus nearly equal in its diameter
to half that of the shell, with a crenulated margin ; aperture rhomboidal.

Height about half the diameter of the base.

Covered within the umbilicus, as well as over the other parts, with alternately
linear and granulated ridges, which are largest towards the upper edges of the
whorls and the margin of the umbilicus.

Solarium pulchrum. (Tab. VI. fig. 3 b .)

SPEC. CHAR. Very short, conical, striated ; margin thin, sharp, projecting ;
whorls about five, convex above and below; the spaces between the stri*
unequal, granulated ; umbilicus nearly half the diameter of the base, with a
square margin.

Height one-third the diameter.

Similar to the last, but more depressed and even, and without any hollow to
distinguish the whorls.

180 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Adeorbis planorbularis. (Tab. IX. fig. 20.)
A neat little shell found by Mr. Edwards.

Orbis patellatus. (Tab. IX. fig. 23.)

A curious shell and precisely corresponding with the French specimens. I
quote Lea with a note of doubt, because, although his figure and description
agree with this shell in almost everything, the size (0'15 of an inch) is so very
different, that it is hardly possible they can be the same species : the American
shell is almost microscopic ; it is the type of the genus Orbis. Another of
Mr. Edwards's discoveries. The specimen found in the Isle of Wight is in
Mr. Morris's Cabinet.

Bifrontia.

We are indebted to Mr. Edwards's minute researches and delicate handling for
all the species of this genus ; they are remarkably typical of the French beds as
distinguished from the clays of Barton and London, and indicate the relationship
of the Bracklesham sands. They are all extremely tender shells.

Rotella minuta. (Tab. IX. fig. 19.)

SPEC. CHAR. Convex, smooth and shining ; margin slightly angular ; aper-
ture semioval, oblique ; base rather convex, the central callus small, defined.

This species of a genus rarely found fossil can only be compared with Rotella
nana of Lea, ' Contrib. to Geol.' p. 214, t. 6. f. 225, which is a thicker and
squarer shell, also rather less.

Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

Turbo plicatus.
Mr. Edwards has this shell in his Cabinet.

Turritella bicincta. (Tab. VI. fig. 19.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, elongated ; covered with granose threads ; whorls
rather concave, their lower edges prominent, bicarinated ; aperture

This resembles T. conoidea, but is easily known by the two spiral ridges along
the lower edges of the whorls.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 181

Turritella conoidea. (Tab. V. figs. 6 & 10.)
This species is so variable that the synonyms cannot be satisfactorily given.

Turntella contracta. (Tab. VII. fig. 42.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, elongated, nearly smooth, or obscurely granoso-
striate; whorls concave, their lower edges very prominent, rounded, marked with
two or three obscure ridges.

Very nearly resembling some varieties of T. conoidea, but its whorls are more
concave and nearly smooth, and their upper edges are not rounded into the
suture.

Turritella marginata. (Tab. VI. fig. 16.)

SPEC. CHAR. Conical, elongated, with convex whorls; ornamented with
about nine sharp transverse ridges upon each whorl, a small portion of the upper
part of which is plane.

Length little more than twice the width.

The convex whorls and smooth band around the upper part of each distinguish
this shell.

Turritella nexilis. (Tab. VI. fig. 17.)

SPEC. CHAR. Conical, elongated, with flat whorls, of which the lower edge
is rather prominent ; covered with sharp transverse ridges, which are numerous
and only slightly raised.

Length two and a half times the breadth.

A very neat shell. There are ten or twelve unequal ridges on each whorl.
The small specimen is in Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

The five latter species of Turritella in this List belong to one group of the
genus, and the four preceding to another, in both of which the species are very
difficult to define, because there are so many intermediate forms. Turritella
intermedia, Desh., is also in Mr. Edwards's Cabinet of Bracklesham Bay fossils.

Cerithium incomptum. (Tab. VI. fig. 18.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, with straight sides ; the upper half of each whorl

2 B

182 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

divided into large compressed tubercles, the lower half transversely sulcated
with tuberculated ridges between the furrows ; all the whorls alike.

A large shell between Cer. giganteum and Cer. Cornu-copite ; it is a much
rougher shell than the former, and unlike the latter, is uniformly sculptured
throughout its length, and increases regularly, not more rapidly, as it grows
older.

It is a curious fact, that a third large species of Cerithium should be found at
a place which already possesses the two above-named large species, found at
distant localities in France, and at no other place in England. I first noticed it
in Mr. Bowerbank's Collection.

Cerithium hexagonum.
This sometimes occurs very large.

Cerithium cancellatum. (Tab. IX. fig. 22.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, subulate ; whorls convex, numerous, longitudinally
costated ; costse arched, crossed by three sharp ridges on each whorl.

Five times as long as wide.

Somewhat like Cerithium clavus, Lam., but longer and with more convex
whorls ; it appears to be extremely rare.

Cerithium marginatum. (Tab. VI. figs. 4 & 5.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, conical or subfusiform, longitudinally and trans-
versely striated, hence imperfectly granulated ; upper edges of the whorls pro-
minent, bordered with obscure tubercles.

Width 2, length 5.

By seven or eight transverse strise and numerous lines of growth, the surface
is irregularly divided into rows of flattened tubercles, the upper of which is the
largest and forms a kind of margin to the whorls. This species is rather ob-
scurely marked in consequence of the specimens being in a bad state of preser-
vation, and having their surfaces worn.

Cerithium semicoronatum, C. semigranulosum, C. muricoides, and C. unisulcatum
are in Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

Cerithium nudum, C. variabile, and C. emarginatum, have also been found at
Bracklesham.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 183

Pleurotoma nmphiconus. (Tab. VIII. figs. 7 & 8.)

SPEC. CHAR. Doubly conical, smooth, with a few stria? round the base, and
about three striae near the upper part of each whorl ; spire and aperture of equal
length.

Width 2, length 5.

More common than P. prisca, from which it differs in the equality of the two
cones of which it is formed.

Pleurotoma curvicosta. (Tab. VII. fig. 17.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform, rather short, transversely striated, longitudinally
ribbed or waved ; ribs few, curved, thickened upwards ; aperture elongated ;
beak short, straight.

Twice as long as wide.

A species of Pleurotoma which connects that genus with Fusus, with which
indeed I have sometimes placed it.

Pleurotoma inarata. (Tab. VI. fig. 21.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform, elongated, transversely striated ; whorls convex with
the upper edge extended and crenulated ; stria? numerous, the spaces between
them nearly smooth ; aperture short-oval, with an elongated, very slightly curved
canal.

Three times as long as wide : the canal equal to the spire.

This differs from Pleurotoma rostrata, which is not found at Bracklesham,
chiefly in the absence of ribs or undulations.

Pleurotoma gentilis. (Tab. VI. fig. 25.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform, elongated, acute, longitudinally ribbed and trans-
versely striated ; whorls convex in their lower parts, concave above ; ribs
numerous, thin, obscure in the hollow part of the whorls ; aperture nearly round,
with a short canal above and a long canal below ; beak narrow, straight, longer
than the round part of the aperture.

Above three times as long as wide ; aperture, including the canal, nearly as
long as the spire.

An elegant strongly marked shell ; in Mr. Edwards's Cabinet.

2 u2

184 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Pleurotoma obscurata. (Tab. VII. fig. 19.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, elongated, transversely striated, ribbed, or waved ;
whorls few, compressed above, with a row of granules around the edge ; ribs
rather prominent on the middle of the whorl ; beak short, narrow, spreading
into the oval aperture.

Length three times the width ; the aperture and beak together equal the width
of the shell.

The form of the beak affords a means of distinguishing this from the last.

Pleurotoma plebeia. (Tab. VI. fig. 23.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, subcylindrical, obtuse, transversely striated ; whorls
concave above, with a row of bead-like tubercles along the middle ; striae
decussated by lines of growth ; aperture obovate, with a canal above ; beak
elongated, narrow, straight, shorter than the width of the shell.

Length three times the width.

Resembling Pleurotoma comma, but longer and blunter, and furnished with a
narrower and longer beak and more strise ; a very common species.

Fasciolaria biplicata. (Tab. V. fig. 7.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform with a short beak, acute, undato-costated, transversely
striated ; whorls convex, ten to twelve, with a compressed striated margin ;
costse six or seven, broad, prominent in the middle of the whorl ; aperture ovate,
elongated ; columella nearly straight, furnished with two plaits near the middle.

Width 2, length 5 ; aperture and canal longer than the width.

A remarkable, but by no means rare shell at Bracklesham Bay. Intermediate
between Fasciolaria and Fusus, two nearly allied genera distinguished by the plaits
on the columella of the former. Its nearest ally is Fusus incertus of Deshayes,
which has a much longer beak.

Fusus Pyrus and Fusus Bulbus.

We have kept these two names separate, although we can hardly be per-
suaded that the shells indicated by them are not one species.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 185

Fusus incultus. (Tab. VII. fig. 32.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform, with a long narrow beak, transversely striated, and
costated near the apex ; strife obsolete near the middle of the whorls, which are
concave above and convex below ; the last whorl large, ventricose ; aperture
ovate, with a short canal above and long canal running into the beak.

Three times as long as wide.

Whorls six or seven, rather short, and in this respect different from the young
of Fusus longavus, to which in other points this shell bears a resemblance. It
has a peculiar blunt and unfinished aspect by which it may be at once recognized.

Fusus errans. (Tab. VII. fig. 31.)

This shell varies in different localities ; the specimens found at Primrose Hill
have the last whorl less conical and more convex than either the Barton or
Bracklesham individuals, and are also more coarsely striated. The variety (tenui-
striata) with fine striae is peculiar to Bracklesham.

It grows considerably larger than the specimen figured.

Fusus undosus. (Tab. VII. fig. 39.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subfusiform, with a short base, deeply striated transversely,
longitudinally costated or undulated ; spire small ; whorls seven, convex ; beak
short, slightly curved ; ribs gently raised, straight ; striae sharp, the spaces
between them flat, unequal in breadth but all narrow ; aperture almost round,
with a short canal ; outer lip striated within.

Length double the width.

An elegantly formed rounded shell, much like Fusus regularis, but smoother
in its contour, and having a shorter and curved beak.

A good example of Montfort's genus Trophon, which has lately been adopted
bv Mr. S. V. Wood.

#

Fusus parvirostrum. (Tab. VII. fig. 30.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subfusiform- turrited , transversely striated , longitudinally ribbed ;
whorls numerous, keeled in the middle ; ribs eight or nine, straight, prominent,
and sharp in the middle ; beak narrow, short and straight.

About three times as long as wide.

186 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Very rare. A distinct and remarkable shell ; the specimen is much crushed,
which makes it appear wider than it really is. It is one of Mr. Edwards's
treasures from the yellow sand beds.

Fusus laiviusculus . (Tab. VII. fig. 34.)

SPEC. CHAR. Elongated, with nearly straight sides, transversely striated ;
whorls slightly concave towards their upper margins ; striae rather distant ;
aperture wide, with a small narrow canal above, and a short narrow beak ; outer
lip striated within.

Length 5, width 2 ; aperture and beak equal to the width.

Remarkable for the short aperture and proportionally long spire.

Strepsidura armctta. (Tab. VII. fig. 11.)

SPEC. CHAR. Ovate, pointed, short; whorls striated above, each armed with
about eight pointed tubercles, smooth below ; aperture ovate, narrow above ;
base striated ; beak curved.

Length, including the beak, about twice the width.

A shell with a smooth aspect ; it can hardly be called ribbed, the tubercles are
so little extended at the base down the whorl, which is in part free from striae
and somewhat flattened ; it differs from Strepsidura turgida in the form of the
aperture. We have not seen the beak perfect.

The genus Strepsidura was proposed by Swainson, and is well distinguished
from Fusus by the curved beak as well as the short form.

Triton cxpansus. (Tab. V. fig. 15.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subfusiform, costated, crossed by numerous linear ridges, some
of which are so thickened as they pass over the costae and varices as to produce
three or four tubercles, the uppermost of which are spiniform ; aperture obovate ;
beak narrow, slightly recurved.

Length, including the beak, nearly twice the width.

Costae three or four between each varix ; the two upper tubercles of each row
generally remain visible upon the spire, but not constantly ; the uppermost is
always the most prominent. The narrow beak is equal in length to the
aperture.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 1*7

Rostellaria lucida. (Tab. V. fig. 21.)

The Bracklesham shells are seldom so glossy as the Highgate ones, and are
commonly equally striated all over, not smooth in the middle of the last whorl ;
but they vary much both in the strirc and in the costse. The beak is described
in 'Mineral Conchology ' as "short?" for want of perfect specimens; we are
now enabled to show that it is long, and also that there is no canal carried up
the spire from the aperture.

Rostellaria arcuata.

There being some doubt whether the Linnaean Strombus fissurella be the fossil
or recent species, I have thought it best to give a new name to the Paris basin
fossil, which is not only different from the recent species, but also from the one
found at Barton (Rostellaria rimosa, ' Min. Con.' t. 91), being a curved, not a
straight shell.

The occurrence of this shell at Bracklesham is one of the indications of the
resemblance of the Bracklesham beds, rather than the Barton ones, to the lower
beds of the Calcaire Grossier of Paris.

Pseudoliva ovalis. (Tab. VII. fig. 13.)

SPEC. CHAR. Oval, short, with a small pointed spire, smooth ; aperture large,
ovate, with a short canal above ; left lip very tumid ; columella curved.

Resembling a very short Oliva, but may be recognized by the want of the
smooth enamel-like band at the lower part. The marginal tooth on the right
lip is short.

Valuta calva. (Tab. VII. fig. 28.)

SPEC. CHAR. Pyriform, smooth, obscurely ribbed ; whorls concave above,
their upper margins pressed to the spire ; each rib terminated by a small spine
at the edge of the concave space ; spire short.

Length 5, width 3.

Remarkable among the coronated Valuta for being smooth. The figured
specimen is in Mr. Edwards's Collection. Mr. Dixon has lately obtained a
similarly formed shell, quite smooth and also free from ribs, which I am much
inclined to think is of the same species.

188 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Valuta recticosta. (Tab. V. fig. 18.)

SPEC. CHAR. Oval, elongated, transversely and distantly striated, costated,
crowned with two rows of erect spines ; ribs numerous, thin, straight, each ter-
minating in a spine ; upper margins of the whorls concave between the two rows
of spines.

Length twice the width.

Much resembling Valuta ambigua of Barton, but much less deeply striated,
more ribbed and more acute in form ; it is probably the same with V. ambigua
of Lamarck and Deshayes, which is different from the Barton species.

Valuta uniplicata. (Tab. VII. figs. 45 & 46.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform, subturrited, finely striated ; volutions slightly con-
vex, flattened in the middle, those on the spire costated, the last plain ; columella
nearly straight, with one plait near the base ; aperture oblong-elongated, rather
square above ; pullus large.

Length 5, width 2.

A very distinct and not uncommon shell.

Cypraa Coombii. (Tab. VIII. fig. 6.)

SPEC. CHAR. Triangular, ventricose, posteriorly truncated, smooth ; base
flattened ; the outer lip broad-edged, with a projection near the posterior end,
nearly toothless ; aperture very narrow, with the posterior canal curved upward
on to the spire, the other extremity straight.

Length 6^, width 5.

The more triangular form and greater size have induced a belief that this may
be a different species from Cyprtsa tuberculosa (Ovula) of Duclos, found at Re-
theuil, &c. The large tubercles that are mentioned in the specific character of
that species by Deshayes (v. ii. p. 717) are not constantly present, and they occur
in some of the English specimens, therefore they can only be considered as
accidental. First found at Bracklesham by Mr. Coombe, whose zeal in the
search of fossils is commemorated in the name.

The want of teeth in the aperture has led to this being called " Ovula," but
there are slight indications of teeth. It belongs to the same division as Cyprasa
Mus, and with it might form a good subgenus.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 189

Cypraa Bowerbankii. (Tab. VIII. figs. 1 & 2.)

SPEC. CHAR. Egg-shaped, smooth ; beak short, moderately wide ; aperture
narrow, curved, without a posterior canal ; outer lip incurved, a little flattened
towards the beak, with about thirty to thirty-five teeth, nine or ten of which are
elongated on the flat part.

Length 3, width 2.

This large Cypraea is named after J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S. &c.

Cypreea globosa. (Tab. VIII. fig. 3.)

SPEC. CHAR. Globose, smooth, with a small inversely conical, straight beak ;
aperture narrow, nearly straight, without a posterior canal ; outer lip incurved
with about thirty-five to forty small, equal teeth.

Nearly as wide as long, excluding the beak. A very distinct and rare shell.

Ancillaria fusiformis. (Tab. VIII. fig. 16.)

SPEC. CHAR. Fusiform ; aperture narrow, less than half as long as the shell ;
basal notch small.
Length 5, width 2.
Well-distinguished by the short aperture, which but slightly exceeds the width.

Ancillaria obtusa. (Tab. VIII. fig. 15.)

SPEC. CHAR. Subcylindrical, obtuse ; aperture broad, with the lip nearly
parallel to the columella, above half as long as the shell.
Length 5, width 2.
The only specimen we have seen of this is much worn.

Conus pyriformis. (Tab. VIII. fig. 18.)

SPEC. CHAR. Inversely conical ; the flat spire and pointed base are striated
spirally, the rest of the surface is nearly smooth ; aperture narrow.

The width nearly equals the length.

A very simply formed shell ; there are a few obscure stria? on the upper part
of the whorl, and about ten, rather distant, about the pointed base. Conus brevis,
collected by Captain Grant in Cutch (Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. v. p. 329,
t. 26. f. 33), is a very similar shell.

2c

190 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

MOLLUSCA CEPHALOPODA.

DlBRANCHIATA.

BELOSEPIAD.E.

The fossils which are arranged under this Order were noticed by Guettard in
his 'Memoires,' in 1783, among " Glossopetres ou dents de Requins fossiles,"
when after having called one a "Dent ailee*," and another "Dent un peu
courbe a base aileef," he asks, " Ces corps sont-ils bien reellement des dents ? J "
and adds, " La seule fa^on de determiner au juste leur nature est de trouver un
poisson ou autre animal qui ait un corps semblable." This was sound reason-
ing ; but it was left to Cuvier, after several erroneous indications by others, to
point out the animal which did possess a body resembling them, and which he
showed to be the Cuttle-fish or Sepia, in whose bone, or rather internal shell, a
strong resemblance was immediately acknowledged ; they however form links
between the Sepia and Belemnites, whose animal having been since discovered
in the fossil state, confirms the affinity.

Belosepia, Voltz.

This genus, proposed by Voltz in 1830 as distinct from Sepia, and adopted
by Blainville, but rejected by Deshayes and his followers, appears notwithstand-
ing to be a good genus ; unfortunately only a small portion of the shell is ever
found, which prevents a complete comparison being made between it and the
bone or shell of Sepia ; enough however is known to show their affinity and also
some good distinguishing marks. It may be convenient therefore to describe the
shell or bone of the Cuttle-fish before defining the Belosepia. The shell of Sepia
has for its basis a horny membrane, shaped like the elongated bowl of a spoon,
and lined to near its edge with a thin layer of calcareous matter ; the pointed end
being directed towards the head of the animal is consequently the anterior, and
the concave surface is ventral ; near the posterior end and at a small distance
from the bottom of the concave surface is an obtuse transverse ridge, beneath
which the cavity becomes pointed, forming a kind of pit ; from this pit proceeds
a spongy convex mass that nearly fills the horny membrane ; it is composed of
thin, curved, parallel plates directed longitudinally, and separated from each other

* Vol. v. p. 184, pi. 2. f. 10, 1 1 & 12 : this is Beloptera belemnitoidea.

t Ibid. p. 186, pi. 2. f. 23, 29 & 30, are Belosepia;. J Ibid. p. 185.

Memoires sur les Belemnites, p. 23.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 191

by minute, perpendicular, tortuous laminae ; the posterior deeply-arched edges
of the thin plates recede from the pit as they are piled up, forming a sloping
surface which is covered with a thin membrane ; the centre of the edge of the last
plate is situated at one-third the length of the shell from the posterior extremity;
the calcareous lining of the horny membrane has a radiated structure at the
posterior part, which is also widely expanded and slightly reflected. The convex
or dorsal surface of the horny membrane has a coat of fibrous carbonate of lime
extended nearly to its margin ; this coat is thickened and very rugged in the
middle and about the apex or point over the small pit in the other surface ; from
this point a portion of it is produced in the form of a nearly cylindrical spine,
beneath which it expands thinly over the membrane, and is radiated. To com-
plete the structure, a series of membranes lining each other cap the posterior
part of the dorsal surface enclosing the spine, but not pressing close to it nor to
each other where they approach its base, which is consequently surrounded by a
number of cavities*. The shell thus described is placed beneath the skin on the
back of the animal, in the sac which also encloses the viscera ; it is secreted by
the surface of the cavity in which it lies. I have been thus particular in descri-
bing the shell of the Sepia, that I may the more easily point out how the fossils
before us differ from it, and show that however imperfect these remains are, they
indicate the existence of parts not known in Sepia, and of sufficient importance to
mark a group generically distinct. The general form may be considered the same
in both, but the fossils are much deeper and narrower: the anterior extremity of
the fossil is unknown ; the posterior portion is compressed laterally, and rendered
smooth as if by the action of some large muscles such as do not exist in Sepia ;
hence a rounded, dorsal ridge is formed (the extremity of which is called a callus
by Deshayes), which rises either perpendicularly or obliquely above the base of
the spine. The expanded posterior extremity (called by Deshayes the ventral
lamina) of the principal plate or membrane is thick and toothed ; the spine (ros-
trum or apophysis of Deshayes) is large, thick, and complicated in its structure ;
these circumstances altogether show that great strength was required in these
parts by the habits of the animal. On each side near thick prolongations of
the base of the spine are several irregular depressions, beneath which the struc-
ture (as shown in Tab. IX. fig. 17 at K) is longitudinally fibrous; these are
probably marks of the attachment of powerful muscles, and if so, the shell was
not loose in the mantle as it is in Sepia : and we would venture to suggest that
the lateral fins of the animal may have been placed very low down the sides of

* Buckland's Bridgewater Treatise, tab. 44. f. 4 a.

2 c2

192 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS,

the sac, and have had muscles to move them attached to the shell and working
against its sides. On the ventral surface the cavity opposite the dorsal ridge or
callus is deep and conical, and surrounding it are the remains of thin plates or
septa, running obliquely to the slightly curved axis of the cavity, across which
however they did not reach, but had their edges reflected against each other.
There are no indications of thin tortuous laminae between them, so that as far as
we can at present tell, they are equally unlike the septa in Belemniies and the
spongy mass in Sepia. The cavity is enclosed on the ventral side by a flat plate
or diaphragm ; the space between it and the reflected edges of the septa has been
thought to represent a siphon. In general only the calcareous portions are pre-
served ; and if the spine and posterior extremity were ever covered by a horny
coat, it has entirely disappeared. In one specimen from Sheppy, for which we
are indebted to Professor Owen's kindness, there are indications of the internal
membrane between the calcareous coats, the animal matter being displaced by
pyrites. This specimen is filled with indurated marl or cement stone, and is much
longer than any other we have seen, but shows very slight marks of septa, which
probably did not extend far from the apex, or may have been only narrow rudi-
mentary rings*. The following short description may serve at present to define
the genus :

GEN. CHAR. Animal probably a dibranchiate Cephalopod ; shell internal,
membranaceo-calcareous, elongated, very concave, its posterior extremity keeled,
and rugose on the back forming a callus, compressed on the sides, and the
ventral plate expanded, striated, thickened, and toothed at the terminal edge ; a
strong spine is placed between the extremity of the dorsal keel and the ventral
plate ; ventral cavity enclosed by a flat longitudinal plate or diaphragm, and con-
taining many thin oblique septa ; anterior portion thin, rounded, concave beneath.

The species are probably numerous, but they are extremely difficult to define,
as age and other circumstances to which internal shells are particularly liable
appear to cause much variation. They all occur in the same tertiary forma-
tion ; the following, from Bracklesham, are supposed to be new.

* Tab. IX. fig. 17, (a) the outer dorsal calcareous coat; (b,b, b) two or three imbricating layers of
membrane alternating with calcareous laminae; (c, c) the calcareous lining; (d) the surface of the
stone waved in the direction of the lines of growth or margin of the shell; (e) a portion of the dia-
phragm ; (/) the abraded surface of the beak or spine, showing a fibrous structure not visible in Sepia ;
(r) a portion of the diaphragm, also shown at (g) in figs. 12 & 16; (A) strias indicating a fibrous
structure under that part of the surface where I suppose a muscle to have been attached.

DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS. 193

Belosepia Oweni. (Tab. IX. fig. 13.)

SPEC. CHAR. Callus perpendicular ; spine short, thick, acute, depressed
above, rounded on the sides and beneath ; ventral cavity terminating near the
lunate extremity of the ventral plate.

Length and breadth of the spine equal.

The ventral plate, as usual in the genus, is striated in rays from the end of the
ventral cavity, is semicircular and but little extended ; the point of the beak is
slightly turned upwards and has no carina, or only a minute one. The very short
spine distinguishes it from all the species described by Deshayes ; the nearest is
B. Cuvieri, but the figures quoted forbid its being referred to that species. Fig. a.
represents the ordinary form ; fig. b. shows a young individual with the spine
more acuminated. It is dedicated to Professor Owen, who has laboured so suc-
cessfully among the Cephalopods.

Belosepia brevispina. (Tab. IX. fig. 14.)

SPEC. CHAR. Callus perpendicular ; spine very short, small, convex above,
thick, acute ; ventral plate lunate, thin.

Spine wider than long.

In this specimen the ventral plate is evidently much worn, and has thus lost its
toothed edge. The small and extremely short beak is the distinguishing mark.

The other four species I distinguish by the following characters, and trust
they are the species defined by Deshayes ; probably the first two should be united.
The spines of all four are sharply keeled along a great portion of the upper part.

Belosepia Cuvieri, Voltz*. (Tab. IX. fig. 11.)
Callus perpendicular ; spine thick, bent upwards ; ventral plate elongated.

Belosepia Blainvillii. (Tab. IX. figs. 10?, 16 & 17.)

Callus inclined backwards ; spine bent upwards ; ventral plate short.

Fig. 10 is an intermediate form, and smoother on the back than the true B.
Blainvillii. The specimens figs. 16 & 17 are from Sheppey ; they were presented
by Professor Owen. Fig. 1 7 is referred to above ; it is the most perfect yet dis-
covered.

Mem. sur les Belemnites, p. 23, t. 2. f. 6. The figures referred to by Deshayes do not all accord
with his description.

194 DESCRIPTION OF SHELLS.

Belosepia longispina. (Tab. IX. fig. 12.)

Callus perpendicular; spine elongated, horizontal; ventral plate semioval,
short.

Belosepia longirostris. (Tab. IX. fig. 15.)

Callus much inclined backwards ; spine elongated, directed upwards ; ventral
plate short and broad.

Figs, a, a. are from two old specimens.

Fig. b. represents what I suppose to be a young one of the same species.

Beloptera, Deshayes.

This genus has a strong affinity to Belosepia, but the ventral cavity, instead of
being partly open as in that and in Sepia, is perfectly closed and conical with
transverse septa as in Belemnites. I have seen no indication of a siphuncle in it,
except a minute curve or sinus in the edge of each septum. The oval wing-like
processes, which help the resemblance to Belosepia, do not occur in both the
known species, but rudiments of them may be traced in B. Levesquii. The species
from Bracklesham is identical with that of the Paris basin. The anterior portion
has never been found *.

CEPHALOPODA TETRABRANCHIATA.

Nautilus.

Examples of the genus Nautilus occur in the clay at Bracklesham, but they
are in so soft a state that perfect specimens have not been procured. I have not
thought proper to place Nautilus ziczac under the genus Clymenia, although it
might well be separated from Nautilus. Nautilus has an external shell, and
there is no reason to suppose that N. ziczac differs in this respect from the
typical species ; while Clymenia not only has a discoid shell, but in its struc-
ture more resembles internal shells, and probably bears to Nautilus a relation
similar to that borne by Scaphites to Ammonites ; and Scaphites is probably an
internal shell, or at least partly so, for its form would not admit the animal to
lodge in the terminal chamber. It would be speculating too deeply at present to
arrange both Scaphites and Clymenia among the dibranchiate Cephalopods ; but
their resemblance to Spirula might almost lead to that conclusion.

* In a visit to Paris in 184>7, I compared our Bracklesham Belosepia with those in the cabinet of
M. Deshayes, and I am much indebted to him for his valuable remarks, as well as for several good
specimens of Belosepia and Beloptera from the Paris basin. F. D.

DESCRIPTION OF FISHES. 195

Subkingdom VERTEBRATA.
Class PISCES.

THERE is no department of natural history more interesting and instructive
than that of Ichthyology. When we consider that more than three-fifths of the
earth's surface is covered with water, and that fishes of the greatest beauty and
variety abound in countless numbers from the wannest to the coldest latitudes,
it is not surprising that this study should have largely occupied the attention of
the great Cuvier, and of late years have been so admirably continued and
advanced by Professor Agassiz. But not only in the arrangement of recent
fishes does the genius of Agassiz appear ; he has also introduced a classification
founded on the characters of the scales, which is of the utmost importance to
the collector of fossil fishes, who is now enabled to abandon the vague term of
Ichthyolite, and arrange his cabinet on scientific principles, giving to each speci-
men its appropriate place in the series of extinct species.

Professor Agassiz has determined nearly fifteen hundred species of fossil fishes
in the various strata of the different geological periods ; of these five or six
hundred belong to this country, all of which are specifically and most of them
generically distinct from the eight thousand recent species which he has exa-
mined. This is one of the most remarkable results of geology, aided by accurate
zoological knowledge.

Fishes have been arranged by Baron Cuvier under two great divisions, called
Ossei or bony, and Chondropterygii or cartilaginous*.

The remains of fishes in a fossil state most frequently found at Bracklesham,
are principally of the cartilaginous order, and of the groups of Sharks and Rays.
The Sharks (Squalidee) include the genera Galeocerdo, Otodus, Lamna and Car-
charodon, and the Rays (Randce) Pristis, Myliobates and Mtobates. There are

* Although there has not been discovered in Sussex so great a number and variety of fossil fishes
as have been obtained from Sheppey, where the heads of fishes with the teeth in their natural position,
and sometimes perfect specimens with scales and fins are found, of which the cabinets of the Earl. of
Enniskillen, Sir P. Egerton, and Mr. Bowerbank have furnished the means of determining upwards of
sixty species, yet the localities of Bracklesham and Selsey may be considered unrivalled for the num-
ber of palatal remains of Myliobates, ^Etobates and Edapkodon, which occur there in the best state
of preservation.

196 DESCRIPTION OF FISHES.

also found a few examples of a much rarer family of cartilaginous fishes, called
Chimaroids ; the Bracklesham fossils of this family belong to the extinct genera
Edaphodon and Elasmodus.

The fossil remains of the osseous order of fishes are few in number, and
belong to the families Silurida and Sphyraenidee, and to the genus Platylcemus.

The Squalidee or Sharks have usually teeth conical and sharp-pointed, with a
more or less compressed form, sometimes with trenchant or serrate edges and
accessory basal denticles.

The Raiidee or Rays found in that locality have teeth more compact than the
Squalidee, forming a kind of mosaic pavement in both upper and lower jaws.

Professor Owen observes in his ' Odontography,' page 47, speaking of the
Myliobates which belong to the family Raiid<z, " that the jaws which support
and work their dense and heavy teeth, are proportionally strong, and in Mto-
bates they nearly approach the density of true bone ; in this subgenus the upper
jaw is shorter and more curved than the lower, the anterior extremity of which
projects beyond the upper jaw, and can be used like a spade in digging out shell-
fish, &c. ; " and page 48, " the teeth of the Myliobates, like those of the rest of
the Plagiostomes, are successively formed at the posterior part of the tesselated
series, in proportion as they are worn away in front." This worn and rugged
character is well preserved in fossil specimens.

One or two specimens of an existing species of this curious genus, Myliobatet
Aquila (Eagle Ray), have been taken, according to Mr. Yarrell, on the English
coast ; they abound in the Mediterranean and Southern seas. The jaws and teeth
of the Zygobates, one of this family, are often brought from China in the boxes
containing Crustacea and insects. Few fossils perhaps would have more per-
plexed a comparative anatomist than the palatal tooth of an extinct Myliobates,
unless he had been acquainted with the recent genus.

The chimaBroid genus Edaphodon, discovered and so named by the Very Rev.
Dr. Buckland, had teeth adapted for crushing and bruising enclosed in the sub-
stance of the jaw, which are easily perceived by their peculiar structure. In the
Edaphodon they are three in number, arranged in a horizontal position, their
superior surfaces being more or less worn down and pitted, showing the remains
of calcigerous tubes.

The Pristis or Saw-fish. This curious fish has derived its name from a very
singular and formidable weapon projecting from the anterior part of the head,
provided with strong teeth as they are called, situated in a series of deep alveoli

DESCRIPTION OF FISHES. 197

in each lateral margin ; the true maxillary teeth being extremely small, and
inadequate to destroy and secure its prey. But with this strong beak the Pristis
is said to attack successfully even the larger cetacea. This genus was formerly
placed with the Squulldfc, but Professor Agassiz considers the family of Raiida; to
have a stronger claim for its relationship.

Sphyranodus, a genus formed by Agassiz. The remains of one species,
(S. prisons, are occasionally found at Sheppey ; at Bracklesharn they may be con-
sidered very rare fossils. A magnified view showing the beautiful structure of
the tooth of this genus is given in Professor Owen's ' Odontography,' pi. 54,
under the name of Dictyodus.

Species of the recent genus SphyrcEna exist in the Mediterranean, and are
abundant in the Brazilian and American seas ; they are considered more vora-
cious than sharks, and particularly greedy of human flesh.

Siluridte. These fish are furnished with a strong dorsal defensive bone, and
the first ray of the pectoral fin is composed also of a strong spine attached to
the scapular arch or shoulder-bone ; both these weapons are so articulated as to
be erected or depressed according to the will of the animal. They frequent
rivers, estuaries and lakes.

The dental remains of fish are much sought after by Palaeontologists, being
not only beautiful objects in themselves, but often the only indications of extinct
species : they prove also the existence of a contemporaneous assemblage of
plants and animals which must have supplied them with food.

Order CARTILAGINEI, Cur. (PLACO1DEI, Ageusiz.)
Suborder RAIID^E, Mutter.

Genus Myliobates.

Myliobates. The remains of the dental apparatus of these fish furnish some
of the most interesting fossils of Bracklesham ; they are commonly called
' palates,' and are found lying loose on the exposed surface of the London-clay
formation, more especially after high and rough tides, and at the western part
of the bay. Detached dental plates are very common, but good specimens
with 6 or 7 rows are rare. I have during the last ten years collected a great
variety of these curious crushing teeth, the specimens varying from half an inch

2 D

198 DESCRIPTION OF FISHES.

in size to five inches ; the enamel in most cases is worn away ; when it remians,
the specimen presents a beautiful black lustre. Professor Owen has observed
that the dental plates in Myliobates, JEtobates and the allied genera are united
by sutures, a beautiful adaptation to provide against the shocks and rough usage
to which they must be exposed ; it is the only instance of this mode of junction
of contiguous teeth known in the animal kingdom. I have represented on Tab. X.,
XI. & XII., six well-marked species, and I have no doubt several others in my
collection may be easily denned ; the age and size of the fish must be borne in
mind in making these comparisons, for we find the teeth of the recent Myliobates
varying in the same species according to those circumstances. I saw in
Cuvier's museum in the Jardin des Plantes, an extensive collection of recent
specimens elucidating this range of variety ; it is also exemplified by some of the
specimens in our own College of Surgeons. In four specimens of Zygobates in
my cabinet, no two are alike ; some vary in the size and length of the principal
dental plates, but more particularly in the shape and size of the accessory or
lateral ones.

Myliobates Dixoni. (Tab. X. figs. 1,2; Tab. XI. fig. 14 ; Tab. XII. fig. 3.)

Professor Agassiz has done me the honour to give my name to this species ;
he considers it very different from those figured in his work, and does not hesi-
tate to distinguish it from all its congeners. The dental plates are very large,
and the relative disproportion of their dimensions very remarkable, the average
length of the principal plates being about a fifth of their width ; the lateral plates
are small, narrowish and elongated. In some specimens there is a strongly
marked depression or groove near the edge ; this is well seen in fig. 3, Tab. XII.
The figured specimens are all from the upper jaw. The fine one, fig. 14, is
from the cabinet of G. A. Coombe, Esq.

One singular example of part of the dental armour of the upper jaw of a species
of Myliobutes, nearly allied to, or identical with the M. Dixoni, has the small
lateral plates developed on one side only, the large or principal plates thinning
off to an edge on the opposite side ; this is doubtless an abnormal or accidental
variety.

Myliobates toliapicus. (Tab. X. figs. 3, 4, 5 ; Tab. XII. fig. 4.)
This species resembles the recent M. aquila ; the difference in the fossil con-

DESCRIPTION OF FISHES. 199

sists in the regularity of the diamond-shaped accessory plates, which in the
recent fish are generally unequal. The specimen I have figured differs from the
one bearing this specific name in Professor Agassiz's superb work, in having the
surface of the teeth uniformly punctated, instead of striated or irregularly
plicated, but in all other respects it is similar. I have one specimen from the
Park-bed, allied to this species, with three rows of lateral teeth, the greatest
number I have ever seen preserved.

The specimen figured, Tab. X. fig. 3, is from the lower jaw ; and fig. 4 repre-
sents the under surface, showing the strong furrows so peculiar to the dental
plates of this family. This mode of attachment is wonderfully adapted for giving
strength to the teeth, whilst the substance to which they are attached favours
the removal of the old and worn-away dental plates, which are succeeded by new
ones from behind.

MyHobates irregularis. (Tab. XI. fig. 15.)

Of this species I am enabled to figure the most magnificent lower jaw that has
as yet been discovered ; the great irregularity of the dental plates, their shortness
compared to their breadth, their solidity and depth, which in the centre of the
specimen is one inch, are characters quite sufficient to determine it to be a new
species. The black glossy character of the specimen is well shown by Mr. L.
Aldous in the engraving. From the Cabinet of G. A. Coombe, Esq.

MyHobates striatus. (Tab. XII. fig. 2.)

The dental plates of this species are finely striated on the surface, and of
considerable size. The original specimen named by Agassiz was from the Very
Rev. Dr. Buckland's collection, and was found at Sheppey. The specimen en-
graved is from the lower jaw, and is half an inch thick in the centre.

MyHobates Edwardsi. (Tab. XI. fig. 16. Lower jaw.)

This specimen I found in one of my visits to Bracklesham with my friend
Fred. Edwards, Esq., and have named it after him ; it was considered anew species
by Agassiz. In some of its characters it resembles M. toliapicus, but the gradual
increase of the length or antero-posterior diameter of the dental plates from the
back to the front or worn-down extremity of the series is very remarkable,
combined with the elongated character of the second row of diamond-shaped

2 o2

200 DESCRIPTION OF FISHES.

lateral teeth. It is not quite half an inch thick in the centre. In young and
smaller specimens of this tooth the gradual increase of the dental plates is also
very constant.

Myliobates contractus. (Tab. XI. fig. 17. Lower jaw.)

The great antero-posterior, as compared with the transverse diameter of the
dental plates, their uniformity, and the long narrow character of the first row of
diamond-shaped lateral teeth, clearly distinguish this species.

It is half an inch in thickness at the middle.

A recent lower jaw of Myliobates is figured at Tab. XI. fig. 1, from the College
of Surgeons, which well shows the resemblance of the recent to the fossil species.
Professor Agassiz considered this a new and unpublished species.

Genus jEtobates.

Good specimens of this genus are of rarer occurrence at Bracklesham than
those of Myliobates. Single dental plates are often met with ; they are picked
up in the same situations and under the same circumstances as those of Mylio-
bates.

JEiobates irregularis. (Tab. X. figs. 6, 7, 8 ; Tab. XII. figs. 2, 3, 4.)

The specimens figured in this work belong to the lower jaw ; those figured by
M. Agassiz in his magnificent work are portions of the upper jaw of the same
species. Mr. Bowerbank has a fine lower jaw of this species, with ten dental
plates, and I have one with nine plates.

Fig. 2 of Tab. XI. has the enamel beautifully preserved ; it was found by Robert
Drewitt, Esq., on a visit to Bracklesham with myself and Mr. Coombe.

Fig. 4 is a much-worn specimen, not a quarter of an inch in thickness ; it
nearly resembles Mt. subarcuatus of Agassiz.

JEtobates convexus. (Tab. XI. fig. 5.)

This species is readily recognised by the great convexity and tapering extre-
mities of the dental plates, which come almost to a point on each side.

sEtobates subconvexus. (Tab. XI. fig. 6.)
The dental plates of this species are more regular and not quite so convex as

DESCRIPTION OF FISHES. 201

in the preceding ; their extremities are also not so pointed : they are very differ-
ent from those of M. irregularis.

jEtobates subarcuatus.

The characters of this specimen agree with Professor Agassiz's description of
JEt . subarcuatus ; I have a dental plate of this species 4 inches in width, which
must have belonged to an enormous fish. It is very difficult to distinguish this
species from JEt. irregularis.

jEtobates marginalis. (Tab. XII. fig. 1.)

On showing this specimen to Professor Agassiz, he considered that it was
distinct from all the former species, and suggested that marginalis would be a
good name for it. The characters of this species are so obvious and so different
from any other, that it is at once recognised. The figure (Tab. XII. fig. 1) re-
presents a portion of the upper jaw ; the dental plates are much arched, very
strong, and f of an inch in thickness. The margins are apparently bordered by
accessory teeth, but on the underside the dental furrows extend uninterruptedly
to the margins a character which at once distinguishes it from Myliobates. I
have seen only two specimens ; both are in my own collection.

jEtobates rectus. (Tab. XI. fig. 8.)

I have several detached dental plates of different sizes, so straight as to
justify the above specific name, though in many respects they resemble ^E.
irregularis.

Tab. XI. fig. 9 Recent lower jaw of jEtobates, showing the natural position
of the dental plates. From the Museum of the College of Surgeons.

Tab. XL fig. 10. The upper and lower jaws in their natural position from a
small recent JEtobates ; the upper jaw being nearly perpendicular to the lower,
exemplifying their adaptation for triturating the smaller mollusks and Crustacea.
We find the same curved character of the upper jaw, and adaptation of the dental
apparatus in the genus Myliobates.

From the Museum of the College of Surgeons.

202 DESCRIPTION OF FISHES.

Family PRISTID^E.

Genus Pristis.

In Tab. XII. figs. 9 & 10, are given two views of the natural size of one of
the rostra] teeth of a Saw-fish, which differs by its curvature from all the known
species recent or fossil, and for which the name Pristis contortus is proposed.

Family EDAPHODONTJD^;, Owen.

Genus Edaphodon.

The beautiful jaws of this chimseroid fish are usually found in the substance of
the London clay, after the surface has been well-bared by high tides and storms ;
the specimens are seldom rolled : when met with, it is advisable to pursue the
search, for in more than one instance the premaxillary bones (formerly called
Passalodori) have been also discovered*.

Suborder SQUALID^, Mutter.

Galeocerdo latidens. (Tab. XI. figs. 22, 23.)

The genus Galeocerdo has been formed by Agassiz from the genus Galeus of
Cuvier. See page 230, vol. iii. of Agassiz's work on Fossil Fishes.

There can scarcely be any doubt but that the species above named is the
same as that figured in the ' Poissons Fossiles,' pi. 26. fig. 22 & 23. The an-
terior margin is less arcuate than in most of the other species ; the cone is sharp
and pointed, the posterior notch forms a very sharp angle, below which the

* A paper of great value to the palaeontologist published in the ' Quarterly Journal ' of the Geo-
logical Society for May 1847, by Sir Philip Grey Egerton, Bart., F.R.S., V.P.G.S., &e., on the No-
menclature of the Fossil Chimaeroid Fishes.

Sir Philip Egerton has made a new arrangement of the dental armature of these curious fishes, and
has clearly pointed out that the genus Passalodon must be abandoned, for the fossils constituting that
genus are, in fact, the premaxillary apparatus of Edaphodon, and in like manner Scaphodus is the pre-
maxillary of Elasmodus. Discoveries of this character are most valuable, and demonstrate the ad-
vantage of sound anatomical knowledge. The fossils of the genus Edaphodon, found in such good
preservation at Bracklesham, have been in some measure the means of establishing these facts.

The genus Elasmodus, formed by Sir Philip Egerton, is remarkable for a laminated structure in
both upper and lower jaws ; this character suggested its generic name. " It has also, like Edaphodon,

DESCRIPTION OF FISHES. 203

serrations are well-developed, but they are much finer on the anterior portion of
the tooth ; this latter character distinguishes it from G. Arcticus.

The original specimen from which M. Agassiz's figure is taken is in the Museum
at Paris, the locality unknown.

Lamna eleyans. (Tab. X. figs. 28, 29, 30, 31.)

The beautiful teeth of this species are very common at Bracldesham, more so
than at Sheppey ; the young teeth are finely striated, but the striae are scarcely
observable in the larger specimens. This species is common in the calcaire
grossier, and has been also noticed in the crags*.

three triturating tubercles, but the dentine of which they are composed is confluent, being rolled
round like a scroll in the substance of the bone, one edge forming the margin of the tooth, the other
buried in the centre."

I subjoin the Nomenclature proposed by Sir Philip Egerton of the Edapftodontidce, as far as they
relate to the Chalk and Eocene formations.

Subclass ELASMOBRANCHII, Bonap.

Order HOLOCEPHALI, Mutter.

Family EDAPHODONTID.E, Owen.

EDAPHODON, Buckland.

rn A i. i fProc. Geol. Soc., vol. ii.
Bucklandi, Agas>.. \ Lpp " . an ". lo . wer IE. latidens, Buck., up. ineditA p. 687

I- "" J I A (race v n] tii n 3M

[ Agass., vol. iii. p. 351...

Bagshot sand and
Bracklesham.

gigas, Egart Premaxillaries f Proc. Geol Soc., vol. iv. | Chalk 1 loughton

I pt. 1. p. 211 f and Lewes.

helveticus, Egert. . Lower maxillary 1 froc - ^ e<A \ S c - To1 ' iv ' | M las j e .

I pt. 1. p. 154 f land.

maxillar > r ...... J ed " ............................ Ugas 5 ,vol.iii.p.351...J

,......

- Mantelli, Buck. ... Lower maxillary Chimxra Mantelli, Buck. ... { Proc - ^ L Soc " ToL " l Ch ^ k - ^. ewe8 w<i

[ p. 206 .................. I Worthing.

- Sedgwicki, Agait. Lower maxillary Chimsra Sedgwicki, Agau... -f Ag * ss V,, vo1 ' "' P ' 349> ] Gr f en , sand ' Cim -

\ Feuilleton 116 ......... / bndge.

ELASMODHS, Egerton.

- Greenovi, Agass. .. Lower maxillary Chimacra Greenovi, Agau ____ Agass., vol. iii. p. 350... Unknown.

- Hunteri, Owen ... Lower maxillary .................................... Odontography, p. 66 ... {

,- .. Premaxillary ... Scaphodu3, Buck., inedit. ... Odontography, p. 66 ... j

* In the cabinet of Dr. Robertson at Chatham, there is a portion of the jaw of this Shark with
several teeth in it, found at Sheppey.

204 DESCRIPTION OF FISHES.

Carcharodon heterodon. (Tab. XI. fig. 19.)

The finely enamelled tooth of this species agrees so well with M. Agassiz's de-
scription as to leave no doubt as to its identity. The teeth are strongly serrated
and curved in the lower jaw ; in the upper jaw they are straight. I have figured
a tooth from each jaw ; the lateral or accessory lobes are more coarsely serrated
than the body of the tooth. In Mr. Keele's cabinet at Southampton there are
several teeth of this species which were found in that vicinity.

Otodus olliquus. (Tab. X. figs. 32, 33, 34, 35.)

These teeth are very common at Sheppey, where they occur of a much larger
size than at Bracklesham ; I have one large specimen from Bognor.

Otodus lanceolatus. (Tab. XI. figs. 20, 21.)

The tooth figured agrees in so many respects with M. Agassiz's description of
this species, that I retain for it his name lanceolatus ; it is however thinner and
rather more lanciform in its character.

Vertebrae (Tab. X. figs. 24, 25, 26, & 27) of fishes. I have never seen more
than three or four in one mass ; when first found they are very soft and fragile
and require great care for their preservation. The largest vertebra of a shark
which 1 have seen is in Mr. Bowerbank's collection, and measures nearly 3 inches
in diameter.

Order OSSEI, Cuvier, GANOIDEI, Agassiz.

Genus Silurus.

Tab. XL fig. 1 1 exhibits part of the scapular arch with the strong dentated
spine of the pectoral fin of a Siluroid fish, of a new species, and the first that has
been discovered in a British formation. Fig. 12 is a view of the symmetrical
dorsal spine of the same Silurus. Fig. 13 gives two views of the articular sur-
face of the pectoral spine. This rare species is dedicated to Sir P. de M. Grey
Egerton, Bart., whose unrivalled collection of fossil fishes, and whose intimate
knowledge of that department of Palaeontology, have served on many occasions
to the advancement of Geology, and have proved of essential aid to the author
in the present part of his work.

DESCRIPTION OF FISHES. 205

Family PYCNODONTES.

Periodus Kcenigii, Agassiz. (Tab. X. fig. 13.)

The genus Periodus differs from Pycnodus in having the apex of the tooth
surrounded by a large furrow ; the figured specimen must have belonged to a
large fish ; it is similar in size to the original fossil from Sheppey, in the Collec-
tion of the Very Rev. Dr. Buckland, published in M. Agassiz's magnificent
work.

Mr. Keele has a fine specimen of Periodus found near Southampton.

Order CYCLOIDEI, Agassiz.

Genus Platylcemus* .

This genus is founded upon the dental plates figured in Tab. XII. figs. 1 1 ,
12 & 13. They are of two forms; the one, 12 & 13, symmetrical, the other
(fig. 11) unsymmetrical and evidently one of a pair of plates, resembling the
upper pharyngeal dental plates of a Lubrus or Scarus in general form ; whilst
the symmetrical plate answers to the lower symmetrical pharyngeal plate in the
same fishes. The fossil plates consist of a continuous dentary mass, with a
smooth and nearly flat enamelled surface, finely punctate ; the depressions indi-
cating the extremities of the vascular canals of the numerous filamentary verti-
cal denticles, of which the whole mass is composed. On the attached surface of
the plate, three ridges converge from the three angles to a central pointed pro-
cess. The specific name Colei is in honour of the Right Hon. the Earl of En-
niskillen, who, in an excursion with the author to Bracklesham, obtained a fine
specimen of this new species of fossil fish.

Sphyrtenodus, Agassiz.

Sphyreenodus gracilis. The specimen figured M. Agassiz pronounced a new
species, having more slender teeth than S. prisons.

Family XIPHIOIDES.

Genus Cwlorhynchua.

The fossils representing this genus are considered by M. Agassiz to be the
nasal defensive bones of a fish of the Xiphioid family, and related to Istiophorus :
they are common at Bracklesham, and are occasionally found at Sheppey.

* Der. irXarvs lotus, \atfi6s gvla, broad-throat.

2E

206 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

Description of the remains of the Fossil Reptiles from the Tertiary deposits
of Bracklesham and Bognor, in the Museum of FREDERICK DIXON,
Esq., or figured in the present Work. By PROFESSOR OWEN, F.R.S.

Class REPTILIA.

Order CROCODILIA, Owen.

THE existing species of the order Crocodilia* all belong to the section with
proccelian vertebra, or those having the fore-part of the vertebral body concave,
the hind-part convex ; and they constitute the types of three genera ; which,
besides being marked by certain characters of the tegumentary and perishable
parts, are distinguished by others imprinted upon the enduring and fossilizable
framework, viz. the bones and the teeth. Of these characters the most decisive
and constant are afforded by the size, form and proportions of the teeth, and
the relations of certain teeth of the under jaw to pits or grooves in the upper
jaw. For example, " the reception of the fourth or canine tooth of each ramus
of the lower jaw into a pit in the palate, where it is concealed by the upper jaw
when the mouth is shut," is a character of the genus Alligator ; " the reception
of the corresponding teeth in notches, one on each side of the border of the
upper jaw, where they are exposed to view when the mouth is shut," is a
character of the genus Crocodilus. In both Alligator and Crocodilus the skull is
depressed, the jaws thick and not very long, the borders of the jaws festooned,
and the teeth of unequal size : the muzzle is broad and obtuse in most of the

* 'Report on British Fossil Reptiles' in ' Report of British Association' for 1841, p. 65. In this
Report I separated the Crocodilia, as an order, from the Lacertilia, Dinosauria, Pterosauria, and
Enaliosauria, belonging to the great and diversified order Sauria of Brongniart and Cuvier. The
existing forms of my order Crocodilia belong exclusively to the first section, or those " with concavo-
convex, or procselian vertebrae," which section answers to the group defined and called ' Loricata ' by
Merrem (Tentamen Systematis Amphibiorum, 8vo, 1820), and Emydosauria by MM. De Blain-
ville and Gray. The order ' Crocodilia,' as defined in my ' Report,' includes, however, some extinct
species not admitted into the ' Loricata' of Merrem, and excludes others which are ranked amongst
the Loricata of Fitzinger, and the Emydosauria in the British Museum ; I, therefore, found myself
compelled to propose a distinct name (Crocodilia) for such differently constructed order.

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES. 207

Alligators, least so, perhaps, in Alligator palpebrosus, but is narrower and more
tapering in most Crocodiles ; and in some species, as e.g. Croc, acutus and Croc.
Schlegelii, the jaws are lengthened as well as attenuated, and indicate a transi-
tion to the Gavials. In this genus (Gavialis) the jaws are very long and slender,
their alveolar borders almost straight ; the teeth are nearly equal in size and
similar in form, and the first as well as the fourth teeth in each ramus of the
lower jaw pass into notches in the border of the upper jaw when the mouth is
shut. The symphysis of the lower jaw is of extreme length, its transverse sec-
tion almost semicircular, and, as the corresponding part of the upper jaw pre-
sents a similar form, the elongated muzzle is characterised as ' cylindrical.'

Genus CROCODILUS, Merrem.

Species. Crocodilus Spenceri.

Remains of extinct species of true Crocodiles (Crocodilus, Merrem) have been
discovered at Sheppey, Bognor and Hordle. Mr. Dixon possesses good examples
of the Crocodilus Spenceri from the two former localities ; and the Marchioness
of Hastings has almost perfect specimens of the crania of the Crocodilus Has-
tingsi(E, from the Hordle Cliff. Dr. Mantell* has alluded to a fossil Alligator
found in the Hordle Cliff, but I have not yet seen any specimen, description or
figure manifesting the characters and determining the existence of the American
genus of Crocodilia (Alligator or Champsa) in British eocene strata.

The specimen of Crocodilus Spenceri, from Bognor, in Mr. Dixon's museum,
consists of a chain of eight vertebrae, including the sacral and characteristic
biconvex first caudal, which are represented of their natural size in Tab. XV.
fig. 1 . A dorso-lateral bony scute (fig. 2) adheres to the same mass of clay close
to the vertebrae, and doubtless belonged to the same individual. This fine
specimen was discovered, and presented to Mr. Dixon, by the Rev. John Austin,
MA., rector of Pulbrough, Sussex. Fig. 3 is a rolled specimen of the anterior
caudal vertebra of a large example of the Crocodilus Spenceri, from Sheppey.

* " The only vestige of any other order of Reptiles observed in these strata is a tooth of the Cro-
codilian type, apparently of the Alligator Hantoniensis, a fossil species described by Mr. Searles Wood
from a splendid specimen of the lower jaw and teeth, found in the freshwater beds at Hordwell Cliff
on the Hampshire coast." Geological Excursions round t/te Isle of Wight, 8vo, 1847, p. 115.

2 E 2

208 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

Genus GAVIALIS, Oppel.

Species. Gavialis Dixoni.

The characters of the genus Gavialis are much more strongly marked than are
those which distinguish the Crocodiles from the Alligators, and the portions of
the lower jaw of the Crocodilian figured in Tab. XII. figs. 22, 23 & 24, and in the
subjoined woodcut, demonstrate, by the slender proportions of the mandibular
rami (figs. 2 & 3), the extent of the symphysis, the uniform level of the alveolar

Teeth and bones of Gavialis Dixoni.

series, and the nearly equal distance of the sockets of the comparatively small,
slender and equal-sized teeth, the former existence in England, during the early
tertiary periods, of a Crocodilian with the maxillary and dental characters of the
genus Gavialis. These characters are, however, participated in by some of the
extinct Crocodilians of the secondary strata, in which they coexist with a different

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES. '-'(!

type of vertebra from that of the recent and known tertiary Crocodilian genera;
it became necessary, therefore, to ascertain what form of vertebra might be so
associated with the fossil Gavial-like jaws and teeth in the Bracklesham eocene
deposits, as to justify the conclusion that such vertebrae had belonged to the
same species as the jaws. Now, the only Crocodilian vertebra; that have yet
been found at Bracklesham, so far as I can ascertain, present the procaelian type
of articular surfaces of the body, a & b, like that in Mr. Dixon's collection, fig. 1
of the above woodcut. This vertebra answers to the last cervical or first dorsal
vertebra in the existing Crocodilians, and accords in its proportions with that in
the Gangetic Gavial : the parapophysis, p, [lower transverse process articulating
with the head of the rib] is relatively shorter antero-posteriody. The broad
rough neurapophysial sutural surfaces, n, meet upon the middle of the upper
part of the centrum ; the elsewhere intervening narrow neural tract sinks deeper
into the centrum than in the modern Gavial, but is perforated, as in that species,
by the two approximated vertical vascular fissures. The hypapophysis, h s, (pro-
cess from the inferior surface of the centrum) has been broken off' in the fossil,
but it accords in its place and extent of origin with that in the anterior dorsal
vertebra of the Gavial. Assuming the fossil procaelian vertebrae from Brackles-
ham, and the above-described vertebra in particular, to have belonged to the
same individual or species as the portions of fossil jaw, figs. 2 & 3, then these
mandibular and dental fossils must be referred to the genus Gavialis, or to the
long-, slender- and subcylindrical-snouted Crocodilia with procaelian vertebrae.
This genus is now represented by one or two species peculiar to the great rivers
of India, more especially the Ganges ; and the fossil differs from both the Gavialis
gangeticus, Auct., and from the, perhaps nominal, Gavialis tenuirostris, Cuv., in
the form and relative size of the teeth. The crown is less slender in the fossil
than in the existing Gavials, and less compressed, its transverse section being
nearly circular. There are two opposite principal ridges, but they are less marked
than in the existing Gavials ; and are placed more obliquely to the axis of the
jaw, i.e. the internal ridge is more forward, and the external one more backward,
when the tooth is in its place in the jaw. In the modern Gavial the opposite
ridges, besides being more trenchant, are nearly in the same transverse line.
The other longitudinal ridges on the enamel of the fossil teeth are more nume-
rous, more prominent and better defined, than in the existing Gavials : the inter-
mediate tracts of enamel present the same fine wrinkles in the fossil as in the
existing Gavials' teeth.

210 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

On comparing the fragment of the fossil lower jaw with a specimen of a lower
jaw of the Gavialis gangeticus of the same breadth across the symphysial part,
at the intervals of the sockets, which breadth is 3 centimeters (1 inch 3 lines), I
find that the longitudinal extent of 10 centimeters (near 4 inches) of a ramus of
the fossil jaw includes five sockets ; but in the Gangetic Gavial compared the
same extent of jaw includes seven sockets, showing that the teeth are fewer as
well as larger in the fossil Gavial in proportion to the breadth of the jaws.

The second portion of the jaw, fig. 3, is from the part where the rami diverge
posteriorly from the symphysis, and near the posterior termination of the den-
tary series. Here the teeth become shorter in proportion to their thickness,
and somewhat closer placed together : there is a shallow depression (c, c) in each
interspace of the teeth, for the reception of the crowns of the opposite teeth
when the mouth is shut. These depressions are longer, deeper and better de-
fined in the fossil than in the recent Gavial of the same size.

The fragments of jaw and teeth of the fossil Gavial of Bracklesham show ex-
amples of young teeth penetrating the base of the old ones, according to the law
of succession and shedding of the teeth which characterises the existing Croco-
dilia : fig. 3 shows the apex of one of the successional teeth at d ; and fig. 4 d the
hollow base of the same incompletely formed tooth seen from below.

Besides the fossil jaws, teeth and vertebra? of the extinct Gavial, an entire
femur (fig. 8) of a Crocodilian has been discovered in the eocene deposits at
Bracklesham, which, in its proportions, agrees with that bone in the Gavial of
the Ganges. Cuvier, in his comparison of the bones of the Gavial with those
of the Alligators and true Crocodiles, merely observes, " La forme des os du
Gavial ressemble aussi prodigieusement a celle des os du Crocodile, seulement
les apophyses epineuses des vertebres sont plus carrees*."

With regard to the femur, this bone is more slender in proportion to its
length in the Gangetic Gavial than in the Crocodilus biporcatus or the Alligator
lucius, and the anterior convex bend of the shaft commences nearer the head of
the bone ; and in these characters the fossil femur from Bracklesham corre-
sponds with the modern Gavial, and differs from the Crocodiles and Alligators,
and also from the Crocodilus Hastingsiee, of which species specimens of the
fossil femur have been kindly submitted to me by the Marchioness of Hastings
and Alexander Pytts Falconer, Esq. The fossil femur of the Gavial from Brack-
lesham (fig. 8) may therefore be referred, with the utmost probability, to the same
* Ossemens Fossiles, 44o, torn. v. pt. 2. p. 108.

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES. 211

species as the portions of jaw, teeth, and vertebra above described ; and as these
clearly demonstrate a species distinct from any known Gavial*, I propose to call
l he extinct species of the eocene deposits at Bracklesham, Gavialis Dixoni, after
my esteemed friend, by whose scientific and zealous investigations so much
valuable additional knowledge has been obtained respecting the fossils of that
rich, but previously little-known locality.

The tooth from Mr. Coombe's cabinet, represented of the natural size in fig. 7
of the woodcut, p. 208, resembles in its proportions and obtuse extremity the
teeth of the Crocodiles rather than those of the Gavials, and at first sight re-
minded me of those of the Goniopholis or amphicaelian Crocodile of the Wealden
period. On comparing it closely with similar-sized teeth of that species, the
enamel-ridges were more numerous and decided in the Goniopholis ; and the de-
licate reticular surface in the interspaces of the more widely-separated and feebler
longitudinal ridges in the Bracklesham tooth was wanting in the Goniopholis.
The minute superficial characters of the enamel of the large and strong Croco-
dilian tooth from Bracklesham closely agree with those of the Gavialis Dixoni.
It is just possible that this may be a posterior tooth of a very large individual of
that Gavial, as the teeth become at that part of the jaw shorter in proportion to
their thickness in the modern Gavials. If it should not belong to that Gavial, it
must be referred to a Crocodile distinct from those species of the secondary-
strata, or those existing Crocodiles which have teeth of a similar form ; since
they present a different superficial pattern of markings on the enamel.

Order OPHIDIA.
Genus PAL^EOPHIS.

In the ' Transactions of the Geological Society of London,' 2nd Series, vol. vi.
p. 209, pi. 22, I described and figured some fossil vertebrae of a Serpent from
the eocene clay of Sheppey, corresponding in size with those of a Boa constrictor

* The teeth of the fossil Gavialis crassidens, F. & C., from the Himalayan tertiary beds, are rela-
tively larger than those of the Bracklesham Gavial. The fossil Crocodilian frontal bone from the
Montmartre eocene, described by Cuvier in the 3rd volume of the 4to Ed. (1822) of the 'Ossemens
I'ossiles,' p. 336, and figured in pi. 76. figs. 7 & 8, shows by its form, as Cuvier has stated, that it
belonged to a true Crocodile or Alligator, not to a Gavial.

The extinct Crocodilians called 'Gavials' by Cuvier in vol. v. pp. 127, 143, belong to different ge-
nera and to different sections of the order Crocodilia, those viz. characterized respectively by sub-
biconcave or by convexo-concave or opisthocselian vertebrae.

212 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

of about ten feet in length ; but differing in their greater length as compared with
their breadth, in the inferior position and uniform convexity of the diapophysis
(tubercle supports which the rib) , in the minor transverse extent of the zygapo-
physes (external and inferior articular processes) both at the front and back part
of the vertebra, in the production of the posterior ridges extending from the
neural spine to the posterior zygapophyses backwards into angular processes,
and in other characters. For the distinct genus and species of Serpent thus in-
dicated, the name of Palceophis toliapicus was proposed.

I have since received a vertebra of this species from Sheppey, of larger size
than those figured in the above-cited memoir, and indicating a serpent of twelve
or fourteen feet in length. The under surface of another vertebra of the ordinary
size from Sheppey (fig. 15), but more perfect than the specimen figured in the
original Memoir, was carinate along the middle, the keel being produced poste-
riorly into a low compressed tubercle, close to the articular ball, not separated
therefrom by a smooth, flat tract, as in the existing Boas and Pythons.

In the 'Annals and Magazine of Natural History' for September 1841, I
recorded the occurrence of smaller vertebrae of a Palaophis, indicating a species
of about seven feet in length, found fossil in the eocene sand at Kyson in Suf-
folk, and at the same time the discovery by Mr. Dixon of fossil vertebrae " of a
distinct species of Paltfophis from the eocene clay at Bracklesham, corresponding
in size with those of a Boa constrictor of upwards of twenty feet in length." (p. 2.)
A mutilated specimen of one of these vertebrae is given in Tab. XII. fig. 14 ; but
since this was figured Mr. Dixon has obtained more perfect examples of the
great Palteophis of Bracklesham, from which I have selected the specimens
represented in the woodcut, p. 213, figs. 1, 2 & 3, to illustrate its specific differ-
ences, independently of size, from the Palceophis toliapicus, figs. 14 & 15, p. 216, as
well as from the existing Boa Constrictors and Pythons, which all show the type
of vertebra represented in the figures 4, 5 & 6, p. 213, of the great Python Sebee.

If the ophidian vertebrae from Bracklesham be compared with those from
Sheppey, it will be seen, that although the anterior articular concavity (c, c) is of
equal size in the same-sized specimens, and the prezygapophyses (z e) have the
same restricted transverse development characteristic of the genus Palaophis, yet
the breadth of the conjoined bases of the epizygapophyses (zi) is broader, and
the depth of the interval between these and the prezygapophyses (z e) is greater in
the Bracklesham species (Palaophis Typheeus). The vertebrae of the Pal. Typhaus
(fig. 3) are shorter in proportion to their breadth and height than in the Pal.
toliapicus (fig. 14), and the under surface of the vertebrae of both the Pal. Ty-

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

213

phfms and a second species of Palteophis (Pal. porcatus, fig. 10) from Bracklesham,
instead of being carinate, as in Pal. toliapicus (fig. 15, p. 216), sends down two short

his Typhaxis.
F'g-" 2. /I

Pytlion Seba.

subcompressed tubercles (hypapophyses), one from the fore-part, and a deeper
one, like a short spine, from the back-part of the under surface : neither of these
are continuous with or touch their corresponding terminal articular surfaces of
the centrum.

Fig. 3 gives a side-view of one of the largest vertebrae of the Palteophis Ty-
pheeus, and fig. 6 a similar view of a corresponding vertebra of a specimen of the
Python SebfB upwards of twenty feet in length. The following differences are
observable : the articular ball, c', is set almost vertically upon the end of the body
in Paleeophis, whilst it is inclined obliquely upwards in the Python (fig. 6) ; the
posterior hypapophysis, hp, is more produced in the Pakeophis ; the diapophysis,
d, is also more produced, and its articular surface convex in both directions, not
concave vertically at the lower half, as in Python. The posterior diverging ridges
from the base of the neural spine send back the characteristic angular processes,
np, fig. 2, in the great Palaophis of Bracklesham, as in the species of Sheppey :
the neural spine, n s, has a greater antero-posterior extent in Palaophis ; it com-

2F

214 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

mences at the fore-part of the conjoined epizygapophyses, z i, and the diverging
ridges, np, fig. 3, are continued directly from the back part of its base ; not from
a little in advance of this, as in Python, np, fig. 6. The neural spine in Palaophis
is also longer than it is represented in the figure 3 (as I have ascertained by ver-
tebrae subsequently discovered), and proportionally longer therefore than in Py-
thon. The anterior views of the corresponding vertebra? of Palceophis (fig. 1) and
Python (fig. 4) show the characteristic differences in the transverse extent of the
prezygapophyses, z e, and the shorter diapophyses, d, which are sessile in Python,
but subpedunculate in Paloeophis. The posterior views, figs. 2 & 5, show the still
more striking difference in the form of the back-part of the platform or basis of
the neural spine (ns), which is quadrate in Pal&ophis, but triangular in Python
and all known existing serpents.

In the inferior transverse extent of the prezygapophyses, ze, and zygapophy-
ses, z e', of the Paleeophis, we may discern a minor degree of deviation from the
Lacertian type than in modern serpents ; but in the genus of Lacertians (Iguana) ,
which makes the nearest approach to the typical Ophidians by the presence of
upper articular processes or epizygapophyses in addition to the normal ones at
both ends of the neural arch, such accessory processes are distinguishable in the
Iguana by their smaller relative size and their closer approximation to the in-
ferior and normal zygapophyses : the diapophyses are also smaller and more
elevated in the Iguana than in the Palaeopkis.

On comparing together eighteen palreophidian vertebra? of different sizes from
Bracklesham, the smallest being of the dimensions represented in figs. 7 & 8, and
Fig. 7. Fig. 8. thence gradually increasing to the size of the speci-

men figs. 1, 2 & 3, I find the following differences:
in fig. 8, e. g. the articular cup and ball at the ends
of the centrum are larger in proportion to the length
of the centrum, as compared with the next-sized
vertebra, fig. 7 : the under surface of fig. 8 is convex
transversely between the diapophyses, and sends
down a short median ridge : in fig. 7 it. is concave

Palaopkis Palceophis at tne same part, and without the median ridge ; but
Typlmual porcatus ? both vertebrae have the median process (hypapophysis)

at the back-part of the under surface, in fig. 7 the fore -part of the epizygapo-
physes is concave, in fig. 8 it is flat ; in fig. 7 the upper border is straight, in
fig. 8 it forms an open angle : the space between the epizygapophyses and pre-
zygapophyses is greater in fig. 7 than in fig. 8.

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

215

Four vertebra- of progressively increasing size repeat the characters of the
vertebra fig. 7 : i. e. they have the fore-part of the under surface between the
diapophyses excavated, and have only one hypapophysis, viz. that developed
from the hind-part of the under surface ; they have also the epizygapophyses
nearly vertical, and raised high above the prezygapophyses. A vertebra of
the same size as the largest of these four repeats the general characters of the
small vertebra fig. 8 : it has the anterior hypapophysis as well as the posterior
one ; larger terminal cup-and-ball surfaces in proportion to its size ; smaller
intervals between the epi- and pre-zygapopbyses ; less lofty posterior aliform
productions of the neural arch, and the base of the neural spine extending nearly
to the fore-part of that arch.

Roth the above-contrasted vertebrae from Bracklesham agree in general size with
those of a chain of six vertebrae from Sheppey, of which two are figured at fig. 14,
but are shorter in proportion to the size of the articular ends : the length of the
neural arch, at and including the inferior zygapophyses, is 2 centimeters in the
Sheppey vertebrae and 1 centimeter 7 millemeters in the Bracklesham vertebras,
the articular cups and balls being of equal size in both vertebrae : the Sheppey
vertebrae differ from both kinds of Bracklesham vertebra in the continuous ridge
or keel along the under part of the body (fig. 1 5) : the neural arch is less sud-
denly compressed above, or inclines more gradually to the base of the spine.

Of the ten larger vertebra? from Bracklesham with both anterior and posterior
hypapophyses, two (figs. 9 & 10) differ from the rest in having a strong external

Fiji. 9.

Fig. 10.

Palaophis porcatus.

Palieaphis porcatus.

ridge extending from the anterior (z e) to the posterior (z e') lower and external
x.y:capophyses on each side of the neural arch. On comparing one of these ver-
tebras with another of the ordinary character and of the same size, the following
further differences presented themselves : in the ridged vertebrae, which may be

2r2

216

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

referred for the convenience of description and comparison to a Palaophis porcatus,
the articular ball is broader in proportion to its height ; the prezygapophyses, z e,
are more produced outwards and less produced forwards, so that they do not ex-
tend beyond the border of the articular cup, which is the case in the non-ridged
vertebrae of Palceophis TypTiasus the epizygapophyses z i in the ridged vertebrae
are connected by a broader and less excavated bar. The breadth of the base of
the neurapophysis is greater in the ridged vertebra than in the unridged one, in
proportion to its length. The articular surfaces of the zygapophyses are smaller
in the ridged than in the unridged vertebrae.

The ridged vertebrae from Bracklesham agree with the larger vertebrae from
Sheppey in the shape of the epizygapophyses, but the Sheppey specimens have not
the ridges. Figures 9 & 10 show the ridged character of the sides of the neural

Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13.

PaltBophis porcatus. Python Sebee. Pal&ophis Typhaus.

arch in Palceophis porcatus, and fig. 1 1 shows the consequent superior breadth of
the base of that arch in relation to the length of the vertebra as compared with
fig. 13, a corresponding vertebra of the Palceophis Typheeus. Fig. 12 in the same
woodcut shows the striking difference in the proportions of the same part of the
vertebra in the Python Sebce.

Fig. 14. Fig. 15.

Pjalteophu toliapicus. Pal&ophis toliapicus.

Figure 14 gives a side-view of two vertebrae of the Palasophis toliapicus of the
ordinary size, and preserved in natural connection: fig. 15 shows the character
of the under surface of the vertebrae of the same species.

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES. 217

Such are the observed differences which seemed worthy of mention in the
series of Palaeophidian vertebra in the collection of Mr. Dixon. The nature of
the differences may be interpreted in different ways : with regard to the small
vertebra?, for example, those with a single spine from the posterior part of the under
surface (fig. 7) may be small cervical vertebra of the same species as that to which
the large vertebrae with the two inferior spines belong ; and the small vertebrae with
two inferior spines (fig. 8) may have belonged to a smaller and younger individual
of the same species, and have come from a more posterior part of the vertebral
column of such individual. The anterior vertebra? of both Pythons and Boas,
or example, are distinguished by a long hypapophysis (inferior spine) which
subsides to a ridge in the succeeding vertebras as far as the tail. In no specimen
of Python or Boa, however, have I found the vertebras presenting such differ-
ences of character as those indicated in the larger fossil Palasophidian vertebra
which I have described as 'ridged' and 'not ridged.' Leaving therefore the
question of the nature of the differences in the smaller vertebrae open, and as
possibly depending upon difference of age and of position in the vertebral series,
I believe the characters of the ridged vertebra to be those of a distinct species of
Palasophis, for which therefore I propose the name of Pal. porcatus. The generic
character in each species is manifested in the pointed aliform productions of the
back-part of the neurapophyses (n p), by the uniform convexity of the costal
tubercles, and by the minor transverse production of the lower zygapophyses.

The PalaEophis toliapicus is distinguished by its longer vertebrae in proportion
to their breadth, and by the hypapophysial ridge, or the carinate character of the
lower part of the centrum, in the vertebrae of the abdomen.

The Palaophis Typhaus is distinguished by its shorter vertebrae and by the
anterior and posterior hypapophyses of the vertebras of the abdomen ; its neural
arch is narrower, and its sides not longitudinally ridged.

The Paleeophis porcatus is characterized by the longitudinal ridges connecting
the anterior with the posterior zygapophyses, by its broader and squarer neural
arch ; but it has the two hypapophyses below like the other Fig. 16.

large species from Bracklesham.

Figure 16 gives two views of two anchylosed vertebrae
probably from near the end of the tail of the Palaophis
porcatus: this unique specimen is from Bracklesham, and is
in the collection of Mr. Dixon*. Palaophis porcatus.

* Broken Ophidian vertebrae are often found at Bracklesham, but perfect ones are very rare ; they are

218 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

Order CHELONIA.
Genus CHELONE.

Species. Chelone trigoniceps, Owen.

More than one of the old tertiary Turtles (Chelone) are remarkable for the
longitudinal extent or depth of the symphysis of the lower jaw.

A species from the eocene clay at Harwich has this character so strongly
developed, and the under surface of the symphysis so flattened, as to have sug-
gested the ' nomen triviale ' planimentum* for it. The Chelone longiceps^ , if we
may judge by the length of the pointed upper jaw and bony palate, must have
had a corresponding extent of the symphysis of the under jaw; and we may
infer the same peculiarity from the straight alveolar borders of the maxillaries
and their acute convergence towards the premaxillary bones in the allied species,
Chelone trigoniceps (Tab. XIII. fig. 4), obtained from the eocene clay at Brackles-
ham, and now in the valuable collection of G. A. Coombe, Esq. Amongst the
Chelonites which Mr. Dixon has obtained from the same formation and locality
are portions of the fore-part of the lower jaw of four individuals of the genus
Chelone, all exhibiting the characters of the pointed form and great depth of the
symphysis.

One of these specimens (Tab. XIII. figs. 5 & 6) agrees so closely in size and
shape with the fore-part of the upper jaw (ib. fig. 4) fits, in fact, so exactly
within the alveolar border, and so closely resembles that specimen in texture and
colour, that, coming from the same formation and locality and being obtained
by the same collectors, I strongly suspect it to belong to the same species of
Chelone, if not to the same individual.

The known recent Chelones differ among themselves in the shape and extent

generally enveloped in sand : the plan I pursue is never to wash the specimens, but let them gradually
dry, scraping the sand off by degrees with a small knife, and finally using a soft brush ; when the sand
has been entirely removed, a coating of diamond cement and water (equal parts) adds greatly to their
preservation. I know of no greater pleasure that could be afforded to a paleontologist than the dis-
covery of the head of one of these serpents. That enormous serpents lived and died in great num-
bers in England during the Eocene period is a fearful truth of geological evidence, and persons un-
acquainted with the more extraordinary creatures which are discovered in older formations, are ready
to express their thanks, that these large snakes are no longer existing in our own country. F. D.
* Trans, of British Association, 1841, Report on British Fossil Reptiles, p. 178. t Ibid. p. 177-

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES. 219

of the bony symphysis of the lower jaw. Both the Chelone imbricata and the
Chelone caouana have this part deeper and more pointed than the Cli. mydas, but
iR-itlier species has the symphysis so depressed or so slightly convex below as it
is in the Bracklesham Chelonites.

These fossils also differ amongst themselves in this respect. The symphysis
which is here referred to the Chelone trigoniceps is the broadest and flattest : the
H'zurcs f> & (i, Tab. XIII. illustrate this character, and more especially the back
view, fig. 7, showing the deep and broad genio-hyoid groove g : this is reduced
to a transversely oblong foramen in Chelone mydas.

The second species indicated by the maxillary symphysis is that figured in
Tab. XIII. figs. 1' & 1" : its sides meet at a more acute angle, and it is narrower
in proportion to its length ; is more convex below and more concave above, with
the alveolar borders a little more raised, and the middle line less raised than in
Chelone trigoniceps. In this respect it is intermediate between the Chelone imbri-
rjild, where the upper surface of the symphysis is more concave, and the Chelone
caoutinu, where it is flatter than in the Chelone trigoniceps. The fossil symphysis
under notice has also a smooth transverse genio-hyoid groove at its back-part.
It accords so closely in form with the end of the upper jaw of the Chelone convexa
(fig. 1) from Sheppey, that I refer it provisionally to that species.

Two other specimens of the symphysis of the lower jaw (figs. 8 & 9), of rather
larger size, appear to belong to the same species as that referred to the Chel.
longiceps *, by the characters of the concavity of the upper surface, the convexity
of the lower surface, and the degree of convergence of the sides or borders of the
symphysis. The larger of the two shows the genio-hyoid groove, and the nearly
vertical outer side of the jaw (fig. 10) opposite the back part of the symphysis,
and this shows no impression of the smooth fossa receiving the insertion of the
biting muscles ; whereas in the Chelone trigoniceps (fig. 1 1) that fossa extends to
the same transverse line or parallel with the back-part of the symphysis.

The very rare and interesting Chelonite in Mr. Coombe's museum, figured in
Tab. XIII. fig. 4, was the first portion of the cranium of a reptile of this order
that I had seen from the eocene deposits at Bracklesham. It includes the bones
forming the roof of the mouth and portions of the bony nostrils and orbits, and
the tympanic pedicles.

The extremity of the upper jaw is broken off, but the straight converging
alveolar borders clearly indicate the muzzle to have been pointed, as in the

Report on British Fossil Reptiles, p. 177.

220 DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES.

Chelone longiceps of Sheppey ; and the muzzle being shorter, the form of the skull
has more nearly approached that of a right-angled triangle. The whole cranium
is broader and shorter, and the tympanic pedicles wider apart. The middle line
of the palate developes a somewhat stronger ridge : the orbits were relatively
larger and advanced nearer to the muzzle than in Chelone longiceps : the malar
bones are more protuberant behind the orbits, and their external surface inclines
inwards as it descends from behind and below the orbit to form the lower border
of the zygoma, which it does not do in the Chelone longiceps.

The upper surface of the fossil shows the palatines rising to join the vomer at
the middle line, and the two small subcircular vacuities (occupied by membrane
in the recent skull) between the palatines and prefrontals and maxillaries ; the
anterior border of the temporal fossa formed by the malar and pterygoid is entire
on one side, and shows that that vacuity was as broad as it is long. The olfac-
tory excavations in the maxillaries are deep. The articular surface of the tym-
panic pedicles closely accords with those of recent Chelonians.

The very regular triangular form of the skull indicated by this fragment has
induced me to propose the name of Chelone trigoniceps for the species.

Chelone convexa, Owen*.

The cranium of the Chelonite from the London clay of Sheppey, which was
kindly presented by the Earl of Enniskillen to Mr. Dixon, figured in Tab. XIII.
figs. 1 , 2 & 3, differs from the Chelone breviceps f in the more pointed form of the
muzzle, and the less rugose character of the outer surface of the bones ; and
from the Chelone longiceps I in the less produced and less acute muzzle, and the
more rugose surface of the bones. In its general proportions and triangular form
it approaches nearer to the Chelone trigoniceps, but differs from this species in
the contour of the lower border of the orbits, in the configuration of the surface
of the bony palate, and in the minor expansion of the malar regions. The palate
is traversed longitudinally by a deep median groove, between which and the
shallower grooves on the inner sides of the alveolar borders are two well-marked
longitudinal convexities.

The frontal bones enter into the formation of the upper borders of the orbits,
which are nearly circular in form, as in Chelone longiceps ; not subrhomboidal
with the angles rounded off, as in Chelone breviceps.

* Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, December 1, 1841, p. 575.
t Report on Brit. Foss. Reptiles, p. 178. t Ibid. p. 177.

DESCRIPTION OF REPTILES. 221

The finely-wrinkled character of the superficies of the bones in the cranium
here described, smooth in comparison with that in Ch. breviceps, so closely agrees
with that of the bones of the carapace and plastron of the Chelone convexa, de-
scribed in my 'Report on British Fossil Reptiles*,' that I shall provisionally
refer the cranium to that species.

Portions of a fossil carapace of a Chelone from Bracklesham, some of which
are figured in Tab. XII. figs. 16 & 17, indicate a large individual of probably one
of the two extinct species of the genus above-defined from the characters of
their skull. Figure 18 shows two views of the mutilated head of a humerus :
figure 19 gives two views of an ulna. Fig. 17 is an expanded neural spine of a
dorsal vertebra, forming one of the median pieces of the carapace ; and fig. 16 is
a portion of an expanded rib, forming one of the lateral pieces of the carapace ;
all of a true Chelone.

Genus TRIONYX.

The fragments of the carapace and plastron of a large Trionyx from Brackle-
sham are also of a kind too imperfect to give at present more certain informa-
tion than the genus of Chelonian reptiles to which they have belonged. Fig. 15,
Tab. XII. shows part of the eighth expanded rib from the right side of the cara-
pace.

Figs. 12, 14 & 16, Tab. XIII. , are views of a sacral vertebra of a Trionyx, from
Bracklesham ; figs. 13, 15 & 17 are corresponding views of the homologous ver-
tebra of a recent Trionyx of the same size.

Amongst the remains of the genus Trionyx discovered at Bracklesham, ought
to be specified a considerable portion of the right hyposternal, showing the cha-
racteristic notch for the xiphisternal bone, the smooth inner surface and the
rugous, worm-eaten character of the external surface. The thickness of this
bony plate is from 3 to 5 lines, and indicates a species as large as the full-grown
specimens of Trionyx cegyptiacus. A portion of the hyosternal bone of the same
plastron was found with it. Remains of the Trionyx are more or less common
at Hordle, Sheppey and the Isle of Wight ; but they have not yet been noticed,
so far as I am aware, in the eocene deposits at Bognor.

* Report on Brit. Foss. Reptiles, p. 178.

DESCRIPTIONS

OF

THE FOSSILS

FROM

THE EOCENE DEPOSITS OF BOGNOR.

ANNELIDA.

Serpula flagelliformis.
This is rare both at Bognor and at Bracklesham.

CIRRIPEDA. 2. Pedunculated.
Xiphidium.

GEN. CHAR. Stem covered by shelly scales ; body compressed, composed of
thirteen valves ; one subulate dorsal valve, increasing downwards from the
apex, and six pairs of lateral valves, of which one pair is terminal and two pairs
medial, all increasing from their apices downwards, and three smaller pairs
around the base enlarging laterally.

A genus distinguished from Scalpellum by the form and mode of increase of
the dorsal valve, which in some species resembles so much the same valve in
Pollicipes, that, so long as I had only seen separate valves of the body, I was
induced to refer the species to that genus. In the arrangement of the other
valves, their number, and in their mode of increase, it is wholly different from
Pollicipes, and much more like Scalpellum, in which, however, the dorsal valve
has a projecting point or elbow in its centre, from which it enlarges both
upwards and downwards.

This genus occurs in London clay, chalk, gault, and perhaps in lias, for Polli-
cipes planulatus, Min. Con. 647. f. 2, may possibly belong to it. The true Pol-
licipes I have only seen fossil in lias, and Scalpellum in crag.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS. 223

Xiphldinm quadratum. (Tab. XIV. figs. 3 b & 4.)

SPEC. CHAR. Dorsal valve with flat sides, its section quadrangular ; scales
on the stem narrow, pointed.

The finest specimens of this Cirripod are large masses of sandy stone, con-
taining great numbers mixed with Vermetus Bognoriensis. The stems however
are decomposed, and the scales which I presume covered them are scattered in
all directions. At Hampstead and Highgate, single valves only have been found
by Mr. Wetherell.

CRUSTACEA.

Astacus Bellii. (Tab. XV. figs. 3 & 4.)

SPEC. CHAR. Thorax smooth and punctate ; claws and moveable finger
having a strong obtuse carina, and furnished with a double series of spines ;
abdomen smooth, punctate, and slightly sculptured. The double row of spines
may be accidental, as they are sometimes observed on recent Lobsters.

I have called this species after my friend Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., the
author of the excellent work on British Crustacea. Fossil Crustaceans are very
rare at Bognor and Bracklesham, though common in the London clay at Sheppey
and Highgate. A work is much wanted on British Fossil Crustacea, and I hope
Mr. Bell will turn his attention to the subject when he has finished the recent
species.

Cancer Leachii, Konig. (Tab. XV. fig. 5.)

This specimen is in sulphuret of iron, and was found by G. A. Coombe, Esq.
It is now in the cabinet of T. Bell, Esq.

I have one more specimen of this species in my own collection ; these being
the only two examples I have been able to procure from -Bognor. At Alum Bay
in the Isle of Wight, this species occurs in very fine preservation, from the
Eocene formation of that locality.

CONCHIFERA DIMYARIA.

Pholas Pechellii. (Tab. XIV. fig. 10.)

SPEC. CHAR. Shell subclavate, concentrically striated ; anterior portion but
slightly sinuated, small, separated by a deep, narrow, oblique furrow, which is
directed backwards ; beaks anterior, not prominent ; length half the width.

2o2

224 DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS.

(

A species almost destitute of imbricating teeth upon the lines of growth, and
thus approaching to Teredo. It occurs very rarely, in fossil wood at Bognor. It
is named after my esteemed friend Captain Pechell, M.P., whose father resided
many years at Bognor.

Teredo.

I have removed this genus from among the Tubicolaria, because the structure
of the valves and boring habits of the animal are those of Pholas, and the tube
is only a deposit of secreted matter after the passage for the animal has been
perfected, and not present at all times. Teredina is only the fossil form of
Teredo, the difference being the effect of a mineral deposit in the membranous
tube of the animal. (See Min. Con. vol. i. p. 231.)

Cultellus affinis. (Tab. XIV. fig. 6.)
This shell occurs so large and handsome at Barton as to seem a distinct species.

Panopesa Puella. (Tab. XIV. fig. 14.)

SPEC. CHAR. Shell elliptical, slightly compressed, concentrically waved;
beaks almost central, prominent ; both extremities rounded.

The beaks are mostly placed at about two-fifths of the diameter of the shell
from the anterior extremity ; in P. intermedia they vary in position, but are
generally placed at one-third the diameter ; on the other hand, in the P. corru-
gata they are nearer to the extremity, especially in the larger individuals. It
may be doubtful, therefore, whether P. Puella may not be an infant state of P.
intermedia ; its being somewhat flatter would rather favour that opinion. Mr.
Dixon has, however, in his museum a mass with several hundred specimens not
varying in size.

Panoptsa corrugata. (Tab. II. fig. 12.)

This shell has only lately been found at Aldwick near Bognor, in a bed of clay
on the shore and adjacent rocks. It is more perfect at Bracklesham, and is de-
scribed among the shells from that locality.

Pholadomya Dixoni.

I have ventured to quote Nyst, although I have not seen an authentically-
named specimen.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS.

Pholadomya virgulosa. (Tab. XIV. fig. 31.)
A very characteristic shell of this part of the London clay.

Cyprina planata. (Tab. XIV. fig. 11.)
The individuals found at Bognor are all smaller than those of Nuneham.

Cyprina ? nana. (Tab. XIV. fig. 8.)

SPEC. CHAR. Shell broadly oval, transverse, regularly convex, polished ;
beaks prominent, anterior ; lunette not sunk, inconspicuous ; hinge-slope pro-
minent, curved ; lines of growth numerous, fine, sharp.

A more regularly oval shell than C. planata, which it otherwise much resembles;
it is also much smaller. Not having seen the hinge, I am doubtful of the genus.

In large groups.

Cardita Brongniartii. (Tab. XIV. fig. 33.)

A handsome shell only known at Bognor ; it was first noticed by Dr. Mantell,
but is not uncommon.

Cardita quadrata. (Tab. XIV. fig. 12.)

SPEC. CHAR. Shell transverse, imperfectly rectangular, rather convex,
ribbed ; ribs numerous (above twenty), furnished with obtuse scales ; beaks
small, near the anterior extremity ; lunette nearly flat ; length two-thirds the
width.

The small ribs and general form mark this as distinct from any other Cardita
1 know. It occurs assembled in great numbers in blocks of sandy stone.

I have resumed the generic name Cardita, as it appears to have the priority
over Venericardia.

Pectunculus brevirostris. (Tab. XIV. fig. 32.)

As the surface of this shell in the Bognor rock is always in a different state
from the French specimens of P. pulvinatus, I cannot with confidence refer it to
that species, which besides appears to be less convex.

Modiola simplex. (Tab. XIV. fig. 16.)

SPEC. CHAR. Shell lanceolate, compressed, smooth ; anterior extremity very
small, rounded ; beak near the anterior extremity ; lobe indistinct ; hinge-line

226 DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS.

and the opposite edge straight, converging towards the anterior extremity ; pos-
terior extremity semicircular.

Occurs in masses of Septarium. It is like Modiola depressa of Min. Con. t. 8,
but is more pointed.

Pinna margaritacea.

This appears to have sharper ribs than P. affinis, but probably they are the
same species differently preserved.
In Septaria.

CONCHIFERA MONOMYARIA.

Ostrea cariosa.

The structure of the shell of this species, noticed by Deshayes, is common to
others, even to the recent 0. edule. It is the constant cellular structure of the
mass between the external fibrous laminae and the pearly lining of the shell, and
is manifest in old shells when partially decayed : it much resembles the cellular
tissue in the bark of trees, or fat between the muscles of animals.

Ostrea tabulata.

SPEC. CHAR. Shell orbicular, depressed, smooth ; upper valve slightly con-
cave, even, its plates few, with distant, scarcely raised edges ; lower valve
obscurely marked by radiating undulations, its plates few, in groups, with
remote, deeply imbricating edges ; beaks small, pointed ; muscular impression
ovate, curved, of a moderate size.

This was evidently a rapid-growing shell ; its nearly smooth external laminae
extend far between each period of growth and show their fibrous structure di-
stinctly, especially upon the surface. An abundant shell.

Ostrea elephantopus.

This Oyster does not properly belong to Bognor, as it is only found at some
distance from the rocks, and is probably recent on the opposite side of the
Channel.

MOLLUSCA GASTEROPODA.

Infundibulum trochiforme. (Tab. XIV. fig. 27.)
Larger specimens occur at both Bognor and Barton. I cannot rest satisfied

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS. 227

at present that /. tuberculatum (Min. Con. f. 97) is the same species as /. trochi-
forme.

The two species, Globulus patulus and G. sigaretinus, have been accidentally
left in this genus : they should be referred to Ampullina.

Natica ? microstoma. (Tab. XIV. fig. 24.)

SPEC. CHAR. Shell subglobose, pointed, smooth ; spire large, prominent, the
whorls convex, squarish ; umbilicus narrow, deep ; aperture semicircular, only
two-thirds the length of the shell.

The specimen is not perfect enough to afford a complete description ; the
small size of the last whorl distinguishes it. Rare.

Act eon simulatus ?

The specimens which I refer to this name are imperfect casts, but in them the
spire seems to be longer than in the Barton shells, and the shells are also smaller.

Solarium bistriatum. (Tab. XIV. fig. 20.)

This is one of the most beautiful and most perfect of the analogues of the
Calcaire grassier we know. It is withal a rare shell and only lately discovered.

Littorina sulcata. (Tab. XIV. fig. 23.)

Specimen small and imperfect, but it agrees well with young shells from
Barton.

Turritella scalarioides. (Tab. XV. fig. 10.)

SPEC. CHAR. Turrited, corded ; whorls six or seven, convex, with ten thin
ridges or threads around each, of which the middle ones are largest ; base defined
by a sharp ridge ornamented with many fine threads or striae ; lines of growth
sharp ; aperture nearly round.

Twice as long as wide.

First discovered by Mr. Wetherell at Highgate, where it is rare.

Fusus undosus. (Tab. VII. fig. 39.)

This species is fully described as a Bracklesham shell. It appears to vary in
the elevation of the costae, which are often, especially on the last-formed whorl,
only slight waves ; some specimens which show no other difference have them
very strong.

228 DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS.

Pseudoliva semicostata. (Tab. XIV. fig. 26.)

The French shell is smaller and apparently more regularly ribbed, but there
can be little doubt of the species being the same, although I have not been able
to compare specimens.

MOLLUSCA CEPHALOPODA.

TETRABRANCHIATA.

Nautilus.

Four species of this genus, found at Bracklesham and Bognor, may be distin-
guished by the following marks :

Nautilus imperialis.

Orbicular, slightly flattened ; umbilicus open ; septa twice curved, their sides
broad ; front rounded ; siphuncle nearly central.

Nautilus Sowerbii.

Lenticular ; umbilicus open ; septa twice and very much curved, their sides
narrow ; front angular ; siphuncle near the inner edge of the septum.

Nautilus centralis.

Globose ; umbilicus open ; septa once curved, the side lobes broad ; siphuncle
central.

Nautilus regalis.

Oblate spheroidal ; umbilicus filled up ; septa once curved ; front obtuse or
flattened ; siphuncle nearly central.

Nautilus urbanus, found in London and at Sheppey, is like N. regalis, but
flatter, and has the siphuncle near the inner edge of the septum : it probably
belongs to a higher bed than the Bracklesham or Bognor beds.

PISCES.

Otodus obliquus. (Tab. XV. fig. 11.)

This species, determined by M. Agassiz, is very common at Sheppey.
Teeth and vertebrae of fishes, so common at Bracklesham, are very seldom met
with at Bognor.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BOGNOR FOSSILS.

22 !l

\i/ii' of tin 1 remains of a 'Turtle in the Museum of F. DIXON, Esq. By

PROFESSOR OWEN, F.R.S.

REFHLIA.

Chelone declivis, Owen.

Subjoined is a woodcut of a portion of the carapace of the Chelone declivis,
from the London clay of Bognor ; it is the only specimen that has hitherto

Chelone declivis, half the natural size.

been discovered in that locality. The extinct Turtle represented by this speci-
men, and indicated by the above term, bears the same relation to the Chelone con-
vexa, as the Chelone longiceps* does to the Chelone latiscutata^ ; that is, it has the

* Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, December 1, 1841, p. 575. f Ibid. p. 574.

2 H

230 DESCRIPTION OF FOSSIL PALM-WOOD.

same general characters of the fossilized parts of the carapace, but differs in the
narrower proportions of the vertebral scutes, and the more open angle at which
their two lateral borders meet : the vertebral angles of the costal scutes being
correspondingly less acute. The specimen consists of the seven anterior neural
plates, and the corresponding seven pairs of costal plates.

The neural plates correspond in form with those of the Chelone convexa : the
first is crossed at its middle part by the impression dividing the first from the
second vertebral scute : the second neural plate is an oblong four-sided one, with
both ends of equal breadth. The third neural plate resumes the hexagonal figure
with the broadest end and two shortest sides at the fore part ; and is crossed in
its lower half by the impression dividing the second from the third vertebral
scute. The fifth neural plate is crossed by the next transverse impression nearer
its lower border. The sixth and seventh scutes retain the same form and propor-
tions as in the Chelone convexa, and have not their antero-lateral borders increased
in length, as in the Chelone longiceps. The declination of the ribs from the neural
plates gives the same degree of convexity to the carapace as in the Chelone
convexa, and the impressions of the scutes have the same depth and breadth.
The only difference indicative of specific distinction lies in the form of the scutes :
and the question is, whether, in the progress of growth which makes the longi-
tudinal extent of two of the vertebral scutes nearly equal to three, so great a
change could be effected in their shape as is shown in the specimen of Chelone
convexa, in which it will be seen that the second vertebral scute, though more
than one-third longer in Chel. declivis, is of the same breadth as that in the smaller
specimen of the Chel. convexa, and that the fourth vertebral scute preserves the
same length without diminishing in breadth as it does in the Chelone convexa.

Notes on Fossil Palm- Stems, and Wood from the shore of Sussex.

AMONGST the pebbles of the beach on the Sussex coast are occasionally disco-
vered portions of fossil wood. I am well-aware that from rolled specimens no
satisfactory evidence can be produced as to the geological period when the
various trees and plants were in existence ; yet as several of them indicate re-
markable characters, which have not hitherto been noticed in this country, and
are well observed by having thin slices placed under the microscope, I am
anxious to add a short account of the more curious examples, and I have great

DESCRIPTION OF FOSSIL PALM-WOOD. I'.", I

satisfaction in stating that Robert Brown, Esq., F.R.S., has been so kind as to
give me his valuable assistance in drawing up the following remarks.

To persons unacquainted with the distribution of fossil trees and plants in the
great divisions of geology, it may be as well to observe, that in the earlier and
transition period, the vascular cryptogamous plants, such as Calamites, Ferns,
Lycopodiacea?, &c., are mostly discovered, the remains of these plants principally
furnishing coal ; in the Secondary formation Cycadeae and Conifera are abun-
dant ; and in the Tertiary, Dicotyledonous woods (Coniferae included) are par-
ticularly found, many of them agreeing with families of the present day*.

Palm structure rarely occurs in the earlier geological periods ; in the second-
ary only a few specimens have been traced, but in the tertiary they are more
abundant ; and as many as eight or ten species have been noticed by Ad. Bron-
gniart in his list of the fossils of the tertiary series.

Seven localities have been pointed out by Cuvier and Brongniart in the ter-
tiary strata of France, Switzerland and the Tyrol, in which fossil palm-leaves have
been found differing from any known species.

Fossil stems of Palms beautifully silicified are brought from Antigua ; they
also occur in the East Indies, in Hungary, and in the calcaire grossier of the
Paris basin. Prostrate trunks of Palms of large size have been found above the
gypsum beds in the vicinity of Paris, and as they are associated with freshwater
shells and not drifted, they grew probably not far from the spot where these
remains are discovered f. During my visit to Paris in 1847, Ad. Brongniart

1 The family of Conifer have been discovered in nearly all the geological periods.

Dr. Unger, in his ' Synopsis Plantarum Fossilium," published at Leipsic, 1845, mentions 141 species,

which are distributed as follows:

The transition formation 2

Old red sandstone 12

Lower new red sandstone 2

Magnesian limestone , 1

Upper new sandstone 8

Keupersandstein 7

Lias 7

Oolite 7

Chalk 6

Eocene 13

Miocene 73

Pliocene 3

f According to Mr. Bowerbank, palmaceous fruits are abundant at Sheppey, while coniferous fruits

are comparatively scarce. At Bognor and Bracklesham, the fossilized wood is mostly dicotyledonous.

2 H 2

232 DESCRIPTION OF FOSSIL PALM- WOOD.

most obligingly showed me the very extensive Fossil Palm Collection at the
Jardin des Plantes, in which there are one or two specimens found at Mont-
martre.

Dr. Unger enumerates several species of the Palm family which are distributed
through various formations.

In the old red sandstone formation (four)
Flabellaria borassifolia, Sternberg.
Zeugophyllites calamoides, Brongniart.
Palseospathe Sternbergii, Unger.
- aroidea, Unger.

In the middle and lower oolite (four)

Carpolites conica, Lindley and Hutton.

- Bucklandi, Lindley and Hutton.

- areolata, Lindley and Hutton.

, Lindley and Hutton.
In the chalk (one)-

Flabellaria chamaeropifolia, Goppert.
In the Eocene (four)

Flabellaria Parisiensis, Brongniart.
Palmacites echinatus, Brongniart.
Burtinia Faujasii, Endlicher.
- cocoides, Endlicher.
In the Miocene (twenty-six)

Flabellaria Latania, Rossmassler. Phcenicites angustifolia, Unger.

rhapifolia, Sternberg. Fasciculites didymosolen, Cotta.

- oxyrachis, Unger. - Cotta?, Unger.

- verrucosa, Unger. - anomalus, Unger.
crassipes ? Unger. - lacunosus ? Unger.

- Martii, Unger. palmacites, Cotta.

- major, Unger. - perfossus, Unger.

- hreringiana, Unger. - Partschii, Unger.

- maxima, Unger. Fladungi, Unger.

- Lamanonis, Brongniart. - Sardus, Unger.
Phoenicites pumila, Brongniart. Baccites cacaoides, Zenker.

- spectabilis, Unger. - rugosus, Zenker.

- salicifolia, Unger. Endogenites rugosus, Brongniart.

DESCRIPTION OF FOSSIL PALM-WOOD. 233

In the Pliocene (four)

Flabellaria Antiguensis.
Palmacites crassipes.
Fasciculites Antiguensis.
Withami.

Forty-three species ; being about one-third of the number in proportion to the
family of Coniferae.

Nearly a thousand species of recent Palms are supposed to exist ; they are
found in all quarters of the globe ; the greatest variety occur in ^Equinoctial
South America, where they flourish most luxuriantly, some of them reaching 70
feet or upwards in height. In Asia they are not quite so numerous. The Date-
palm \ Pha'ii ix dactylifera) is a native of Africa, a most abundant and useful
species, though less beautiful than many other kinds. This Palm grows also in
Asia, and is cultivated in many parts of the south of Europe, but only brings its
fruit to perfection near Valencia, where it was originally planted on account of
its fronds being used at the celebration of Palm Sunday. The Date-palm is the
species mentioned in the Bible, and was emblematic of Judaea ; as we see on
the coins of Vespasian and Titus with Judaea Capta, &c. ; it also occurs on the
reverse of a coin of Nerva, and on the beautiful coins of Panormus in Sicily,
&c. The Palm has been regarded by almost all nations as the emblem of victory.
Palmyra is said to have derived its name from the numerous palms which grew
near it. The Phcenix dactylifera is a most essential article of food for the inha-
bitants of Egypt, Arabia and Persia. In Europe there is but one indigenous
Palm (the Cham&rops humilis), of small size, being seldom more than 7 or 8 feet
in height*. The Palm tribe diminish in size and beauty from the equator
towards the temperate zones, the climate best suited being from 75 to 85 of
Fahrenheit, England being about 50 ; and they flourish best on the banks of
rivers and estuaries, or near the seashore.

The Cocoa-nut Palm (Cocos nucifera), so common on the continent of South
America, its adjacent islands, and the Polynesian groups, is also a most valuable
species, supplying in various ways the wants of manf. The Date and Cocoa-nut
Palms have pinnated leaves like many of the fossil species.

* In the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, I saw in 1847 two Palms of this species nearly 16 feet in
height, which are considered the finest European specimens.

f The Cocos nucifera has a cylindrical stem, being 3 or 4 feet in diameter at the root, and tapering
to 5 or 6 inches at the top. It has no branches, but shoots up one bold stem 60 or 70 feet, bearing at

234 DESCRIPTION OF FOSSIL PALM-WOOD.

Description of Tab. XVI.

Fig. 1. Section of a specimen of fossil Palm- wood of large size, found a little
to the east of Worthing ; it does not appear to have been much rolled ; its cha-
racter is like some of the Bognor wood, very dark, and containing sulphuret of
iron.

a. Magnified section.

The structure of this Palm resembles that of the cocoa-nut species, having but
one form of fasciculi or bundles of vessels ; it is in good preservation, and shows
very clearly at letter b the stem, and letter c the root.

Fig. 2. Section of a Palm of a more common species, much rolled and not so
large as fig. 1 : found between Worthing and Little Hampton.

a. Magnified horizontal section.

This Palm exhibits, in addition to the fasciculi of the preceding specimen,
smaller bundles entirely fibrous or consisting of elongated cells. This fossil is
much decomposed, but does not contain sulphuret of iron.

b. Longitudinal section in which spiral vessels are indistinctly shown, and a
more distinct view of one of the great tubes or dotted ducts.

c. Magnified view of crystallized bodies pervading fig. 2. I have observed
similar bodies in other specimens found on the coast.

Fig. 3 & fig. 3 a. Section of a much-rolled specimen found near Shoreham.

a. Magnified section.

This Palm seems to be a modification of fig. 2 ; but its structure is not well
seen, owing to its being much decomposed ; it shows however the fibrous struc-
ture of the small fasciculi more distinctly. Figs. 1 , 2 and 3 are modifications of
Palms found in great perfection in the fossil specimens from Antigua.

Fig. 4. Section of the root of a Palm not much rolled, found opposite
Worthing ; a great portion of it is converted into sulphuret of iron.

a. Magnified section, differing in some respects from the preceding specimens,
and also from those commonly brought from Antigua or the East Indies.

I have a very large specimen of fossil Palm-wood found at Bracklesham Bay
quite black ; it shows however by its rounded appearance that it must have been

the top a crown of long fringed leaves, like a graceful plume waving to the wind. Its timber is used
for domestic purposes ; its leaves converted into baskets, bonnets, &c. ; the fibres of the husk that
covers the fruit, into ropes, mats and all kinds of cordage, and the shells into drinking and other cups,
bottles, &c. The liquor contained in the fruit is a delicious drink, the fruit itself is eaten, and a most
valuable oil is prepared from it.

DESCRIPTION OF FOSSIL PALM-WOOD. 235

long disturbed and rolled ; other specimens of wood, of decidedly palm structure,
I have found between Bognor and Shoreham.

It is impossible to h'x the precise geological formation to which these trees
may have belonged. The dark specimens containing so much sulphuret of iron,
resemble, by their external appearance, the dicotyledonous wood found at Bog-
uor, Bracklesham and Sheppey, and may be derived from the Eocene formation,
flourishing with the Crocodiles and Serpents of that period ; others are agatized
in a similar manner to the more recent formations of Antigua, though differing
in external character.

Fig. 5. Section of a coniferous wood found near Worthing, much rolled and
very hard.

. Magnified view, which shows the arrangement of vessels as in common
deal.

b. Section taken parallel to the medullary ray from the centre to the circum-
ference, pointing out the uniformity of vessels and the arrangement of discs, in
which it materially differs from the Araucarian arrangement more usually found
in fossil Coniferae.

c. Vertical section cut at right angles to the medullary ray, in which the vessels
appear to be without discs, the sections of the medullary rays being shown at d.

Fig. G. Section of common dicotyledonous wood much agatized in the centre :
this character of fossil wood is very common at Bognor, and rolled specimens
are occasionally picked up along the coast.

a. Magnified transverse section, showing the structure to consist chiefly of
elongated cells, with scattered larger tubes, resembling the dotted ducts of palm
structure.

All these woods are occasionally agatized, and look very well when cut and
polished.

236

MAP OF THE COAST OF WEST SUSSEX.

*****

The dark parts are portions of land of very recent marine and freshwater alluvial formation.

In the line of coast from west to east, the following places are of interest to geological inquirers.

The references are to the pages of the text in which descriptions of the different localities are to be found, and the
letters to particular fossil heds.

Bracklesham Bay, pp. 10, 21, 25-27.

This bay has been formed by the encroachments of the sea on the land. Between 1 292 and 1 34 1 arable lauds in tho
parish of West Wittering, of which the tithe was valued at 31. 6s. 8d., were drowned by the sea or destroyed by sea-
sand. [See Sussex Archaeological Collections, i. 60.] In neighbouring parishes, the tithe of arable land was rated at
4d. an acre, we may therefore assume that the loss during the above limited period was 200 acres ; a small portion,
however, of the probable loss during the last ten or twelve centuries.

A. Barn beds, p. 27 ; B. Cerithium beds, p. 26 ; C. Cypreea, p. 26 ; D. Belosepia and Beloptera, p. 26 ; E. Clibs,
Mixen rocks and pole, p. 25 ; F. Park beds, p. 24 ; Houngate rocks, p. 26.

Thorney Marshes are evidently of marine origin, and with Pagham Harbour must have been a shallow estuary separating
Selsey from the mainland, and making it, what its name expresses, an island. The presence of sea shells, of existing
species, proves this. But if geological evidence were wanting, we have full historical proof in the evidence of the Venerable
Bede, who tells us, that " King Ethelwalch gave the most reverend prelate, Wilfrid, land of eighty-seven families, to main-
" tain his company who were in banishment, which place is called Selsey, that is, the island of the Sea-Calf. That place
" is encompassed by the sea on all sides, except the west, where is an entrance about the cast of a sling in width ;
" which sort of place is by the Latins called a peninsula, by the Greeks, a chersonesus." [Bede's Ecclesiastical History,
b. iv. c. 13.] Thus we are led to believe that when Selsey first became known to the English nation, it was an island ;
that in Bede's time the process of silting up the estuary must have commenced. The completion of this process would
seem to have been before the Conquest, judging from the notices of the district in Doomsday. [See Horsfield's History
of Sussex, ii. 35. It should be observed that this work is cited in the text as Baxter's History of Sussex. Mr. Baxter
was the publisher only.] As the action of the tides on this coast seems uniformly to carry sand and shingle from west
to east, we may infer that the gradual wasting, which has taken place on the shore of Bracklesham Bay, served to
supply a large portion of the material of which these marshes are formed ; the remainder would be brought by the
little rivulets which empty themselves into them.

Selsey, pp. 7-10 ; F. Park bed, p. 24 ; Pagham Harbour, pp. 8, 27-2S.

By a typographical error in the text, the loss of land, at the time this creek is supposed to have had its origin, is
made to be 1700 instead of 2700 acres. [See Sussex Archaeological Collections, i. 59.] As the extent of the harbour
appears never to have exceeded 1000 acres, it is probable that the greater portion of this loss was of land lying outside
its present mouth.

Barn rocks and Bognor rocks, pp. 30-31 ; Felpham submerged forest-trees, p. 31 ; Middleton Ledge, p. 33 ;
Little Hampton and Valley of the Arun, p. 34 ; Worthing, p. 37.

DESCRIPTIONS

OF

THE FOSSILS

OF

THE CHALK FORMATION.

Notes on the Corals. By WILLIAM LONSDALE, F.G.S.

THE fossils represented in Table XVIII. figures 1 to 10 have been frequently men-
tioned by palaeontologists. Lhwyd probably alludes to them under the desig-
nations or descriptions, "columellus turbinatus albus cretaceorura," and " colu-
inellus turbinatus minor subalbidus 1 ;" but Mr. Conybeare* and Dr. Mantell 3
apparently first identified the coral with Caryophyllia of Lamarck 4 , the former
authority noticing also the resemblance to Caryophyllia cyathus ; and that generic
assignment with Dr. Mantell's specific name centralis, has been adopted by sub-
sequent British authorities. Herr Roemer 5 , however, and Herr Geinitz 6 , as well
as Von Hagenow, have preferred the genus Turbinolia : Caryophyllia cyathus has
also been transferred by Ehrenberg 7 to Cyathina. In attempting to approximate
therefore towards the right systematic position of the cretaceous zoophyte, it will
be necessary to inquire what are the primary structures of the Anthozoa compri-
sing Lamarck's Caryophylliee, also of the corals to which the name has been lately
restricted ; and how far the fossil under consideration can be referred to any of
those polyparia, or to Turbinolia or to Cyathina.

I. Caryophyllia as proposed by Lamarck 8 included fifteen species arranged
under two divisions: " Tiges simples, soit solitaires, soit fascicules ;" and,
" Tiges divisees ou rameuses ;" but this arrangement, though dependent upon

1 Lithoph. Brit. Ichnographia, 1st ed. 1699, p. 8. nos. 136, 137. Lhwyd's specimens were obtained
in Kent 2 Outlines of Geol. of England and Wales, p. 74, 1822.

3 Fossils of the South Downs or Geol. of Sussex, p. 159. 1 16. f. 2, 4, 1822.

4 Anira. s. Verteb., ed. 1836, t. ii. p. 346. no. 1.

5 Verst. Norddeutschen Kreidegebirges, p. 26, 1 840.

" Charakteristik Petref. des sachsisch-bohmischen Kreidegeb. Drittes Heft, p. 92, 1842.
7 Beitrage, &c., p. 76, or Berlin Transactions for 1832. " Edit. 1816.

2 I

238 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

physiology, was based on purely external forms, no allusion being made to the
properties which produce a single or a fasciculated mode of growth, or to those
which give rise to a branched development ; it will consequently be advisable to
consider Lamarck's species with reference to the manner of reproduction in an
individual specimen. They may be grouped as regards this important character
under three heads :
1st. Single stems which do not produce lateral buds or shoots, and propagate

by ejected ova or germs, as i. Gary, cyathus, No. 1 of Lamarck.
2ndly. Species which, in addition to ejected ova or germs, develope lateral buds,

as i. C. calycularis, ii. C.fasciculata, iii. C. astreata, iv. C. musicalis, v. C.

flexuosa, vi. C. ctespitosa, vii. C. anthophyllum, viii. C. cornigera, ix. C. ramea :

being Nos. 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 & 11 of Lamarck.
Srdly. Species which branch by terminal subdivisions, as i. C. fastigiata, ii. C.

angulosa, iii. C. sinuosa, and iv. C. carduus ; or Lamarck's Nos. 12, 13,

14 & 15.

One species, C. trunculus (No. 3 of Lamarck), is omitted in this distribution, as
it does not appear to have been figured, and its mode of producing additional
cavities is not mentioned. Of the other fourteen species, the first of the above
groups contains only one; the second, nine; and the third, four species. Were
the genus therefore restricted according to the primary character on which they
are founded, Caryophyllia should, it is conceived, be applied to the second group,
on account of its numerical importance. It admits however of well-marked
divisions based on the character of the mantle.

a. Species the exterior of which is wholly enveloped by the mantle, as i. C.

ramea, and ii. C. calycularis.

b. Species in which only the upper extremity of the branch is covered, as i. C.

flexuosa, ii. C. ctespitosa, iii. C. anthophyllum ? and iv. C. cornigera.

c. Species provided with a mantle which forms an intermediate structure, as

i. C. fasciculata, ii. C. astreata, and iii. C. musicalis.

For the first subdivision (a.) as respects C. ramea, M. De Blainville 1 proposed
the genus Dendrophyllia, and it is believed he was fully justified in doing so : C.
calycularis is assigned to the above position in consequence of a recent coral pre-
sented to me by Sir C. Lyell, and obtained off Prince's Island, west coast of
Africa, by Lieut. Holland, R.N , agreeing in all its characters and dimensions
with Esper's figure 2 , the first quoted by Lamarck. Dr. Milne Edwards states 3

1 Man. d'Actinologie, p. 354. Pflatizenthiere, Madrepora, tab. 16.

3 Anim. sans Verteb., ed. 1836, t. ii. p. 348.

INSCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 239

that C. cali/culuris apparently includes two species, neither of which belongs to
the genus ; Ehrenberg 1 considers his Cladocora cali/ci/l/iris as the equivalent of
Lamarck's Caryophyllia ; but he alludes to Boccone's Astroitis ; and Mr. Dana*
adopting that genus, includes in it the recent coral in question, quoting Esper's
figure-, with however an allusion to the great size of the terminal cups. From this
statement it is evident that Lamarck's species is not a Caryophyllia, according to
the most recent authorities.

For the second subdivision (>.) Ehrenberg has proposed the genus Cladocora
(op. cit. p. 85 et seq.) ; and, for the corals composing the third, he has retained
in a restricted sense Schweigger's term Anthophyllum (p. 89). These determina-
tions are believed to deserve acceptance, and they provide for the whole of La-
marck's species arranged in the second of the foregoing groups.

The third group distinguished by a fissiparous process would claim therefore,
on the grounds of numerical importance, a right to the name of Caryophyllia ;
and Ehrenberg 3 on physiological characters has restricted the term to the species
possessed of that property. Lobophyllia has been proposed by M. De Blainville 4
for an equivalent assemblage of corals ; but Mr. J. E. Gray 5 of the British Mu-
seum, in a recent paper on the arrangement of stony Anthozoa, retains Lamarck's
generic designation, making Lobophyllia a synonym, and thus recognizing, it is
presumed, the correctness of Ehrenberg's limitation. Mr. Dana 6 , on the con-
trary, has revived Oken's name, Mussa, for such of Lamarck's Caryophyllia as
subdivide ; applying the latter term to Ehrenberg's Cladocora ; but Oken's
genus 7 was proposed, it is believed, in 1815-1816, whilst Lamarck's dates back
to about 1801. Mr. Stokes and Mr. Broderip 8 have proposed to restrict Caryo-
phyllia to those corals which have the leading characters of Caryophyllia Smithii
of the coast of England, or Gary, cyathus of the Mediterranean ; and M. Milne
Edwards 3 proposes to confine the genus to conical polyparia, fixed at the base,
and simple or scarcely aggregated.

Amidst this diversity of opinions it is difficult to adopt a determination which
will meet with general consent ; and Lamarck's definition, " simple ou rameux,"

1 Beitrage, &c. p. 86. Exploring Expedition, Zoophytes, p. 406.

3 Beitrage, &c., p. 91. 4 Man. d'Actinol. p. 355.

6 Ann. and Mag. Nat Hist., Feb. 184-7, vol. xix. p. 128.
" Expl. Exped. Zoophytes, pp. 173, 378, et seq.

~ Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, 1815-1816. The compiler of the above memoranda cannot refer
to the work.

8 Zoological Journal, t. iii. p. 486. " 2nd ed. Lamarck, t. ii. p. 346.

2i2

240 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

affords no assistance. If the simple species were adopted, the genus would con-
tain only one of those originally described by Lamarck, and that authority would
appear in subsequent works on zoophytes to have but little claim upon atten-
tion ; whereas if the group characterised by a fissiparous process be selected in
conformity with the systems of Herr Ehrenberg and Mr. Gray, Lamarck's share
in the genus would be prominent ; and Caryophyllia would moreover rest on a
very decided as well as all-important physiological character.

The foregoing remarks have been intruded upon the reader to explain, why
simple, fixed corals are not considered the representatives of Caryophyllia ; and it
is only with such polyparia that the chalk fossil admits of comparison.

The Cyathina of Ehrenberg 1 , founded on Caryophyllia cyathus, is characterised
by simple lamellae, and the terminal star having a circle of small plates or pro-
jecting points between the outer lamelliferous zone, and the central contorted
structure : it consists also, as previously stated, of simple stems permanently
fixed ; and the exterior is not covered by the polype, except immediately adjacent
to the upper margin ; and there only when the animal is extruded. One of Ehren-
berg's essential characters is the central structure of the terminal cavity, parti-
cularly the circle or crown of projecting points (consult remarks op. cit. p. 77) ; but
he says, " apud Madreporas tales coronse frequentes sunt, rariores apud Astrseas
et Favias inveniuntur " (loc. tit.). Mr. Dana 2 refers directly to Ast. pentagona as
having such a circle ; and the structure exists in Cladocora ccespitosa (Caryophyl-
lia id., Lamarck). A similar character is also visible in a variety of Oculina
pallens of Ehrenberg (Oc. hirtella of Lamarck, as represented by Esper, op. cit.
tab, 14). The structure appears to vary considerably in different species, and
even in specimens usually assigned to Cyathina (Gary.) cyathus, presenting some-
times rounded plates (Esper, tab. 24), sometimes sharp spines (Sol. & Ellis, tab. 28,
f. 7) 3 . Such a circle moreover, from the statements of Ehrenberg and Mr. Dana,
and from the instances mentioned above, cannot be regarded by itself as a generic
distinction, however valuable it may be in separating Cyathina from other simple,
turbinated, and permanently fixed corals: it should also be remembered that the
plate may vary with conditions of growth, being nothing more than a lobe of
the lamella? in front of which it stands. As respects the chalk fossil, out of

1 Beitrage, p. 76. Hermann describes the coral under the designation Madrepora calendula, and
he states that it had not previously been noticed in detail, though Mercati had figured it in the Meta-
lotheca Vaticana (1719). Naturforscher xviii. Stuck, s. 115. tab. 5. f. a, b. 1782.

Explor. Exp. Zooph. p. 370. Consult Esper, Pflanzenthiere, Madrep. tab. 39. f. 1 & 2.

3 Consult Hermann, op. cit., tab. 5. f. a, b. His description is also believed to be the fullest yet
published : also Mr. Dana, p. 370-371.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 241

thirty-two examples, many of which had well-preserved terminations, only one
exhibited traces of the character, and it afforded other peculiarities. So far there-
fore as this component part is concerned, the fossils generally which are assigned
to Gary, centralis, cannot be regarded as Cyathinte.

The internal composition of Cya. cyathus is unknown to the compiler of these
memoranda ; but in a coral believed to be a distinct species of similar dimen-
sions, transverse plates between the lamellae were wanting ; and though a union
of two of the latter was noticed in one instance, yet such a junction could not
be regarded as an equivalent structure. They were also absent in the largest,
longest specimens of Cy. Smitfiii. On the contrary, they formed a prominent
structure in the chalk fossil (Tab. XVIII. fig. 3) wherever the interior was ex-
posed. With respect to the proportion of the exterior covered by the animal,
the extinct coral apparently differed also from the recent. Of thirty-two speci-
mens examined, seventeen were encrusted by marine bodies ; and five of the
seventeen exhibited clear evidence of affixed zoophytes having been coated by
coral secretions, and the added matter was not limited to a particular part, but
was spread evenly and continuously thinning off upwards. It is therefore evident
that the animal had the power of contracting and extending, and possibly at
somewhat distant intervals of time. The absence of encrusting bodies cannot
however be received as a proof of an investment by the polype, depending clearly
on extraneous circumstances ; nor can their presence, except in cases similar to
that just mentioned, as it is often difficult to determine, especially in organic re-
mains, whether the incrustation took place during life or subsequently ; and the
only conclusions which can be drawn regarding the cretaceous fossil are, 1st,
that the exterior was not wholly and permanently covered by animal matter ;
and 2ndly, that the extension was not so uniformly restricted as in Cyathina.
The recent genus evidently could not thicken the outer surface after the first
perfecting of the wall ; and in the fossil coral the coating varied in amount, or
was in some cases not perceptible. About twenty specimens had plainly additions,
while ten gave no indication of increase ; and both the thickened and unthickened
were regular as well as irregular in growth, and differed not in composition. If
the coral which is considered a new species of Cyathina exhibits truly the
characters of the genus, a decided filling up of the lower portion occurs. The
total height of the specimen was 1^ inch, the depth of the terminal cup 7 lines,
and the centre preserved its reticulated composition 3 lines lower ; but throughout
the remaining 8 lines, that structure was solidly filled up, as well as the intervals
between the lamellae to a great extent. Cy. Smithii afforded no proof of a central

242 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

consolidation, but traces of partial interlamellse obliteration were observed. Not
an indication of such a process was visible in specimens of the fossil 2 inches in
height. One other character requires consideration. Ehrenberg states, that in
Cyathina prolification is rare, monstrous (op. cit. p. 37). Three specimens of
the chalk coral bore one incipient lateral cavity each ; two of the cases occurring
close to the upper margin, the other about 4 lines below it, the total height of
the mature specimen being an inch. The largest, situated close to the margin,
slightly exceeded a line in diameter ; and the case, at a distance from an upper
edge, exhibited but a slight excess of development, its height being only fths of
a line. It is not necessary at present to notice the peculiarities of these young
cavities, but attention will be again solicited to them.

From the preceding imperfect remarks it would appear, that the chalk zoophyte
usually referred to Caryophyllia centralis differs from Cyathina in the absence,
with one exception, of the circle of lobes within the terminal cavity in the ex-
istence of numerous transverse plates between the lamellae in a much greater
outward covering by the animal and in many cases of an external thickening,
with a want of any internal filling up of the lower part. If Ehrenberg's character
of a crown of plates in conjunction with an isolated mode of growth may be
considered a satisfactory generic distinction, the prevailing absence of it in the
chalk fossil would be sufficient to justify a separation from Cyathina ; and if
there be added to it the other differences, though some of them may be regarded
as only differences in degree, the whole taken together form an aggregate of
dissimilarities which is believed to require another generic assignment.

2. Turbinolia. Respecting the continental determinations before mentioned,
it is sufficient to state, that whether free or not in the earliest period of develop-
ment, the chalk fossil soon became permanently fixed ; whereas a free condition
when mature is one of Lamarck's essential characters. That authority neverthe-
less included in his genus corals of very different detailed construction, as T.
turbinata and T. cyathoides 1 , when compared with T. crispa and T. sulcata. Many
other fossils have been subsequently added to those originally described, but
apparently without a full consideration of the characters of the solid portions, or
of the probable nature of the animal and its habits. Tne cretaceous fossil
differs most materially from the species just mentioned, whether the two first or
the two last be the objects of comparison. How far it may agree with other ex-
tinct zoophytes assigned to the genus, is a question which does not admit at

1 Consult Fougt's original figures, Amoen. Acad. Tomus i. tab. 4. f. 2, 3, 7 ; and f. 1, edit. 1749, re-
ferred to by Lamarck.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 24:}

present of discussion ; but should such agreements be detected, still they would
not make the fossils immediately under examination Turbinolia;, as those species
would not structurally accord with T. crispa and T. sulcata, which are invariahh
admitted to be generic types.

For single, fixed corals wanting the central structure of Cyathina, Ehrenberg
proposed the term Monomyces with the following characters : lamellae simple ;
mantle non-retractile, enveloping the exterior to the root ; stems fixed, solitary
or with simple germs on the side, not branched : the genus being considered
equivalent to fixed Fungitc and single Caryophyllia (op. cit. p. 77). Three species
are noticed. The first, Mon. patella or Fungia patellaris of Lamarck, is a free
coral as exhibited by Ellis and Solander 1 , and is stated by them to be " acaulis."
Lamarck says, " elle a quelquefois un pedicule court en dessous 2 :" two of
Esper's figures 3 , referred to by that authority, exhibit something like a foot-
stalk, but the apparent structure is alluded to in the description as a portion of
some unknown coral 4 ; two other figures however (G & 7) display a bold, cylindri-
cal body protruding from the centre of the under side ; it is, nevertheless, not
affirmed to be a part of the specimen. Whatever may be the nature of that
zoophyte, all pediculated Fungia; are most probably, if small, young examples of
a mature free state 5 , or if large, abnormal developments. The second species, Mon.
Anthophyllum, is believed to be unfigured ; the description also is not full, and
Mr. Dana refers it to Euphyllia (op. cit. p. 160. Flabellum of Lesson). The third
species assigned doubtfully to the genus is the Fungus eburneus of Shaw 6 , but it
would appear from his delineation to be closely allied to Mon. Anthophyllum.
The chalk fossil having been considered by some authorities a single Caryophyllia,
and exhibiting evidently mature conditions of growth, would seemingly belong to
Ehrenberg's genus; but one of the leading characters of Monomyces is a perfectly
enclosing non-retractile mantle, whereas the extinct coral was enveloped to only
a certain extent, and not always to the same amount. Moreover no account is
given of the internal composition ; and provided Mr. Dana's conclusion is correct,
transverse plates between the lamellae do not exist, being absent in Flabellum
pavonium, and it is presumed in analogous Euphyllias. Monomyces consequently

' Natural History of Zoophytes, or Lamouroux, Exp. Methodiq. tab. 28. figs. 1-i, p. 5'2.

. \niin. s. Verteb., 2nd edit. t. ii. p. 372. no. 4. 3 Pflanzenthiere, Madrep. tab. 62. f. 1, 2.

' Op. cit. Fortsetzungen, Erster Theil, pp. 76, 77-

5 Consult Mr. Stutchbury's Memoir, Trans. Linnean Soc. vol. xvi. p. 493 et seq. pi. 32.
* Travels in Barbary, &c., 3rd edit vol. ii. plate at p. 369. fig. 18. descrip. p. 371. no. 18.

244 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

cannot be regarded as a fully established genus ; and so far as it is known, it
differs from the subject of this notice. Believing therefore that the chalk fossil is
not referable to any known genus, the term Monocarya is suggested for it, not
on account of verbal precision, but in allusion to the previous determination,
and in contradistinction to Monomyces, should any zoophytes be found, recent or
fossil, possessing the peculiarity of permanently fixed Fungias (

Monocarya, n. g.

Single, fixed, rarely gemmiferous on the side; more or less enveloped by the
animal, more or less thickened externally ; lamellae numerous, simple, unequal ;
many intermediate transverse plates ; centre reticulated ; no internal filling up.

Monocarya centralis (Caryophyllia centralis, Mantell). (Tab. XVIII. figs. 1 to 10.)

Cylindrical or conical, often bent ; base a more or less extended layer ; exterior
ribbed, papillated ; ribs variable in outline and dimensions, altering during de-
velopment; occasionally concealed by external thickening; terminal cavity shallow
or deep ; lamellae unequal in breadth, uniformly thin, waved, jagged, tuberculated
on the sides, when perfect and fully produced, the broadest project above the
margin with a rounded outline ; intervals between lamellae distinct at the circum-
ference of the cavity ; transverse plates thin, slightly curved, irregularly distri-
buted, none visible in terminal cup ; centre more or less ample, formed of reti-
culated laminae.

Columellus turbinatus, Lhwyd ? Lithophyl. Brit. Iconographia, 1st edit. p. 8.
nos. 136, 137, 1699.

Corallite or Madreporite, Parkinson, Org. Rem. vol. ii. p. 32. pi. 4. f. 15, 16.

Madrepora centralis, Mantell, Fossils of the South Downs, 1822.

Caryophyllia, Conybeare and W. Phillips, Outlines of Geol. of England, p. 74,
1822.

Caryophyllia centralis, Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 509. no. 6, 1827-1828 ; Man-
tell, Geol. Trans. 2nd series, vol. ii. p. 204, 1828-1829; Geology South-East of
England, 1833 ; Wonders of Geology, 3rd edit. vol. i. p. 307. fig. 3, 1839; J.
Phillips, Geol, of Yorkshire, part 1. pi. 1. fig. 13, 1829 ; R. C. Taylor, Mag. Nat.
Hist. vol. iii. p. 271. fig./, 1830 ; De Blainville, Man. d'Actinol. p. 346, 1830-
1834; Milne-Edwards, 2nd edit. Lamarck, t. ii. p. 358, 1836; Morris, Cat.
Brit. Foss. p. 32, 1843 ; Ansted, Geology, Introductory, Descriptive, and Prac-
tical, vol. i. p. 475. fig. c.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 245

Turbinolia centralis, Roemer, Verstein. Norddeuts. Kreidegeb. p. 26, 1840 ;
Geinitz, Charakt. Schichten u. Petref. sach.-bohm. Kreidegeb. p. 92, 1839-1842 ;
and Giia von Sachsen, p. 131, 1843.

The specimens submitted to examination presented considerable irregularities
of growth (Tab. XVIII. figs. 3, 4, 9), consequent probably on having been attached
to moveable bodies. One of those described by Mr. Parkinson adhered to " a
plate of an Echinus " (op. cit. sup. p. 32). A tendency to an extension in one,
possibly a vertical, direction prevailed evidently from the earliest period, as in
the specimen delineated in fig. 3, a marked curvature existed close to the base,
and two other equally decided cases occurred in the collection ; Dr. Mantell also
gives a very prominent example of changed inclination. (Geol. S. Downs, t. 16.
f. 4.) This determination to a certain line of growth deserves, it is conceived, at-
tention, as Cyathina Smithi will extend outwards from the perpendicular face of a
rock, without any effort to attain a vertical position. The conical outline was chiefly
limited to the earliest formed portions of the coral (figs. 1, 2, and lower part of
other figures), slight variations taking place after the cylindrical contour was
attained ; and Mr. Conybeare considers the elongated variety as " perhaps only a
different stage of growth" (op. cit. p. 74) of the conical. One specimen (fig. 5} was
cylindrical nearly throughout. The differences in diameter (figs. 4, 6) apparently
depended more on relative vigour of development at an early period of existence,
than on subsequently augmented powers (compare fig. 2 with figs. 3, 4 & 6). The
characters of the ribs also varied : near the base, when not overlaid by outer
secretions, or not abraded, they were in very many specimens alternately large
and small ; but occasionally three of subordinate size occurred, the middlemost
however being more prominent than the other two. As the coral extended up-
wards, the ribs became almost uniformly broad, and in one case (fig. 4) nearly
flat ; but the greatest variations were adjacent to changes in direction of
growth, distinct ridges being often obscure in those parts (figs. 3, 4) ; and if a
succession of deviations occurred, the ribs were slender and more or less inter-
rupted (fig. 3). The papillae likewise differed in distinctness and number, and
they were occasionally not detectable even where the outer surface had not been
overlaid. In some specimens the structure existed in the lower part, but was
chiefly wanting in the upper ; while in that represented by fig. 7, it was incon-
spicuous throughout ; and in one case the exterior had a jagged appearance,
due to the papillae being irregularly aggregated. Examples of much greater
deviations in outer composition, arising, it was conceived, from injuries received

2 K

246 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

by the polypes, occurred in Mr. Dixon's fine suite (figs. 9, 10). Outer additions,
as before stated, were not unfrequently wanting (figs. I, 2, 3, 4) ; and such spe-
cimens were either beset by extraneous substances (fig. 2), or not (figs. 1,3);
but in the case (fig. 2) it is probable that the animal died some time before the coral
was buried up by sediment, as the shell occupied a large extent of surface, and
reached nearly to the margin of the terminal cavity. Several examples (figs. 6,5,8)
had an uniform layer spread over almost the whole surface, concealing more
or less the ribs. In the first the addition was (fig. 6) coated by other bodies ;
while in the second (fig. 5) it encrusted Bryozoa, and in the third an undetermined
parasite. The characters of the terminal cup varied considerably : the cavity, as
shown in figure 2, is deep, the lamellae are narrow, and the reticulated centre
occupies a large area ; while in figures 3 a, 4 a, 7 a & 8 a, either the depth of the
cavity is less, or the lamellae occupy greater space, or the central structure is
much contracted ; but if the specimens thus represented or the delineations be
studied together and in connexion with figure 3, the deviations will be found, it is
believed, to depend on different stages and degrees of development, or on the state
of preservation ; the relative diameters being duly considered as affecting the di-
mensions of the reticulated centre : moreover, if the comparison be extended to
a suite of very many specimens, other variations will appear, but no distinctions
to justify specific separations. The internal composition of the coral was beauti-
fully shown in the fractured example, figure 3, especially the uniform, downward
character of the lamellae, their structure being the same near the base as in the
terminal cavity, without a trace of filling up ; the number as well as distribution
of the transverse plates was likewise clearly exhibited, also the unaltered nature
of the central reticulation. Figure 4 displays a still lower exposed interior, and
differs not from figure 3, except that the axial portion is larger and more fully
shown. Two of the lateral germs before mentioned are delieated of their natural
dimensions in figs. 2 & 7. The slightly greater instance (fig. 7) is situated
nearly mid- way between the extremities of the coral. The diameter of the cavity
was rather less than a line, and that of the base about twice that measurement ;
the height barely exceeding half a line. The exterior presented sharp ribs, with
others intermediate but scarcely discernible ; and the base consisted of an ex-
panded layer similar to that of mature specimens of Monocarya centralis. The
interior of the cavity was deep, but exhibited only blunt projections or rudiments
of lamellae ; and it gave not the least indication of a central reticulation. The
other example (fig. 2) was situated close to the margin ; it had no external ribs or

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 247

distinct expansion at the base, but the interior had rather more prominent lamella?
than in the former instance. This young cavity was so intimately connected with
the structure of the mature coral, that no doubt could be entertained of its having
been produced by the polype which inhabited the latter. No evidence was ob-
tained whether a marginal development was effected progressively as the side of
the parent was perfected, or whether it was a pallial production : doubts may also
be entertained respecting the origin of the example, figure 7, as it might have
been formed in the mantle, or have sprung from an ejected ovum accidentally
settled on an exposed side. Whatever the source may have been, it is plain that
such young cavities were of infrequent occurrence, and should be regarded as
exceptional rather than essential productions.

Three other corals are represented in Tab. XVIII. (figs. 11,12,13), as they ex-
hibited characters somewhat dissimilar from those mentioned in the preceding
paragraphs. One of them (fig. 1 1) differed from the specimens previously noticed
in the lamellae being knife-shaped, regular in outline, and almost in contact at the
periphery of the coral (fig. 1 1 a) ; and not thin throughout, waved, and separated at
the circumference of the cavity by clear intervals. It presented also, as before
mentioned, traces of rounded lobes in front of the broadest lamellae. Externally,
the ribs were visible only in the upper half of the surface, the lower being smooth,
and partially coated by Bryozoa : the internal structure could not be ascertained.
Mr. Dixon's collection contained two other clear examples of similar lamellae ;
but the specimens (fig. 12) were much more slender than that just noticed,
bearing about the same proportions to it that figure 6 bears to figure 2. Their
internal composition was also not ascertained ; but their exterior was smooth
nearly to the upper margin, and bore evident proofs of considerable outer addi-
tions ; attached zoophytes and apparently annelides were likewise overlaid by the
polype secretions. The three corals thus far characterized were believed to be-
long to Monocarya, and should the internal structures warrant a specific separa-
tion, they might perhaps be distinguished by the term Monoc. cultrata. The
other fossil (fig. 13), obligingly lent by Mr. Tennant, F.G.S., agreed in the
outline of the lamellae with ordinary specimens of M. centralis ; but the sides of
the plates were nearly smooth, and there was an almost total want of a central
reticulation. This structure has been already stated to vary considerably, but
chiefly in proportion to the diameter of the specimen. Mr. Tennant's coral
exceeded in this respect the largest examples of M. centralis which were ex-
amined ; yet it had a less definite centre than the lower portion of figure 3. From

2 K 2

248 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

a single specimen in probably an early stage of growth, no opinion can be offered
respecting either genus or species, and a right determination of the coral must
consequently be left to future research.

Tab. XVIII. figs. 14 to 28.

The coral next to be noticed agrees in some respects with certain species of
Oculina ; and the comparative observations will be chiefly confined to that genus.
It consists of small amorphous masses, the largest (fig. 14) of the seven speci-
mens examined being only If inch in height and 1^ in breadth. From a base
(fig. 15, +) which presented no expanded layer, but was moulded apparently on
an irregular perishable surface, sprang one or more primary stems, that progress-
ively enlarged upwards ; and from their sides issued subordinate shoots, the whole
being united by external additions. The main branches as well as the oft'shoots
were traversed throughout by hollows or stellated cavities, often of large dimen-
sions, but no doubt could be entertained that the former had once been occupied
by lamellae, traces of their existence being clearly detectable, as will be shown in
a subsequent paragraph. A comparison of figures 14 & 16, which express fully
these characters with Esper's 1 delineation of Oculina virginea of Lamarck, &c.
would lead to the supposition that the fossil and recent corals were generically
allied ; and Mr. Gray has recently stated, that the older branches of Oculina vir-
ginea often become tubular 2 . The large hollows in Esper's delineation, however,
arose apparently from the removal of extraneous bodies, the specimen from which
it was taken being stated to be " einer rindenformigen Mass 3 ; " and an analogous
mode of growth with the encrusted substance is shown in figure 3 of his tab. 12.
In the genus Oculina moreover nothing approaching to a persistent, main, stellated
cavity exists ; such a structure constituting an essential difference between it
and the Dendrophyllia of M. De Blainville. The nature of the abdominal cavities
and the mode of producing young hollows in the two zoophytes offer other di-
stinctions. Among existing Oculin<s the cavities have great uniformity of cha-
racter and dimensions in the same specimen, the changes due to growth being
generally small ; and the interior exhibits no signs of irregularity or peculiarity
in progressive development. The greatest variations in size occur in Oc. proli-

1 Esper, Pflanzenthiere, Madrep. oculata, tab. 1 3.
- Annals Nat. Hist., Feb. 18*7, vol. xix. p. 123.
3 Op. cit. Erster Theil, p. 108.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 249

/era 1 , a Norwegian coral, respecting which additional information is much de-
sired. On the contrary, the cavities in the chalk fossil (figs. 14 & 16) differed
considerably in capacity, the largest being nearly 5 lines in diameter, and the
smaller scarcely one ; every intermediate measurement also occurring, and pro-
ving that upward development was attended very generally by great increase of
transverse area. Occasionally however the horn-like branches had, to the extent
of their production, nearly cylindrical cavities. The terminations of the stellated
hollows, and the interior of those deprived of the lamella? exhibited likewise
marked inequalities. The smaller often presented an inner radiated area, sur-
rounded more or less completely by a not uniform zone, which had again its outer
boundary. The zone was sometimes structureless (figs. 19 &22, mag.) ; but in
other instances it was wholly lamellated (f. 26) or the inner star had perished (f. 23),
leaving a cylindrical hollow, environed by a circle of narrow, radiating plates.
Several of the larger cavities, though empty in the upper part, retained in the
lower similar structures, or exhibited on the sides inequalities which indicated
their former existence (figs. 15 & 16). It is believed that nothing analogous to
what has just been noticed exists in true Oculinee.

Ehrenberg 2 states that in that genus, " gemmae non ex appendicibus pallii seu
stolonibus prodeunt, sed ex ipso tubulo intumescente :" Mr. Dana 3 says, " Each
bud is for a time at the apex, but it gradually becomes lateral, and then gives off
another bud from its upper side ;" and Mr. Gray 4 , that in Oc. axillaris they are
emitted from each edge of the cell ; while in Oc. prolifera one or two buds are
produced from one side of the animal, and in Oc. virginea as well as Oc. hirtella
" the cell at the tip is the one last developed." These statements prove that in
Oculina each polype, including in the term all animal structures in addition to
those of the abdominal cavities, produces but one or two buds, at or towards the
upper portion of the parent ; and though in incrusting specimens, such as those
figured by Esper (loc. cit. ante}, there is an appearance of pallial developments, yet
the cavities were most probably formed during the upward growth of the animal
around the incrusted body, and not in the mantle which subsequently invested
the coral's outer surface. The chalk fossil exhibited two processes in every
specimen examined 5 . By one of them the addition was effected at the upper

1 Consult Ellis and Solander's Zoophytes, or Lamouroux's Exp. Method, tab. 32. f. 2 ; also Esper,
op. cit. Madrep. tab. 1 1 .

2 Beitrage, p. 78, note. 3 Explor. Exped. Zoophytes, pp. 67, 391. ' Op. cit. p. 126.
' Other genera of Anthozoa, as the Siderastrtea of De Blainville, have also two similar processes ;

250 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

margin of the parent ; and by the other, in the mantle, and often at a consider-
able distance below the extremity. In the first mode (figs. 14, +, 18, -f-, 21) the
cavity was progressively advanced as the wall of the previous structure extended
upwards ; and the young additions were not limited to one or two, nor to a
particular side of the parent hollow, or to a single period of its growth ; more
than two having been noticed, irregularly situated, and either on the margin or,
when perfected, below it. This progressive plan of formation. distinguishes the
fossil from Oc.pallens of Ehrenberg (Oc. hirtella, Lamarck, Esper,Madrep. tab. 14),
and possibly other species, in which the young cavity is produced in the sub-
stance of the animal matter investing the top of the branch, and simultaneously
around the whole of the incipient area ; while in the chalk zoophyte the process
agrees with that observable in Dendrophyllia ramea (De Bl.) ; but with this differ-
ence, that in the recent coral there is not a perfect, early disconnection between
the interior of the older cavity and that of the offset, whereas in the extinct a solid,
continuous wall cuts off immediately all direct communication. Occasionally,
where the lamella? had perished, an irregular hole appeared at the base of the
side shoot, but it was plainly due to fracture or decay. The second process was
seated in the investing mantle, and, as before stated, often considerably below
the extremity of the stem or branches ; and these young abdominal receptacles
were distinguished from the others, by their less size and indistinctness, as well
as by the development, however imperfect, being contemporaneously effected
around the area. The earliest observed stage of this second process (fig. 24, mag.)
presented a small conical mound, about a line in breadth, of variable form, and
with an irregular opening, in which traces of lamella? were visible. Some of
them seemed to have a partial, and others a perfect solid covering ; but as an
absorbing power among Anthozoa is believed to be unknown, and as cavities
which had attained maturity with some upward growth were also occasionally
coated over, it was inferred, that the polype structures of those incipient fabrics, as
well as of the more advanced, had perished prematurely, and that the mounds had
been overlaid by a layer of coral matter secreted from the mantle. Similar cover-
ings may be noticed in cavities of Oculince from which the abdominal structures
have been removed by accidental destruction. An advanced step in these pallial

the additions along the hemispherical margin of the coral, consisting first of limited arcs, afterwards
of semicircles and ultimately of circles, according as the general polype substance grew ; and the
young hollows within the area of a specimen are simultaneously formed around their whole circuit,
being produced in the midst of animal structures.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 251

productions appears to have been the formation of a lamellated zone around the
mound (figs. 28, 27 mag.), one of those peculiar increments before mentioned.
This early step was not accompanied by an upward extension, the outer structure
being based on the general surface of the coral. After a time the two areas probably
blended by growth into one, the diameter of somewhat elongated simple cavities
being about equal to that of the mound and zone united (fig. 17 magnified in
same proportion as fig. 26). In further advancements no differences, it is pre-
sumed, occurred in the growth of pallial and marginal developments, or between
them and the upward extension of the primary cavities, but that all progressed
by the same general law, and by successive stages of lateral expansion, more or
less visible in the hollows from which the lamellae had perished.

The lamellae afford a further distinction ; they agree with those of true Ocu-
linas by exceeding twelve in number 1 , but they do not pass solidly into the struc-
ture surrounding the cavity ; while in the recent genus they range in all species,
it is believed, into that portion of the coral- The interior of the largest cavities
(fig. 14) , which had lost their lamellae, exhibited no fractured, perpendicular edges,
but faint ridges and furrows, roughened only by the peculiar texture of the coral,
and therefore proved, it is conceived, that the removal of the lamellae was owing
to a want of solid union with the wall, and not to disruption. Sometimes, par-
ticularly in young pallial developments, a perfect junction existed between the
lamellae and the then existing boundary, and even in more advanced states there
was an apparent junction. The structure forming the circle to which the lamellae
were united, is believed however to have been developed by portions of the
polype differently constituted from those which produced the general body of the
coral, including the permanent boundary of the cavities. Thus, the partially
preserved, mature hollows (fig. 20) had a slight interval between the lamellae
edges and the surrounding solid substance of the coral, indicating the removal of
a thin perishable layer ; and where the decay was less (fig. 25), the position of
the interval was occupied by a structure intimately blended with the lamellae, and
filling also to a limited extent the space between them : in some cases likewise
single plates occurred in contact with the permanent boundary, or were united to
it by minute points, decomposition having taken place more rapidly between the
lamellae, than between the edges of the latter and the undecaying periphery. The
inner perishable composition was evidently produced by structures immediately

1 Consult De Blainville's genus Dentipora, Man. d'Actinologie, p. 382, and M. Milne-Edwards's
remarks on Oc. virginea, 2nd edit. Lamarck, t. ii. p. 4-55, for species with less than twelve.

252 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

connected with the viscera, and which secreted a large proportion of animal
matter among the calcareous particles ; whereas the solid enduring body of the
coral was developed from others belonging to the mantle, and which deposited a
preponderating amount of mineral ingredients. The irregularities within the ab-
dominal cavities both large and small appeared, so far as was observed, to arise
from the imbedded position of the hollows. The greatest inequalities existed in
those specimens (fig. 16) which had immersed cavities, as if a struggle had been
maintained at periods of increase, between the visceral and pallial portions of
the polype ; and it should not be forgotten that one of the properties of the latter
structure is to close over areas unoccupied by it ; on the contrary, in specimens
(fig. 14) characterized by cavities which possessed during growth a great degree
of free surface, subsequently thickened, the interior was remarkably uniform in
outline, and traversed only by faint vertical lines, or impressions derived from
lamella? edges.

In a summary of differences between Oculina and the chalk fossil, it would
appear, (1) that in the latter, dominant cavities ranged upwards from the base
to the full extent of the coral, no limits to their growth being evident, whereas
in Oculina no similar hollows exist : (2) that the cavities produced at the upper
extremity of the corals spring in Oculinte from the investing portion of the polype,
and contemporaneously around their area ; while in the chalk fossil the formation
was effected progressively as the margin of the parent hollow was advanced : (3)
that according to the authorities quoted in a preceding paragraph, only one or two
germs spring in the recent genus from the upper end of each mature cavity ; but
the extinct zoophyte produced successively three and four, and possibly a greater
number : (4) that in Oculina;, pallial developments at a distance from the supe-
rior extremity of a branch are very rare, being exceptional rather than essential
formations ; whereas in the cretaceous Anthozoon they are common and consti-
tute a leading feature .- lastly, the lamellae in the recent coral have a prevailing
permanency, but in the fossil an extreme liability to decay. This aggregate of
differences forbids, it is conceived, the chalk zoophyte being assigned to Ocu-
lina ; and as the structures on which it depends do not, so far as the describer is
aware, co-exist in any established genus, it is suggested that the word Diblasus
might be adopted as a distinguishing term, founded on the twofold mode of
budding, while in Oculina only one prevails, (Sic bis, (BXaaroc germeri).

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 253

Diblasus, g. n.

Fixed, invested externally by the mantle, outer surface irregularly thickened ;
abdominal cavities, variable in characters ; lamellae numerous ; additional cavities
produced on the margin of those previously formed, and in the mantle at irre-
gular distances from it.

Diblasus Grevensis, sp. n. (Tab. XVIII. figs. 14 to 28.)

Amorphous, lobed, abdominal cavities immersed or projecting, conical or
cylindrical ; lamella; unequal, near together, spinous on the sides, no distinct
central structure, but a union of broadest lamella? ; surface partially ribbed, ex-
ternal additions unequal.

So far as the describer is aware, though this fossil is stated to be very abundant
at Gravesend, no account of it has been published, nor is he aware of its having
been figured. In the third volume of ' Guettard's Memoirs 1 ,' a Kentish coral is
represented, and some resemblance may be detected between that delineation
and the zoophyte under consideration ; but M. Guettard's fossil is stated to be
articulated ; "En effet on distingue encore quelques-uns des nceuds qui forment
les articulations du corail articule " (loc. cit.) ; and M. De Blainville has desig-
nated it by the term Isis breviarticulata*. Had the cavities preserved fully their
lamella?, a resemblance would possibly have existed with M. Goldfuss's 3 Litho-
dendron gibbosum, found in green, sandy marl of the chalk formation near
Bochum, but the English fossil exhibits none of the characters of Schweigger's
genus 4 , equivalent to Oculina and Caryophyllia, in part, of Lamarck ; or of the
peculiarities which distinguish Lithodendron, as limited by British palaeontolo-
gists*. M. Ehrenberg 6 conceives that Lithod. gibbosum may belong to his Ste-
phanocora, characterized partly by the cavities having a central area similar to
that of Cyathina, a structure however not detected in the best-preserved por-
tions of the chalk fossil.

The seven specimens submitted to examination, four belonging to Mr. Dixon's
cabinet, and three obligingly lent by Mr. Tennant, did not afford many data for
detailed remarks. The mode of growth was best shown in that represented by

1 Meraoires sur diflerentes parties des Sciences et Arts, t. iii. pi. 58. f . 5. p. 520.
1 Man. d'Actinologie, p. 503. 3 Petrefacten, p. 106. tab. 37. f. 9.

4 Beobachtungen, Syst., tab. 6.

' Mr. J. Phillips's Geology of Yorkshire, part 2. p. 202: also Sir R. I. Murchison's Geology of
Russia, vol. i. Appendix A. p. 597. 8 Beitrage, &c. p. 77.

2 L

254 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

figure 14, exhibiting three well-defined primary cavities with numerous lateral
shoots, the whole being united, to a certain extent, by external additions. In
other specimens, as figure 16, the plan of development was less apparent ; but the
example delineated had two distinct surfaces of attachment, at right angles to
each other, and the manner of growth was probably affected by them. Figure 15,+
displays fully the general appearance of the part by which the coral was fixed,
the interior being in all cases cavernous, as if it had been moulded on a perish-
able body, resembling that of the root of a large fucus ; and the edges were very
thin though fractured. The striae on the exterior were of limited occurrence
(figs. 15, 16), and in some cases (fig. 14) they were almost invisible ; but where
best shown, they presented either broad, slightly raised ribs with fine intermediate
furrows, or narrow ribs with broad furrows. The amount of thickening was very
unequal, and the addition terminated sometimes abruptly, as if the mantle had
been lacerated (fig. 14, }) : in a specimen lent by Mr. Tennant, it exceeded in one
place three lines. Incrusting Bryozoa and other marine animals occasionally
appeared, but to a limited extent, indicating no lengthened exposure of the speci-
men on which they existed. To the previous imperfect remarks on the abdomi-
nal cavities very little can be added. The great dimensions they, in some cases,
attained, and the diversity of size which characterized every specimen, are well
shown in figure 14 ; but the lowest extremity of the largest had as limited an area
as that of the small horn-like projections. The best-preserved margins of the
primary cavities were very thin, proving, so far as the specimen was concerned,
the full extent of its upward growth. Respecting the characters of a perfect
terminal hollow no opinion could be formed, except that in the earlier stages of
development, the depth appeared to have been very small. The lamellae greatly
exceeded twelve (fig. 19), and they occupied the major portion of the area, being
very near each other : sometimes they were alternately broad and narrow ; but
no regular sequence was maintained ; their thickness also varied, and some of
them were slightly bent or waved in the range towards the centre ; their sides
were spinous, as well as edges, so far as the latter could be ascertained ; and
occasionally a lateral junction of the plates was perceptible. The centre appeared
to be a simple union of the broadest lamellae.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 255

Tab. XVIII. figs. 29 to 33.

Very few extinct, articulated corals have been noticed by naturalists. Scilla 1 ,
Walch*, Parkinson 3 , and other palaeontologists have described more or less fully,
as well as figured, the well-known fossil to which Goldfuss 4 has applied the term
Isis Melitensis, but for which Schlotheim 5 apparently proposed and perhaps at
an earlier date the designation Ms pileatus. Goldfuss 6 enumerates also another
tertiary species Is. reteporacea, considered however by M. Milne-Edwards 7 to be
a very doubtful determination ; M. De Blainville 8 has likewise assigned the ap-
pellation Is. breviarticulata to a Kentish zoophyte, stated by Guettard 9 to be truly
" un coralloide articule ;" and the latter authority 10 figures another body " a trois
branches, qui sont comme articulees a leur origine." Lastly Sir C. Lyell", in
his memoir on the cretaceous and tertiary strata of Seeland and Moen, has de-
lineated a " coral allied to Isis from the limestone of Faxoe." Of these extinct
Anthozoa Is. Melitensis alone can be brought into direct comparison with the
English chalk fossil, the others being insufficiently described and figured so far
as the compiler of this notice is aware, specimens being also unattainable ; and
in conducting the inquiry, it will be requisite in consequence of M. Goldfuss's
determination, to mention briefly the leading characters of recent species of Ixin.

That genus, as limited by Lamarck 12 , Lamouroux 13 , and later authorities, con-
sists of an axis composed of calcareous segments united by horny intervals or
" internodes" of less diameter ; the whole being invested by a friable, perishable
crust, easily detached from the axis, and the visceral cavities are wholly confined

1 De Corporibus Marinis, &c., ed. 1759, p. 63. tab. 21. f. 1 ; first published in Italian in 1670, La
vana speculazione, &c. : consult also Scheuchzer's copies of Scilla's figures, Herb. Diluv., edit. 1723,
p. 79. no. 194s tab. 14. f. 1.

3 Naturgeschichte der Verst. Knorrischen Sammlung, &c., Dritter Theil, p. 194. Supp. tab. 6 f.
figs. 6, 7 ; 1771.

3 Org. Rem., vol. iii. p. 72. pi. 8. f. 2. 4. 7, 1820-24. Parkinson alludes also to a Calne oolitic fossil
as referable to his, p. 73.

4 Petrefacten, &c., p. 20. tab. 7. figs. 17, 1826-1833.

5 Systematise hes Verzeichniss, &c., p. 19, 1832, published after Schlotheim's death. The catalogue
includes three other species of Isis ; but it is impossible to determine the nature of the bodies so de-
signated without further assistance.

8 Op. tit. p. 99. pi. 36. f. 4. 7 Lamarck, 2nd edit, tome ii. 477. Observations 1 836.

9 Man. d'Actinol., p. 503, 1830-34. M6moires, &c., tome iii. p. 520. pi. 58. f.5, 1770.

10 Op. tit. p. 493. pi. 41. f. 4.

11 Geol. Trans. London, 2nd series, vol. v. p. 249. fig. 5, 1838.

" Op. tit. tome ii. p. 473. " Exposition Methodique, p. 39.

2L2

256 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

to it, even in the very youngest parts of the coral ; the number of tentacula is
eight ; the branches or lateral segments issue, with rare exceptions, from the cal-
careous portions of the main stems ; and as the coral advances in age, the intervals
are overlaid by a layer, similar in composition to the substance of the segments,
the lower part of an old specimen, presenting a continuous or uniform cha-
racter 1 .

Scilla's figure of Isis Melitensis was drawn from detached portions found near
each other and put together (op. cit. p. 63). The coral however agrees with
Isis Hippuris and other recent species in the general form and furrowed exterior,
when perfect, of the segments ; but it differed in their terminations having con-
vex or concave articular surfaces with a central foramen ; and the ligament,
whatever may have been its nature, had apparently far less thickness than in Is.
Hippuris ; whereas in the recent coral there are no articular surfaces, the ample
horny intervals affording great facilities for motion. So far as the fossil is de-
scribed or figured in the works consulted, or specimens would permit a conclu-
sion to be drawn, the segments were not penetrated by abdominal cavities ; but
the inference is valueless, very young portions not having been examined or ap-
parently delineated.

The fine specimen of the chalk fossil represented by figure 29, Tab. XVIII.,
consisted of many, long, slender segments, ribbed or furrowed on the outside,
and generally displaced ; but in a few cases they were in their right position or
nearly so (fig. 30), and some of the lateral shoots were undisturbed and in close
contact with the main stems (figs. 30 & 31), the whole of the evidence leading to
the conclusion, that the intervals, if the term may be used, were exceedingly
slight. The lateral segments necessarily sprung from calcareous portions ; but
occasionally two issued from one termination, giving rise to a bifurcated mode of
growth. The articular surfaces were slightly convex and concave (fig 31), and
concentrically furrowed with a central boss or depression. Some portions of the
furrowed exterior (fig. 30) afforded no signs of structural hollows, but others gave
faint indications of them ; and in following the same branch upwards, a gradual
increase of distinctness became apparent, the upper portion exhibiting regular
cavities with less than twelve crenulations in the boundary : other parts of the
specimen presented similar characters. From this amount of evidence it is

1 For illustrations of the structures noticed in the text, consult Ellis and Solander's Zoophytes, or
Lamouroux, Exp. Method., tab. 3. figs. 1-4; tab. 9. figs. 3, 4; also Esper's Pflanzenthiere, Isis, tab.
1,2,3, and 3 A.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 257

plain that, for a certain period, the segments of the axis were occupied by abdo-
minal structures, and that the hollows were gradually obliterated. No vestige
of a crust could be detected, though no doubt of an investing animal substance
could be entertained. One indication of an overlaid interval was noticed.

On comparing the composition of the chalk fossil with that of Isis Hippuris,
points of resemblance will be found in the general form and furrowed surface of
the segments ; in the side offshoots issuing from calcareous portions of the axis,
also in two occasionally proceeding from one termination ; and it is believed that
the intervals in both zoophytes were equally overlaid by calcareous additions.
The differences consist in the fossil having more decided articular surfaces, with
much less of interval ; and in the all-important distinction of the segments being
penetrated by abdominal cavities ; while it is universally admitted that in Jsts
they are confined to the investing layer.

As respects Isis Melitensis, an agreement exists in the articular surfaces and
in the construction of the segments ; but that coral is far too imperfectly known
to the compiler of these memoranda for an opinion to be hazarded of its full
characters, though he doubts if the generic determination should be received.

From the difference in the position of the abdominal cavities, it is conceived
the chalk fossil cannot be regarded as a species of Isis, or of any other genus of
articulated Anthozoa, known to the describer. He therefore suggests, that it
might be distinguished by the name Axogaster (H<*v axis, yaarrip venter), in con-
sequence of the digestive cavities penetrating the axis.

Axogaster, g. n.

Fixed, base a branched, creeping root ; axis calcareous divided into segments
with small intervals ; articular surfaces of the segments convex or concave ; ab-
dominal cavities inserted in the segments, progressively obliterated ; crenulations
in sides of the cavities less than twelve : nature of encrusting layer unknown,
lateral segments produced on the side of the calcareous portions of the axis.

Axogaster cretacea, sp. n. (Tab. XVIII. figs. 29 to 33.)

Segments slender, generally long, unequal in outline, often bent, traversed
longitudinally by waved ribs or furrows ; articular surfaces grooved concentrically
with a central boss or pit ; intervals between segments very small, occasionally
represented by an indented line ; lower end of lateral segments implanted in
side of main segment ; abdominal cavities irregularly distributed, round or oval,

258 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

not deep, sides steep, with about nine indentations ; general surface modified by
age and thickened, the additions concealing the intervals.

Figure 29 fully represents, in the natural size, the general characters of the
coral ; and the fine specimen from which it was taken afforded perhaps sufficient
evidence of every important condition of growth. The portion given on an
enlarged scale (fig. 30) exhibits equally well the nature of the furrows or ribs,
the characters of the abdominal cavities, and the relative position of the articular
surfaces. The specimen delineated in figure 33 was believed to be a root of
Axogaster cretacea ; and the transverse division at the lower extremity of figure 30
presents a somewhat similar appearance, but it is believed to be only a contorted
ramification, the surface being rounded on the under side, and not compressed
as in the root (fig. 33). The downward increase in size was gradual, where the
growth had not been greatly affected (the portion, figure 30, which measured 1$
inch in length, was at the upper end one line broad, and at the lower two), but
occasionally globular protuberances occurred with minor irregularities. The ex-
tremity of a growing segment was slender and conical, but it displayed a furrowed
surface to the very apex and abdominal cavities a little below it. No true branches
or divergences in the segments, similar to those in Isis Hippuris, were noticed ; the
closely applied lateral shoots (fig. 30) being clearly side segments, as they were
separated from the parent stem by a circular line, with a want of perfect coin-
cidence in the range of the furrows ; while a divergence in the recent coral has no
partition interval, and the ribs and furrows are uninterruptedly continued. The
grooved pits occasionally visible in the side of the stems (fig. 32), and structurally
identical with articular surfaces, afford further evidence of the assigned nature
of these lateral shoots. The segments varied in length from one to ten lines,
the greater extension not being due to overlaid additions concealing intervals.
The surface in young and mature states was strongly ribbed, with intermediate
furrows of rather less width ; and the ribs were rounded and waved in their lon-
gitudinal range bending around the visceral cavities. At the junction of the
closely applied lateral nodes, a want of perfect conformity in direction was appa-
rent on the side of the offset ; but more or less of continuous range was visible
on the upper and under surfaces. Proceeding downwards from young to older
portions, the ribs became gradually less prominent, and the furrows shallower ;
while in aged segments the surface displayed only irregular striae. The articular
extremities varied in the degree of convexity and concavity ; but the fully shown
displayed a central boss (fig. 30 a) or a corresponding depression. The circular

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 259

ridges were crenulated, the indentations agreeing with the grooves on the surface ;
and the ridges themselves represented apparently successive surfaces ; hut very
thin slices taken vertically and transversely gave scarcely a trace of a concentric
composition, nor did weathered stems, the most decayed exhibiting only a rough
central hollow. In Isis Melitensis, on the contrary, enveloping layers can be de-
tached mechanically, the exposed portions being fully ribbed ; and a cross-frac-
tured segment presented many severed surfaces and concentric lines indicative of
several more. Young and mature articular extremities had the whole area beset
with these circles ; whereas an aged segment displayed a thick, outer layer,
which had been moulded seemingly upon the edge of another of similar nature ;
and being evidently ill-adapted for lateral motion, it exhibited possibly a precur-
sory step towards a perfect consolidation.

The visceral cavities were unequally and irregularly distributed in parts un-
altered by age ; and they were very readily distinguished from the articular pits
on the side of a segment, by their elliptical form, shallowness, perpendicular sides
and want of concentric ridges. The conical extremity of an incomplete segment
(fig. 31) gave a deep, well-formed cavity with indentations around the edge, not
more than half a line from the apex, proving the early production and rapid ad-
vancement towards completion of the structure. The prevailing shape was an
oval, the direction of the major axis generally conforming to that of the segment ;
the length was half and the transverse measurement about f ths of a line ; and
the dimensions at the bottom were nearly the same, making the sides almost per-
pendicular. The floor was slightly concave or irregularly flat. The indentations
around the periphery were seldom so exhibited that the exact number could be
counted ; but they seemed to vary from eight to ten, differing very little, if really
at all, from Isis, which has eight tentacula. During the obliterating process, the
cavities became gradually shallower, and the boundaries less defined, all traces
of their previous existence being finally lost (fig. 30).

Respecting the nature of the enveloping matter no evidence was afforded ; and
not the slightest stain, indicative of its having existed, occurred in the chalk,
whereas the form and even the texture of Amorphozoa are very often preserved in
that manner. From this it may possibly be fair to infer, that it was of an eva-
nescent nature, not very dissimilar from that of the crust of Antipathes, or per-
haps wholly animal.

The supposed root represented by figs. 33 & 33 a apparently belonged to a young
specimen. The articular pit situated near the centre was concentrically furrowed

260 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

within ; and close to its edge, three successive layers had been exposed by an
accidental fracture. The main branches tapered and subdivided as they receded
from the pit, giving off also small, lateral shoots. Their upper surface was
round and more or less ribbed, not boldly as in the mature condition of the seg-
ments, but irregularly and faintly as in older stems. The under side, so far as it
could be safely ascertained, was unequally flattened, as if it had been attached to
a rough body.

Tab. XVIII. figures 34, 34 a.

It remains to notice a fossil represented of the natural size by figure 34. The
surface was strongly and obliquely ribbed, resembling so far that of Axogaster
cretacea ; but it had no circular lines or other indications of segments, nor a vestige
of a visceral cavity. At the edge of the broader extremity, several thin concen-
tric layers were exposed, moulded more or less regularly upon each other, and in
conformity with the exterior ribs. The transversely fractured extremity (fig. 34 a)
exhibited also very many thin, undulating, opaque lines, representatives ap-
parently of other similar lamina? ; but they were separated by translucent inter-
spaces, and crossed by irregular plates, which did not extend to the very centre.
These characters justify, it is conceived, the inference that the fossil was
originally an incrusted coral, and from its composition it is believed to have
consisted of layers in which calcareous and animal matter alternately prevailed.
The total want of subdivisional lines would intimate only to the extent of the
specimen itself, a non-segmentary composition ; and nothing absolute can be
said respecting the absence of the abdominal cavities, except that the ribs were
much bolder than in those portions of Axogaster cretacea in which the hollows
had been obliterated by age. It must be further stated, that no laminated, in-
ternal constitution similar to the one just mentioned was detected in the coral
described in the preceding notice. That peculiarity is moreover believed to
separate the fossil from all described incrusted corals, whether articulated or
not ; but the real characters must remain to be developed by the discovery of
further specimens.

Tab. XVIII. figures 35, +, 36 & 37.

The fossil next to be considered possesses many marked distinctions. It is
attached throughout its whole extent, and consists of circular, shallow, abdomi-
nal cavities with about eight indentations in the side, and connected by a di-

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 261

verging as well as anastomosing band composed of irregular solid fibres. In its
general mode of growth and viewed by the unassisted eye it resembles some
species of Aulopora 1 ; but the digestive organs, instead of being lodged as in that
genus, in elongated tubes, which occupy the structural intervals between the
circular openings, were confined to the round depressions of limited depth, the
intermediate bands being solid, and having no visible communication with the
cavities. In one respect, however, there was possibly an important agreement
between the polype of the chalk fossil and that of Aulopora. From the eight in-
dentations, in the abdominal hollows little doubt can be entertained, that the
former belonged to the class Anthozoa ; and M. Milne-Edwards* has stated his
belief, that Aulopora was more nearly allied to Cornularia than to any other
zoophyte, and that it is in consequence referable to the same class 3 . In the
visceral cavities and fibrous or ribbed intervals, resemblances exist with Axo-
gaster cretacea ; but the investing animal matter ranging between those receptacles
could not apparently have possessed similar functions to that which surrounded
Axogaster, the bands bearing no signs of additions or changes after maturity ;
and so far as the specimen extended, no indications of obliteration were noticed
in the cavities themselves. The attached mode of growth would necessarily pre-
clude an articular composition.

Not being aware of any established genus with characters similar to those
mentioned above, the describer suggests that the extinct coral might be distin-
guished by the term Epiphaxum from eirityvc adnascens and a%wv axis, in allusion
to the attached mode of growth.

Epiphaxum, g. n.

Axis attached throughout, formed of solid fibres ; visceral cavities seated in
the axis and provided with eight indentations or blunt lamella? ; investing layer
unknown.

Epiphaxum auloporoides, sp. n. (Tab. XVIII. figs. 35, 36 & 37.)
Axis elongated, slightly convex, divergent and anastomosed, component fibres

1 Consult Goldfuss, Petref. pi. 29. f. 1 a, 1 b.

" Annales des Sciences Nat., 2nde serie, Zool., tome ix., or Rechercbes sur les Polypes, Mem. sur
les Crisies, &c. p. 15 : also remarks on Aulopora, 2nd edit. 1836, Lamarck, t. ii. p. 323.

1 Consult M. Milne-Edwards's notice of the animal of Cornularia rugosa, Larak. t. ii. p. 128.

2M

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

irregular in extent ; intermediate furrows of variable breadth ; abdominal cavities
circular, slightly raised ; margin formed of lateral union of fibres.

The only specimen examined (fig. 35f) was affixed to a Micraster (Spatangus,
Auct.) about 1^ inch in length and breadth ; and the zoophyte extended over
fully a third of the surface. The coral agreed in colour and opacity with the
Micraster, though no distinct signs of rhomboidal cleavage were detected; an
Alecto, however, which was associated with it, had a duller aspect, and apparently
a more solid texture ; nevertheless it would be as correct to consider the Echi-
noderm an internal cast, as to assume that the fibrous band represented only the
interior form of a perished body.

The mode of growth was very irregular (fig. 37), and seemed to have been chiefly
influenced by the form of the Micraster ; but the diverging branches of the axis
always issued from the side of an abdominal cavity, except in the case of a
bifurcation. In the only good example (fig. 36) which was noticed of such a sub-
division, the fibres separated longitudinally into two fasciculi, and then ranged
onwards for about half an inch, when the two bands terminated at a visceral
hollow. The manner of forming terminal additions was not very well shown, as
it was difficult to distinguish between an immature development and an abraded
portion. The most satisfactory case (fig. 36) consisted of two rudimentary
cavities with a faint connecting band, the whole exhibiting only traces of struc-
ture ; but the plan conformed strictly to that of other Anthozoa and of Bryozoa,
visceral receptacles and associated structures being commenced and more or less
advanced, far in front of a perfected portion, where alone exists the digestive
apparatus, which affords the animal and mineral materials.

The visceral hollows in general projected markedly above the axis, the fibres of
the latter bending upwards and constituting the boundary wall. They were nearly
circular and of great uniformity of size, but the inner diameter was scarcely half
a line ; and the whole breadth was usually less than that of the adjacent portion
of the axis (figs. 36, 37). The depth was sometimes very small even in mature
examples, and it rarely exceeded the diameter. The sides were highly inclined ;
the base was slightly concave or rugose ; and the margin, formed by the lateral
union of the fibres, exhibited in the best preserved cases a serrated outline.
The lamellae equivalents were well shown, eight having been distinctly counted
in many cases ; and occasionally a wedge-shaped projection or lamella was de-
tected. The distance between the regularly formed cavities varied from nearly
three lines to about one ; but two cases were observed of an imperfect cavity

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 263

placed obliquely by the side of another fully produced ; and a similarly inclined
rudimentary structure (fig. 37f) occurred about midway in a band, the boundary
circle resting partly on the fibres, and partly on the Echinoderm itself. So far as
could be ascertained, young cavities formed in advance of the perfected, were not
based upon the axis, but being secreted contemporaneously with it, were equally
situated on the subjacent general surface. Many of the older hollows, however,
had the bottom clearly raised above that level ; and a certain amount of up-
ward growth was therefore inferred, with successive internal additions, to adapt
the depth to the dimensions of the abdominal organs. If this be correct, the
obliquely placed imperfect cavities would indicate subsequent developments,
being wholly or partly based on the axis, but whether they should be regarded
as normal or abnormal interpolations, no opinion is offered. Their existence
nevertheless proves, it is conceived, that the axis was invested by the polype.

The breadth of mature bands varied from one to half a line, a slight contraction
also frequently occurring midway between two visceral centres. The length, as
already stated, was sometimes three lines, though occasionally limited to one ; and
the greatest intervals existed apparently where the divergences were fewest. Fibres
often extended uninterruptedly from one abdominal hollow to another, and even
further, passing around the side of those structures ; but they were frequently
shorter, especially near the cavities ; and as they became less numerous the outer
fibres inclined inwards, to maintain a due compactness. The greatest number
counted was ten, and the least five, allowing for local defects or injuries. So far
as was ascertained they were united at the base ; the intermediate furrows how-
ever were deep and well-defined, while no changes dependent upon age were
detected, nor any signs of a laminated texture.

With respect to the systematic position of Epiphaxum, the eight indentations,
and the proofs of an investing living crust suggest, that it ought to be associated
with those eight tentaculated Anthozoa, which constitute the " Polypiers Corti-
ciferes " of Lamarck (Phytocorallia Octactinia of Ehrenberg) . Among the known
zoophytes of that division, the abdominal cavities are however confined to the
cortex, even when it is evanescent, on a specimen being removed from the water.
Other eight tentaculated Anthozoa which have the visceral receptacles within the
fabric or axis, according to Dr. Grant 1 , of the coral, as the Halcyonina and Tubi-
porina, differ so essentially in structure from Epiphaxum, that it is impossible to
regard the fossil genus as a member of either of those families. On the con-

1 On the Structure and Nature of Flustrae, Edinb. New Phil. Journ., no. 5. p. 116. 1827.

2 M 2

264 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

trary the agreement in the nature of the abdominal cavities is greatest with those
groups which have twelve or more lamellae ; and it is believed that the true
position of the chalk fossil will be found to be intermediate between them and
the ordinary corticiferous genera, and to supply a break in existing zoophytes.

Spinopora Dixoni. (Tab. XVIII. figs. 38, 39.)

Expanded, encrusting or branched ; branches slender, tortuous, and irregu-
larly divergent ; spinous tubercles small, unequally distributed ; wart-like protu-
berances variable in number and distinctness, with or without radiating ramifica-
tions ; apertures to abdominal cavities poriform, minute, very numerous, often
arranged in a circle around the spinous tubercles ; cavities crossed internally by
transverse plates ; net-work forming the coral, microscopically porous.

M. De Blainville 1 proposed the term Spinopora for two cretaceous corals to
which M. De France had assigned in manuscript the name Pagrus. No descrip-
tions or even figures of the two original species appear to have been published ;
but M. De Blainville, who had examined the labelled specimens, added a third
species by removing to the genus a Maestricht fossil previously named Ceriopora
mitra by Prof. Goldfuss 2 . The essential characters ascribed to Spinopora are
" un polypier calcaire, circonscrit, diversiforme, applique, adherent par une
face ordinairement concave et a cercles concentriques en dessous, reticule et
herisse de tubercules epineux, entre lesquels sont des cellules poriformes en
dessus." (Op. cit. p. 415.) It was however in consequence of the external
structures shown in the figures of Spin, mitra that the English chalk fossil was
referred to the genus ; and though they exhibit no traces of ramifications radia-
ting from the wartose protuberances, yet as that structure was almost wanting in
one of Mr. Dixon's specimens (Tab. XVIII. figs. 39, 3'J a), the presence or ab-
sence of it is not regarded as an essential generic element. Among the corals
described by M. Michelin 3 is one which resembles in some respects the English
fossil, and is considered by him to be identical with the Chrysaora spinosa of
Lamouroux 4 . In the observations on the coral it is not stated whether the de-
termination rested upon an actual comparison with M. Lamouroux's specimens ;
but the figures in the ' Iconographie Zoophytologique ' differ almost totally from

1 Man. d'Actinol. p. 415.

2 Petref. p. 39. tab. 30. t'. 13 a, b ; also, Man. d'Actinol. pi. 70. f. 3, not a good copy.

3 Icon. Zoophyt. p. 237- Chrysaora spinosa, pi. 55. f. 8.

4 Exposition Methodique, p. 83. pi. 81. f. 6, 7.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 265

those in the ' Exposition Methodique,' wanting altogether prominent, solid ridges,
and being beset with numerous small tubercles, not a trace of which is delineated
by Lamouroux, nor is the structure noticed in his account of the fossil, the
specific name being apparently derived from stunted branches, which bear, in
the natural size figure, the semblance of large spinous projections. M. Michelin,
moreover, in his remarks upon the coral represented by him, no doubt with
great accuracy, says, " Ce polypier et le suivant ne nous paraissent pas avoir une
grande analogic entre eux ;" and he adds, " Nous nous reservons, lorsqu'un plus
grand nombre d'echantillons de 1'espece en discussion sera connu, d'adopter
plutot pour elle le genre Neuropora, cre"e par M. Bronn;" Neuroptera spinosa
being among his own synonyms for Chrysaora spinosa. A comparison of M.
Michelin's figures with the delineation of Mr.Dixon's coral (figs. 39, 39 a) will esta-
blish an identity in two particulars, 1st, in the general character of the tubular
apertures ; and 2ndly, in each having small spinous projections ; if also in the
former ramifying ribs occur as in the Chrysaora spinosa of Lamouroux, another
analogy would exist, and the absence of wart-like protuberances would be the
only visible distinction. The two latter structures are however not considered
generic characters, being of irregular or uncertain occurrence, and therefore not
essential components. Mr. Dana 1 regards "tubercles" likewise as hardly a
character of generic importance, in his observations on Spinopora. Under these
circumstances the choice of a term or genus was somewhat arbitrary ; but it was
believed, that Neuropora should not be adopted on account of the want of pre-
valence in the ramifying ridges, and the changes to which they appeared liable*.
Lamouroux's Chrysaora seemed also to be objectionable from a want of suffi-
cient agreement in the chalk fossil with the original description ; and although
Spinopora may not have been established on an altogether satisfactory basis, the
internal structure being unknown, yet when its ascertained characters were
considered in the aggregate with or without ramifications, the polype which
formed the coral was believed to have possessed an assemblage of structures
sufficient to warrant the adoption of the genus.

Respecting the position of Spinopora in a general classification, it may be stated,
that M. De Blainville 3 associated the genus with others composed of corals for
the greater part now admitted to have been formed by Ascidian Polypes ; and
the same opinion appears to have been entertained by M. Milne-Edwards 4 , as he

' Exploring Expedition, Zoophytes, p. 572. 2 Consult Goldfuss, tab. 11. f.5,7.

3 Man. d'Actinol. p. 401. * Edit. 1836 of Lamarck, t. ii. p. 263-265.

266 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

placed the genus between Cellepora and Eschara. Mr. Dana 1 , on the contrary,
alludes to Spinopora in his Appendix to Madreporacea, stating however that
the connection with the tribe is uncertain. From the occurrence of transverse
laminae in the abdominal tubes of the English fossil, the true general position is
nevertheless believed to be in the class Anthozoa, and the nearest more definite
approximation to be with such Milleporte of Lamarck as have been grouped
by M. De Blainville under the term Palmipora (op. cit. p. 391). Those corals
are associated by MM. De Blainville (op. cit. pp. 382, 391), Milne-Edwards
(Lamk.t. ii. p. 307), and Dana (Zoophy. p. 544, &c.), in the same great assemblage
as Madrepora ; but it is impossible to conjecture what number of tentacula the
fossil polype possessed, not a trace of lamellae or of what are commonly re-
garded equivalent structures having been detected. Notwithstanding the best
provisional allocation appears to be near Palmipora or a similar restriction of
Lamarck's Millepora.

Three specimens of the coral were examined. One (fig. 38, nat. size) consisted
of a broad, slightly convex mass with the base of a branch projecting from it ;
the others were ramose, the larger (fig. 39, nat. size) having partly incrusted a
cylindrical body ; and the smaller was composed of a detached group of slender
branches, the extreme height and breadth of the specimen being about an inch,
and the greatest width of the branches 1^ line.

In the expanded specimen (fig. 38) the increase of the coral, independent of
augmentations within the area of previously formed portions, was effected by
extensions around the whole margin of the disk ; and in the ramose examples by
additions to the upper extremity of the branch.

The apertures to the abdominal cavities or tubes were not raised above the
general surface and scarcely perceptible to the unassisted eye, but they were very
numerous, and principally close together, forming the meshes of a fine network.
In this respect there was a marked difference from Palmipores. Immediately
adjacent to the small spinous processes, they had (fig. 39 b) a circular arrangement
resembling the petals of a flower ; a similar distribution is visible in Goldfuss's
figure 13 b (tab. 30) of Spin, mitra, and apparently alluded to in his description
of the species (p. 39) ; elsewhere the pores had no definite position. Their out-
line varied, but with a tendency to a round contour ; and their boundary was for
the greater part ill-defined ; though occasionally an opaque line surrounded the
tube both on the surface, and in the centre of transversely fractured branches.

1 Zoophytes, pp. 570, 572.

DESCRIPTION OK CHALK CORALS.

The depth of the terminal division of the tube, or the receptacle for the digestive
organs was small, a point of agreement with Palmiporte. Internally the tubes
had a simple outline, ranging vertically in the expanded specimen ; but obliquely
in the centre, and horizontally in the outer portion of branched examples. The
transverse laminae, in the best preserved cases (fig. 39 c), were near each other,
and thick, giving the tubes a cellular appearance ; but nothing was observed in
any part of the coral to justify a suspicion that it was referable to the family
Celleporidse, or was formed by an ascidian polype. As before stated, lamelhv
were totally wanting. M. De Blainville says the apertures of Palmiporte are
" obsoletement radio-cannelee " (op. cit. p. 391) ; and to the extent observed, the
openings of Pal. complanata as well as of Pal. alcicornis presented very slight
traces of any structure which could be regarded as a representative of lamellae,
agreeing in this respect with the English chalk fossil. Ehrenberg did not ob-
serve tentacula in a living specimen of Millepora (Palmip.) complanata (Beitriige,
p. 125). The composition of the general fabric, confining the term to the net-
work, was prevailingly slender, and penetrated in every direction by numerous
very minute pores ; and the texture of the spinous processes, of the large warts,
and the venous ramifications was strictly analogous. The spines were irregularly
distributed, and often indistinct from abrasion or smallness ; and their position
was occasionally indicated rather by the arrangement of the tubular apertures
than by prominence of character. The warts and the ramifications proceeding
from them (fig. 38 ft) were generally, but to a variable extent, penetrated by abdo-
minal cavities. Some of the warts were almost wholly occupied by them, though
the amount of protuberance was not thereby markedly affected ; while, on the
contrary, the existence of the branched structure seemed to depend on their ab-
sence, as not an instance was observed of raised divergences except the aper-
tures were few in number. The internal range of the last three component
parts was not clearly ascertained. One wart traversed by a few tubes was
progressively worn down, but no variations were observed at the different stages
of the operation ; and a portion of a branch abraded as nearly vertical as pos-
sible, gave a totally indistinct composition, the tubular cavities vanishing also.
This obscurity was believed to arise from mineralization, and not from efface-
ment by animal secretions, fractured portions of both expanded and branched
specimens affording open tubes throughout the whole intersections.
No cases were noticed of structurally closed apertures.

268 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

BRYOZOA.
Alecto ramea, De Blainville?. (Tab. XVIII., figs. 35J, 40, 41.)

Ramifications irregularly divergent, nearly uniform in breadth ; visceral tubes
bordered by a narrow tubulous band ; outline of cavity generally distinct ; aper-
tures slightly inclined upwards, oval, uniserial, situated along the middle of the
ramification.

De Blainville, Man. d'Actinologie, p. 464. pi. 78. fig. 6 ? A. ramosa (?) Milne-
Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde serie, Zool. tome ix. pi. 16. fig. 1 ? or Recherches
sur les Polypes, Mem. sur les Crisies, &c. pp. 15, 46. Chalk of Meudon, Milne-
Edwards ; Gravesend, Morris, Cat. British Fossils, p. 30 1 .

It is difficult to form an opinion respecting the corals which M. De Blainville
has named, but not described and indifferently figured ; nevertheless M. Milne-
Edwards has referred toAl. ramea (Rech.p. 15.) a fossil carefully delineated by him-
self, and concerning which he has published some precise particulars. He states
that the cells are " en general garnies lateralement d'une petite bordure lamelleuse
assez distincte, laquelle s'etale quelquefois beaucoup et peut reunir en une seule
masse des branches voisines." A somewhat similar lateral structure exists in the
specimen represented by fig. 40 mag., Tab. XVIII., illustrative of these memo-
randa ; but the band, instead of constituting a horizontal plate, had an inclined
surface ; and, when viewed with a sufficient power, as a Codrington lens, was
clearly tubular. No similar composition is alluded to by M. Edwards, neverthe-
less it has been thought right to adopt provisionally the designation ramea ; but
should an actual difference be found in the side structure, the English fossil
might be distinguished by the specific name tubulata.

The specimen represented in part by figure 40 was attached to a Micraster
(fig. 35j), and did not strictly agree in mode of growth with M.DeBlainville's figure
or that of Prof. Milne-Edwards, being much less compactly ramose ; but it remains
to be ascertained how far the nature of a base, and differences in the surrounding-
medium, may affect in this genus a plan of development or any other character.
The position and range as well as the arched distal extremity of the cavities
were well-marked by lines of a different colour from the tube itself; but in the
older portion of the specimen they were less distinct than in the younger, in

1 Roemer has applied the term Aulopora ramosa (von Hagenow) to a fossil stated to occur in the
chalk of Sussex, Riigen, Peine, and Sarstedt. Verst. Norddeutschen Kreidegebirges, p. 18. tab. 5. fig. 15,
184-0.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 269

consequence apparently of external additions. The best-preserved apertures
were slightly inclined upwards and had a raised margin. The tubular nature
of the lateral structure was shown (fig. 40) partly by an opaque-white, narrow,
irregular band, bounded outwardly by a translucent line similar to those forming
the sides of the abdominal cavities ; and partly by abraded branches presenting
on each side a narrow furrow more or less filled with chalk, when first exposed ;
and it is believed that the similarity in the surface colour of both the central
tube and the band was owing to infiltered matter : at the extremity of a branch
occurred also two minute openings, which accorded in position with the tubuli
of the band.

The coral represented by figures 41 and 41 a to c, agreed more nearly than the
preceding in its mode of growth with M. De Blainville's delineation of Al. ramea.
If examined without a knowledge of the specimen above noticed, some of its cha-
racters might escape detection, and specific differences be assumed ; the whole
of the ramifications exhibiting under an ordinary pocket lens a semi-cylindrical
outline and uniform composition. An attentive inspection, however, proved the
existence of a central tube with lateral inclined bands of an opaque white colour,
and separated from the medial cavity by very fine translucent lines ; while frac-
tured portions (figs. 41 b, c) displayed side furrows and pores, which could not
readily be considered as direct precursors to a bifurcation.

How far a smooth subsurface or other local causes may have influenced dif-
ferent states of development or relative perfectability, the examination of only
two specimens afforded no grounds for a satisfactory inference ; but so far as
observed the composition was similar in each case ; and therefore it has been
deemed correct not to separate, at present, the two fossils specifically.

Alecto gracilis, Milne-Edwards. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 1, 1 a, 1 6, 1 c.)

Ramifications irregular, dichotomous or issuing laterally, breadth variable,
abdominal tubes essentially uniserial ; position of apertures not central, more or
less alternately inclined to the right and left, form oval, margin slightly projecting.

Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat., 2nde serie, Zool. torne ix. pi. 16. fig. 2, 2 a, or
Recherches sur les Polypes, Me"m. sur les Crisies, &c. p. J5. Chalk of Meudon.
Norfolk chalk, Woodward in Morris's Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 30.

The coral (fig. 1) believed to be rightly referred to Alecto gracilis displayed
no proofs of lateral structures. It was attached to a Micraster, and exhibited
many signs of irregularity of development, some of which might be ascribed to

2 N

270 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

the inequalities of the subjacent body, but some could not. Where most uni-
form, the surface of the tubes was rounded (a, 6), and the sides nearly straight
or parallel ; occasionally however hemispherical swellings with curved sides
occurred, and were evidently due to the tube passing over one of the larger
papillae of the Echinoderm. The distance between successive apertures was
sometimes also considerably shortened, without any compensating lateral expan-
sion of the tube, indicating, it is presumed, imperfect development. Such ir-
regularities as those exhibited by figures 1* and 1 c clearly originated in causes
totally independent of the nature of the subsurface, and were conceived to have
arisen from the accidental association of many ova.

The most decided bifurcations gave two tubes issuing from the extremity of
the parent, and diverging more or less symmetrically ; but so far as the speci-
men examined was concerned, there was much less constancy of character in this
respect than in M. Edwards's enlarged figure 2 a, a branch springing often at
right angles from the proximal extremity of a tube, or even from the side ; but
the former at least are possibly only abnormal conditions influenced by local
interferences. Occasionally the two branches ranged for a short distance paral-
lel to each other and in close contact, and then diverged or one of them perished.
An instance of this mode of growth is shown in M. Edwards's figure 2 a ; and
the apparent biserial apertures were referable to it. The mouths were generally
oval, the greater diameter being in the direction of the tube ; and the best-pre-
served were not mere tubular extremities, but in the plane of the general surface,
with more or less of contraction : the margin, where retained, was thickened and
slightly raised. The alternate inclination to the right and left was often very
marked ; but it is necessary to state, as a distinction from M. Milne-Edwards's
genus Criserpia\ that the arrangement did not arise from the tubes issuing late-
rally. Figure 2 a of the ' Annales des Sciences Naturelles ' represents frequently
an enlargement in the region of the apertures with a somewhat pear-shaped out-
line ; nothing similar was detected in the English coral, and the discrepancy was
most probably not an essential, but an accidental difference. The base or at-
tached lamina of the tubes was very thin, scarcely concealing the papillae of the
Micraster, while the outer wall was thick and solid and transversely rugose.

No doubt was entertained that the coral represented by figure 1 c, and which
was situated close to the specimen partly given in figure 1 a, was an example of
irregular production of Alecto gracilis, every portion displaying the strongest

1 Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde serie, Zool. t. ix. or Recherches sur les Polypes, Mem. sur les Crisies, &c. p. 16.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 271

proofs of disturbed growth or mutual interference. The uniserial mode of growth
with developments from the upper extremity of the fixed portion of the tube
demand however careful consideration ; and every deviation should be duly in-
vestigated, with a view to ascertain whether an extension of generic characters
should be proposed.

Diastopora Sowerbii. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Disks numerous, united by mutual extension, and forming successive layers ;
visceral tubes long, cylindrical, exposed portion very variable, sometimes con-
siderable, sometimes small, concealed in aged conditions ; apertures round or
oval, closed in advanced stages, slightly inclined upwards, edges projecting.

In M. Milne-Edwards's valuable memoir on the genus Diastopora 1 the species
are divided into three groups, the first consisting of those which develope a single
layer ; the second, of species which produce overlying, successive layers ; and
the third, of such as are formed of two layers placed back to back. This arrange-
ment, simple in itself, requires however a good illustrative suite of specimens
before, in many cases, a species can be determined, or a reference made to a group
when a single example is the subject of examination. Thus Diast. diluviana, as
described by M. Edwards, consists of numerous extended layers 2 , which envelope
each other like the coats of an onion, and every successive layer conforms to those
inferior to it, the origin of each resembling a little circular crust. It would
consequently be impossible to decide to which of the two first divisions a primary
disk belonged, or to assign it positively to a known species. The chalk fossil
under consideration presented many signs of more than one layer ; but no evi-
dence of its earliest condition. From Diast. diluviana, as well as M. Michelin's
D. microstoma 3 , it differs in the many centres of development or limited exten-
sion of each. Respecting the nature of the fundamental layer only a conjecture
can be offered, but it possibly consisted of a single disk ; and it is believed, that
the actual surface of the specimen (fig. 2) arose, in the first place, from the de-
velopment of two or more centres on that disk, the lateral extension of which
beyond the original boundary producing a greater area ; and secondly from one

1 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 2de s6rie, Zool. tome is., or Recherches sur les Polypes, Mem.
sur les Crisies, &c. p. 31.

- Op. cit. pi. 14. fig. 4, and pi. 15. fig. 3 to 3 c. Berenicea diluviana, Lamouroux, Exp. Method,
p. 81. Consult his figs. 3, 4, tab. 80, for an example of a simple disk.

3 Iconographie Zoophytologique, pi. 57. f. I.

2 N 2

272 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

or more repetitions of the same process. The specimen itself exhibited three
instances of two young circular crusts on a disk, with examples of others on its
very margin, and the latter would clearly have enlarged the superficies still more
had they attained their full growth. That the added centres did not originate in
germs ejected from pre-existing tubes, but from the general polype-substance,
may be inferred from the characters of other ascidian zoophytes. The genus
Lichenopora 1 sometimes presents a single disk, and sometimes according to M.
Michelin an aggregation of disks, as his L/ich. cumulata' 2 , L, conjuncta' 3 , and L.
tuberosa*, and it would be difficult to imagine how the two last, at least, could
owe their many-centred composition except to a reproductiveness in certain por-
tions of the polype, not limiting the term to the viscera and appendages sur-
rounding the mouth. Further examples may be noticed in the Ceriopora dia-
dema & and Cer. stellata 6 of Prof. Goldfuss, also in M. Michelin's Cer. papularia 7 :
it is likewise hoped that the reader will find proofs of such productive operations
in the fossil to which in a subsequent page is applied the term Atagma.

The only specimen examined was about 1^ inch in length by 8 to 9 lines in
breadth, and it consisted of about eleven united disks, including those along the
boundary, and of which only portions had been preserved. The whole formed an
irregular but continuous layer, which had evidently coated an uneven perishable
body. The greatest diameter of the disks was about 3 lines, the form being
generally polygonal from mutual interference ; and the margin was occasionally
a narrow smooth band, in which could be detected the outline of tubes that
had never attained a perfect development, no traces of a mouth being per-
ceptible ; but very frequently there was a crest-like intermingling of perfected
visceral cavities. The outer surface of the tubes, where visible, was rounded or
flat ; and the exposed portion varied with the nature of the surface or its in-
equalities, amounting in some cases to fully half a line ; while often successive
apertures were in contact. The mouths were simple tubular apertures, with or
without a slight contraction ; but they were often wholly closed by polype secre-
tions similar to those which coated the general surface, and concealed more or
less the range of tubes that would otherwise be visible ; and even in a few places
leaving but faint indications of their existence.

1 De France, Diet, des Sc. Nat. tome xxvi. p. 257.

2 Op. cit. pi. 77. f. 1. 3 PI. 63. f. 16. " PI. 14. f. 6.

5 Petref. pi. 37. f. 3, not pi. 11. f. 12, identified by M. Michelin with his Lich. conjuncta, Icon.
Zoophy. p. 277. 6 Petref. pi. 30. fig. 12.

7 Op. cit. pi. 32. f. 7 ; consult also M. Michelin's Cer. Landriotii, pi. 1. fig. 10.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 273

The young circular crusts had no apparent fixed points of development, some-
times coinciding in position with the centre of the subjacent disk, but sometimes
were nearer the edge. If rightly understood, the earliest observed state presented
a few confused vertical cavities of limited extent (fig. 2 a + ) ; while a little more
advanced condition gave a disk-like form, with nearly horizontal, radiating tubes.
The assumed earliest patches were not however always limited to so small an area
as in the case delineated (fig. 2 a J), occasionally covering a relatively consider-
able space, as if the reproductive power had been more diffused. There was no
distinct base lamina, like that which occurs in Tubulipora; ; but in the immediate
vicinity of the somewhat advanced disks, the old tubes of the subjacent layer
had for the greater part closed mouths, and the general surface was thickened,
as if a preparatory inseparable foundation had been laid for the future construc-
tion. From this subsurface projected, moreover, the sides of the tubes in progress
of formation or laid open by fracture.

Diastopora - -. (Tab. XVIII. fig. 35* ; and XVIII. A. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Attached throughout, branched ; branches bifurcated with intermediate fan-
shaped areas of limited growth ; tubes minute, produced either at the termina-
tion of the preceding or intermediately ; mouths simple, tubular extremities.

The above characters must be considered rather as those of the specimen exa-
mined, than of a species. In the branched mode of growth, a resemblance will
be found in M. Michelin's Diast. ramosa 1 which is also a cretaceous zoophyte ;
but if the English fossil exhibits a normal and not an accidental manner of de-
velopment, a distinction exists in the points where the bifurcations commence
not ceasing at once to be productive, but giving forth in two cases additional
tubes which assumed a fan-shaped area : they had possessed, however, apparently
a limited amount of vitality in comparison with the adjacent branches, and
some of their tubes had not been provided with distinct apertures. Another
difference from Diast. ramosa is the minuteness of the coral. A branch of M.
Michelin's species, half a line in width, exhibited transversely only three to four
apertures, as shown in his enlarged figure, 3 b, whereas a space of equal breadth
in the English fossil gave at least eight.

The species to the extent displayed (figs. 3 & 3 a) would belong to M. Edwards's
first division of the genus, or to that composed of Diastopores, which form a
single layer. In having a branched plan of growth, a certain amount of resem-

1 Icon. Zoophy. p. 203. pi. 52. fig. 3.

274 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

blance with the Criserpia of that authority 1 exists, but in the development of the
tubes, the agreement is with Diastopora, the additions in Criserpia, if rightly
understood, springing in the typical species C. Michelini from the side or towards
the lower extremity of a previous tube, and not from the upper end. The only
specimen examined was barely visible to the unassisted eye, and was attached
to the same Micraster as Epiphaxum auloporoides and Alecto ramea ? ; it was also
intermingled with them. The greatest extent in the direction of the oppositely
diverging branches, measuring the chord and not around the arc, was under two
lines, and the width of the largest fan-shaped portion was scarcely half a line.

Clypeina tubaformis, n. sp. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 4 & 4 a.)

Trumpet-shaped ; stem long, cylindrical, traversed vertically by lines defining
the range of the visceral tubes, and transversely by irregular furrows ; expanded
portion smooth on the under surface, but streaked by upward extensions of the
divisional lines of the stem, also encircled by fine grooves ; margin of the expan-
sion provided with two or three rows of tubular apertures ; interior of the funnel
ribbed, and indented with transverse lines similar to those on the exterior ; floor
broad, slightly convex ; base of the coral an irregular expansion of the stem,
and like the latter tubular.

Under the designation Clypeina marginiporella M. Michelin 2 has described
and figured a curious, minute tertiary fossil, found in the Paris basin. The
specimen delineated in the ' Iconographie Zoophytologique ' agrees generally
with the upper portion of Mr. Dixon's coral (fig. 4), the chief difference con-
sisting in the rows of tubular openings on the margin of the funnel exceeding
one in the English zoophyte : Clyp. marginiporella terminates, moreover, abruptly
where it assumes a cylindrical outline, and it is stated to adhere "par une
espece de petite lamelle circulaire;" the tubular structure is also apparently
confined to the dilated portion, no trace of such a composition being represented
in the inferior annular edge of M. Michelin's figure 27 b ; whereas in Clyp. tubae-
formis, small tubuli are visible in the fractured margin of an expanded base. M.
Michelin expresses a doubt respecting the nature of his fossil, and asks, " Est-
ce un polypier ?" No doubt however is entertained of the English body belong-
ing to the class Bryozoa or to Ascidian polypes, and to the family Tubuliporidse ;

1 Annales des Sc. Nat., 2nde ser. Zool. tome ix., or Recherches sur les Polypes, Mem. sur les Crisies,
&c., pi. 16. fig. 4.

2 Iconographie Zoophytologique, p. 177. pi. 46. fig. 27.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 275

while the resemblance to M. Michelin's minute production, only a line in dia-
meter, justifies, it is conceived, a generic union.

Only one specimen of Clyp. tubeeformis was examined. Its height was rather
more than 3 lines ; the breadth at the upper extremity was 2 lines ; of the stem
near the middle ths of a line ; and of the base 1 line ; the exterior height of
the funnel was 1 line ; the interior depth \, and breadth at the bottom Jths of a
line. The greatest breadth of M. Michelin's figured specimen of Clyp. mar gini-
porella was half that of the English coral. The tubular openings around the
margin were not perfect, and consequently no strict comparison could be made
with those of the Paris basin fossil ; but, as exhibited, they were in contact or
had solid interspaces ; while in the tertiary species, the edge of the apertures is
more or less free. The form was round, transversely oval or polygonal accord-
ing to space or mutual interference. The size varied also ; but the differences
were clearly due to interpolations, and inequalities of age. The full range of the
visceral tubes was not ascertained : those connected with the apertures did not
extend visibly downwards beyond the lower extremity of the funnel, terminating
acutely ; and those in the stem had also an apparently limited upwards exten-
sion ; but their range was possibly continued inwards, and the actual end was
probably in the marginal apertures. Respecting the central composition of the
coral no information could be obtained. M. Michelin's figure 27 b. indicates a
shallow hollow, with a transverse layer; and as concerns the equivalent, ex-
panded portion of Cly. tubteformis, the structure was apparently similar, or else
consisted of thin laminae. Minute additional tubes appeared occasionally along
the inner edge of the margin, and similar developments existed also on the outer
edge, but that portion being abraded they were less distinct. No signs of a
decided external thickening were visible, a point of agreement with recent Tubu-
liporce ; but there was a total want of the lamina, which in some species of that
genus constitutes a disk-shaped base ; and in the Tub. Fungia of Mr. R. Q. Couch,
which in mode of growth resembles Clyp. tubteformis, an investing plate 1 .

Idmonea cretacea, Milne-Edwards. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 5 & 5 a to 5 h.)

Fixed only at the base ; fan-shaped, erect ; branches dichotomous, round or
slightly compressed on the sides ; rows of tubular apertures short, projecting,

1 Consult Dr. Johnston's British Zoophytes, 2nd edit. T. penicillata p. 270. pi. 48. figs. 1,2; also
Mr. Couch's Zoophytes of Cornwall, &c.

276 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

alternate, separated medially by a variable, longitudinal interspace ; reverse sur-
face strongly ribbed with intermediate, punctured furrows ; base for attachment
an irregularly expanded layer.

Idmonea cretacea, Milne-Edwards, Annales des Sc. Nat., 2nde serie, Zool.
tome ix. pi. 12. fig. 5-5 b, and explanation of plate ; or Recherches sur les Polypes,
Mem. sur les Crisies, &c. Description of plate p. 45, 1838.

Idmonea Dixoniana, Mantell, The Medals of Creation, vol. i. p. 284. Lign. 64.
figs. 6 & 12, description, p. 287, 1844.

The fossil represented in Tab. XVIII. A. fig. 5 is believed to be identical with
that delineated by M. Milne-Edwards from a minute fragment found in English
chalk, and with the coral subsequently figured by Dr. Mantell. Three very illustra-
tive specimens were obligingly lent by Mr. Dixon from his own cabinet. The largest
was upwards of an inch in height, and had a lateral expansion of 1^ inch ; the
other two were smaller, but of great interest, as they afforded a base of attach-
ment (figs. 5 & 5 A), similar to that of the recent species, Idm. radians (M. Edw. op.
cit. pi. 12. fig. 4) ; and presented also the characters of inferior, aged portions of
the coral. They all fully proved a free vertical growth, with a gradual, but un-
equal, lateral expansion, assuming thereby a fan-shaped and not bushy character.
The mode of branching was essentially dichotomous, the bifurcations commen-
cing almost at the base, and occurring invariably in the same plane. The dis-
tance between the points of separation varied from half a line to 4 lines, the least
intervals being generally near the base : the breadth of the youngest branches was
about a quarter of a line, and that of the oldest half a line.

The longitudinal interspace between the transverse rows of tubular apertures
in what were regarded mature fragments, was sometimes indistinct, sometimes
traversed by a ridge, and it occasionally exhibited a broad, flat area ; while in some
aged fragments it agreed with the character represented in M. Edwards's figure 5 a
(loc. cit.). The breadth of the front of the branch, or the portion occupied by the
tubular mouths, equalled that of the reverse side; but as the coral thickened the
latter swelled out, and the free part of the tubes formed a kind of crest. The
transverse rows rarely contained more than three apertures ; sometimes only
two were visible ; and care was often necessary to distinguish more than one, the
innermost being predominantly conspicuous, and masking the others. The whole
of this surface, not occupied by tubular extremities, was apparently solid, under
the magnifying powers employed in the examination, and smooth ; and the most
aged fragments gave no indications of a fibrous thickening ; the additions having

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 277

evidently been effected, as in many other Bryozoa, by local secretions through
possibly, in this case, undetected pores (figs. 5 a to 5 e).

The reverse surface was rounded (fig. 5/), and the ribs were generally very
prominent except at the base of the aged specimens (fig. 5 A). They were waved,
often subdivided and occasionally anastomosed. The furrows were well-defined
throughout the greater portion of the specimens, but near the base they became
likewise less distinct. The foramina situated in the furrows were also strongly
exhibited, forming single rows of elongated indentations, though in parts which
appeared to have been injured during development they exhibited a perfect net-
work ; and in a slightly worn down reverse surface (fig. 5 g) they assumed the
character of minute apertures to microscopic tubuli, which penetrated upwards
and inwards.

Respecting the characters exhibited by the reverse surface one or two points
deserve consideration. Lamouroux seems to have known only a single species
(Idm. triquctra), and in his generic characters he says the reverse side is " legere-
rnent canaliculee, tres-lisse et sans aucune apparence de pores." (Expos. Me"tho-
dique, p. 80.) According to M. Michelin that species has either free or attached
branches'; adding however that " 1'espece en discussion est adherent, par ex-
ception, jusqu'k present." (loc. cit.) An American Idmonea* exhibited on the
reverse side in some fragments a complete flattening, but the surface was un-
evenly impressed ; in others, though the triangular form was retained, the out-
line was slightly convex, and in one case partly flat, partly rounded, indicating
an attached growth to a certain extent at least. Respecting the reverse side of
Idm. radians, a decidedly free growing species, the author of these memoranda
possesses no information ; it will however be shown in the next article that some
fossils referred to the genus have on that surface a structure very similar to the
one exhibited by Idm. cretacea ; but they are characterized by lateral fasciculi of
visceral tubes, not transverse rows, a difference considered by M. Milne-Ed-
wards 3 a sufficient basis for a generic separation. Notwithstanding therefore a
resemblance in the dorsal composition, M. Edwards's determination respecting
the present fossil is retained ; the species nevertheless being regarded as possessed
of transition characters between Idmonea and the corals about to be noticed.

1 Iconographie Zoopbytologique, p. 234. "I. ramosa, ramulis divaricatis, adhaerentibus vel liberis."
Quarterly Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 52425.

3 Edit 1836 of Lamarck, t ii. p. 283, art. Retepora truncata, &c. Recherches sur les Polypes, M6m.
sur les Crisies, &c. p. 27-

2o

278 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

Possibly when more is known of the genus, it will be found advisable to propose
two sections or subgroups, one for creeping, affixed species, the other for those
which have a free vertical growth.

Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 6 & 6 a to 6 e.

The fossil next to be noticed consists of free branches springing from a root,
and characterized by two rows of protuberances the free extremities of fasciculi
of visceral tubes : the surface of the branches presents a variable network and
the interior is formed of downward extensions of the fasciculi, which compose
the direct centre, also of a reticulated structure, the inward representative of the
surface network. The visceral tubes open, so far as was ascertained, chiefly on
the back of the fasciculi.

Five corals possessing characters more or less allied to those represented by
figure 6, Tab. XVIII. A., have been described by different authorities: namely,
1. Retepora truncata of Prof. Goldfuss 1 , removed to Idmonea by M. De Blain-
ville 2 ; 2. Idmonea semicylindrica ; and 3. Idm. pinnata of Herr Roemer 3 ; 4. Idm.
aculeata, with 5. Idm. tetragona of M. Michelin 4 . It is unnecessary to offer any
remarks respecting Prof. Goldfuss's determination, the fossil delineated in the
' Petrefacten ' being evidently not a Celleporida. It is stated in the preceding
notice on Idm. cretacea, that M.Milne-Edwards 6 objects to the altered assignment
of Ret . truncata, and he is of opinion that it should form the type of a particular
division, intermediate between Idmonea and Frondipora. Respecting the former
of those genera, the leading distinctions between Lamouroux's 6 original species
Idm. triquetra, as well as those subsequently described by M. De France 7 or M.
Edwards, and the fossil under examination, appear to be, 1st. that in the former
the visceral tubes are arranged in transverse rows, the apertures having a similar
disposition ; whereas in the latter they constitute round fasciculi, the mouths
opening, to the extent known, in two rows or irregularly on the back of the
protuberances. Herr Roemer (loc. cit.), in his remarks on Idm. semicylindrica and

1 Petrefacten, p. 29. pi. 9. fig. 14>, a Maestricht fossil. " iManuel d'Actinologie, p. 420.

3 Verst. Norddeutsch. Kreidegebirges, p. 20. tab. 5. f. 21 and p. 20. tab. 5. f. 22; also Michelin,
Iconographie Zoophytologique, p. 203. pi. 52. fig. 9 a, b.

4 Iconog. Zoophyt. p. 203. pi. 52. fig. 10 ; and p. 219. pi. 53. fig. 19.

5 Lamarck, Anim. sans Verteb., edit. 1836, tome ii. p. 283; also Annales des Sc. Nat., 2nde serie,
Zoologie, tome ix. Memoire sur les Crisies, &c. or Recherches sur les Polypes, &c. 27-

6 Exposition Methodique, p. 80. pi. 79. figs. 13-15.

7 Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, tome xxii. pp. 564*, 565.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 279

/. pinnata, considers the distribution of the " cells " in one or more rows as not
an essential difference, referring to Aulopora and Defrancia for examples of species
with such variations. It is not advisable in this notice to inquire into the cha-
racters of those genera, but it is evident that the existence of one or more rows
of tubes should be studied in conjunction with the whole composition of the
polype or its stony representatives, in attempting to ascertain a generic basis.
2ndly. The rows of tubes in Idmonea range downwards exactly as they appear on
the surface, constituting almost wholly the interior, being unaccompanied by any
distinct structure. This feature is occasionally exhibited on natural surfaces',
and its existence was ascertained in Idm. cretacea, by purposely wearing down a
fragment of a branch. On the contrary, the fasciculi in the fossil under con-
sideration form, except in the very centre, only a portion of the branch, being
surrounded by a reticulation connected with the external network. 3rdly. The
precise mode of developing successive rows in Idmonea is not known to the
author, nor was it detected in the small specimen just alluded to ; but from M.
Edwards's statement and figures 8 , as well as from the characters of that fragment,
the tubes of one row spring directly at the back of those of the row next inferior,
allowance being made in some cases for lateral additions. In the fossil under ex-
amination the fasciculi issue from the centre of the stem (Tab. XVIII. A. fig. 6 e),
and after a limited upward growth blend into groups and incline outwards. The
interior of Idm. truncata, or of the other four apparently allied fossils, is not de-
scribed in the works consulted, but possibly no essential difference exists. 4thly.
M. Milne-Edwards (loc. cit.) states, that the transverse rows of tubes do not, for
the greater part, reproduce new branches ; and their very nature would, it is con-
ceived, prevent such developments ; on the contrary, in the chalk fossil, the fas-
ciculi are not unfrequently enlarged and become true branches, near the base
of only one of which two or three oral apertures appeared, not on the back, but
laterally. These branches were independent of terminal bifurcations. Sthly. The
species of Idmonea described by MM. Lamouroux, De France and Milne-Edwards
have no marked, foraminated structure on any part of the exterior, similar to the
network exhibited in figure 6 b, Tab. XVIII. A. The reverse side of Id. cretacea
(Tab. XVIII. A. fig. 5) is however boldly ribbed with intermediate rows of elon-
gated foramina, which penetrate obliquely under some, if not all conditions ;

1 Consult M. Milne- Edwards's Illustrations, op. cit. pi. 12. f. 3 c (by error 4e) ; pi. 9. f. 2, &c. : also
Goldfuss's fig. of Idm. quadrata, pi. 9. fig. 15 f. Corrigenda, p. 244, art. Ret. disticha.
- Op. cit. Mem. sur les Crisies, preliminary Remarks to Idmonea ; also pis. 9 & 12.

2 o2

280 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

but it differs in not being thickened, and in the portion near the base having
to the extent observed no external prolongations of the pores. Among the corals
more recently referred to the genus, but believed to possess structures allied to
those of the English chalk fossil, the exterior seems to vary. Idm. semicylindrica
is said to have " fein punctirte stammchen " (Roemer, op. cit. p. 20), and the
inner side is shown to be distinctly punctured ; Roemer does not allude to the
outer composition of Idm. pinnata beyond the observation respecting the oral
apertures ; but the fossil specifically identified with it by M. Michelin, " has one
face almost smooth, and the other very porous 1 ." Idm. aculeata is described as
having the greater portion covered with little waved striae 2 , and the delineations
show also a foraminated reverse surface at least ; Idm. tetragona is striated and
very porous on the under part 3 ; respecting the exterior of Idm. truncata nothing
is mentioned by Prof. Goldfuss. Thus in every species but the last a network
occurs, though varied in its subordinate details, and possibly in the exceptional
case it is not wanting.

The differences noticed in the preceding paragraph, taken in the aggregate,
mark, it is conceived, an essential distinction between the polype which de-
veloped Idm. triquetra with the other allied corals, and that which formed the
chalk fossil (Tab. XVIII. A. fig. 6), as well as its apparent analogues ; regarding
the portions commonly called the polype as only the visceral and oral structures
of the animal. In all the five polyparia so repeatedly alluded to, an identity of
composition moreover is evident ; and the variations in the minor characters de-
pictured as well as described by the authorities quoted, prove the existence of
distinct species. The fasciculus of tubes partakes also of this want of uniformity,
and therefore supports the inference that it is not a mere specific peculiarity.
A similar unity of leading components is equally manifest in true Idmonete ; and
if in Idm. cretacea a structure is superadded to meet the wants of a free, up-
ward growth, still being associated with the most important elements of typical,
attached species, its existence should be regarded as indicative rather of a sub-
group, than as a warranty for placing in the genus certain corals possessed of
such a character, but differing markedly in other prominent particulars.

No doubt, it is presumed, can be entertained of the coral having been formed
by an ascidian polype, or that it belongs to the family Tubuliporidae, as at pre-
sent constituted.

1 Iconog. Zoophytol. p. 203. pi. 52. fig. 9 a, 9 b. ' 2 Ibid. p. 203-4, pi. 52. f. 10 a, h.

3 Ibid. p. 219. observ. pi. 53. f. 196.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 281

Believing, for the reasons already given, that a distinction from Idmonea exists,
the term Desmeopora (Sea^n fasciculus) it is suggested might be adopted as a
generic appellation for the zoophytes noticed in the preceding remarks. Re-
specting the species of the English fossil, the resemblance is greatest with Idm.
(Desmeopora) semicylindrica of Herr Roemer a prior determination to that of
Dr. Mantell ; and as no marked differences have been detected, the name is re-
tained provisionally, leaving to a careful comparison of specimens its final
adoption or rejection.

Desmeopora, n. g.

Tubular ; branched ; tubes fasciculated, the free portion forming two rows of
protuberances, apertures chiefly limited to the latter ; surface of the branches
foraminated wholly or in part ; internal composition, downward extensions of the
fasciculi with a surrounding variable structure.

Desmeopora semicylindrica. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 6 & 6 to 6 e.)

Fixed at the base ; branches flat in front, rounded on the back ; free portion
of the fasciculi protruded along the edges of the flat surface, conical in form,
arranged alternately ; apertures of the tubes disposed in vertical rows, or inor-
dinately on the back of the cones ; surface of the front including the projections
traversed by slightly raised, variously inclined laminae or ribs, with intermediate
rows of foramina ; reverse side, laminae generally not raised, foramina very di-
stinct ; branches chiefly thickened on the back, and for the greater part by an
increase of the foraminated structure, but near the base by downward extended
tubuli.

Idmonea semicylindrica, Roemer? Versteinerungen des Norddeutschen Kreide-
gebirges, p. 20. tab. 5. fig. 21, 1840. Upper chalk of Rugen, upper chalk marl
near Gehrden.

The fine specimen delineated in Tab. XVIII. A. was obligingly lent to Mr.
Dixon by Mr. Bowerbank ; and figure 6, of the natural size, represents fully the
general surface characters. The base or root was not sufficiently perfect for its
nature to be ascertained, but the branches issued directly from the preserved
portion, diverging and subdividing almost immediately ; and as they extended
upwards, they were more or less contorted and reversed, also occasionally anasto-
mosed. Respecting the mode of branching the principal subdivisions originated
apparently in terminal partitions, each portion exhibiting an equal thickness, and
a certain degree of symmetry with the other ; but some of the truncated fasciculi

282 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

had a considerable increase of dimensions, and a few were so far extended as to
assume the character of lateral shoots, furnished in one case with conical pro-
jections. The plan of growth was shown to a certain extent in the perfect ter-
mination of a branch represented on a slightly enlarged scale by figure 6 a. The
greatest breadth of the fragment was rather more than half a line, that of a
mature branch being about one line ; and the upper extremity consisted of a fasci-
culus of tubes situated nearly in the axis of the branch, but inclined a little
towards the observer's right, the immediately subjacent projection bending to the
left. By reference to figure 6 e, this position will be found to accord with that
exhibited by an internal section, the centre of which is wholly tubular, and the
fasciculi, springing entirely from that portion, diverge successively in opposite
directions. The difference between the breadth of the fragment and that of a
mature branch proves also, that a certain amount of increase took place progress-
ively without an alteration in the structures, marking a continued development
in the coral, not by irregular outer additions as in Eschara and many other
ascidian zoophytes, but by an augmentation of the constituents of the polype
itself.

The free portions of the fasciculi give a peculiar neatness of character to the
front view of the branches (fig. 6 a), and when examined in detail the variations
were found to depend chiefly on the degree of preservation. The form was very
generally conical, tapering in the best examples to a point, but occasionally
cylindrical, accompanied however in those deviations with signs of irregular pro-
duction ; and traces of a subdivision were detected in one case. Internally, the
best-exhibited cones consisted wholly of tubes with a, thin covering on the side
facing the flat portion of the branch. The apertures were situated (fig. 6 b), with
a few exceptions, on the back of the projections, and they were easily distinguished
from the foramina by their size and other characters. The perfect mouths were
inclined upwards or against the side of the cone, the direct opening being ob-
liquely sloped downwards and outwards ; and the margin was smooth and formed
of a solid substance similar to that of the general reticulation. For the greater
part the apertures were not arranged uniformly, but occasionally a biserial dis-
tribution occurred : in a few instances a single opening, or a greater number
appeared in the network between adjacent cones ; and a lateral row was noticed
near the base of an enlarged fasciculus or side shoot.

The surface-structures of the front did not vary markedly to the extent ob-
served, except towards the base, where the pores were much less distinct or

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

obliterated. The component parts consisted, as already stated, of thin laminae or
ridges and foramina. In the youngest condition (fig. 6 a), the former were not con-
spicuous, but in more advanced stages they formed projecting thread-like ribs,
which were variously contorted, subdivided and anastomosed, diverging also
outwardly along the inner face of the cones. They were connected longitudi-
nally by small transverse bars ; and their substance was apparently penetrated
by very minute pores. The foramina were distributed between the main ridges,
generally in a single row, and they bore the character of indented punctures
penetrating horizontally, but were somewhat variable in form and size. In the
obliterated state their position was indicated by a minute, shallow pit, sometimes
blended with the transverse bars. A fragment slightly worn down on the front
presented a reticulated structure resembling that on the original surface, but
necessarily with a uniformly flat plane, and intersected lateral fasciculi : when
abraded a little deeper, the longitudinal lines or ribs became indistinct, as well as
the pores in some places, and the bundles of tubes were exposed to a greater ex-
tent, penetrating into the body of the branch ; while a still deeper wearing (fig. 6 e)
gave a centre wholly composed of tubes, with diverging fasciculi and an interme-
diate, largely porous structure. The reverse surface (fig. 6d) was similarly con-
stituted, but the ribs were occasionally indistinct, and the foramina near the base
were changed into short tubuli, which were inclined downwards, and occupied
the whole area. Internally the characters were also similar to those on the
opposite side, except that the thickness of the network was greater. A compari-
son of the front and back of a branch will prove however two differences ; first,
that the foramina adjacent to the foot of the coral are in one case filled up, in
the other elongated downwards (fig. 6 c) ; and secondly, that the ribs on the front
are not overlaid where the obliterations occur, while the equivalent reverse por-
tion is wholly covered with short tubuli. Under every observed state, the fora-
mina were bounded by the laminae composing the reticulated fabric ; and it is
consequently inferred, that they had not an independent structure, previously to
their altered character, but were simply canals in the substance of the coral.

Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 7 to 7h.

The fossil delineated in this Table agrees so closely with Herr Roemer's ' repre-
sentation of Chrysaora pulchella, that a specific identity can scarcely be doubted.

1 Verst. Xorddeutsclien Kreidegebirges, p. 24. tab. 5. f. 29. From the upper chalk-marl of Gehrdeu
and Quedlinburg.

284 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

In the observations, however, on the German specimens, the coral is considered
the type of a peculiar genus. Both the foreign and the English fossil consist of
slender, round, forked stems, traversed vertically by smooth, projecting, straight
ribs, bet ween which occur the apertures to the abdominal cavities; also subordi-
nate ribs of limited extent, and rows of minute pores. The branches are similarly
occupied over the whole surface, except where irregularities occur or changes due
to age. Herr Roemer says, his specimens formed csespitose groups on a knotty
base ; and Mr. Dixon's bore full testimony to an aggregated mode of growth,
though no base was observed.

The chief point of agreement with Lamouroux's 1 Chrysaora appears to consist
in the lineal projections. How far ribs may be essential components of that genus
remains to be ascertained ; but judging from published delineations of Chrys.
Dam&cornis* , they seem not to be persistent ; on the contrary, in the English
chalk fossil, they clearly form a leading constituent throughout the framework.
Such ridges moreover are not confined to Chrysaora. They occur very markedly
in M. Milne-Edwards's Hornera striata 3 , but if considered in conjunction with the
other structures, no agreement whatever will be found between that fossil and
Chrysaora Damtecornis , or with the zoophyte under examination. Chrysaora,
moreover, has no secondary openings, a prominent character in Herr Roemer's
species and in the English equivalent. Again, no changes dependent upon age
have, as yet, been mentioned in the notices of the corals referred to Lamouroux's
genus ; whereas great alterations are very manifest in Mr. Dixon's specimens of
the chalk fossil ; but admitting that they may exist, still, as in the latter instances
they derived their peculiarities from those portions of the polype which formed
the secondary pores and associated minor structures, and as no similar pores
occur in Chrysaora, the changes would be very dissimilar. Heteropora* is the
only other ascidian zoophyte known to the compiler of these memoranda which
appears to require a remark. That genus has for a leading characteristic two
sorts of pores distributed over the whole surface ; but in the representations of
the typical species 5 , there is nothing to justify a belief of the fabric being simi-
larly constructed to that of Herr Roemer and Mr. Dixon's fossil ; and in the pub-

1 Exp. Method, p. 83. tab. 81. f. 6-7 & f. 8-9.

2 Ibid. tab. 81. f. 8-9; also Michelin, Iconographie Zoophytologique, pi. 55. f. 96.

3 Mem. sur les Crisies, &c., Ann. Se. Nat. 2nde serie, Zool. tome ix. pi. 11. f. 1 a ; or Reeherches
sur les Polypes. 4 De Blainville, Man. d'Actinol. p. 417.

' Goldfuss, as quoted by De Blainville, pi. 10. f. 3, 5 & 9.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 285

lished descriptions no allusion is made to the nature or functions of the minor
pores, nor to the effects which age had or might have produced on the exterior.
From a careful consideration of the peculiarities of the coral under examination,
and a comparison of them with the structures of other accessible or figured
zoophytes, it is conceived that Herr Roemer was fully justified in forming the
opinion before-mentioned ; and as neither that authority nor any other, so far as
is known, has proposed a distinctive appellation, the term Petalopora (ireTaXov,
lamina) is suggested in allusion to the vertical plates which constitute a leading
component, not only as respects the primary, but the secondary characters also.

Petalopora, n. g.

Tubular, free except at the base ; framework composed of vertical lamina? with
an intermediate, foraminated structure ; apertures to the visceral or tubular
cavities distributed over the whole surface ; exterior altered according to age.

Petalopora pulchella. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 7 & 7 a to 7 A.)

Caespitose, dichotomously branched, branches slender, round ; surface in a
young state, composed of a general reticulation in which occur fine vertical
laminae, and the apertures to the visceral cavities in a mature state traversed
by bold longitudinal ribs, having between them the oral aperture, also subordi-
nate medial ribs and rows of minute foramina in an aged condition, apertures
concealed, and surface wholly formed of a fine reticulation; openings to the
visceral cavities large, circular, more or less projecting according to age, in
general arranged quincuncially ; surface irregularities numerous.

Chrysaora pulchella, Roemer, Verst. Norddeuts. Kreidegebirges, p. 24. tab. 5.
fig. 29. Upper chalk-marl.

Mr. Dixon's cabinet contains a mass of chalk about 14 inches in length and
nearly 5 in its greatest breadth, having its whole surface covered with prostrated
branches of Pet. pulchella, and judging by the sides of this magnificent specimen,
the thickness of the zoophyte-stratum exceeded an inch ; but as no part of the base
was detected, and the matrix was indented by the obtuse extremities of branches,
the actual upward extension of the coral must have been much greater.

The mode of branching was evidently dichotomous (fig. 7), no lateral shoots
having been observed ; and the subdivisions very generally, but not invariably,
succeeded each other in the same plane. The angle of divergence varied from

2p

286 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

50 to 75 degrees, and the distance between the successive bi-partitions from
eight to three lines. The branches were almost constantly cylindrical, and only
slight differences were perceptible in the diameter of mature, unaltered frag-
ments, that of the greatest being about a line : in immature terminations it was
three-quarters of a line, and in thickened, greatly altered portions a line and a
quarter.

Two upper extremities of a branch presenting a nearly perfect, young condition
were observed. The finer (fig. 7 a) exhibited an obtuse, round point ; and the whole
surface to the very apex displayed well-formed projecting apertures, and when ex-
amined in a lateral position, thin longitudinal lines were visible, between which
could be detected rows of minute pores, but when vertically, only a reticulated
structure was obvious. All the essential components of the coral's fabric, how-
ever, evidently existed as shown by the former mode of viewing the fragment.
The surface of mature, unaltered, regularly formed branches (fig. 7&) was traversed
by bold, longitudinal ribs, similar to those delineated by Herr Roemer (op. cit.
tab. 5. fig. 29 6), and between them, occupying the whole breadth of the interval,
occurred the tubular projecting mouths. The subordinate medial rib was most
distinct when the branch was examined laterally, but it could be detected when
in any position ranging generally from one aperture to the next ; and on each
side of it, a row of fine pores or indentations could be discovered with care. In
fragments possibly a little older, the middle rib was stronger, and the pores more
distinct. In consequence of numerous abnormal examples, some of which will
be noticed presently, it was difficult to select specimens which actually gave a
passage from an unthickened to a thickened state. Fig. 7c is however believed to
represent a branch considerably altered. The apertures are much less prominent,
exhibiting only a circle on a level with a surrounding porous structure, and they
are often invisible, or their place is indicated by a small projection coated by the
network : the longitudinal ribs are also similarly overlaid and in part concealed.
In the lower portion of the specimen, the mature characters were even less ap-
parent. Probably Herr Roemer's figure 29 d was delineated from a fragment
which had undergone an equivalent amount of change. Fully altered states
(fig. 7 c, c) displayed a surface wholly occupied by a fine reticulation, composed
principally of limited rows of pores with very slender divisional lines. The point
more immediately claiming attention in these aged conditions is the total oblitera-
tion of the most prominent structures in mature stages, and the great develop-
ment of one which in such circumstances is verv subordinate. In the altered

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 287

surfaces however the same elements, with the exception of tubular mouths, are
detectable as in young and perfected states, or rows of pores with intermediate
lamiinv, the essential difference being a great augmentation in the number of the
rows, and a diminution in the boldness of the laminae. This is another instance
of the necessity for not regarding the viscera and associated tentacula as the
only constituents of the polype.

Longitudinal sections (fig. 7d) gave more or less decomposed centres, but the
best-preserved portions consisted of an axis of very slightly diverging, elongated
tubes with slender interspaces or united walls ; and on each side an outer band in
which part of an almost horizontal extension of a tube was occasionally visible.
Where the abrasion had not penetrated to the centre, the space between the ob-
liquely intersected tubes exhibited minute pores and fine longitudinal lines ; and
the side bands showed throughout similarly arranged pores and laminae ; the
whole of the interior presenting clear proofs of an inward continuation of outer
structures. A transverse section (fig. 7 e) afforded equivalent characters, or a
middle area composed of closely aggregated tubes increasing in size at the cir-
cumference, and a surrounding zone of considerable breadth, in which faint con-
verging white lines could be perceived, also indications of pores, and very
markedly two horizontally extended tubes.

Among the deviations from a regular construction, the following were noticed :
first (fig. 7/), irregular spaces without apertures to visceral cavities, and occupied
wholly by pores and longitudinal laminae (consult Roemer, fig. 29 d) : secondly
(fig. 7 g) , fragments which exhibited in the lowest portion regular mature charac-
ters, but midway a surface entirely porous, like that of aged conditions, a per-
fect gradation being evident from the regular to the abnormal state : thirdly
(fig. 7 h) , slender branches with totally irregular developments ; the mouths being
unequally distributed, very prominent, and occasionally covered by a solid plate,
the subordinate structures being also very defective or indistinct. Deviations in
the range of both primary and secondary ribs were common, as well as inter-
minglings of the above and other variations.

The visceral tubes sprung solely from the centre of the coral, and formed
simple hollows in the general fabric, being destitute of a distinct wall or lining ;
and their thoroughly foraminated sides afforded abundant canals for the trans-
mission of nourishment and calcareous matter from the digestive organs to those
portions of the polype which occupied or constructed the framework.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

Pustulopora pustulosa, De Blainville ? and Michelin.

(Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 8 & 8 a to 8 A.)

Tubular, dichotomously branched ; apertures to visceral cavities merely termi-
nations of tubes, near together, more or less pustulous, arranged in annular rows
or irregularly distributed ; area of cavities circular, gradually contracted down-
wards ; parietes thick, defined by a faint translucent line.

Ceriopora pustulosa, Goldfuss ? Petref. p. 37. pi. 1 1. f. 3. Maestricht.
Pustulopora pustulosa, De Blainville ? Man. d'Actinol. p. 418.

, Michelin, Icon. Zoophyt. p. 21 1. pi. 53. f. 4. Ores vert
des environs du Mans.

Judging by external characters, the fossil delineated in Tab. XVIII. A. fig. 8,
bears a great resemblance to the greensand coral of M. Michelin ; but an
agreement with Prof. Goldfuss's representations of the one found at Maes-
tricht is considered less evident. The visceral cavities of M. De Blainville's '
original species of Pustulopora are represented, with one exception, as simple,
elongated hollows in the substance of the coral ; and the species subsequently
added by M. Milne-Edwards 2 have apparently a similar composition. The excep-
tion just mentioned, Pust. radiciformis (Goldf. tab. 10. f. 8), exhibits in a transverse
fracture (fig.8c) several distinctly rounded tubes, and M.Edwards 3 says, " jedoute
beaucoup que le Ceriopora radiciformis presente interieurement le mode propre
aux Pustulopores." One of Mr. Dixon's specimens afforded an analogous cross-
section (fig. 8 a) ; but it could not be regarded as a proof that the branch consisted
of perfectly separable tubes, the rounded sides at the lines of contact being
cemented together ; other transverse fractures (fig. 8 b) presented also as little ap-
pearance of such a composition as the quoted delineations of M. Goldfuss, unless
attention was particularly directed to indications of that structure, and even then
they were not visible except under a proper light, depending on faint translucent
lines ; while a worn termination of what had been a natural extremity (fig. 8 c)
gave not a sign of a tubular composition. It is therefore plain that the characters
exhibited by a fracture depended on the nature of the intersection ; and probably

1 Man. d'Actinol. p. 418. Consult Goldfuss's delineations of Ceriopora madreporacea, tab. 10.
f. 12 a, b, and C. pustulosa, tab. 11. f. 3 a, b.

2 Mem. sur les Crisies, &c., Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde ser. Zool. t. ix. pi. 1 1. f. 4-. pi. I '2. f. 1 , 2 ; or Re-
cherches sur les Polypes.

3 Ibid. M. Edwards (Ann. Sc. Nat. loc. cit.) likewise objects to C. verticillata being referred to
the genus, regarding it as rather " d'un genre particulier voisin des Spiropores de Lamouroux, Cri-
copora, De Blainville."

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. L'M)

those ul' an unbroken termination on the state of development at the time the
polype was killed 1 ; and the actual appearance of both occasionally on the obli-
terating effects of abrasion. Nevertheless M. Milne-Edwards's Pust. proboscideu
(op. cit. pi. 12. f. 2) could not, it is conceived, yield under any circumstances a
fracture similar to that of Pust. radiciformis or of Mr. Dixon's coral. Slightly
worn surfaces (fig. 8 b) gave fine and faint, translucent lines which formed poly-
gonal figures more or less midway between adjacent cavities ; and they supported
the inference that the visceral receptacles were not simple hollows in a homo-
geneous substance. They appeared nevertheless to have resulted from animal
secretions filling up slight interspaces ; and the small degree of translucency was
probably due to a less proportion of mineral matter ; but perfect exteriors, or those
which were regarded as exhibiting a mature condition, presented a continuous
layer resembling that of M. Goldfuss's original figures. From the preceding
statements it would appear, that further information is requisite before a right
opinion can be formed respecting the subordinate structures of M. De Blainville's
genus ; and consequently that the proposing of a new one for Pust. radiciformis
or the English chalk fossil is inadmissible.

Four specimens of the cretaceous coral were examined, the finest being repre-
sented by figure 8. They varied not in the diameter of the branches, nor in the
manner of dichotomosing ; the only differences depending on irregularities of
growth and state of preservation. A comparison with MM. Goldfuss and Miche-
lin's figures proved that the dimensions were similar in all the three cases. So far
as was observed, the branching was strictly dichotomous, but the separation was
not always in the same plane ; and M. Goldfuss says his specimen had a three-
forked division. The mouths of the visceral cavities (fig. 8 a) were fully as pus-
tular and salient as in M. Michelin's figure 46, and under some irregularities of
development they projected to a still greater extent, assuming a free tubular
character. In the ' Iconographie Zoophytologique ' it is stated, that, " dans
les echantillons bien conserves, les bords des pores sont presque tubuleux " (loc.
cit.}. In what appeared to be cases of great deviation from normal productions
(fig. 8 ti), the margin was cylindrical and narrow and protruded very little ; the
apertures being closed by a solid plate. The regular mouths (tig. 8 a) were
round or oval, and simply tubular endings, without any indications of an oper-
culum ; they were arranged as before stated, for the greater part in annular rows,
but very many deviations occurred. The surrounding intervals were small, and
1 Compare figure 4 1. pi. 53. M. Michelin, with figure 8 illustrative of Mr. Dixon's fossil.

290 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

in perfect exteriors presented a continuous layer, indicative, it was conceived, of
the branch having attained its full lateral development. The abnormal fragments
(fig. 8 h) gave a seeming greater distance between the apertures, but the intervals
were traversed by straight ridges, which often united so as to form a polygonal
figure, and they were believed to be the boundaries of tubes still more defective
than those immediately adjacent with a circular outline, though the latter had
evidently never attained a mature condition. The internal composition of the
coral is exhibited in figure 8/, which shows a considerable downward extension
of the tubes with a gradual decrease in width. The cavities preserved however
a round periphery throughout, though the interspaces were narrow ; and the
latter exhibited no signs of a separating fissure, or indications that a partition
could be effected mechanically. Connected with some apertures was a long
channel which ranged upwards along the surface of the branch, and was bounded
on each side by a ridge (fig. 8g}. No case of an outer covering was observed,
but as the channels occupied the position of ovarian capsules, it was conjectured
that they might have performed the functions of those vesicles. The specimens
examined afforded no satisfactory evidence of regular surface-thickenings, never-
theless as they consisted wholly of detached branches, without the least portion
of a base, a progressive external alteration may be one of the characters of the fossil.

Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 9 & 9 a to 9 g.

Three figured corals exhibit characters somewhat analogous to those of the
zoophyte about to be noticed : 1. the fossil referred by Faujas de St. Fond to
the genus Flustra, and represented in plate 39, figures 1 a, 1 b of his work on
Maestricht ; 2. the Retepora clathrata of Goldfuss (Petref. tab. 9. f. 12), also from
that locality ; and 3. the Apsendesia dianthus of M. De Blainville (Man. d'Actinol.
pi. 69. f. 2) '. Respecting the first of these generic determinations no remarks are
necessary ; with regard to the second, M. Milne-Edwards says, " nous doutons
beaucoup que cette espece soit un Retepore*;" and the English chalk fossil most
assuredly is not a Retepora ; the third genus, Apsendesia, has not been described in
sufficient detail to admit of its characters being fully understood ; but on account
of M. Michelin's careful delineations of Aps. dianthus, it is necessary to institute
a comparison between the figured species and the ascertained structures of Mr.
Dixon's coral. The genus was proposed by M. Lamouroux 3 , amended by M.

1 Consult M. Michelin, Icon. Zoophytol. pi. 55. fig. 4 a, b, c, for more precise delineations, parti-
cularly fig. 4 c.

- Lamarck, edit. 1836, t. ii. p. 282. 3 Exp. Method, p. 81-82. tab. 80. figs. 12, 13, 14.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

De Blainville (op. cit. p. 408), and has been admitted into subsequent syste-
matic works. In the ' Manuel d'Actinologie ' three species are mentioned, Apx.
cristata 1 , Aps. dianthus*, and Aps. cerebriformis 3 . The first, M. Lamouroux's type,
apparently consists, according to M. Michelin's beautiful delineations, of lamelli-
form branches progressively united by a dorsal layer, the upper edges and the
extremities being free ; and the whole forms broad, leaf-like expansions with a
jagged margin. M. De Blainville states that the pores " existent au bord me"me des
lames ou crates ; " but on the free reverse extremities of M. Michelin's fig. 5 b,
pores are as evident and are extended nearly as far backwards as on the crests
(fig. 5c). No information respecting the characters of the apertures, except that
the pores are " plus ou moins alveoliformes " (Man. d'Act. p. 409), or of the
internal structures, has been published, though the genus has been invariably
associated with true Anthozoa. It is almost needless to observe, that Lamouroux
totally misunderstood the nature of the fossil described by him (consult De Bl.
loc. cit.). Aps. cerebriformis is excellently represented in the ' Iconographie
Zoophytologique 4 ,' and the author of these memoranda is indebted to M. Miche-
lin for a labeled specimen of the coral. It consists, as will be seen by reference
to the quoted figures, of convoluted bands composed of vertical tubes, which open
only along the crests, the sides being covered by a continuous, thin layer without
a vestige of a mouth. The tubular cavities have no furrows or other represen-
tatives of lamellae, but they are crossed, as abundantly shown in the specimen
received from M. Michelin, by transverse plates deemed a sufficient proof of the
fossil having been constructed by an anthozoan polype. A comparison of
figures 5 a, 5 b, 5 c (Icon. Zoophyt. pi. 55) with figures 5 a, 5 b (ibid. pi. 75) will
raise doubts whether Aps. cristata and Aps. cerebriformis are generically identical ;
but so far as concerns the present inquiry, this is a question of little consequence,
only a small amount of agreement being detectable between the chalk fossil and
Aps. cristata, and none whatever between it and Aps. cerebriformis, or with the
other species, provided that zoophyte has been rightly assigned to the class An-
thozoa. So great indeed is the difference, that attention would not have been

1 Lamouroux, Exp. Method, loc. cit. in note 3 : also Man. d'Actinol. pi. 65. fig. 3, and Icon. Zoophytol.
pi. 55. f. 5 a, b, c.

Man. d'Actinol. pi. 69. fig. 2; Icon. Zoophytol. pi. 55. fig. 4 a, b, c.

3 Icon. Zoophytol. p. 314. pi. 75. fig- 5 a, b.

1 Ibid. p. 314. pi. 75. fig. 5 a, b : consult also M. Milne-Edwards's remarks on Aps. cerebrifoniti*.
Lamarck, edit. 1836, t. ii. p. 290.

292 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

solicited to the genus had its reception depended on Aps. cerebriformis, or if M.
Michelin's delineations of Aps. dianthus had not displayed structures much more
analogous to those of Mr. Dixon's fossil. M. De Blainville in his brief notice of
that species says, it is " tres remarquable par la forme et le dessin de ses cretes,
qui portent les cellules a tout leur bord externe " (loc. cit.) ; and this peculiarity
is fully expressed in fig. 4 c of the ' Iconographie Zoophytologique ;' the actual
crest, moreover, being a continuous layer without tubular apertures. By refer-
ence to Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 9, 9 6, 9c, illustrative of these remarks, a general agree-
ment, as respects plan of growth, will be found with Aps. dianthus, also in the
sides of the branches being completely beset with mouths ; a medial line likewise
occurs, though less prominently than in M. Michelin's figure 4 c. An enlarged
portion (fig. 4 b) of fig. 4 (Icon. Zoophyt. pi. 55) displays, if rightly understood,
horizontally or obliquely connected branches, though a further magnified repre-
sentation (fig. 4 c) shows merely simple disconnected ramifications. The English
fossil had very generally similar, free branches (fig. 9) ; but one specimen (fig. 9 a),
evidently of most irregular growth, gave also equivalent transverse junctions.
These extensions, whether normal or not, differed however in both cases from
the dorsal layer of Aps. cristata not only in position, but in being occupied
equally with the branches by visceral tubes, whereas in the species just men-
tioned there is not a single aperture in the uniting structure. No information
has been published, it is believed, respecting the nature of the mouths or the
characters of the internal structure of Aps. dianthus. In the English coral the
openings bordering the crest of the lamelliform branches (fig. 9 b) are large, or
equal to the transverse dimensions of the tubes, with sometimes a slightly pro-
jecting margin ; but on the sides of the branches they are wholly depressed as
well as contracted to a mere pore and occasionally obliterated, the periphery of
the cavities being defined by a network of ridges (fig. 9 c). It is not quite clear
whether the dorsal surface of Aps. dianthus is provided with apertures, but in the
subject of this notice (fig. 9d) they are as abundant in that portion as in any other.
Internally (figs. 9 e, 9/) Mr. Dixon's coral is wholly composed of tubes, those ad-
jacent to the back of the branch ranging nearly parallel to it, and in the line of
outward extension of the coral, the mouths opening also in the back itself; while
the cavities composing the chief part of the branch incline towards the crest
terminating successively on the sides, and their apertures occupy the entire sur-
face, so that no portion of the tubes is visible externally. Small pores were
abundant in a slightly worn-down fragment (fig. 9 e) ; they were however con-

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 293

sidered as effects of unequal abrasion ; and not due to the occurrence so near
the surface of young cavities. All attempts failed to discover the precise point
in the older tubes whence the young issued ; but the great extent to which the
cavities overlaid each other indicated that the development must have taken place
towards the lower extremity of the parent tube. Not a vestige of a transverse
plate was detected, the dimensions of the mature visceral receptacles not exceeding
the requirements of an ascidian polype's digestive organs ; and when once attained,
no subsequent extension was made. It is not meant that the absence of transverse
plates proves an extinct coral does not belong to the class Anthozoa, as they
are wanting in true Alcyonice ; nevertheless they are either present or wholly de-
ficient throughout a genus of that great group ; whereas, if the chalk coral were
considered an Apsendesia, they would be absent or present according to the
species. Moreover, the essential characters of Mr. Dixon's zoophyte are totally
dissimilar from those of Alcyonidte, and are much more nearly allied to the con-
stituents of an ascidian than an anthozoan polype. Whether structures similar
to those mentioned above exist in Aps. dianthus remains to be ascertained : they
certainly do not occur in Aps. cerebriformis ; but the characters of the genus de-
pend solely on the composition of Lamouroux's type and only species. It has
been already stated, that a small amount of agreement is apparent between the
cretaceous fossil and Aps. cristata, the points being a somewhat analogous mode
of branching, regarding the crests as representatives of branches, and in pores
occurring on the back of the ramifications as well as on the front ridge, though
in both cases to a limited extent (Icon. Zoophyt. pi. 55. figs. 56, 5 c). On the
contrary the differences are many. It would appear from the published descrip-
tions, that apertures are totally wanting on the sides of the pseudo-branches, and
M. De Blainville alludes to the peculiarity of their existence in analogous por-
tions of Aps. dianthus ; but in the chalk coral they abound everywhere except
along a non-persistent middle line ; again, nothing resembling the dorsal layer to
the leaf-like expansions of Aps. cristata occurs in Mr. Dixon's fossil, an import-
ant difference when the general composition of the two polypes is considered ;
still further, no allusion is made by the authorities quoted to a plate, whereby the
mouth was progressively narrowed and occasionally at least obliterated, though
such a structure, as before stated, characterizes the chalk zoophyte ; lastly, if
Apsendesia cristata be truly an Anthozoon, then no identity respecting even the
class can exist. Leaving however that point open to inquiry, the other differ-
ences are believed to be fully sufficient to warrant the inference, that the chalk
fossil should not be regarded as an Apsendesia ; and it is conjectured that Aps.

294 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

dianthus, also the Flustra of Faujas de St. Fond, as well as the Retepora clathrata
of Goldfuss, may possess similar essential constituents. It is therefore proposed
to designate the chalk coral by the term Holostoma (oXoc totus, aro^a os), in allu-
sion to the surface being wholly occupied by apertures to visceral cavities ; and
in contradistinction to their limited distribution in Apsendesia.

Holostoma, n. g.

Tubular, branched, free except at the base ; tubes simple, of limited growth ;
apertures distributed over the whole surface, progressively narrowed, ultimately
obliterated ; external thickening slight.

Holostoma contingens, n. sp. (Tab. XVIII. A. figs. 9 & 9 a to 9 g.}
Branches dichotomous, deep, thin, sides flat, back round, front slightly cari-
nated with a discontinuous medial line ; tubes in close contact arranged in
opposite series, near the back parallel to that surface, elsewhere inclined towards
the front ; apertures circular or polygonal, large adjacent to the front and some-
times slightly raised ; on the sides and back of branches depressed, more or less
bounded by a projecting wall, gradually contracted by a lamina extended from
the sides, ultimately filled up.

Five specimens of Hoi. contingens were examined, and the finest is represented
by figure 9; but not one of them exhibited a trace of a base or root. M. Miche-
lin's figure 4 a, of Aps. dianthus, exhibits a symmetrical radiation from a centre
whence four branches issue ; and the plane of growth is nearly horizontal. One
of Mr. Dixon's specimens displayed imperfectly a similar divergence ; but the
stratum of ramifications undulated, without however any indication of an upward
range or cyathiform mode of development ; and as other specimens agreed with
it in this particular, the coral had also probably a tendency to a horizontal exten-
sion. The manner of branching was essentially dichotomous (fig. 9), but shoots
sometimes issued laterally ; and where great irregularities prevailed (fig. 9 a), it
was not possible to detect any systematic bifurcations, the whole presenting an
anastomosis not very unlike that of Faujas de St. Fond's fig. 1 a (pi. 39). The
ramifications were uniformly near each other, the successive subdivisions filling
up the spaces which radiation would otherwise have produced ; and when a
junction occurred, there was a limited union. The thickness of the branches
varied very little ; but the depth gradually increased from a perfect extremity,
where it was merely an obtuse point, to fully a line and a half. The sides though
flat were not uniformly even ; and they occasionally exhibited transverse ridges
of limited extent, due apparently to irregular protrusions of apertures ; and they

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 295

were regarded as belonging to an exceptional rather than an essential structure.
The crest or front of a branch (h'g. 9 b) consisted generally of a congeries of fully
open tubes variable in size and form, a few of them occasionally projecting and
assuming a transversely linear arrangement : the medial line was by no means
persistent or conspicuous. The whole of the specimens examined had the front
imbedded in the matrix, and it is therefore impossible to state what changes dif-
ferent conditions of growth might present ; while a portion purposely exposed,
as well as the fragments which were detached, exhibited no indications of a final
cessation of development. Immediately adjacent to the front, the apertures were
also fully open, with more or less of irregularity in the general surface (fig. 9 c) ;
but the sides of the branches exhibited for the greater part the characters shown
by figure 4, or a network of ridges, the place of the meshes or apertures to the
cavities being represented by a shallow depression with a minute, central foramen ;
though in some cases no opening whatever could be detected. The back of the
branches (fig. 9 d) displayed similar structures, only the concavities were often
arranged in rows, and the ridges assumed in consequence partly the semblance
of longitudinal ribs. As respects internal composition, figure 9 e exhibits the
characters of a slightly worn-down lateral surface, or obliquely intersected tubes
varying in size from a minute pore to the mature dimensions ; and figure 9/, a
fragment abraded nearly to the centre of the branch, so as to expose the range
of the cavities previously to assuming an outward inclination. In both cases the
tubes adjacent to the back are nearly parallel to it, opening in that surface,
and the outward or horizontal extension of the branches was due to them ;
whereas the tubes composing the greater portion of the ramifications are more or
less shown in each figure to range obliquely upwards, the successive young de-
velopments giving the branches their great depth. Fig. 9 g displays the general
appearance of a vertical cross section, or tubes diverging outwards with a medial
plate ; but the characters varied in every case examined, and the plate was some-
times scarcely detectable.

Diastopora ramosa, Michelin. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 1, la, 1 ft.)
Incrusting, dichotomously branched ; branches very variable in breadth, when
in contact anastomosed ; apertures slightly projecting, irregularly distributed in
two or more series.

Michelin, Icon. Zoophy. p. 203. pi. 52. fig. 3 a, 3 6. Neighbourhood of Mans,
Depart. Sarthe, and of Ciply, Belgium, 1840-1847.

2 Q 2

296 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

The fossil represented by figure 1, Tab. XVIII. B., occurred abundantly on a
Micraster found by Lord Northampton in the Houghton chalk-pit ; likewise on
the Ananchytes which gave the examples of Marginaria Roemeri. To the extent
examined, no differences were detected from M. Michelin's delineations of Diast.
ramosa. One of the localities mentioned by that authority is Ciply, the strata
in the neighbourhood of which have been placed by Dr. Fitton 1 on a level with
the Maestricht deposit or uppermost portion of the chalk ; and it is deserving
of notice that other corals described in preceding pages have equivalents in St.
Peter's Mount. M. Michelin's other locality is the vicinity of Mans, the bed
from which his specimens were obtained being referred to the greensand.
Assuming therefore that the corals are all rightly determined and geologically
assigned, it follows that Diast. ramosa ranges nearly throughout the cretaceous
series. Prof. Goldfuss 2 , under the term Cellepora ee/miata(Munster), has figured
an Astrupp tertiary fossil, which resembles externally both the French and
English corals, and should not possibly be generically separated from them ; but
the assignment to Cellepora is evidently incorrect.

The branched mode of growth of the three fossils agrees more nearly with that
of Criserpia 3 than with typical species of Diastopora ; but in that genus additional
tubes are wholly developed from the lower extremity and inner side of the pre-
ceding ; whereas in the English chalk zoophyte and most probably in the French,
they issue partly from the extremity of the parent tube and partly from the side 4 ,
and without limitation to an inner position. Another distinction from the
typical species (Cris. Michelinf) is in the form and position of the mouth, which
is not a simple tubular extremity, but a raised or outwardly inclined aperture
developed at a definite period. In these particulars as well as in the characters
of the tubes, no difference from Diastopora was detected ; and if a branched
mode of growth should be regarded as a generic distinction, it would be neces-
sary to separate Tubulipora fimbriata b from its received genus ; also all corals
generically in which a ramose or an expanded plan of production has hitherto
been regarded only among specific distinctions. On the same Micraster, and
intermingled with the fossil under consideration, was a species of Alecto, and the
two Bryozoa were occasionally so intermingled that care was requisite to prevent

1 Proceedings Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. i. p. 162, 1829. ! Petref. p. 102. tab. 36. fig. 14, 1826-1833.

3 Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat., 2nde Serie, Zool. tome ix. Mem. sur les Crisies, p. 16. pi. 16. fig. 4.

4 Consult M. Edwards's fig. 1 a of Diast. Eudesiana, op. cit. pi. 14.

5 Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde Serie, Zool. tome viii. pi. 14. figs. 2, 2 a.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 297

their being regarded as different states of one zoophyte. The Alecto, however,
preserved its essential character of a single series of tubes, and where it appeared
to issue from one or opposite sides of the other coral, due attention showed an
overlying ; and the Alecto in its onward course dichotomosed without any struc-
tural enlargement ; whereas the Diastopora assumed a club- or fan-shaped increase
prior to subdivision, and the new branches had two or more rows of apertures :
moreover, on the Ananchytes where a similar association occurred, the tubes of
the Alecto exceeded in size those of the Diastopora.

The MicrastiT which afforded the most abundant display of this coral was
about two inches in length and greatest breadth, and the zoophyte occupied
about two- thirds of the upper surface. No direct centre of divergence was ob-
served, the branches ranging in every possible direction ; and springing from
detached points where germs or ovi had settled. In the more regular portions,
the plan of ramification was strictly dichotomous (fig. 1 a) ; but many deviations
due to local or mutual interference occurred ; and no uniformity existed either
in the distance between the divergences, or in the alterations in the breadth of
the branch precursory to bipartition. The narrowest, or what might be con-
sidered first-formed portions, had two or three series of apertures, the breadth
increasing more or less rapidly, but without any uniform plan ; while from this
augmented development the new branches issued by a true dichotomization,
though not always into two equal portions of the previous number of tubes
(consult the figures of MM. Michelin and Goldfuss). The range of the tubes
was almost constantly visible, the surface being slightly convex ; but the amount
exposed varied greatly. The apertures were uniformly inclined upwards, and to
about an equal extent ; and no changes depending upon age, as a marked filling-
up or thickening of the surrounding general surface, by which they would be
depressed, were noticed. The plan of developing additional tubes was best
shown in abraded branches (fig. 1 b), where interpolations as well as terminal de-
velopments could be clearly detected.

Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 2 & 2 a.

The curious fossil represented by the above figures consists, so far as it is
known, of long blade-like foliations, which are composed of two opposite layers
of tubes ; and the exterior displays transversely diverging rows of apertures with
an intermediate, minutely tubular lamina, extended marginally beyond the area
occupied by the mouths.

298 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

In the mode of growth, and in the existence of lateral bands without visceral
cavities, this coral resembles Ptilodictyum lanceolatum 1 ; but that fossil is tubular,
and is distinguished by its subordinate structures from the subject of the present
inquiry. For certain cretaceous and subcretaceous Bryozoa, Herr Roemer has
proposed the genus Rosacilla ; and one chalk species, Ros. serpulceformis' 3 ', is repre-
sented with a marginal lamina resembling that of the zoophyte under consider-
ation, also with an approximation towards a transverse arrangement of apertures ;
and the fossil is stated to be formed of fine, long tubes, invisible externally : the
genus, moreover, is placed among the Tubuliporidee, and described as consisting of
circular, less frequently of irregular incrustations, composed of one or more layers
of cells (tubes) with projecting mouths. These structures afford some points of
agreement with those of the chalk coral, and the concealment of the tubes ex-
ternally does not appear to have resulted from a thickening due to age the mode
of growth also, as well as the occasional existence of more than one layer of cells or
tubes, cannot likewise be regarded as satisfactory generic distinctions. Of the
five cretaceous species mentioned by Herr Roemer, four however have the form
of the tube visible externally, three of the number having besides a distinct
furrow between the cells. This character indicates, it is conceived, the want
of an external lamina similar to that of Mr. Dixon's fossil, and consequently
that an essential difference existed in the composition of the polypes ; but
it must be stated that in two species of Rosacilla the tubes are described as
streaked across or obliquely (" queergestreift "), though without any allusion to
capillary tubes constituting a structure independent of the integument of the
visceral cavity. The mode of producing additional tubes is not mentioned ; nor
the extent to which those composing one layer overlie each other ; but the en-
larged figure of Ros. serpul&formis exhibits possibly in the transverse fracture a
considerable overlapping, no allusion being made in the description to successive
layers. In the chalk fossil the cavities apparently covered each other very
slightly, if at all, the additions, so far as could be ascertained (fig. 2 a), springing
either from the point where the preceding tube inclined outwards, or from the
portion of the side immediately adjacent to it. The latter character will most
probably be considered of little importance, the composition of the genus not

1 See Goldfuss, Flusira lanceolate, p. 104, tab. 37- f. 2; also Hisinger's Lethaea Suecica, p. 104,
tab. 29. f. 10 ; likewise Sir R. I. Murchison's Silurian System, p. 676, Ptilodictya lanceolate, pi. 15.
figs. 1 1 to 1 1 c ; and Lieut.-Col. Portlock's Geol. Rep. on Londonderry, &c. p. 339, pi. 21. figs. 3 & 6.

Verst. Norddeuts. Kreidegebirges, p. 19. tab. 5. figs. 16 a, b.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

having been fully detailed ; but the external lamina is believed to constitute a
most marked distinction from Rosacilla ; and even if the minuteness of Ron.
serpula'formiif prevented its being detected, still should it exist, as such a struc-
ture does not enter into the generic characters, nor is noticed in the descriptions
of the species, its presence would rather justify a separation of that coral from
Rosacilla, than a union of the chalk fossil with Herr Roemer's genus. Among
Tubuliporidte which exhibit partial agreements with the subject under consider-
ation, as a similar arrangement of the apertures, accompanied by an external
lamina, may be mentioned the Obelia of Lamouroux 1 ; but that genus has been
united by M. Milne-Edwards 4 to Tubulipora (T. verrucaria) and the lamina,
instead of being tubular, is minutely foraminated similarly to the tubes themselves.
As respects Tubulip. patina, the area occupied by visceral cavities is surrounded by
a delicate zone traversed by radiating lines 3 , and presenting an appearance some-
what resembling that of the exterior layer of the chalk fossil ; but in the recent
zoophyte the marginal plate is a dorsal or inferior, not an upper structure ; and
the stria? instead of indicating microscopic tubes are, for the most part, at inter-
vals equivalent to the breadth of visceral cavities ; and they define in some En-
glish specimens usually assigned to the species, the commencement of side walls
to future tubes 4 . Sometimes only a very narrow interval is visible between ad-
jacent striae, the precursor apparently of an interpolated abdominal receptacle.
The upper lamina of this coral, designed, it is conceived, to support the protruded
portion of the tubes, is moreover minutely foraminated as in the case of Lamou-
roux's Obelia ; nor can the depressed openings or " sorte de tissue areolaire de
consistence pierreuse " of M. M. -Edwards 5 , and observable in some British spe-
cimens, be regarded as an equivalent structure to the surface layer of the creta-
ceous zoophyte, not being of constant occurrence, and exhibiting distinct aper-
tures, whereas the microscopic tubuli of the chalk fossil are closed at their extre-
mity. Another coral which resembles in the surface arrangement of the tubes
or cells, the organic body under examination, is a tertiary production to which M.
Michelin 6 has applied the term Adeona lamellosa, though possibly without being
perfectly assured of the generic identity : it is sufficient for the present inquiry

1 Exposition Methodique, p. 81. tab. 80. figs. 7, 8.

5 Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde seiie, Zool. tome viii., or Recherches sur les Polypes, Mem. sur les Tubulipores,
P- 7-8. 3 Consult Milne-Edwards, op. cit. pi. IS. fig. 1 .

4 Dr. Johnston's Brit. Zoophytes, 1st edit. pi. 31. figs. 2, 3 ; and 2nd edit. pi. 47- figs. 2, 3.

5 Op. cit. p. 9. pi. 13. fig. 1. Icon. Zoophyt. p. 326, pi. 78. fig. 5.

300 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

to state, that no agreement whatever exists between Mr. Dixon's zoophyte, and
the species of Adeona represented by Lamouroux and other authorities 1 . The
foregoing remarks show that in some characters the subject of this inquiry ac-
cords with more than one established genus, but that it differs in the aggregate
of structures in each case ; and the compiler of these memoranda, believing that
the peculiar layer which forms the exterior does not exist in any described Bryo-
zoa, as well as that it was developed by a most important part of the polype,
proposes to distinguish the fossil by the term Siphoniotyphlus (aifywviov tubulus,
TV(J)\OC COECUS), in allusion to the closed or blind tubuli constituting the lamina.

Siphoniotyphlus, n. g.

Tubular, tubes invisible externally as respects range and outline at all periods
of growth, slightly or not at all superimposed ; additional tubes formed at or
near the extremity of pre-existing ; exterior a thin layer closely united to the
visceral cavities, and composed of microscopic tubuli without surface-apertures ;
developed also contemporaneously with the primary tubes.

Siphoniotyphlus plumatus. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 2 & 2 a.)

Slender, elongated, slightly convex expansions, formed of two opposite layers
of tubes ; apertures slightly protruded, disposed in transverse rows diverging
from the centre and occupying about half the breadth of the expansions ; surface
lamina extended laterally in a thin band without tubular apertures ; interior of
middle area wholly occupied by abdominal tubes ; external changes due to age
slight.

The specimen on which the present notice depends, forms part of the series
obligingly lent by Mr. Dixon for examination. The greater part is represented
of the natural size in figure 2; and the blow which had detached the upper por-
tion (fig. 2*) had happily exposed a cast of the opposite surface, and proved that
the fossil consisted of two similar layers united dorsally. The full length of the
specimen was about an inch and a quarter, and the greatest ascertained breadth
two lines, the tubular apertures occupying about half the transverse area ; but
this measurement must not be regarded as accurate, the margin being fractured
nearly throughout its extent : the thickness in the middle of the expansion was

1 Exposition Methodique, p. 39-40, tab. 70. fig. 5, or Histoire des Coralligenes flexibles, p. 481,
pi. 19. fig. 2; consult also Schweigger, Beobachtungen, &c., taf. 2. figs. 5,6,7; as well as tat'. 1 with
descriptions of the plates, and p. 69; likewise De Blainville's Man. d'Actinologie, p. 431. pi. 76. fig. 2.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 301

apparently half a line. The contour was nearly uniform from the lower to the
upper extremity, but neither termination was perfect ; and the slightly convex
surface was confined to the region occupied by the visceral cavities, arising solely
from their existence, the marginal bands being very thin and flat. Of the
general habits of growth no opinion can be offered. The number of apertures in
a transverse row, including both the curves, varied from six to nine, smaller
series prevailing in the lower portion of the specimen, and greater towards the
upper extremity, but without any change of distribution indicative of a bifurca-
tion : the number of apertures in opposite arcs was also often dissimilar, omitting
from the calculation the central opening, the defect being generally towards the
observer's right, or if that mouth were included to equalize the enumeration,
then the opposite curves were unsymmetrical in position, but without becoming
alternate. The series forming the direct centre was arranged nearly in a straight
line, but those on the sides quincuncially. The margin was equally raised and
sharp throughout the specimen, proving no surface-change with respect to that
structure, so far as the amount of evidence was concerned, the inner area of the
mouth being likewise invariably open. The tubuli constituting the general sur-
face-layer were defined by translucent lines in general very distinct, except near
the lower extremity of the coral, where a slight thickening had apparently taken
place. That the narrow opake intervals between those lines were hollow was
clearly shown in the fractured section (fig. 2 a) ; also near the upper extremity of
figure 2*, a defective portion exhibited a congeries of minute, obliquely penetra-
ting openings, which viewed in some directions bore the semblance of cells ;
and in other parts, where the distance between the apertures was small, the lines
formed a fine reticulation, which might also be regarded, if considered alone, as
marking a cellular composition ; on the contrary, whenever the polype had ample
space for development, especially in the lateral bands, the interval between the
lines was so greatly elongated as far to exceed the dimensions ordinarily assigned
to a cell. In the immediate centre the tubuli ranged vertically, but elsewhere
more or less outwardly, though always nearly coincident with the<flirection of
the visceral tubes. The breadth was for the greater part much less than the
diameter of the apertures to the abdominal cavities, varying however consider-
ably, and being often unequal in an individual example : the greatest uniformity
occurred in the side bands. The layer constituting the general surface had
commonly a single series of these minute hollows, disposed horizontally, but in
the depressions between the visceral tubes was an inferior row to fill up the in-

302 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

equality ; and where irregularities existed similar to those before mentioned, the
tubuli had an oblique position with a considerable underlay. In the central por-
tion of the specimen the interior of the minute hollows was cylindrical ; while
in the flattened marginal bands it was oval or compressed, and the cavity dis-
appeared possibly altogether adjacent to the attenuated edge of the coral. As
already stated, no apertures were visible similar to those which form the secon-
dary pores in many genera of Bryozoa ; and as a further proof that the end of the
tubuli was structurally shut, no distinct openings were detected in the margin of
the large mouths, though the lines marking the boundaries of the subordinate
structure ranged up the side of the projecting portion of the tube. The only
means of communication between the animal matter which occupied these little
hollows, and the visceral cavities or the exterior of the coral, was apparently
the microscopic pores so prevalent in the integuments of Bryozoa. The portion
shown in figure 2 bore the semblance in one part of a mechanical separation
in the laminae of the outer bands, but the evidence was not conclusive, a similar
appearance accompanying an irregularity plainly due to a laceration in the
membranes of the polype. Internally (fig. 2 a) the central area was occupied by
visceral tubes in close juxtaposition, but not arranged in two regular rows parted
by a medial layer, nor could the opposite series be parted evenly ; nevertheless
the tubes terminating on each surface sprang apparently from the side to which the
openings belonged, without any interlacing, though with a clear structural blend-
ing in the parietes. So far as the small portion exposed justified an inference, the
underlay was very little, and the outward bent portion of the tube was also small.
The observed surface-changes were very trifling. In the upper part of the frag-
ment represented by figure 2*, the lines bounding the tubuli, if rightly understood,
projected slightly, but lower down the outer covering was apparently thicker and
on a level with the edge of the side wall ; while in the lowest portion of figure 2
the tubular outline was less distinct.

Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 3, 4 & 5.

The fossil about to be noticed is believed to be the Retepora flexuosa of Dr.
Mantell 1 ; and M. De France 2 referred doubtfully to the same genus a Maestricht
coral which exhibits in Faujas de St. Fond's 3 rough delineation, some resem-

1 Medals of Creation, vol. i. p. 284, Lign. 6*. fig. 11.

2 Diet. Sc. Nat. t. xlv. p. 283, Ret. ? ramosa.

2 Hist. Nat. de la Mont, de St. Pierre de Maestricht, p. 191. pi. 35. figs. 5, 6.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 303

blance to detached fragments of the English cretaceous zoophyte. That body
however is considered by M. Milne-Edwards 1 to have no analogy with Reteporte ;
and the fossil under consideration belonging to the family Tubuliporida: cannot
also be assigned to that genus.

It consists, as shown in figs. 3,4&5, Tab. XVIII. B., of numerous main branches
diverging from a centre, and giving off many lateral shoots of variable extension.
The exterior presents on one side (fig. 3 a) two sets of pores, one large and con-
stituting the visceral cavities, the other smaller, but differing from the former
structurally only as respects dimensions : the opposite or reverse side (fig. 4 a) is
altogether destitute of pores, and exhibits more or less distinctly longitudinal
translucent lines with opake intervals, the representatives of tubes ; also irre-
gular longitudinal ridges, and curved furrows in the points of partition of the
branches. The interior of the coral was greatly obscured in some cases by mi-
neralization ; but in the best exhibited transverse sections, large and small tubes
or pores were intermingled, occupying the whole area, and they had a consider-
able downward range at a variable angle (figs. 41, 4c).

In the tubular cavities opening on only one side, a resemblance with Hornera
exists 2 , but there is otherwise no outer agreement, that genus not being provided
with a secondary series of pores on the front surface, the characters of the re-
verse side being also different, as well as the general mode of thickening the
coral. The occurrence of primary apertures on but one side, and the form of
the protruded portion of the cavities, present agreements with the Pherusa of
Lamouroux 3 ; but if the description of that genus be rightly understood, " the
cells " differ in their characters, being stated to be tubular in the projecting part,
large and compressed below 4 , whereas in the chalk fossil they are tubular through-
out. Whether such a deviation exist or not, Pherusa has no series of secondary
pores, and necessarily wants the important peculiarities which are noticed in the
following paragraph. As respects Heteropora? and Siphoniodictyum 6 , it may be
sufficient in this place to remark, that in the former genus the primary tubes are

1 Lamarck, edit. 1836, t. ii. p. 284, Ret.? ramosa.

* Consult M. M.-Edwards, Mem. sur les Crisies, &c., art. Hornera, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde serie, Zool.
t. ix., or Recherches sur les Polypes.

3 Exposition Methodique, p. 3. tab. 64. figs. 12-14; also Hist. Polyp, corallig. flexible.-.

4 Hist. Pol. coral, flexibles, English Trans, p. 52.

5 Man. d'Actinol. p. 417-

6 Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. v. pp. 90, 94 et seq.

2a2

304 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

distributed over the whole surface ; and in the latter the secondary pores are also
disseminated over the back as well as the front of the branches.

The point which peculiarly demands attention in an attempt to assign the
present subject of examination to a generic position, is the nature of the second-
ary pores, the composition of the coral being extremely simple, and the visceral
cavities presenting no marked peculiarities. These minor openings belong, as
already stated, to a tubular structure, which differs from the visceral cavities only
in dimensions. They varied in number in different specimens, and in different
portions of a specimen, being prevailingly fewest near the upper extremities of
the branches and of the lateral pinnae ; and most abundant on the sides and in
the axillae, occupying in those positions the whole surface (figs. 3 a, 36) ; but along
the front of the ramifications, the number depended on the distance between the
abdominal cavities, being least where the interspaces were small, and entirely
wanting when the cavities were separated only by their parietes. In longitudi-
nal sections nearly coincident with the centre of a branch, small pores were like-
wise very rare. Viewed generally, a marked distinction was apparent between
their dimensions and those of the apertures to the visceral receptacles, but some
among them bore the semblance of partially matured abdominal tubes. It is
nevertheless believed that no conversion from one condition to the other took
place ; and this opinion appeared to be supported by the observed nature of the
component parts of the coral. The abdominal cavities to the extent observed in
prepared sections (figs. 4i,4c) obtained rapidly their full transverse area ; whereas
the minute tubuli maintained their narrow dimensions. The conical extremities
of the off-shoots consisted moreover almost entirely of large tubes (fig. 3 a), and
supported the inference of an early perfecting in that character ; while the
manner in which the size of the branches augmented, strengthened, it was con-
ceived, the conclusion respecting a functional difference between the two sets of
tubes. A branch situated near the upper extremity of the specimen represented
by figure 3, but which had acquired sufficient maturity to have numerous second-
ary pores, had a breadth of f of a line with a depth of one line ; while another
main branch near the base of the specimen a line and a quarter in breadth, had
not markedly increased in depth, indicating a want of relative augmentation, or
a greater development of visceral cavities on the sides of the branches than in
the middle ; as well as that a sufficient upward increase had not taken place to
admit of more than a very limited amount of interpolated abdominal tubes. An
examination of the same specimen with reference to the distribution of the pores,

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 305

showed likewise a marked difference between an early arrangement and of a
more advanced state of production. In the former condition, and along the
middle of the branches (fig. 3 a), the equivalent representative, the large apertures
were disposed longitudinally though not lineally, conforming to the lengthwise
growth of the coral ; whereas on each side of this band they were for the greater
part distributed in transverse rows (fig. 3 6), the component tubes issuing
laterally, and apparently from near the back of the branch ; and this mode of
production will account for the disproportionate augmentation of breadth. Be-
sides, were all the minor tubes in the front of a branch successively converted
into greater, their abundance at the base of the coral would indicate a long-con-
tinued growth of previously matured cavities in the oldest portion ; a property
which, it is believed, does not exist among Bryozoa, even in the genus Tubulipora.
The lateral shoots were considered as affording also evidence of the abdominal
tubes having been original, or distinct structures. They sprang, as shown in
figure 3 b and in prepared sections (fig. 4d), from the portion of the side imme-
diately adjacent to the back ; and consisted in that position almost solely of tubes
of nearly full transverse dimensions. Lastly, the tubuli composing the perfected
sides and axillae of the branches, presented no indications of intermediate sizes.
From these statements it is believed, that though structurally identical except in
diameter, the two sets of pores or tubes were permanently occupied by portions
of the polype, which performed essentially distinct functions.

With regard to genera which are furnished with two series of apertures, the
nature of the subordinate set in Heteropora is doubtful. Some of the typical
species, as Het. cryptopora 1 and H. anomalopora*, possess apparently pores of
every intermediate size ; and the same may be said of H. conifera 3 and H. du-
metosa 4 , while H. dichotoma 6 exhibits, as delineated, two very distinct sets.
Whatever may be the true nature of those openings, or of the structures con-
nected with them, the depictured characters convey no idea of tubuli inclined
against the surface of the branch, a marked property in the cretaceous fossil.
M. Michelin has placed in the genus Ceriopora 6 , a coral which has also two sets

1 De Blainville, Man. d'Actinol. p. 417 ; Goldfuss, Petref. Ceriopora cryploporn, tab. 10. f. .'5.
- Ibid. Ibid. tab. 10. f. 5.

J Milne-Edwards, Lamarck, ed. 1836, t. ii. p. 318; also Lamouroux, Millepora conifera, Exposi-
tion Methodique, tab. 83. figs. 6, 7.

4 Lamarck, edit. 1836, t ii. p. 317 ; Lamouroux, tab. 82. figs. 7, 8. * De Blainville, op. cit. p. 417.
' Iconog. Zoophytol. p. 124. pi. 32. fig. 7.

306 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

of pores; but if in the notice on Atagma its characters are rightly understood,
no generic identity exists between Cer. papularia and the fossil under consider-
ation ; and the latter is perfectly distinct in every particular from the genus Ce-
riopora. Under the term Petalopora another zoophyte is described in a prece-
ding page, as supplied with a secondary series of pores ; those openings however,
or the canals with which they are connected, penetrate horizontally into the
branches, and in the general composition of the coral very marked deviations
from the one forming the subject of the present notice are apparent. Again, in
an article on some Atherfield zoophytes', the designation Siphodictyum is applied
to a Bryozoon which has a large and a small set of pores, but the characters of
the latter are dissimilar from those of the chalk coral, though the two extinct
polyparia agree in having the apertures to the visceral cavities on only one sur-
face of the branches. The compiler of these memoranda is not aware of any
other published genus of Tubuliporida which possesses an analogous bifold
structure. Of its existence in many unexamined cases, no doubt can be enter-
tained ; but wherever it occurs, the properties of the subordinate openings must
be studied with reference to the interior of the zoophyte, including all the com-
ponent parts ; and in no case can the mere intermingling of large and small
apertures justify the assigning of a specimen to M. de Blainville's genus.

The lateral shoots present characters deemed worthy of attention. These off-
sets were very numerous, but their growth, both longitudinal and lateral (figs. 3,4),
depended evidently on the extent of the interspace, for the increase in either
direction had almost invariably ceased, when a certain proximity had been ob-
tained, many of the shoots having a conical outline, others an almost lineal form,
and several were merely rudimentary ; and no perfecting of the sides of the
pinnae by the formation of a surface composed wholly of tubuli was observed,
indicating not only a cessation in the completion of visceral receptacles, but an
entire limitation of polype development. These peculiarities prevailed in even
the lowest part of the specimen. Figure 4, which represents a dorsal surface,
shows longer lateral shoots ; but the intervals are greater, while many similarly
restricted instances are observable.

It must be also stated, that changes resulting from age were of a limited
nature in the specimens examined, the pores remaining open even at the very
base of the supposed oldest example (fig. 3) ; and the only observed alteration
being in the intermediate substance.

1 Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. v. p. 90 et seq.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. .'507

Believing that on the grounds stated above, the fossil is not admissible into
any established genus known to the author, the designation Homceosolen is pro-
posed for it, in allusion to the composition (opoioc similis, aw\ii tubus).

Homceosolen, n. g.

Tubular, fixed, tubes of two sorts one large for the viscera, the other small
variously intermingled, both inclined in the same direction, partially visible on
the surface, or wholly concealed, limited to one side of the coral ; mouths simple
tubular extremities ; back without pores, composed of a continuous lamina.

Homceosolen ramulosus. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 3, 4 & 5.)
Branched, lateral shoots numerous, variable in extent, sometimes rudimentary;
rarely if ever anastomosed ; apertures to large tubes disposed longitudinally along
the centre of branches, generally in transverse rows adjacent to the sides; second-
ary openings varying in number according to amount of interspace, most nume-
rous on perfected sides and in axillae of branches ; exposed portion of each set
of tubes inclined upwards or against the branch ; when perfect semicylindrical ;
within the branches and on the sides inclined more or less towards the surface ;
reverse side, a thin lamina variously ridged.

Eight specimens of different dimensions were examined. Two of them, obli-
gingly lent by Mr. Bowerbank, are represented by figures 3,4, and the remaining
six belonged to Mr. Dixon's cabinet. Some differences of character not wholly
assignable to opposite surfaces are visible in those figures, the breadth of the
branches being chiefly dissimilar, also the length as well as the number of the
lateral shoots ; and as they distinguished the whole of Mr. Dixon's series,
they ought therefore apparently to be regarded as belonging to the normal con-
dition of the coral. In those specimens the minor pores were likewise generally
less numerous than in the example figure 3. Nevertheless no differences con-
sidered of sufficient importance to warrant specific separations were observed ;
and one specimen in Mr. Dixon's collection, which gave a front view, presented
an approximate thickness in the main stems. The little example (fig. 5) is more-
over believed to exhibit only a young condition, the visceral and other tubes
having full dimensions ; and the small intervals for increase of breadth in the
branches are not very different from those which existed in the large specimen
figure 4, where the stems at the lowest extremity are aggregated and partially
united so far as the back lamina is concerned, though elsewhere a want of ana-
stomosis is apparent.

308 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

Four of the specimens exhibited portions of a root, or the part of the coral
immediately adjacent to that structure (figs. 3, 5). The root itself was composed
of the small tubuli, and the best example (fig. 5*) presented a short thickish stem
with a slight but fractured expansion at the base, the under side of which had
been moulded upon a rough convex surface. From this base the branches in all
cases diverged almost horizontally or at an approximation to a right angle ; but
the development was apparently unequal, as if the root had been attached to a
more or less vertical surface, and the coral had grown upwards, and to a certain
degree laterally but very slightly in an opposite, which would have been a down-
ward, direction. This supposition, if correct, would account for the apparently
horizontal position of the branches, and allow of a cyathiform mode of growth,
if a base had been attached to a suitable surface. The mode of branching was
essentially lateral, no direct bifurcation having been noticed, but the develop-
ment of shoots was very unequal, depending clearly on the amount of interspace,
and being entirely wanting where two parallel branches were in close proximity.
Where most regularly produced, the pinnae issued alternately on opposite sides,
and when space permitted them to assume the character of secondary branches,
they gave off in their turn other pinnae, the only limit to ramification depending on
the intervals. So far as was observed they sprang from near the back (figs. 3 b, 4 d),
and consisted almost wholly of large tubes. On some few occasions branches
touched, but without perfectly anastomosing, the points of contact being generally
the extremity of one branch and the side of another. The surface characters of the
tubes, particularly of the larger series, was seldom well exhibited. In the best
preserved cases it presented a semicylindrical, thin lamina of variable extent,
projecting more or less boldly, and covering the furrow which extended upwards
from the usually preserved aperture, the true mouth being a simple tubular ex-
tremity. The characters of the small tubuli were often well shown on the sides
of the branches (fig. 3 b), and exhibited, as before stated, no essential deviations
except in size from the visceral tubes. The general characters of the interior of
the coral may be gleaned from the sections, figs. 4 b, c, d. The first (fig. 4 6) ex-
hibits the termination of a young branch, and consists almost wholly of abdo-
minal cavities with thin parietes ; the second (fig. 4 c) gives the composition of a
mature branch, not far from the middle and nearly equivalent in position to the
preceding young case, and it exhibits numerous partially exposed large tubes
with greater intervals, due partly at least to the section passing through side
walls ; but a few small tubuli also are interspersed ; and the figure (fig. 4 d) repre-

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 309

sents a side of the same branch not very deeply worn down, major tubes being
comparatively few, and tubuli very numerous. The commencement of a side
branch is also shown close to the back.

The only signs of an exterior affected by age occurred in the specimen fig. 3,
(fig 3 c gives a portion on an enlarged scale,) which, except near the upper ex-
tremities of the main branches, presented no furrows or tubes deprived of their
outer lamina, but oblique, oval apertures, surrounded by the intermediate struc-
ture ; and this condition is believed to have arisen from an increase in that por-
tion of the coral, whereby the part of the tube which in earlier stages was ex-
posed became overlaid.

The fossil represented in Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 6 to 6 g, consists of numerous,
long, diverging and anastomosing branches, which are slender, round, smooth and
simple in their composition during an early state, but afterwards thick, verrucous
and complex by the addition of unequal cellular layers ; the mouths of the cells
are round or oval, and often truncated at the proximal extremity, not raised,
irregularly distributed, and closed under certain conditions ; internally the cells
are elongated and inclined downwards, and centrally in the younger or axeal
portion of a branch, but in the wart-like additions they are short and variously
inclined ; the intermediate structure is porous or reticulated.

In some of the preceding particulars the English coral resembles M. Michelin's
Ceriopora papularia 1 , found in the " craie chloritde " of France, as in the general
mode of growth, the external characters of the branches, the two sets of pores,
and the thickening by irregular layers being similar ; but in a specimen of
Cer. papularia liberally presented to the compiler of these memoranda, the earlier
conditions of the fossil were not exhibited, nor are they delineated in figs. 7 a, 7 b ;
no traces also of cellular mouths closed by an appendage like that noticed in a
subsequent paragraph were detected, though M. Michelin says the pores " dans
certains etats de petrification sont invisibles." The want however of ascertained
agreements in those two points, the means of comparison being moreover limited,
is not deemed sufficient to separate the English fossil from the French generi-
cally or even decidedly as respects the species ; nevertheless it will be necessary
to offer a few remarks on the assignment to Ceriopora.

' Iconog. Zoophyt. p. 124-. pi. 32. f. 7 a, 7 b.

2s

310 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS

That genus was proposed by M. Goldfuss for numerous zoophytes, and he
ascribed to it the following leading characters : enveloping layers of cells, the
cells being tubular or sub-prismatic, sub-contiguous, parallel or diverging (Petref.
p. 32). The name Ceriopora has been retained by M. De Blainville, M. Milne-
Edwards, and other authorities, but limited by the first to four 1 , and by the second
positively to only two 2 of the original species ; one of those regarded by M. Ed-
wards as doubtful has been also removed by Prof. Goldfuss to Stromatopora
(Petref. p. 215, observations on Strom, polymorpha}. M. De Blainville's charac-
ters, adopted by M. Milne-Edwards, are poriform, round cells, irregularly distri-
buted, and forming by their union and accumulation in concentric layers a cal-
careous, polymorphous coral. One of the retained species (Cer. micropora), as
delineated by Prof. Goldfuss 3 , consists evidently of concentric strata (loc. cit.
fig. 4 &), conformable to each other, and composed of oval cells (fig. 4 c) ; the
terminating apertures being round (fig. 4 d), and so far as can be ascertained they
constitute direct openings into the cells : no secondary pores are represented,
the small interspaces having apparently a solid composition. Another species
absolutely retained, Cer. polymorpha (op. cit. pi. 10. f. la to 7dand pi. 30. fig. 1 1),
presents diversities of form ; but the layers are stated to be not thicker than
paper (p. 34, obs.), and the cells are said to be round and of equal dimensions
(pi. 10. fig. 7 d) ; the apex of the warts also to be hollow (pi. 10. fig. 7 6). The
structural objections mentioned with reference to Cer. micropora apply equally
to this coral. M. De Blainville's last species, Cer. compressa (Goldf. pi. 11.
f. 4 a-4 6), is not retained by M. Milne-Edwards, and it presents peculiarities
of composition, which would require a careful investigation before its true nature
could be determined.

If the characters of the Cerioporae noticed in the preceding paragraph be com-
pared with those of the English chalk fossil, numerous essential differences will
be evident. The surface-openings in M. Goldfuss's figures are uniform in size
(pi. 10. f. 4 d, pi. 10. f . 7 d) ; it is likewise stated as respects Cer. polymorpha,
that the "cells" (apertures) are of equal dimensions (p. 34). M. De Blainville
moreover proposed the genus Heteropora for certain Cerioporce, which have " two
sorts of pores " (Man. d'Actinol. p. 417). The chalk fossil has clearly two sets,

1 Man. d'Actinol. p. 443.

2 Lamarck, 2nd ed. 1836, t. ii. p. 313. Consult Observations on Cer. verrucosa.

3 Op. cit. tab. 10. f. 4 to 4 d, also Man. d'Actinol. pi. 70. f. 2, for representations of the original
figures 4 a, 4 d.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 311

nevertheless it is not a Heteropora. No allusion is made in either the ' Petrefacta '
or in the 'Manuel d'Actinologie ' to an intermediate structure, an exceedingly
important part, whether simple or otherwise, when the viscera and oral append-
ages are regarded as only portions of the polype. The coral under consideration
has, however, a complicated intercellular composition, and on it depended the
peculiarities of the protuberances with the unconformable position of the cells
successively accumulated. An intermediate animal structure necessarily existed
in Ceriopora ; but if the encrusting series of visceral cavities be regular and
uniform ', the portions of the polype which produced the general framework, and
prepared the receptacles for the digestive organs, must have been differently
constituted from those of Mr. Dixon's coral. Again, no allusion is made to the
apertures differing in outline or size from the cell, or to their being covered
under any condition by a solid, calcareous plate, the whole upper surface having
possibly been membranaceous and perishable ; but in the English fossil, though
the cell near its upper termination is round and ample, yet the aperture is
variable in shape, of limited dimensions, and often provided with a solid cover-
ing in both young (fig. 3 b) and thickened branches. The cells likewise pre-
sent many marked differences. In Ceriopora they apparently maintain a con-
stancy of character ; while in the cretaceous production, they have in the centre
of a stem an attenuated, downward extension of considerable range, conforming
in this respect to the upward growth and circumscribed area of the axis ;
whereas in the added protuberances, the cells are relatively short, and variously
disposed, often radiating horizontally but irregularly from a centre ; the succes-
sive increments also being totally unconformable. This aggregate of differences
is considered sufficient to warrant a separation from Ceriopora ; and as the observed
structures are not known to co-exist in any established genus, it is proposed to
distinguish the chalk zoophyte by the term Atagma (a deprivative, ray pa ordo),
in allusion to the want of agreement in the position of the cells, constituting
successive layers.

Atagma, n. g.

Cellular ; cells variable in shape, grouped in cylindrical branches and irregularly
accumulated in successive layers ; mouth operculated ; intermediate structure
porous.

Atagma papularium. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 6 to 6 g.)

Branched ; branches dichotomous, the first formed or axeal portion round and

1 Consult Goldfuss, Cer. micropora, pi. 10. figs. 46, *c.

2 32

312 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

smooth, thickened surfaces with broad protuberances ; cells in the axis elongated
downwards occupying wholly the central area, slightly and regularly inclined
outwards ; in external additions range of cell limited, position very variable ;
aperture arched at the distal extremity, sometimes nearly straight, at the proximal
end, margin not raised, position uniform in unthickened branches, very irregular
in thickened ; operculum solid, surrounded by a furrow ; intermediate structure
reticulated or porous.

Ceriopora papularia, Michelin ? Iconographie Zoophytologique, p. 124, pi. 32,
fig. 7.

The fine specimen submitted to examination (tig. 6) consisted of numerous
dislocated branches, but without a trace of a base. It was five inches in one di-
rection, two in another, and nearly three in the third. The branches diverged gene-
rally at a considerable angle, and occasionally anastomosed. The longest frag-
ment measured 3^ inches, and presented two bifurcations. The mode of branch-
ing appeared to be almost invariably by terminal subdivisions, and not by lateral
shoots ; the plane of divergence, to the extent ascertained, was also nearly simi-
lar in successive partitions. The measured axeal branches did not exceed a line
in diameter ; while the corresponding dimension of the most thickened was three
lines, every intermediate breadth occurring in the specimen. It was not possible
to reduce the increments to regular concentric layers, though transverse sections
gave sometimes the semblance of such an arrangement : even in those cases,
however, the circle was never complete ; and in vertical sections, the greatest
irregularity was manifest (fig. 6 e,/). There was nevertheless what might be termed
successive levelings, effected apparently by the intermediate structure. Pur-
posely worn-down specimens often exhibited a seemingly partial absence of
visceral cavities, but this character was conceived to be due in part to unequal
mineralization. Operculated or solidly closed apertures would necessarily pre-
sent great impediments to infiltration, and the cavities thus provided would be
less liable to a complete filling up than those not similarly guarded. In one
case, the calcareous matter carried inwards by water through the textile pores
would afford only pure crystallizable carbonate of lime ; whereas in the other,
the open apertures would admit particles of chalk, which by aid of the crystal-
line matter would assume a character very like that of the solid portions of the
coral. Only one instance of what was regarded the termination of a branch de-
prived of vitality during development was noticed. It was worn, but presented
an obtuse cone, the apex of which consisted of numerous minute tubuli, the com-

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

mencements or inferior extremities of visceral cavities ; and lower clown occurred
larger openings, while the cylindrical edge gave regular-sized apertures.

The cellular mouths of unthickened, axeal portions had a somewhat quincun-
cial arrangement (fig. 6 b) ; and they were strictly conformable to each other in
situation, as shown by the position of the proximal edge ; the slightly abraded
surface of such specimens gave also a similar distribution, or even one more de-
cided (fig. 6c). Immediately below the nearly straight edge was generally a
limited area (fig. 6 d), distinguishable likewise where the operculum existed, and
when added to that plate, or to the open aperture, it made up an oval, which strictly
agreed with that of an abraded cavity. This minor structure is considered of im-
portance, as it proves that the cellular mouths were constructed at a particular
period ; and its existence independently of the plate which occupied very many
of the openings, supports the inference of that covering being truly an operculum.
Immediately within the margin of the aperture (fig. 6b), or between it and the
closing plate, was a well-defined furrow, and no clear indications of a progressive
filling up from circumference to centre were observed. In a few cases the surface
extremity of the cavity was wholly occupied by a layer similar to that which
constituted the small space below the regular mouths ; but these instances were
considered one of the abnormal developments common in zoophytes. The
operculum exactly fitted the apertures, and, though of very frequent occurrence
in unthickened branches, it was often absent. It will recall to mind Ellis and
Solander's delineation of the equivalent appendage in Myriopora or Millepora
truncata 1 , but in the recent coral it is horny, while in the extinct it was evidently
calcareous. The slender form of the cavities in the middle of a branch (fig. 6 d)
was apparently ill-adapted to digestive organs folded back upon themselves ; but
possibly the long and confined character of the cell in that portion of the coral
was an adaptation to a branched mode of growth ; and the viscera were most
probably not developed till the cavity attained its full diameter. In thickened
stems covered with protuberances (fig. 6 e), the outline of the apertures was less
regular than in axeal portions, being often round ; and they had also occasion-
ally a raised margin. In those points agreements will be found with M. Miche-
lin's enlarged delineation (op. cit. pi. 32. fig. 76), and the irregularities, if such
they may be called, were due apparently to the deviations in plan of growth.
The position of the mouth also, as shown by the proximal edge, varied through-
out, according with that of the cell, or the nature of the protuberance, and not

' Natural History of Zoophytes, or Lamouroux's Exp. Method, tab. 23. f. 1-8.

314 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

with an elongated development of the coral. Several opercula were observed,
but they were less abundant than in axeal branches. In the thickest and appa-
rently oldest examined fragment (fig. 6 g) the surface characters were obscure,
and to a great extent obliterated by an overlying layer, secreted by the polype
itself, and not adventitious. Figures 6 c, d, e,f, fully illustrate the form, range
and variable position of the cells in thickened branches unequally worn down ;
and the diversities might clearly have been as numerous as the sections which
the specimen would have afforded.

The intermediate structure changed in aspect with the condition of growth.
In the direct centre of an axis it was small, but it gradually acquired importance
as the visceral cavities radiated, constituting on the surface of unthickened frag-
ments a prominent feature (fig. 6 d). The pores were very numerous and variable
in form as well as dimensions ; they were generally also open, but often par-
tially or wholly closed, and the boundary slightly projected. Their inward range
was not ascertained ; and their characters in thickened branches were generally
very indistinct, either from mineralization or friction. To the portion of the
polype which occupied this intermediate structure, no doubt the successive ad-
ditions were due ; and a comparison of the peculiarities exhibited by the latter,
with those of other genera which have also outer increments, furnished or not
with visceral cavities, will impress upon the mind the importance of a frequently
neglected part of a coral.

According to M. Milne-Edwards's classification, Atagma on account of its
operculum must be regarded as referable to the family Escharidte 1 .

Marginaria Roemeri. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 7, 7 a to 7c.)

Incrusting, cells egg- or pear-shaped, surrounded by a furrow; aperture large,
semi-oval, arched margin thick, slightly raised, proximal margin nearly straight,
very thin, depressed ; exterior covering to the cell nearly flat or very slightly
convex, sloped downwards towards the aperture ; gemmuliferous capsules semi-
globular, resting wholly on the next succeeding cell.

The fossil (fig. 7) to which the above characters are applied, possesses appa-
rently the structures assigned to Marginaria by Herr Roemer* ; it even agrees
with his species Marg. denticulata 3 , except that it wants the tubercle on the

1 Memoire sur les Tubulipores, Ann. des Sciences Nat., 2nde serie, Zool. tome viii., or Recherches
sur les Polypes, p. 5.

* Verst. Norddeutsch. Kreidegeb. p. 12. 3 Ibid. p. 13. tab. 5. fig. Za,b.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 315

proximal margin of the aperture. The specimen submitted to examination 1>\
Mr. Dixon incrusted an Ananchytes, which was found by the Marquis of North-
ampton in a chalk-pit at Houghton ; and it afforded some additional informa-
tion to the account of the genus already published. In the remarks on Escha-
rina? intricate, allusion is made to certain corals figured by Goldfuss 1 as Crllr-
pora:, but assigned to Marginaria by Herr Roemer, and characterized, so far as
delineated, by having the interior of the cell completely exposed, as well as its
outer limits defined by a furrow. The coral immediately under examination
afforded many examples of similarly uncovered cells, the defect being however
evidently due to injury ; besides innumerable tracings or lace-like ground-plans
from which all superstructures had been removed by abrasion ; but it gave also
instances near the margin of some portions of the specimen of cells equally open
from immaturity, and others with a narrow lamina at the proximal end, indica-
ting that the covering was commenced at the extremity and not laterally.
Another point on which the specimen supplied information, and one of greater
importance, was the existence of gemmuliferous or ovi capsules. These structures
were of limited occurrence and small dimensions. The form was semi-globular
(fig. 7b), and they were entirely situated on the surface of the next cell, leaving
the mouth of that with which they were functionally connected totally free from
impediment. Their own aperture was a small segment of a circle. It may be
further stated, that the specimen which was distributed over a large portion of
the Ananchytes, exhibited no external changes due to age, the furrows remaining
constantly well defined ; nor were any satisfactory examples detected of a normal
filling up of the mouth.

Very few remarks respecting minor details can be submitted to the reader's
consideration. The cells in regularly developed portions (fig. 7 a) were arranged
with great uniformity in alternate rows, and exhibited considerable agreement in
size and shape, exactly adapting themselves to the outline of those immediately
adjacent. The length of the cells was rather less than a third, and the greatest
breadth was about one-eighth of a line, the mature aperture occupying half the
area. Where the growth of the coral had been greatly disturbed, the deviations
in form and construction were often so considerable as to present no resemblance
to the normal condition, exhibiting sometimes a slightly concave or convex sur-
face with a central foramen or no mouth, and in other cases an outline approach-
ing that of a spherical triangle (fig. 7 c). The boundary furrows did not penetrate
1 Petref. Cell, velamen, tab. 9. fig. 4, and C. bipunctata, tab. 9. fig. 7.

316 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

deeply downwards, the walls of adjacent cells being structurally united ; and
where irregular interspaces occurred they were solidly filled up. The attempts
to detect connecting foramina in the walls totally failed. The back lamina of
the cell was very thin, the minute papillae of the Ananchytes rising through it.

On the same Echinoderm occurred specimens of Flustra ? inelegans and Es-
charina? intricata.

Escharina ? intricata. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 8, 8 a, 8 6.)
Incrusting ; cells arranged in alternate rows or irregularly, not successively
overlaid ; form oval, boundary a furrow ; perfect, surface convex, with a fora-
men near the centre ; mouth at the distal extremity, ovarian capsule a distinct
chamber between successive cells.

The genera with which this fossil presents points of agreement, are Marginaria
of Herr Roemer 1 , and Escharina of M. Milne-Edwards 2 . The former is stated to
consist of an incrusting layer, composed of cells with thick, distinct edges, sepa-
rated by a furrow, the covering being flat and often quite wanting. Herr Roemer
refers to his genus the Celtepora Velamen as well as C. bipunctata of M. Goldfuss 3 ;
and Herr Geinitz 4 the Cellep. elliptica of Von Hagenow. If the delineations of
those zoophytes be compared with figure 8, illustrative of Mr. Dixon's coral,
an agreement will be found in the large open spaces, bold boundaries and sur-
rounding furrows or interspaces ; and to that extent the English fossil accords also
with the generic characters : but the figures of the foreign species can be only
regarded as representing either immature states, or cells deprived of their external
covering, whether calcareous or membranous ; and the open areas of Mr. Dixon's
coral, shown in figure 8 a, undoubtedly had been divested of a solid lamina. Im-
perfect conditions also, from whatever cause they may arise, are not by them-
selves grounds for generic determinations ; and without questioning the correct-
ness of Herr Roemer or Herr Geinitz's decision, no zoological identity ought to
be established between the figures quoted or given by them and the English fossil.
Moreover, a flat exterior is one of the characters of Marginaria, and the enlarged
representation of M. denticulata 5 has a level surface ; a projecting boundary wall
in a mature state is another, the plate forming the exterior being situated below

1 Verst. Norddeutschen Kreidegeb. p. 12. tab. 5. f. 3. 2 Lamarck, ed. 1836, t. ii. pp. 217, 230.

3 Petrefacten, p. 26. tab. 9. f. 4. and p. 27. tab. 9. f. 7. Locality for both species Maestricht.

4 Charak. Petref. sachsisch-bb'hmischen Kreidegeb. p. 93. tab. 22. f. 16 a, B.
s Roemer, op. cit. tab. 5. f. 3.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 317

or within the edge ; hut in the fossil under examination, a perfect exterior is
convex, and the lamina composing it springs from the margin of the boundary,
and so totally conceals the side wall, that adjacent complete cells exhibit shield-
like discs surrounded merely by a furrow. M. Milne-Edwards 1 has besides re-
ferred Cellepora Velamen and C. bipunctata to Discopora as limited by himself*.
One of the essential characters of that genus is, however, an almost or entire
obliteration of the outline of the cells, so that the free surface of the coral " ne
pre"sente que de faibles ondulations dans les lignes correspondantes a leur sou-
dure, et que la position de ces loges n'est guere indique'e que par leur ouver-
ture 3 ;" on the contrary, in the fossil forming the subject of this notice, such a
condition was detected only where irregularities prevailed. M. De Blainville 4 ,
again, includes Cellepora bipunctata among his extinct Membraniportz , but in re-
cent types of that genus the exterior is never wholly composed of a calcareous
layer ; and whatever may have been the mature condition of that fossil, the
chalk coral had undeniably an earthy lamina which extended over the whole
area of the cell. The foregoing statements, although very limited with reference
to component structures, justify it is believed the inference, that Mr. Dixon's
zoophyte is not a Marginaria, a Discopora, or a Membranipora.

The characters of Escharina (M. Edw. op. cit. p. 230) are, cells more or less
calcareous, regularly and horizontally arranged in incrusting layers, and partly
superimposed or not ; surface convex ; boundary always visible and without a
projecting edge, aperture lateral rather than terminal ; and it may be added, that
in immature and abraded states, the surface of the cells presents open areas,
bounded by the edge of the side wall ; while in some species an irregular furrow
occurs similar to that of Marginaria. On submitting the chalk fossil to the test
of these characters, the cells will be found to be horizontally situated, forming a
single layer, to have a convex surface when perfect, and in that condition to be
bounded only by a furrow ; while immature or abraded exteriors display closely
analogous appearances to those mentioned above : and to the extent observed,
the circumference of the cells was not obliterated in aged states by external ad-
ditions. These points of agreement might be regarded as constituting a suffi-
cient approximation towards a generic identity ; the manner however of develop-
ing the outer, calcareous lamina remains to be ascertained, especially when studied

1 Lamarck, ed. 1836, t. ii. p. 253. f!6 & f!8. * Ibid. pp. 218, 247.

3 Consult Goldfuss, tab. 36. f. 11 ( Cell, annulata), for one of the fossils assigned to the genus by
M. Edwards, Latnk. t. ii. p. 253, 1 15. 4 Man. d'Actinologie, p. 447.

2T

318 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

in connection with the small swelling regarded as an indication of the true
mouth ; also the probable nature of the central foramen.

Of figured ascidian corals which present a central foramen, more or less
analogous to that of Mr. Dixon's coral, may be mentioned Eschara dubia of M.
Milne-Edwards 1 , Escharites incrustata of Herr Roemer 2 , and Vaginopora fragilis
of M. DeFrance 8 ; yet no structural agreement is believed to exist between those
openings and the large pore of the coral under examination, the former being
clearly more or less altered, true apertures, whereas in the present case the mouth
is conceived to have been situated at the distal extremity of the cell.

Though a fully satisfactory identification with Escharina could not be esta-
blished, yet as a greater number of resemblances were noticed than with any
other genus known to the author, it is deemed most advisable to assign the coral
provisionally to it 4 .

The only specimen which was examined, incrusted a Micraster, and part of its
irregularities were possibly due to the nature of the subsurface. The area oc-
cupied by it was rather more than half an inch square, the margin being to a
certain extent quadrilateral ; but there was an evident divergence from a centre.
The perfectly covered cells were unequally distributed, and fully as abundant
near the boundary of the specimen as towards the middle ; they were also occa-
sionally wanting throughout relatively large intervals, which presented only
cavities analogous to those of Marg. elliptica, M. Velamen and M. bipunctata.
Such of the marginal cells as exhibited apparently an early state of development
had rudiments of a side wall, but no distinct back lamina, the small papillae of
the Micraster being quite visible : in cases a little distant from the extreme
edge, the periphery had its full dimensions ; and proofs of a furrow and of a back
wall were also shown. The characters of uncovered cells, whether in a supposed
immature condition, or deprived of their exterior by abrasion, are given in fig. 8a.
The progressive steps by which the outer covering was formed were not observed,
but the lamina was possibly developed from the sides to the centre ; or if the

1 Memoire sur les Eschares fossiles, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde ser. Zool. t. vi. pi. 12. f. 17 a.

2 Verst. Norddeuts. Kreidegeb. p. 17. tab. 5. f. 8 ; not f. 10, a misprint in p. 17.

3 De France, Diet. Sc. Nat. t. Ivi. p. 428 ; or De Blainville, Man. d'Actinol. p. 441. pi. 72. f. 3, 8 a :
also Michelin, Icon. Zoophy. p. 176. pi. 46. f. 22 a, b.

4 Objections have been made to the word Escharina (see Lepralia, Brit. Zoophytes, 1st and 2nd
edits.), but as it is employed in the present case provisionally, and as the division of Celleporida, to
which Escharina or Lepralia belongs, claims an extended investigation, the retention of the name may
not perhaps be altogether inaccurate.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 319

exterior was in one condition membranous, the calcareous matter was, it is
conceived, successively added in a similar manner, though in neither case always
continuously, faint indented lines being sometimes detectable within the area.
By whatever means the covering was formed, the construction of the distal pro-
tuberance (fig. 8 6), representing it is believed the aperture, appears to have been
simultaneously effected, as no open space marking a mouth was noticed. At
first these small swellings were suspected to be ovarian capsules, but on carefully
laying one of them open, no distinct chamber appeared beneath, similar to that
represented in fig. 86 + , which is regarded as a true capsule ; and on removing
the remainder of the covering, the whole interior was found to be a simple cell.
They were small and often difficult to detect, the best-defined being a segment of
a circle ; such examples also consisting frequently of casts of the external lamina.
In all cases they were surrounded by a faint furrow, and occasionally a minute
central pore could be detected. The foramen near the middle of the exterior of
the cell (fig. 8 a) occurred very generally, but varied in form, being circular, oval
or elongated, also narrow, resembling a slit ; and occasionally two foramina were
visible, one being situated close to the distal protuberance. Figure 86 + repre-
sents what was considered an ovarian capsule. The position of the little chamber
is clearly without the cell to which it belonged, having its own boundary, but a
channel of communication apparently existed at the upper extremity of the cell.

Flustra? inelegans. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 9, 10, 11.)

Incrusting or in free lobes composed of two opposite layers structurally
united ; outline of cells pear-shaped, truncated at the proximal extremity, bound-
ary a projecting ridge intimately united in adjacent cells ; surface wholly exposed,
flat or very slightly convex ; aperture at distal end, semicircular with a raised
margin, and generally a notch at each extremity of the straight side ; ovarian
capsules semicylindrical, situated partly over the mouth of the cell and concealing
it, entrance semicircular, edge sharp ; exterior of the cells unaltered by age.

The fossil represented by figs. 9, 10, 1 1 (Tab. XVIII. B.) possesses in the complete
exposure of the range of the cell, the raised, united margins, flattened surface, and
to the extent observed, in the unchanging exterior, the characters of true Flustra ;
while it differs in these particulars, especially the last, from Eschara. The in-
crusting in addition to the free mode of growth, affords a further agreement with
the former genus ; and if Escharee be constantly free, except at the base, and
always formed of two layers, another distinction between them and the chalk

2x2

320 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

fossil exists. When aFlustra is composed of opposite strata of cells, a separation,
as is well known, can be effected mechanically ; but among existing Escharee and
extinct species generally 1 no division with a smooth surface can be made: one
of the distinguishing characters between the two genera has moreover been stated
to be a want of agreement, as respects position, in one case, and an agreement
in the other. In Eschara foliacea, however, when the examination was suffi-
ciently extended, numerous deviations occurred ; and they could not be regarded
as merely exceptions 2 . On instituting a comparison between the structures just
mentioned and those of the cretaceous fossil, it will appear, that the resemblance
is with Eschara in one particular, the opposite layers not being separable with
smooth dorsal surfaces ; while in the total want of conformity in the situation of
the cells the greatest agreement is with Flustra. So far as the original composition
could be inferred from the mineralized state, it seemed to have been much more
calcareous than among Flustra, and the parietes to be considerably thicker.
The ovarian capsules of the fossil under consideration were well and abundantly
exhibited (fig. 9 a), being situated at the distal extremity, resting also partly on
the next cell and blending with it, but the forepart in perfectly preserved ex-
amples so projected over the mouth of the cell to which it belonged, that that
aperture was totally concealed, when the general surface was viewed perpendicu-
larly. In Flustra foliacea, usually regarded as the type of the genus, the capsule
is similarly placed, but is more crescent-shaped, and its opening (in dried speci-
mens) is sufficiently inclined backward to permit the free egress of the tentacula,
if they existed ; and Dr. Grant 8 in his elaborate memoir states, that when the
ovum has escaped from the cell " a new polype " is produced within the cavity.
It would therefore follow that either a portion of the capsule in the fossil was
displaced, or the viscera and tentacula were not renewed, provided they had
ever been developed. The blending of the capsule with the surface of the
next cell indicates its having been formed contemporaneously with the cells ;
and its highly calcareous nature facilitated the detection of a cicatrice. A few
instances of such marks were observed, and their limited number proved, it was
conceived, that only certain cells had been ovigerous. Whether they could ever

1 For an example of a fossil Eschara, with dorsally divided layers, consult M. Milne-Edwards's
memoir, Sur les Eschares Fossiles, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2nde ser. Zool. tome vi. pi. 11. f. 8; or Recherches
sur les Polypes, &c.

2 Consult M. Edwards's Mem. op. cit. pi. 9. f. 1 e. and pi. 11. f. 8 a.

3 Edinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. iii. p. 341-342.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS. 321

have been provided with viscera and tentacula remains to be shown by investi-
gations among recent Ci'lli'/iorlda; but it must be remembered, that cells, and
ova also 1 , are produced without the direct agency of those portions of the polype.
Among recent and fossil Eschara*, so far as is known to the author of these
notes, the capsule would not interfere with the egress by the cellular aperture ;
but in some species of existing Escharina or Lepralue 3 , and in an American cre-
taceous Bryozoon 4 , it is situated as in Mr. Dixon's fossil, directly over that
opening. Dr. Grant especially alludes to the lineal regularity of the cells in Fl.
carbasea (op. cit. p. 112); and a similar uniformity appears to pervade the genus
as at present limited, also tu a great extent recent and extinct Escharte 5 ; the
relative dimensions of the cells in a species being likewise very constant. The
specimens of the chalk fossil, submitted to examination, presented, on the con-
trary, numerous deviations from a direct lineal succession ; also considerable
variations in the proportions and outline of the visceral cavities, independent of
those which had a spindle-shape and filled narrow interspaces. The incrusting
specimen (fig. 9) displayed, as mentioned in a subsequent paragraph, still greater
irregularities with proofs of overlying layers, no examples of which have been
observed in the very few species of Flustra known to the author ; but somewhat
analogous cases, though limited in dimensions, have been noticed in specimens of
Es.foliacea.

Among fossils which present points of agreement with the one under exami-
nation, but with cells more symmetrical in form and distribution, may be men-
tioned, Eschara pyriformis and Cell, hippocrepis of M. Goldfuss 6 , also Es. Andega-
rciisix of M. Michelin 7 ; likewise Es. affinis of M. Milne-Edwards 8 , and the Dia-
stopora cervicornis of M. Michelin 9 : it remains, however, to be shown whether any
of those Eschara undergo the surface- changes which characterise in part that
genus. Ccllepora hippocrepis has been removed by a very high authority to Dis-
copora without any additional information ; but one of the essential characters
of also that genus" is an obliteration or want of cellular boundaries, a condition
not indicated by M. Goldfuss's figure 3 b (loc. cit.).

1 Edinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. iii. p. 115.

' : Consult M. Edwards's Memoirs on Recent and Fossil Eschara, op. cit.

3 Dr. Johnston's British Zoophytes, 2nd ed. p. 301, 1846.

* Quarterly Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p.71, woodcut letter c. ' Consult M. Edwards's Memoirs.

6 Petref. tab. 8. f. 10 a, b ; tab. 9. f. 3 a, b. 7 Icon. Zoophyt. pi. 78. f. 1 1 a, b.

' Memoir on fossil Escharce, pi. 10. f. 6. Michelin, op. cit. pi. 79. f- 4> a, b.

' Op. cit. pi. 56. f. 12 a, b. 10 2nd edit. Lamarck, t. ii. p. 252. no. t 1 3. " Ibid. pp. 218, 247.

322 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

A perusal of the foregoing statements will necessarily raise doubts respecting
the generic position of the chalk coral ; and the difficulties are such as almost
constantly occur, when an attempt is made to refer a secondary fossil zoophyte
to an existing genus. It has nevertheless been deemed better to assign the cre-
taceous Bryozoon, most imperfectly investigated, provisionally to Flustra, than
to propose a new term, leaving to a competent authority, with ample means for
inquiring into the characters of the whole of the CelleporideE, living and extinct,
the establishing of a final determination.

The free specimens (figs. 9& 10J were either regularly bifurcated, or had lateral
shoots; and one of them (fig. 10) was tinged throughout light-red. The upper
extremities of the finer example (fig. 9) were nearly perfect, and exhibited a few
immature cavities consisting of strong side-walls, and partially formed upper
surfaces. The cells along the sides of the lobes were occasionally of ample di-
mensions though irregular in form, but others were very small and defective, and
plainly unfitted for the reception of digestive organs. Within the area of the
specimens, the shape, as before stated, varied considerably, and to the greatest
extent in the one which was tinted. The regular cells (fig. 9 a) were pear-shaped
with a flat or slightly convex surface ; and they had frequently a slight furrow-
like depression at the foot of the projecting margin. Their position was nearly
vertical in the middle of the lobes, but more or less inclined outwards nearer the
sides. The interpolated, spindle-shaped cavities (fig. 9 a) were numerous, filling
narrow interspaces ; but they could not be regarded as the precursors of addi-
tional rows', and their aperture was centrally situated and elongated. The
tinted example (fig. 10) seldom afforded regularly-formed cells, but instances were
noticed, which perfectly agreed with the most symmetrical of figure 9; the ova-
rian capsules were also similar, as well as the interpolated cavities ; but the pro-
jecting boundary-ridges were generally replaced by discontinuous variable furrows.

The incrusting specimen, fig. 11, differed not as respected the normal and
abnormal characters of the cells, or the nature of the ovarian capsule from the
lobed. The line of growth had extended in every direction so as to envelope
completely the body to which the coral was attached ; and from mutual inter-
ference, want of space or inequalities in the subjacent surface, the deviations in size
and outline of the cells were innumerable. There were also many proofs of layers
which extended over others; also instances of knobs composed of concentric layers.

1 Consult Dr. Grant's remarks on the arrangement of cells in Fl.carbasea, Edinb. New Phil. Journ.
vol. iii. p. 112.

DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

In the Eschara foliacea of the English coast, similar superpositions have been
noticed as well as protuberances, but, as before stated, nothing of the kind has
been observed among Flustra. Such occasional structures, however, cannot be
regarded as essential characters, though their existence to a limited extent, and
under certain conditions, as interference from extraneous bodies, or the form of
the enveloped substance, would, if the conditions were more influential, give rise
to the occurrence, in these and other genera likewise, of specimens in which over-
lying layers would appear to be the true mode of development. In the Sicilian
coral, to which M. Michelin 1 has lately applied the term Eschara nobilis, identify-
ing it with the Cellepora nobilis of Esper 2 , a series of complete envelopments is
apparently an essential character ; but the mode of incrusting is different, and
must be studied in connection with all the component parts of the zoophyte, de-
pending clearly, not on adventitious circumstances, but on the innate properties
of the polype.

ADDENDUM TO ANTHOZOA.
Stephanophyllia Michelini, n. s. (Tab. XVIII. B. figs. 12, 12 a, 12 b.)

Very small, lamellae alternately simple and trifid at the extremity, upper sur-
face regularly convex from centre to circumference, periphery composed of
simple plates, terminations of the lamellae ; under surface indistinctly radiated
and foraminated.

The genus Stephanophyllia 3 was established by M. Michelin for three tertiary
corals found at Astesan and Tortone, one of which had been assigned to Fungia,
and another to Turbinolia. From the former of those genera Stephanophyllia is
stated to be distinguished by the grouping of the lamellae (Diet. Sc. Nat. Sup.
loc. cit.} ; and there is apparently this difference from true Turbinolia;, that the
minor plates diverging from the extremities of the lamellae issue from the latter,
and not from the periphery of the coral. The author of these memoranda is
indebted to M. Michelin for specimens of Steph. elegans and <S. Italica ; and a
comparison of them with the minute chalk coral forming the subject of this
notice, proved a perfect structural identity in generic essentials. Three speci-
mens of the cretaceous species were procured many years since from a mass of
Sussex or Hampshire chalk by wearing down the block with a soft brush under
water, and then letting a stream from a cistern pour into the vessel till the water

1 Iconographie Zoophyt. p. 329. pi. 79. f. 1 a, 1 b, 1 c. Pflanzenthiere, Cellepora, tab. 7.

3 Diet. Sc. Nat. Supplem. tome i. p. *84(18*1) ; and Icon. Zoophyt. p. 31-33, pi. 8. figs. 1,2,3.

324 DESCRIPTION OF CHALK CORALS.

became colourless. They are believed to be the first proofs of the existence of
the genus in a secondary formation : whether the English fossil which has been
assigned to Goldfuss's Fungia coronula belongs to it, remains to be shown 1 .

M. Michelin states that the characters of the lamellae in Steph. elegans vary
with the growth of the zoophyte (Icon. Zoophyt. p. 32). From only three spe-
cimens of the chalk coral having been examined, it is impossible to hazard an
opinion respecting the characters of fully perfected or aged structures ; and the
smallest of them, less than half a line in diameter, differed not in composition
from the largest, which exceeded very slightly that measurement. The propor-
tion which the latter specimen (fig. 12) bore to the inner area of M. Michelin's
figure 2 a, the part with which a comparison could only be made, was about one
to five. Supposing therefore that an individual of Steph. elegans of similarly
limited growth were examined in connection with the English coral, and in that
state a perfect, structural identity would be evident, still the great difference in
the dimensions of every component part would clearly justify a specific separa-
tion. The periphery of the fossil under consideration (fig. 12 a) was simple,
or composed of only lamellae extremities, whereas in the foreign species just
mentioned, it consisted of a curious oval reticulation or union of previously
subdivided lamelbe, the whole constituting in the fine specimen examined a
nearly vertical boundary of considerable thickness. This outer structure forms
apparently a leading specific character. In Steph. Italica, though the earliest
state of the lamellae is essentially similar to that of Steph. elegans and Steph. Mi-
chelini, yet in the outer zone, which in that instance is in the same plane as the
inner area, the composite lamellae have two triple subdivisions, while the origi-
nally simple plates preserve an unchanged character throughout their range. The
centre of the chalk fossil formed the apex of a regular convex exterior (fig. 12 a),
and was not marked, in its state of preservation, by any peculiar structure. In
Steph. elegans the centre is depressed, one of the results probably of age or a
thickening of the outer boundary ; but in Steph. Italica the whole of the lamellated
area is very slightly convex or nearly flat. The under surface (fig. 126) was
obscurely ribbed or radiated, and had a few indistinct punctures or foraminse ;
and presented marked differences, although not well preserved, from both of the
foreign species.

1 Morris's Cat. British Fossils, p. 38 ; Goldf'uss, p. 50, tab. 14. fig. JO.

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

325

\tifrs on Cretaceous Echinodermata. By PROFESSOR E. FORBES, F.R.S.

STAR-FISHES.

Table of the Star-fishes enumerated in this Work.

1 . coronatus.

2. Boysii.

3. squamatus.

4. bulbiferus.

Family ASTERIAD^E.
Genus Oreaster.

1. rugatus.

2. uncatus.

3. sublunatus.

4. Hunteri.

1. lunatus.

2. latus.

3. Smithii.

1. Comptoni.

5. pistilliferus.

6. ocellatus.

7. obtusus.

Genus Goniaster.

SECTION I.
(Goniodiscus.)

SECTION II.
(Astrogonium.)

Genus Stellaster.

Genus Arthraster.
I. Dixoni.

Family OPHIURID^:.

Genus Ophiura.
1. serrata.

5. Parkinson! .

6. Mantelli.

7. Bowerbankii.

8. compactus.

4. mosai'cus.

5. Coombii.

6. angustatus.

2. elegans.

2u

326 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

Radiate animals of the orders Asteriadse and Ophiuridse are seldom found in
a fossil state, and when so found are rarely perfect. All star-fishes are fragile
animals, and difficult of preservation ; hence the scarcity of their organic re-
mains in ancient formations is not to be wondered at. They appear to have
commenced their existence at a very early period, for more than one species have
been discovered in the Silurian rocks. They are known also as oolitic fossils ;
it is however in rocks of the cretaceous age that their fossil remains are found
in greatest number and beauty.

Living star-fishes are found in various depths of water, and on all varieties of
sea-bottom : some live among rocks ; such are usually so formed as to adapt them
conveniently to their habitat, have long and round arms and well-knit skeletons.
Others living upon mud are more or less stellate and flattened. Pentagonal
species live in all localities, and those with large marginal plates are usually
from the deep sea in our regions, though in tropical countries they are found on
the coral sand near the shore and in shallow water.

The skeleton of the star-fish is a very complex and beautiful organism. It is
composed of an immense number of little bones (ossicula), which are so articu-
lated with each other, as to form a framework of great perfection and elegance.
The ossicula vary in form in the several parts of the skeleton. The careful de-
termination of their forms is of great consequence to the palaeontologist, as no
other parts of the animal are preserved in the fossil state. Fortunately the shape
of an ossicle is as truly indicative of genus and species among the star-fishes, as
that of a bone among the vertebrata ; but hitherto little has been done in the
study of the skeleton of the Asteriadse, and fossil species have mostly been defined
on purely empirical characters.

Every star-fish presents an upper and an under surface or disc, which in certain
tribes are margined by two or more rows of large plates (marginal plates or
ossicles). The centre of the disc is of greater or less extent according as the
arms which radiate from it are longer or shorter. The surface is covered with
a membranous and porous skin supported by small ossicula, various in form
and more or less closely placed together. These extend over the surface of the
arms also. On one side of the centre is a little plate different from all the others
and marked by radiating grooves. This is the madreporiform tubercle ; not far
from it, in most star-fishes, is a small pore regarded as an anal aperture. The
surface of the plates of the disc and arms often bears spines, granules or tubercles ;
also the curious pincer-like bodies called pedicellaria:. At the extremities of the

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 327

arms the plates are modified to form an eyelid or protecting apparatus for the
rudimentary eye which is at the end of each. The centre of the under surface of
the disc presents the mouth with its protecting apparatus. In the cavity are the
viscera of digestion ; from the mouth run as many long grooves as there are
arms ; they extend to the ends of the latter. These grooves are bordered by pe-
culiar plates (ambulacral plates or ossicula), and mark the course of the aquiferous
system of vessels, which in the living animal supply and inject with fluid the
contractile tubes or suckers which fill the grooves, and by means of which the
creature walks. In the interior of the arms extend the ramified ovaries, which
have their openings in the interspaces. The surface of the under disc not oc-
cupied by the ambulacral plates is supported by ossicula, similar, but not quite
of the same form, with those of the upper surface.

These arrangements are somewhat different in the Ophiuridee or brittle stars.
In this tribe the ovaries do not extend into the arms ; the disc is round and
shaped like a piece of money. It is usually covered with plates and spines, and
presents a pair of peculiar plates opposite the origin of each of the five arms ;
the latter are slender and snake-like, and extend to considerable distances from
the body. In the living state the Brittle-stars are very active animals, but very
fragile and irritable, casting away and breaking into pieces their arms whenever
laid hold of.

Genus OREASTER, Muller and Troschel.

Very convex, more or less stellato-pentagonal star-fishes, having strongly con-
structed skeletons, often bearing on the disc large tubercles or spines. Two
rows of large plates form the borders.

This genus is synonymous with Pentaceros of Linck, but that name is objection-
able, since it has been applied to a genus of fishes by Cuvier and Valenciennes. It
formed part of Goniaster as defined by Agassiz. The fossil species are found in
the upper and lower chalk, and some of them bear considerable affinity to exist-
ing forms. Those now living are all tropical, and often of very great size.

Oreaster coronatus. (Tab. XXI. fig. 7, 7 a, 7 b, 7 c, 7 d.) R. 4.
Body pentagonal with prolonged arms ; disc thick, convex, and coronated with
a circle of large, more or less polygonal nodose pyramidal tubercles (spines).
Ossicles of disc variable in size and very irregular in shape ; those towards the
centre for the most part largest.

2 u 2

328 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

Arms bordered by two rows of plates (marginal ossicula) ; those of the supe-
rior row transversely oblong, lobed, convex, marginated, centrally punctated
and imbricated ; the inferior border composed of more regular, very long, curved,
margined, obliquely truncated plates. Between the two series are small tuber-
cular ossicles. The summit of the arms is flat, and composed of a central series
of depressed, middle-sized, lobed, oblong ossicles with intermediate smaller
ones.

Lower chalk, Washington, Sussex. Mrs. Smith of Tonbridge Wells has a
beautiful example of this species found in Kent.

Oreaster Boysii. (Tab. XXI. fig. 6.) R. 4, Kent.

Body pentagonal with prolonged arms. Disc convex, with a circle of large,
subglobose, margined, punctated tubercles (spines), and intermediate smaller
ones, similar but depressed. Rays steep-sided, bordered by oblong, margined,
imbricated, centrally punctated plates, forming two rows. There are a few in-
termediate ossicles on the upper surface of the arms near their bases.

Upper chalk, Kent. The specimen figured was discovered by Major Boys,
and formed part of his interesting collection.

Oreaster squamatus. (Tab. XXIII. fig. 7.) R. 4.

Disc and arms similar in shape to 0. coronatus, the former covered in the centre
with large, depressed, conoidal, truncated, polygonal ossicles, of which there are
nine and a central one ; also a few intermediate smaller ones. The remainder
and less convex portion composed of lobed, imbricated, convex ossicles, very
nearly of a size. A double series of these, with a single set of small intermediate
ossicles, go to form the summits of the arms, the sides of which are formed by a
double series of oblique subreniform plates.

Upper chalk, Kent ; in Mr. Catt's cabinet.

Oreaster bulbiferus. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 7.) R. 2.

Disc very convex, covered in the centre with flat, many-lobed, punctated plates,
some of which are very large. Opposite the origin of each ray is a large tuber-
cular, very convex conic plate, with a wide and lobed base. The surface of all
these plates is punctated ; a few similar plates, but less, and more regular in
form, run down the origins of the arms. They gradually decrease and separate
the origins of two series of transversely oblong, overlapping, lobed, bordered

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 329

and centrally punctated plates, which alternate at the sides with a smaller row,
and these are succeeded by smaller ones.

The extremity of each ray is swollen into a pyriform shape, forming an eye-
protecting apparatus. The summit of this is formed by very large convex, sub-
globose punctated plates which correspond to those at the origin of the ray.
These alternate at the sides with five very large, nearly flat, oblong, similarly
ornamented plates, which articulate with others half their size, corresponding to
the inferior row ; beneath them are others much smaller, which (with minute
ossicles) border the avenue, corresponding to the under row. All the plates of
the bulbous terminations of the arms are much larger than those to which they
correspond, except the last.

This is one of the handsomest and most curious of all the fossil star-fishes.
It is seldom seen perfect. One or two living species of Oreaster have a similar,
but not equal development of the plates at the extremities of the rays. The spe-
cimen figured is from Kent, and in the collection of Mr. Catt, who has also an
example of this species from Sussex. It is also in the cabinet of the Marquis
of Northampton, Mr. Bowerbank, and Mr. Tennant.

Oreaster pistilliferus. (Tab. XXI. fig. 1 5.)

A species very distinct from those just described, and remarkable for bearing
towards the circumference of the disc five elongated, conical, nearly smooth
rounded spines or prolonged tubercles ; their summits obtuse, round and slightly
swollen ; their bases much but regularly dilated. The ossicula of the arms are
nearly equal and regularly arranged in longitudinal series. Each ossicle is trans-
versely somewhat shuttle-shaped, rather narrow, turnid in the centre, and slightly
impressed towards each extremity.

Upper chalk, Kent and Wiltshire.

Oreaster ocellatus. (Tab. XXI. fig. 13.) R. 4.

Large irregular, nodose ossicles in the shape of depressed spheroids with
truncated and finely radiated summits, and ocellato-punctated sides ; small im-
pressed and angulated ossicula are interspersed.

Evidently the fragments of a very distinct species of Oreaster.

Upper chalk, Sussex and Kent.

330 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

Oreaster obtusus. (Tab. XXI. fig. 12.) R. 4.

The very obtuse extremities of the arms of an Oreaster distinct from any of
the preceding. The marginal plates of this species are greatly enlarged, and
there are no intermediate central ossicula. The superior marginals are regularly
curved, oblong, convex, and punctate ; the inferiors are similar, but smaller.
Two series of minute ossicles, each of which is furrowed by three grooves, border
the avenues ; they bear small spines.

Upper chalk, Lancing, Sussex.

Genus GONIASTER, Agassiz.

This genus, as established by Professor Agassiz (Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neuchatel,
1835), included all those pentagonal star-fishes which have their margins bordered
by a double series of large plates bearing spines, and the upper surface nodulose.
The species composing it are grouped by Miiller and Troschel in their ' System
der Asteriden,' under their genera Oreaster, Astrogonium and Goniodiscus. Mr.
Gray's genera Hippasterias, Goniaster, Pentagonaster, Tosia, Paulia, Randasia and
Anthenea, are synonymous with Goniaster, excluding Oreaster,

I restrict the name Goniaster to the more or less pentagonal or slightly
stellate, depressed star-fishes, margined by a double series of large plates which
are bordered, or in many cases covered by granules (minute spines) ; these in
fossil specimens are most frequently rubbed away. The avenues are bordered by a
double series of short spines ; the inner series are transverse and often comb-
like. The ambulacral plates are furrowed. In many species the superior
lateral plates at the extremity of the arms are enlarged so as to form subsidiary
eye-plates. Such have a definite and small number of intermediate laterals,
usually 4, 6 or 8. They form the subgenus Goniodiscus. The species, in which
the lateral plates are numerous and even decrease to the extremities of the some-
what produced rays, may be arranged under the subgeuus Astrogonium. The
fossil chalk species of both genera are most nearly allied to tropical forms.

SECTION I.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) rugatus. (Tab. XXI. fig. 2 & 2*.) R. 2.

Body pentagonal, with short angles and nearly straight sides. Superior in-
termediate marginal plates four, oblong convex, gibbous, rugose in consequence

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 331

of bearing two, three or more rows of obtuse tubercles, which are sometimes ob-
solete, and when present form a ridge on their centres. Inferior marginals
smooth, or minutely punctate. Superior oculars triangular ; not so long or
broad as the laterals : in other respects similar to them. Ossicula of disc hex-
agonal, granulated, unequal.

Not a rare species from the upper chalk ; variable. The specimen engraved
is from the cabinet of the late Channing Pearce, found in Wiltshire ; it occurs
also in Kent and Sussex.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) uncatus. (Tab. XXI. fig. 4, 5, 8.) C.

Body pentagonal, with projecting angles and nearly straight sides. Superior
intermediate marginal plates four, broad, tumid and centrally rugose, with an
impressed nail-like border on the inner side : externally sloping, and marked
with a broad nearly obsolete groove. Inferior laterals plain, broader than the
superior, smooth or minutely punctate. Superior oculars acuminate, triangular,
marginate, mitrate, tumid and irregular centrally. Ossicles of disc rather large,
hexagonal, punctate. Madreporiform tubercle flat, small, polygonal.

A common species. Easily distinguished by the large, pointed, and as if
pinched pair of ocular plates at each angle. Kent and Sussex.

The specimen figured, from Mr. Pearce's cabinet, was discovered in the Wilt-
shire chalk.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) sublunatus.

Body pentagonal, with gently lunated sides. Superior intermediate marginal
plates four, nearly equal, plain, smooth or minutely punctate. Inferiors similar.
Superior oculars mitrate, large, triangular, acuminated. Ossicula of disc
punctate.

Easily distinguished from the last species by its flattened marginals and from
the next by its lunated sides.

Mus. Bowerbank, from the white chalk ; also in the collection of the Geolo-
gical Survey.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) Hunteri. (Tab. XXI. fig. 1.) C.

(Goniaster regularis, Mantell, Medals, vol. i. p. 335, cut 73.)
Body very obtusely pentagonal, sides nearly straight or projecting. Superior

332 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

intermediate marginal plates four, equal, broadly oblong, coarsely mammillato-
punctate, conspicuously marginated. Inferiors similar. Superior oculars large,
depressed, rather obtuse, similar to the intermediate laterals, but broader out-
wardly and slightly tumid. Ossicula of disc hexagonal.

Upper chalk. A very fine species, not uncommon. The specimen figured
formed part of John Hunter's collection, and may be seen in the College of
Surgeons.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) Parkinsoni. (Tab. XXI. fig. 10, 11 ;
Tab. XXII. fig. 4, 5, 7.) C.

(Asterias regularis, Parkinson, O. R. iii. t. 1. f. 3.)

Body pentagonal, with gently lunated sides. Superior intermediate marginal
plates six, oblong, plain, gently curved, granulato-punctate or nearly smooth,
and margined according to their state of preservation. Inferiors wider. Supe-
rior oculars triangular, obtuse, as long and much broader externally than the
laterals, gibbously convex, sculptured like the rest. Ossicles of disc hexago-
nal, granulated. Ambulacral ossicula transversely oblong, 3-4-grooved. Oral
plates broadly triangular.

The commonest of all the white chalk star-fishes. Parkinson wrongly identified
it with the figure and name of a living species.

Upper and lower chalk. Kent, Sussex, &c.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) Mantelli. (Tab. XXIII. fig. 1 1 & 12.) C.

(Asterias semilunatus, Parkinson.)
(Goniaster semilunata, Mantell, Medals, vol. i. p. 338, cut 75.)

Body pentagonal, with lunate sides and projecting angles. Superior inter-
mediate marginal plates six, oblong, narrow, tumid, abrupt, punctate, marginate :
markings distant and coarse, sometimes presenting the appearance of moniliform
granules. Inferiors nearly plain. Superior oculars much larger than the mar-
ginals, very prominent, punctate. Ossicula of disc punctate.

Some specimens of this not rare upper chalk species approach very near the
last, but usually they are easily distinguished.

Parkinson wrongly identified it with the figure and name of a recent species.

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 333

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) Bowerbankii. (Tab. XXII. fig. 4.) R. 3.

Body pentagonal, sides very slightly lunated, superior intermediate marginal
plates eight, rather narrowly oblong, flattened, margined, punctate. Inferiors
similar. Superior oculars triangular, obtuse, punctate. Ossicles of the disc gra-
nulated.

Rather larger than G. Parkinsoni, and easily distinguished from all its allies by
the eight superior intermediate marginals.

From the upper chalk of Kent.

Goniaster (Goniodiscus) compactus. (Tab. XXII. fig. 3.) R. 4.

Body pentagonal with straight sides. Superior intermediate marginal plates
six, very narrow, tumid along their centres, smooth except at their edges where
there is a row of punctations, abrupt at their sides with rounded angles : inferiors
rather wider and not so abrupt. Superior oculars triangular, shorter than the
laterals, gibbosely tumid towards their obtuse points. Ossicles of disc punctate.

About the size of G. uncatus, and intermediate in aspect between that species
and G. rugatus, but differing materially from either.

Upper chalk of Haughton, Sussex. In the cabinet of G. A. Coombe, Esq.

SECTION II.

Goniaster (Astrogonium) lunatus, Woodward, Geol. Norf. t. 5. f. 1 .

(Tab. XXIII. fig. 7.)

Body stellate-pentagonal, sides lunate. Each side bordered by two rows (a
superior and inferior) of twelve or more slightly tumid, curved, oblong, lineato-
punctate, moniliformly-pitted, narrowly margined plates. Those of the inferior
series often bear groups of small raised tubercles. Ambulacral ossicles 4-5-
grooved, bearing very short obtuse spines. Similar spines appear to have been
scattered over the under surface. Ossicula of disc mostly quadrate ; punctate
like the plates.

Upper chalk of Wiltshire, Kent, and Sussex, from C. Pearce's cabinet.

Goniaster (Astrogonium) latus. (Tab. XXIII. fig. 4 & 5.) R. 2.

Body pentagonal, with produced angles. Marginal plates of each row more
than 20 on a side, oblong, depressed, closely and almost reticularly pitted with
moniliform pits interspersed. Ossicles of the margins of the rays gradually

2 x

334 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

widening. Ossicula of avenues 6-grooved. Ossicula of disc tetragonal, pitted ;,
those of the rays more or less hexagonal.

A very flat and compressed species.

Lower chalk. Washington and Amberley, Sussex.

Goniaster (Astrogonium) Smithii. (Tab. XXII. fig. 1 & 2.)

Body pentagonal with produced angles. Marginal plates of each row about
40 on a side, the central 12 largest, oblong, slightly tumid, abrupt externally,
punctate. Those of the rays broader with deep and rounded external sides,
subtuberculated in consequence of having articulations for spines, varying from
1-3 in number. Ossicula of disc mostly tetragonal, punctated. Ambulacral
ossicula 3-4-grooved.

Fig. 2. This is one of the most beautiful and perfect star-fishes that have been
discovered. It was found in Kent, and forms part of the valuable collection of
Mrs. Smith of Tonbridge Wells, to whom it is dedicated. Fig. 1 belongs to
Mr. H. Catt, and from Sussex. Both specimens are from the lower chalk. Mr.
Dixon and Mr. Coombe have also this star-fish in sulphuret of iron, discovered
in Amberley pit, Sussex.

Goniaster (Astrogonium) mosa'icus. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 26.)

Body pentagonal with produced angles. Marginal plates of each row nearly
50 on a side, 16 of which belong to the body. These are narrow, curved, very
short above, and minutely punctate ; those of the arms are rather wider. All
are small in proportion to the breadth of the disc. Ossicles of disc polygonal,
punctate.

Lower chalk. In Mr. Bowerbank's, Mrs. Smith's, and Mr. Dixon's cabinets.

Goniaster (Astrogonium) Coombii. (Tab. XXIII. fig. 6.)

Body with deeply lunated sides and tapering angles. Marginal ossicles of each
row above 30 on a side, oblong, slightly convex, coarsely punctate, abrupt at
the sides, those below rounded ; when perfect covered with minute hexagonal
granules. Ambulacral ossicula 3-4-grooved. Ossicles of disc polygonal,
coarsely punctate.

The marginal ossicles of the arms in this species have very angular sides.

Lower chalk. This beautiful and rare specimen was found by G. Coombe,

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 335

Esq. at Balcombe pit, Amberley, and is a distinguished ornament in Mr. Dixon's
cabinet.

Goniaster (Astrogonium) angustatus. (Tab. XXIII. fig. 10.) R. 3.

Body deeply lunated at the sides, and having the angles much produced.
Marginal ossicles of each row about 24 on a side, the 8 central ones nearly
equal ; steep-sided and thick with a short superior surface, tumid and punctate ;
their exposed side smooth. Those of the arms differ from the corresponding
plates in G. Coombii in having more rounded outer sides and less regularly
tumid summits.

Upper chalk, Kent. Two specimens and a fragment in Mr. Bowerbank's col-
lection, also from Sussex ; and a fine specimen in the British Museum.

STELLASTER, Gray (including COMPTONIA, HOSIA and DIAGONA, Gray).

The star-fishes of this genus are five-rayed, and more or less pentagonally
stellate. The upper disc is slightly convex and covered with closely-set penta-
gonal plates, which, when the animal is alive, bear closely-set, very small
granules, giving them a frosted appearance. The interstices of the plates are
porous. In some species, small conical spines are borne on the upper disc at
distant intervals. The madreporiform tubercle is very distinct, and near it is
the vent. The sides are margined by two rows of large plates, those of the
upper and lower row being nearly equal. In some species both upper and lower
marginal plates bear one or more spines, in others the lower only. In rubbed
or dead specimens these spines disappear. Linear sessile pedicellarise are
seen on both marginal and body plates in some living species, but are entirely
absent in others. The rays are terminated by an eye-plate, which is usually larger
than the lateral eye-plates. The avenues are bordered by comb- like series of
spines, backed by a row of stronger ones. The surface of the plates, both of the
margin and disc, is more or less frosted, but is not covered by minute granules.
The living species are tropical or Australian, and fossil ones from the lower
greensand closely approach them in structure.

Stellaster Comptoni, Gray. (Tab. XXII. fig. 8.) R. 2.

Disc broadly pentagonal, with moderately long produced arms. Marginal plates
narrowly oblong, widening on the arms : those bordering the disc superiorly
presenting a great part of their surface. Many of them marked by oblique grooves

2x2

336 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

for the reception of pedicellariae. Ossicles of disc polygonal, those opposite the
arms arranged in rows, the central row longest, and eventually forming broad
plates on the surface towards the terminations of the arms. Many of them,
especially below, marked with grooves for the pedicellariae.

In the collection of the Marquis of Northampton, and in the British Museum.

The Asterias Schultzii of Roemer, from the Quader-sandstein of North Ger-
many, appears to be this species.

Stellaster elegans. (Tab. XXII. fig. 9.) R. 4.

Disc narrow in proportion to the arms, which are long and slowly tapering.
Marginal plates of upper surface centrally narrow widening upon the arms, and
becoming nearly square, rounded at sides. Ossicles of disc forming three ra-
diating rows opposite the arms and becoming rapidly transformed on the latter
into square plates. No traces of pedicellariae.

Differs from the last in proportions, and in the smoothness of its plates, which
present no grooves for the reception of pedicellariae.

In Mr. Bowerbank's collection.

Greensand of Blackdown ; also in the Greensand (upper) at Folkstone, where
it was observed by Capt. Ibbetson and myself.

ARTHRASTER (apOpov a joint, aurnp a star), Forbes.

One of the most beautiful and singular of cretaceous star-fishes is that figured
in Tab. XXIII. fig. 1. It is quite new generically and specifically, and closely
allied to the living genus Ophidiaster, but the ossicula of the arms are very com-
pactly articulated together, and much fewer in number. Their arrangement is
also very different : exclusive of the ambulacral ossicula, which are unknown,
only seven bones enter into the composition of the framework of the arm trans-
versely, and these alternate in such a manner as to form a compact skeleton
without conspicuous interstices. All the seven ossicles are similar in form, each
consisting of a transversely oblong expanded though linear base, terminating at
each end in an acute angle, and bearing along the centre a linear crest or ridge
with steep sides ; the central one is largest. I propose to name this beautiful
species Arthraster Dixoni. The only known specimen consists of the remains
of six or seven long and rounded arms, each of which, when perfect, probably
measured nearly 8 inches. It is from the lower chalk of Balcombe pit, near
Amberley, Sussex.

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 337

Family OPHIURID.E.
Genus OPHIURA, Linn., Ag.

Ophiura serrata, Roemer. (Tab. XXIII. fig. 20.)

This pretty species has been already described in the Geological Proceedings.
It occurs in the white chalk, and was first observed in Germany.

The specimen figured from the collection of the British Museum has a very
perfect disc, showing the plates at the base of the arms ; found by Mr. Dixon in
Kent and Sussex.

SEA-URCHINS.

The Echini or Sea-Urchins are radiated animals of a more or less globular,
egg-shaped or disc-like form, whose bodies are completely encased with shelly
plates, regularly articulated together, and so arranged as to leave conspicuous
openings only for the mouth and vent, the former being invariably on the under
side or base of the body, the latter changing its position in different genera.
From the mouth to the vent, or from the mouth to the dorsal summit, or
around the pores which open into the oviducts, and which are always on the
dorsal surface, there are radiating avenues of pores called ambulacra, out of the
perforations in which are protruded soft sucker-tipped tentacles or feet. The
mouth is often armed with a complicated apparatus of teeth. On the surface of
the plates covering the body are tubercles, bearing articulated to them spines of
various sizes, sometimes very large and heavy. By the joint action of these
spines and the suckers before mentioned, the Sea-Urchins can progress, in a
creeping fashion, with considerable rapidity. Among these spines in many
kinds are found curious, sensitive, minute pincer-like organs called pedicel-
lariae. The fossil Sea-Urchins are all constructed on the same plan with the
living species, but there are several genera among them of which we have no
living examples.

In consequence of the untimely death of the lamented author of this work,
the following catalogue of Echinidee must be little more than a bare enumeration
of the species which he collected in Sussex, or which were contributed for de-
lineation by his friends on account of their beauty or novelty. Several of the

338 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

specimens figured have been returned to their original possessors, or dispersed,
before Mr. Dixon resolved to abandon the task of describing the fossils of this
tribe, and requested my assistance. Some of the rarest and most distinct are
consequently recorded only from the very beautiful drawings in which they are
represented.

Genus CIDARIS, Lamk.

1. C. clavigera, Kb'nig. White chalk.

var. a. communis. (Tab. XXV. fig. 10, 11, 18, 19,20.)

var. b. major. Body larger in proportion to the spines. (Tab. XXV.
fig. 22.)

var. c. minor. Spines longer than usual in proportion to the body,
the larger ones more oblong and with fewer serrated ridges.

In the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Tab. XXV. fig. 14.

2. C. sceptrifera, Mantell. White chalk. (Tab. XXV. figs. 2, 6, 7.)

And var. spinis truncatis. (Tab. XXV. fig. 32, 33.)

3. C. vesiculosa, Goldfuss. White chalk. (Tab. XXV. figs. 1, 4, 13, 21 (not

the spine).

4. C. serrifera, sp. nov. (Tab. XXIV. figs. 15 to 19 ; Tab. XXV. fig. 2.)

Nearly allied to the last species, but differing in several important respects.
Interambulacra composed of large plates with impressed areolse around the
spiniferous tubercles, four to six in the perpendicular row. Tubercles larger in
proportion to the areolae than in the last species. Superior plates with indi-
stinct tubercles, but not so obsolete as in C. vesiculosa. Granulated portion of
the plates finely grained. The sutures are not impressed. The avenues of pores,
of which about fourteen correspond to the largest plate, are broader in propor-
tion to the ambulacra. There is a tubercle between each pore, and an oblong
transverse ridge between each pair.

The spines are long, slender, cylindrical, few- (seven or so) ridged ; ridges
coarsely serrated, the interspaces granulated.

White chalk.

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 339

5. Cidaris Bowerbankii, sp. nov. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 4.)

The body of this Cidaris, which is very nearly allied to C. clavigera, is a de-
pressed spheroid, more compressed above and below than in that species. The
ambulacral segments are slightly broader in proportion to the interambulacrals,
and instead of their breadth being occupied by transverse series of about four
granular tubercles, two of which are very small and inconspicuous, there are
four, or centrally, even six nearly equal granular tubercles in each transverse
row. The large spinigerous tubercles of the ambulacral plates are placed in
areolse, niuch smaller in proportion to the entire body than in clavigera, and the
tubercles themselves are also smaller. The spaces between the rows of spini-
gerous tubercles are wider ; they are thickly studded with nearly equal granules.
The spines are similar in shape to those of clavigera, though rather more in-
versely conical, and none of them appear to have long stems. Their surface is
minutely granulated with small spinous points which are arranged in irregular
rows.

The specimen figured is in the cabinet of Mr. Bowerbank, and came from the
grey chalk of Dover.

6. Cidaris perornata, nov. sp. E. F. White chalk. (Tab. XXV. fig. 8.)
Body melon-shaped. Ambulacral plates large, seven or eight in a row, each
bearing a spiniferous tubercle, in the midst of a very large area, the margins
granulated and the edges bordered with small moniliform granules, the sutures
depressed. Pores of the ambulacral avenues about fifteen to each central plate.
Avenues about one-third the breadth of the ambulacra, which are sutured and
ornamented with a triple series of depressed granules twice repeated, and very
small intermediate ones.

Spines long, cylindrical, several-ridged ; ridges irregular towards the base, ser-
rated, their interstices granulated.

A very beautiful and large species, reminding us of the oolitic C. maximus.

7. Spine of a distinct species, of which the body is unknown. (Tab. XXIV.
fig. 8.)

8. A spine possibly also belonging to a distinct species. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 25.)

340 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

Genus CYPHOSOMA, Agassiz.

This genus differs from Cidaris in having broad and tuberculiferous ambulacral
plates, and from Diadema in the tubercles not being perforated.

1. C. Milleri, Desmarest, Agassiz ; C. granulosus, Goldfuss ; C. Konigi, Mantell.

(Tab. XXIX. figs. 17, 26, 27.). White chalk.

2. C. corollare, Parkinson ? White chalk.

3. C. variolaris, Goldfuss ; ornatissimum and Tiara, Agassiz ? (Tab. XXV. fig. 29.)
White chalk.

4. C. spatulifera, sp. nov. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 20.)

This species is remarkable for its extremely flattened spines, smooth except
near their bases, where they are closely striated. The rows of ambulacral pores
are only slightly undulated superiorly. The spinigerous tubercles are middle-
sized, gradually diminishing, and separated by comparatively few miliary
granules.

Genus GLYPTICUS, Agassiz.
1. G. KonmcMi, Desor?? White chalk. (Tab. XXV. fig. 30.)

Genus ECHINOPSIS, Agassiz.
1. E. pusillus, Roemer. (Tab. XXV. fig. 31.)

Genus SALENIA, Gray.
1. Salenia scutigera, Agassiz, var. ?? (Tab. XXV. fig. 23-25.)

Genus GALERITES, Lamarck.

1. G. albo-galerus, Lamarck (see Desor, Monog. Gal. tab. 1. fig. 4-11, and

tab. 13. fig. 7.)
White chalk of Sussex, &c.

2. G. vulgaris, Lamarck (see Desor, Monog. Gal. tab. 2. fig. 1-10, and tab. 13.

fig. 4-6).
White chalk of Sussex, &c.

3. G. subrotunda, Agassiz (see Desor, Monog. Gal. tab. 2. fig. 11-14).
White chalk of Sussex.

4. G. globulus, Desor (see Desor, Monog. Gal. tab. 4. fig. 1-4).
White chalk of Sussex.

CRETACEOUS ECHINODEKMATA. .'HI

(Subgenus DISCOIDEA.)

1. Galerites (Discoidea) cylindricus, Lamarck. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 3.)
Chalk marl.

2. Galerites (Discoidea) subuculus, var. B.

The little subglobose, white chalk variety. White chalk of Sussex.

3. Galerites (Discoidea) Dixoni, sp. nov. (Tab. XXIV. figs. 13, 14.)

In form and size this species resembles Discoidea subuculus ; also in the pro-
portional' number of ambulacral as compared with the interambulacral plates, and
the granulation of their surfaces. It is distinguished, however, by the proportions
and dimensions of mouth and anus, as compared with the whole ventral surface.
The mouth, instead of being (as in subuculus) nearly equal in diameter to the
distances between its sides and the margin of the inferior surface, is scarcely half
that size, and the anus, instead of occupying the greater part of the space be-
tween the mouth and the margin, fills less than half of it.

White chalk of Sussex.

Genus ANANCHYTES, Lamarck.
1. A. ovata, Lamarck.

var. 1. ovata, Goldf. t. 44. f. 1 .
var. 2. striata, Lamk.

A. conoideus, Goldf. t. 44. f. 2.
var. 3. gibba, Lamk.

A. striata, Goldf. t. 44. f. 3.
White chalk of Sussex, &c.

Genus HOLASTER, Agassiz.

1. Holaster subglobosus, (sp.) Leske. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 1; and, variety,

Tab. XXIV. fig. 2.)
Chalk-marl.

2. Holaster planus, Mantell (Geol. Suss. pi. 17. f. 9-21).
Chalk -marl.

3. Holaster pillula, Lamarck. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 10-12).
White chalk of Sussex.

2 Y

342 CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA.

4. Holaster cor-avium, Lamarck ? (Tab. XXIV. fig. 7 ; figs. 8 & 9

the anal plates.)

The curious species of Holaster, figured as above, is referred with doubt to the
Ananchytes cor-avium of Lamarck, with the brief notices of which it agrees very
well. Unfortunately there is no good figure of the Lamarckian species for
comparison.

From the white chalk of Sussex.

Genus MICRASTER, Agassiz.

1. Micraster gibbus (Spatangus}, Lamarck. (Tab. XXIV. figs. 5, 6.)
This is not the Spatangus gibbus of Goldfuss. The Micraster gibbus of Agassiz
and Desor is said, in the ' Catalogue Raisonne des Echinides,' to have very
slightly impressed ambulacra. The species here figured, however, has the
avenues rather strongly impressed. It agrees so well with the figures in the
' Encyclopedic Methodique ' (pi. 156. figs. 4-6), referred to by Lamarck as re-
presenting his Spatangus gibbus, that I do not hesitate to identify it with that
species.

Chalk of Sussex.

2. Micraster cor-bovis, sp. nov. E. F. (Tab. XXIV. figs. 3, 4.)
The body of this fine and large Micraster is ovate and slightly cordate, broad-
est in the region of the antero-lateral ambulacra. The posterior end is obtusely
subtruncated. The dorsal surface is depressed and but slightly elevated in the
anterior region above the rest of its surface. The ovarian circle is placed nearer
the anterior than the posterior end. The frontal groove is shallow. The lateral
ambulacra are placed in gentle depressions. The postero-lateral ambulacra are
very short, and little more than half the length of the antero-laterals. There
are about thirty pair of pores in each row in the latter, and about seventeen in
each row in the former. The larger tubercles of the dorsal plates are much
scattered and minute in proportion to the size of the shell. The interstices
are minutely granulated. The areolated tubercles of the ventral surface are also
proportionally small. The post-oral spinous space is triangularly lanceolate.
Length 3 inches ; breadth 2 inches ^ths ; height 1 inch
Chalk of Sussex.

CRETACEOUS ECHINODERMATA. 343

CRINOIDS.

In the plates to this work, many very interesting and beautiful specimens of
cretaceous Crinoidea are figured. The originals of these figures had not been
submitted to my examination before the author's death, and many of them are
in private collections to which I have no access. I can therefore offer only a
few notes which may serve as a clue in consulting the figures.

MARSUPITES, Mantell.

Three species of this curious genus are represented in Tab. XX. The
figures 4, 5 & 9 agree well with the Morsupites Milleri of Dr. Mantell. Fig. 10
appears to be a variety of Marsupites ornatus, Miller ; and fig. 8, from a speci-
men in the rich collection of Mr. Catt of Brighton, is probably new. If so, it
might be appropriately named Marsupites lavigatus, since it is distinguished
from all its allies by having smooth plates, undulated however by strong radia-
ting ribs.

APIOCRINUS, Miller.

The figures in the lower portion of Tab. XX., from 11 to 39, possibly include
representations of fragments of more than one cretaceous species of this genus,
but probably for the most part belong to the Apiocrinus ellipticus of Miller.

PENTACRINUS, Miller.

Several fragments of the stems of this genus are figured in Tab. XX., and
appear to belong to several distinct species. Fig. 1 is from Washington, Sussex.
Fig. 2 is from Bromley in Kent. Fig. 3 is a portion of a Kent Pentacrinite in
Mr. Call's colleclion. Fig. 6 is from Houghlon in Sussex.

In Tab. XIX. fig. 2, is a represenlalion of Ihe finest specimen of a chalk Pen-
tacrinus extant. It is in Mr. Call's collection, and a minule analysis of il would
go far lo clear up Ihe obscurily al present affecting our knowledge of the cre-
taceous Penlacriniles. A recenl Pentacrinile, fig. 1 , is figured in the same plate
for comparison. Figs. 3 to 15 are portions of chalk Pentacrini.

344 CRETACEOUS CRUSTACEA.

Notes on the Crustacea of the Chalk Formation. By PROFESSOR
THOMAS BELL, Sec. R.S.

CRUSTACEA.

MACROURA.

Palasastacus Dixoni, Bell. (Tab. XXXVIII*. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.)

The unique and beautiful fossil, represented of the natural size in figs. 1 & 2,
appertains to a species of a Macrourous genus nearly allied to Astacus and
Homarus, to which I have applied the name of Palceastacus Dixoni. It is
characterized by the extremely tuberculous surface of the whole of the crust,
passing into spines on the sides of the abdominal segments. The transverse
division of the exterior caudal lamina was so slightly indicated in this specimen
as scarcely to be recognizable ; but the whole character of the animal points out
clearly its close affinity to the typical Astacida. The division in the caudal
lamina above adverted to is perhaps to be traced in tig. 5.

The carapace in this species exhibits the nearly cylindrical form of the lobster
and the crayfish, but is a little more contracted anteriorly ; the rostrum is tri-
angular and slightly spinous at the sides, as seen in figs. 1 & 3. The different
kinds of tubercles are very remarkably distinguished on different portions of the
carapace, and are separated by a distinct line of demarcation. Thus the lateral
and latero-posterior portion, comprising the whole of the branchial region, is
covered only with small, close, and low tubercles ; whilst the anterior and
median portion, covering the hepatic, gastric, genital and cardiac regions, has in
addition to the slightly tuberculated surface, a considerable number of large and
distinct tubercles. The claws, which are very large in proportion to the size of
the animal, are covered with still larger and more elevated tubercles than those
of the carapace. The hand is robust, rounded, and almost ventricose ; and the
fingers meet only at the points, the immoveable one being straight and the other
considerably curved. Judging from the fragments of the smaller legs which
remain, these were doubtless, as in the other species of the family, slender and
filiform. The segments of the abdomen are studded, particularly at the sides,
with strong, almost spinous tubercles ; the terminal segment, or middle lamina
of the tail, is rounded at the extremity and tuberculated over the surface.

CRETACEOUS CRUSTACEA. 345

Fig. 3. A fragment of the same species, consisting of the anterior part of the
carapace and part of the left claw.

Fig. 4. A fragment too imperfect to afford any satisfactory determination of
its true characters. The thick, short hand has the appearance of a monstrosity
or of a restored limb.

Fig. 5. This is probably a younger, and perhaps a female specimen of the
same species as figs. 1 & 2.

Paleeastacus macrodactylus, Bell. (Tab. XXXVIII*. fig. 6.)

Two claws of a very different form from those of the other species, in which
the hand is comparatively much shorter, and the fingers much longer and more
slender, both being curved equally and in the same direction, so that they are in
contact through their whole length. This specimen may be referred provisionally
to a species called Palceastacus macrodactylus.

Fig. 7. Inner view of the claw of probably another species of the same or a
nearly allied genus.

BRACHYURA.

Platypodia Oweni, Bell. (Tab. XXXVIII*. fig. 9.)

The carapace, fig. 9, obviously belongs to a species of Platypodia, to which I
beg to give the name of PI. Oweni, as one which my lamented friend Mr. Dixon
would have been particularly pleased to recognize and sanction.

GRAPSIFORM BRACHYURE. (Tab. XXXVIII*. fig. 12.)

The figure above-cited represents certain legs of one of the most remarkable
forms hitherto observed amongst the fossil Crustacea of the chalk. The general
primd facie character of the two larger feet gives the impression that they belong
to a Grapsus, or to one of the land-crabs, or some allied form ; but the small
foot posterior to them leads almost to the conclusion that the species belonged
to that aberrant type in which the posterior feet are diminutive and almost rudi-
mentary. The claw, fig. 1 1 a, obviously belongs to the same species, and is very
grapsoid in its character.

346 CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

Descriptions of the Shells of the Chalk Formation.
By JAMES DE CARLE SOWERBY, Esq.

MOLLUSCA.

BRACHIOPODA.

Terebratula sexradiata. (Tab. XXVII. fig. 10.)

SPEC. CHAR. Lenticular subpentagonal, minutely granulated ; central area
flattened with three obscure rays on each side ; beak very short with a large
aperture.

Somewhat resembling Magas pumila in form, but the valves are both convex ;
the rays, which form its strongest character, are slightly elevated.

Terebratula Bulla. (Tab. XXVII. fig. 1 1 .)

SPEC. CHAR. Short oval, inflated, smooth ; beak incurved, with a round aper-
ture in the adpressed apex ; front broad, elevated.

More elongated and larger than Terebratula subglobosa.

Terebratula;. (Tab. XXVII. figs. 15, 16, 17.)

In the present unsettled state of the genus Terebratula, I will not venture to
name these shells from the single specimens which alone have come into my
hands.

CONCHIFERA DIMYARIA.

Teredo rotundus. (Tab. XXVIII. figs. 27 & 28.)

SPEC. CHAR. Nearly globose, finely striated ; anterior extremity nearly
closed, posterior extremity short.

A small shell from the chalk of Kent.
Mus. Sowerby.

Ledapulchra. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 10.)

SPEC. CHAR. Ovate ventricose, concentrically striated ; posterior lobe small,
pointed, beak-shaped.

Found in the chalk of Kent.

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 347

Modiola quadrata. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 13.)
SPEC. CHAR. Elongated, curved, longitudinally punctato-striated, gibbose ;

sides and disc flattened.

The sides and middle of this shell are so flattened as to give a nearly square

section.

Lower chalk.

CONCHIFERA MONOMYARIA.

Lima l&viuscula. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 14.)

SPEC. CHAR. Semicircular, anteriorly truncated, one side straight, com-
pressed ; surface marked with numerous radiating striae.
An imperfect specimen.

Lima? spinosa. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 33.)

SPEC. CHAR. Semicircular, anteriorly truncated, ribbed ; surface minutely
corrugated ; ribs numerous, rounded, with here and there a squamaform
spine.

A rare shell. The generic characters are imperfectly shown in the specimen.

Lima granosa. (Tab. XXVIII. figs. 24 & 25.)

SPEC. CHAR. Oblong or elongated, slightly compressed, striated with granu-
lated interstices ; striae numerous, equidistant, radiating ; hinge-line short ; ears
small, indistinct.

This neat, well-defined species of Lima seems to be liable to much variation in
its general form ; one valve is flat ; the lines of growth are conspicuous at di-
stant intervals.

Pecten jugosus. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 26.)

SPEC. CHAR. Orbicular, flat, radiated with ribs and striae ; ribs about fifteen,
broad, slightly elevated, angular in their middle ; ears large and narrow, ribbed ;
lines of growth irregular ; striae few.

The ears of this Pecten are shorter than the diameter of the shell ; the ribs are
so wide as to meet each other with their flat inclined sides ; they are very
slightly raised. At first sight this bears some resemblance to P. Beaveri, but the
ears are much smaller and the ribs sharp in the middle.

348 CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

Pecten Asellus. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 5.)

SPEC. CHAR. Suborbicular, radiated, squamose ; radii about ten, acute ; ears
distinct, long and narrow, squamose at the edge.

Well-distinguished by its long, narrow, free or distinct ears ; only one speci-
men has fallen under our notice.

Plagiostoma Hoperi, var. (Tab. XXVIII. fig. 21.)

This variety strongly resembles Lima Santonensis of D'Orbigny. The species
varies much in form as well as in the number of striae.

Ostrea virgata. (Tab. XXVII. fig. 1.)

SPEC. CHAR. Orbicular, convex, ornamented with numerous, branching, thin
ridges ; surface otherwise nearly smooth.

Remarkable for the thin ribs on the surface, by which, although the specimen
is very imperfect, this shell is readily defined.

MOLLUSCA GASTEROPODA.

Dentalium? difforme. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 10.)

SPEC. CHAR. Tube irregular, ribbed ; ribs about seven, prominent, rounded,
crossed by indistinct lines of growth ; mouth small.

Although this shell is irregular and strongly ribbed, yet its general form is
that of a Dentalium ; it tapers too quickly for a Serpula, and shows no mark of
having been attached to any other body.

Occurs in chalk marl.

Hipponyx? (Pileopsis?). (Tab. XXVII. fig. 8.)

We have not seen the free valve of this shell, and cannot therefore determine
the species. The gradual progress of the animal in changing its position is well
shown. Similar specimens occur in the neighbourhood of Valognes in Normandy.

Emarginula affinis. (Tab. XXVII. figs. 20 & 25.)

SPEC. CHAR. Conical, obtuse, with many thin ribs connected by regular lines
of growth ; mouth oval.

The striae between the ribs, which give a cancellated figure to most of the

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 349

species of this genus, are numerous and slender in the one before us. The vertex
is slightly bent forward.

Fig. 25 represents the cast of the surface in the chalk.

Avellana. (Tab. XXVII. fig. 34.)

The toothed aperture and large blunt spire distinguish this from similar shells
(especially Cassis Avellana of Brongniart) grouped under this genus by D'Orbigny.

Scalaria compacta. (Tab. XXVII. fig. 32.)

SPEC. CHAR. Whorls rather square, close ; ribs very numerous, slightly
elevated.

A very defective specimen is the only one we have seen of this species.

Solarium catenatum. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 5.)

SPEC. CHAR. Depressed ; margin smooth ? ; upper surface of each whorl
marked with a concentric band of four or five striae, which approach each other
at regular intervals, so as to resemble an ornamented chain.

The under surface of this shell is unknown to us.

Pleurotomaria perspectiva. (Tab. XXVII. fig. 27.)
This beautiful specimen is from Buriton in Kent.

Turbo gemmatus. (Tab. XXVII. figs. 26 & 33.)

SPEC. CHAR. Conical, short, with six spiral, beaded ridges on each whorl
and about as many on the base, the lower ridges less deeply cut than the two or
three upper ones ; umbilicus open.

A common shell in the chalk of Kent. Can it be Cirrus striatus ? of Wood-
ward's Geol. of Norfolk, tab. 6. f. 20 ?

*

Turritella turbinata. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 2.)

SPEC. CHAR. Conical, elongated, concentrically striated ; striae very nume-
rous ; the lower part of each whorl slightly convex.

Shorter than most species of Turritella, and the largest of the genus.
Found in chalk marl.

2z

350 CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

Cassidaria incerta. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 7.)

This is evidently Pterocera incerta of D'Orbigny, but why he has referred it to
Pterocera, I am at a loss to guess. The present specimen is sufficiently perfect
to show that it belongs to the genus Cassidaria. The Dolium nodosum (Min.
Conch, t. 426 &427) is nearly related, and may even be an old specimen of the
same species D'Orbigny obtained from the lower chloritic chalk of Mans.

Found in Sussex.

CEPHALOPODA.

Hamites angustus. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 12.)

SPEC. CHAR. Much elongated, scarcely diminishing in breadth, compressed ;
sides ribbed ; ribs numerous, rounded, equal, discontinued over the concave
margin.

A remarkable species.

Turrilites triplicatus. (Tab. XXIX. fig. 16.)

SPEC. CHAR. Much elongated, costated ; volutions convex ; costse obliterated
near the lower part of the whorl by a plain band, below which are three rows of
small tubercles united by three spiral ridges.

This species is distinguished from all others by the triple row of small tubercles
at the base of each whorl. The costae are numerous, distinct and rounded, and
each has a slight constriction before it reaches the obliterating band. I have
seen specimens much larger than the one figured.

351

CATALOGUE

OF THE

ORGANIC REMAINS OF INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS

FROM

THE CHALK FORMATION.

PLANTS.

(Dicotyledonous and Coniferous Woods in Flint. Also Palm Wood. Tab. XVI.)

AMORPHOZOA.

(Choanites or Ventriculites, perhaps Sponges, in Flint. Tab. XVII.)

ZOOPHYTA.

FORAMINIFERA.
NAUTILOIDEA.

British localities. Foreign localities.

CRISTELLARIA ROTULATAjC. Tab. XXVII. f. 19 Everywhere.

jyOrbig. Mem. Soc. Geol. de la France, v. 4. 26.
t. 2. f. 17, 18. Morris, 61. Lenticulites rotu-
lata, Lam. Hist. Nat. v. 7. 620. Nautilus
Comptoni, Min. Con. t. 121.

2 z2

352 CRETACEOUS CORALS.

TURBINOIDEA.

British localities. Foreign localities.

LITUOLA NAUTILOIDEA, C. Tab. XXVII. f. 14. England generally. France, &c.

Lam. Ann. du Mus. v. 5. 243. t. 62. f. 12.

D'Orbiy. Mem. Soc. Geol. de la France, v. 4.

29. t. 2. f. 28. Morris, 62.
ROTALIA ? C. Tab. XXVII. f. 14. Brighton. Chiches-

Rotalia, Mantell, Phil. Trans. 1846, 465. ter, &c.

t. 21. f. 12.

ANTHOZOA.
FUNGINA.

MONOCARYA CENTRALIS, Tab. XVIII. f. 1-10.
- CULTRATA, Tab. XVIII. f. 11-13.

DIBLASUS GREVENSIS, Tab. XVIII. f. 14-28.
AXOGASTER CRETACEA, Tab. XVIII. f. 29-34.
EPIPHAXCM AULOPOROIDES, Tab. XVIII. f. 35*-37.
SPINOPORA DIXONI, Tab. XVIII. f. 38, 39.
STEPHANOPHYLLIA MICHELINI, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 12.

BRYOZOA.

TUBULIPOREDA.

ALECTO RAMEA, Tab. XVIII. f. 35 J, 40, 41.

GRACILIS, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 1.

DIASTOPOHA SOWERBYI, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 2.

RAMOSA, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 1.

Tab. XVIII. A. f. 3; and Tab. XVIIL f. 35*.

CLYPEINA TUB^FORMIS, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 4.
IDMONEA CRETACEA, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 5.
DESMEOPORA SEMICYLINDRICA, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 6.
PETALOPORA PULCHELLA, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 7.

PUSTULOSA, Tab. XVIII. A. f. 8.

HOLOSTOMA CONTINGENS, Tab. XVIIL A. f. 9.

SlPHONIOTYPHLUS PLUMATUS, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 2.
HOMEOSOLEN RAMULOSUS, Tab. XVIIL B. f. 3-5.

CRETACEOUS SHELLS. 353

CELLEPORIDA.

ATAOMA PAPULARIUM, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 6.
M uuii.NARiA RCEMERI, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 7.

ESCHARINA INTRICATA, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 8.

FLUSTRA INELEGANS, Tab. XVIII. B. f. 9.

ECHINODERMATA.

Tabs. XIX. to XXV., & Tab. XXIX. figs. 1, 3 & 4.
(See the Table and Descriptions furnished by Prof. E. Forbes, pp. 325-34.)

ARTICULATA.

ANNELIDA.
SERPULACEA.

British localities.

SERPULA PLEXUS, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 12. Min. Norwich. Kent, &c. Isle of Wight
Con. t. 598. f. 1. Morris, 66. and Blackdown (jrreensand).

- ANNULATA, new, R. 4. Tab. XXIX. f. 9.

CIRRIPEDIA.
PEDUNCULATA.

XIPHIDIUM MAXIMUM, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 6^8. Norwich. Kent, &c.
Pollicipes maximus, Min. Con. t. 606. f. 3.
Morris, 68.

ANOUSTUM, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVIII.

f. 9.

354

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

MOLLUSCA.

BRACHIOPODA.

HIPPURITES MORTONI, R. 3. Tab. XXVI. Man-
tell, Geol. S.-East of Engl. 130. Morris, 118.

CRANIA PARISIENSIS, C. Tab. XXVII. f. 9.
Def. Diet, des Sc. Nat. v. 1 1 . 313. Lam. Hist.
Nat. v. 6. 239. Mm. Con. 408. Morris, 121.
Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 293. t. 162. f. 8.

- COSTATA, R. 1. Tab. XXVII. f. 4 & 5.
Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 294. t. 162. f. 11.

- STRIATA, R. 1. Tab. XXVII. f. 6. Def.
Diet, des Sc. Nat. v. 11. 313. Lam. Hist.
Nat. v. 6. 239. His. Petr. Suec. t. 3. f. 12 ?
Woodward, Geol. Norf. t. 6. f. 15. Morris, 121.
Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 294. t. 162. f. 10.

TEREBRATULA SEXRADiATA,new,R.4. Tab. XXVII.

f. 10.
BULLA, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVII.

f. 11.
TEREBRATULA, three species, Tab. XXVII.

figs. 15, 16, 17.

- STRIA-TULA, V.C. Tab. XXVII.

f. 21. Mantett, Geol. Suss. 131. t. 25. f. 7, 8,

12. Min. Con. t. 536. f. 3-5. Morris, 136.

British localities. Foreign localities.

Lewes. Kent.

Sussex. Kent. Nor- France,
folk, &c.

Norfolk. Nehou. Riga.

Sussex. Norfolk. Sweden.

Every where in chalk. France. Sweden,
Kent, in London &c.
clay, also recent.

CONCHIFERA DIMYARIA.

PHOLADARIA.

TEREDO AMPHISBOJNA, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 35. Sussex. Kent. Nor- Maestricht. West-
Min. Con. 7. 17. t. 618. f. 3, 4. Morris, 102. folk. phalia.

Serpula amphisbcena, Goldf. Petr. v. 1. 239.
t. 70. f. 16.

ROTUNDUS, new, R. 3. Tab. XXVIII. Kent.
f. 27, 28.

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

355

MVAlilA.

British localities. Foreign turn/it ir*.

PIIOLADOMYA DECCSSATA, C. Tab. XXIX. f. 0. Sussex. Specton ? Westphalia.
Morris, 97. m part. Cardium ? dccussatuni,
Mantel!, Geol. Suss. 126. t. 25. f. 3. Min,
Con. 552. f. 1. Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 222. t. 145.

f. 2.

ARCACEA.

BYSSOARCA MARULLENSIS, R. Tab. XXVIII.

f. 11. Area Mamllcnsis, VOrbig. v. 3. 205.

t. 310. f. 3-5.
LEDA PULCHRA, new, 11. 3. Tab. XXVIII. f. 10.

Kent.

France (Neoco-
mian).

MYTILACEA.

MODIOLA QUADRATA, new, R. 3. Tab. XXVIII.
f. 13.

PINNA DECUSSATA, R. 1. Tab. XXVIII. f. 20.
Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 166. t. 128. f. 1. Pinna
sulcata? Woodw. Geol. Norf. t. 5. f. 23. Mor-
ris, 991

Sussex. Norfolk. Westphalia.

CONCHIFERA MONOMYARIA.

MALLEACEA.

INOCERAMUS LAMARCKII, R. 1. Tab. XXVIII. Norfolk. Sussex,
f. 29. Brong. $ Cuv. Env. de Paris, 338.
Goldf. Petr. v. 3. 114. t. 111. f. 2. IfOrbig.
v. 3. 518. t. 412. Morris, 110. Inoceramus
Brongniarti, Mantell, Geol. Suss. 214. t. 27.
f. 8. In. Lamarckii, ib. 214. in part.

INVOLUTUS, R. 1. Tab. XXVIII.

Westphalia.
France.

f. 32. Min. Con. t. 583. ffOrbig. v. 3. 520.
t. 413. Morris, 110.

PECTENIDES.

LIMA L.SVIUSCULA, new, R. 3. Tab. XXVIII.
f.14.

Norfolk.
Kent.

Sussex.

356

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

LIMA, species uncertain, Tab. XXVIII. f. 15.

like L. Royeriana of VOrbig. v. 3. 527. t. 414.

f. 5-8.
- SPINOSA, new, R. Tab. XXVIII. f. 33.

GRANOSA,new, R. 3. Tab. XXVIII. f. 24,25.

PECTEN JUGOSUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVIII. f. 26.
SUBINTERSTRIATUS, R. Tab. XXVIII.

f. 19. IfArchiac, Mem. Soc. Geol. Fr. 2nd

ser. v. 2. 311. t. 15. f. 10.
DUJARDINII, R. 4. Tab. XXVIII. f. 4.

British localities.

Foreign localities.

Hainault.

Tours.

D'Orbig. 3. 6]5. t. 439. f. 5-11.
L ASELLUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVIII. f. 5.

- .EQUICOSTATUS, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 17,
18. Janira sequicostata, D'Orbig. v. 3. 637.
t. 445. f. 1-4. Pecten quinquecostatus, Mm.
Con. t. 56. f. 6, 7, 8. not f. 4 & 5.

- QUINQUECOSTATUS, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 1,

2, 3. Min. Con. t. 56. f. 4, 5. Mantell, Geol.
Suss. 201. t. 26. f. 14, 19, 20. Morris, 115.
Janira quinquecostata, D'Orbig. v. 3. 632.
t. 444. f. 1-5.

PLAGIOSTOMA HOPERI var. C. Tab. XXVIII.
f. 21. Min. Con. t. 280. Morris,117. Plagio-
stoma punctatum, Nils.Petr.Suec. 24. t. 9. f. 1.
Lima Santonensis ? D'Orbig. v. 3. 565. t. 425.
f. 1, 2.

- PARALLELUS, C. Tab. XXVIII.
f. 16. D'Orbig. v. 3. 539. t. 416. f. 11-14.
Modiola parallela, Min. Con. t. 9. f. 1. Plagio-
stoma elongatum, Min. Con. t. 559. f. 2.
Morris, 117.

SPONDYLUS LATUS, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 30, 31.
Spondylus lineatus, Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 97.
t. 106. f. 3. Dianchora lata, Min. Con. t. 80.
f. 2. Morris, 108.

FIMBHIATUS, C. Tab. XXVIII. f. 34.
Goldf. Petr. v. 2. 97. t. 106. f. 2. Dianchora
spinosa ? Woodw. Geol. Norf. t. 5. f. 24.

Sussex. Chute France.

Farm, &c. in
greensand.

Sussex. Norfolk. France.
Kent.

Sussex. Kent. Nor- Balsberg.
wich. Isle of
Wight.

Sussex. Kent. Nor- Touraine.
folk, in chalk.
Folkstone, in
gault. Isle of
Wight, in green-
sand.

Sussex. Kent.

Sussex. Kent. Nor-
wich.

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 357

OSTRACI.A

British localities. Foreign localilirs .

(iitvpH^EA GLOBOSAvar.DEPRESSA,C.Tab.XXVIl. Norfolk. Sussex,&c. France. Sweden.

L 3. Min. Con. t. 392. Morris, 109. Ostroa

vt-Mcularis, Lam. Hist. Nat. v. (5. 219. \i/s.

Petr. Suec. 29. t. 7. f. 3, 4, 5. t. 8. f. 6.

jyOrbig. v. 3. 742. t. 487.
EXOGYRA RAI LINIANA, R. 1. Tab. XXVII. f. 7.

Ostrea Rauliniana, lyOrbig. v. 3. 708. t. 471.

f. 1, 2, 3.
OSTRE*, two species, uncertain. C. Tab. XXVIII.

f. 22, 23.
OSTREA VIRGATA, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVII. f. 1.

- CARINATA, jun. R. Tab. XXVII. f. 2. Kent. Norfolk. Wt-stphalia.

Gold/. Petr. v. 2, 9. t. 74. f. 6. Morris, 112.

GASTEROPODA.
DEXTALIACEA.

DENTALIUM DIPFORME, new, R, 1. Tab. XXIX.
f. 10.

CALYPTRACEA.

HIPPONYX or PILEOPSIS? new, R.I. Tab. XXVII. Kent. Normandy.

f. 8.
EMARGINULA AFFINIS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVII.

f. 20, 25.

MACROSTOMATA.

NATICA DCPINII, R. 2. Tab. XXVII. f. 35 NearErvy.

Leymerie, Mem. de la Soc. Geol. v. 5. 13. t. 16.
f. 7. lyOrbiy. v. 2. 158. t. 173. f. 5, 6.

PLICACEA.

AVELLANA, IfOrbig., imperfect, C. Tab. XXVII. Kent,
f. 34.

SCALARTANA.

SCALARIA COMPACTA, new, R. 4. Tab. XXVII.
f. 32.

3 A

358

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

TURBINACEA.

SOLARIUM CATENATUM,new,R.4. Tab. XXIX. f.5.
PLEUROTOMARIA PERSPECTIVA, C. Tab. XXVII.

{.27. .ZyO%.v. 2.255. 1. 196. Moms, 158.

Cirrus perspectivus, Mantell, GeoL Suss. 194.

t. 18. f. 12, 21. Min. Con. t. 428. f. 1, 2.
TURBO GEMMATUs,new, C. Tab. XXVII. f. 26, 33.

TURRITELLA TURBiNATA, new, R. 4. Tab. XXIX.
f. 2.

ALAT^E.

APORRHAIS STENOPTERUS, R. 1. Tab. XXVII. Sussex.
f. 31, 36. Rostellaria stenoptera, Goldf. Petr.
v. 3. 18. t. 170. f. 6.

PURPURIFERA.

CASSIDARIA INCERTA, R. 4. Tab. XXIX. f. 7.
Pterocera incerta, D'Orbiff. v. 2. 308. t. 215.

British localities.

Foreign localities.

Sussex. Kent. Nor-
folk.

Sussex.

Westphalia.

Mans.

DIBRANCHIATA.

CEPHALOPODA.

BELEMNITES SEMICANALICULATUS, C. Tab.
XXVII. f. 23. De Blainville, Mem. 67. t. 1.
f. 13. D'Orbiff. v. 1. t. 5. f. 10-15.

- BAUDOUINI, R. 2. Tab. XXVII.
f. 29. D'Orbiff. v. 1.54. t. 5. f. 1, 2.

MUCRONATUS, V.C. Tab. XXVII.

f. 28. (Schlotheim) Brongn. fy Cuv. Env. de
Paris, 14 & 382. t. 3. f. 1. De Blainville,
Mem. 64. t. 1. f. 12. Min. Con. t. 600. f. 1,
2, 4, 6 & 7. Morris, 177. B. electrinus,
Miller, Tr.Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. v. 2. pt. 1. 61. t. 8.
f. 18-21 . t. 9. f. 1, 3. Belemnitella mucronata,
D'Orbiff. v. 1. 63. t. 7.

TETRABRANCHIATA.

NAUTILUS ARCHIACIANUS, R. 2. Tab. XXIX. f. 8.
D'Orbiff. v. 191. t. 21.

Sussex.

St. Paul-Trois-
Chateaux.

Sussex. Kent. Nor-
folk. Ireland, &c.

France.
&c.

Sweden,

Rouen,

CRETACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

359

British localities.
AMMONITES PROSPERIANUS, R. 1. Tab. XXVII. Kent.

f. 22. IfOrbig. v. 1. 335. t. 100. f. 3, 4.
__ MILLETIANUS? B. 1. Tab. XXIX ........

f. 15. LfGrbig. v. 1. 263. t. 77.
,species uncertain, Tab. XXVII. f. 18.

SCAPHITES JSQUALIS, C. Tab. XXVII. f. 37, 38. Sussex.

Min. Con. t. 18. f. 1-3. ITOrbig. v. 1. 518.

1. 129. f. 1-7? Morris, I86,inpart. Scaphites

costatus, Mantell, Geol. Suss. 120. t. 22. f. 8,

12,' 13.

- OBLIQCUS, C. Tab. XXIX. f. 11. Sussex.

Min. Con. t. 18. f. 4-7. Brongn. $ Cuv, Env.

de Paris, 394. t. 6. f. 1 3. S. sequalis, If Orbig.

v. 1. 518. t. 129. f. 3. Morris, 186, inpart.
TUBRIHTES ScHEUCHZERiANtrs, C. Tab. XXIX. Sussex.

f. 17. (Base.) D'Orbig. v. 1. 602. t. 146. f. 2.

Turrilites undulatus, Min. Con. t. 75. f. 1, 2.

Mantell, Geol. Suss. 124. t. 23. f. 14, 16. t. 24.

f. 8. Morris, 186.
TRIPLICATES, new, R. ] . Tab. XXIX.

f. 16.
HAMITES ANGUSTUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXIX. f. 12. Sussex.

ARMATUS, C. Tab. XXIX. f. 13. Min. Sussex. Folkstone.

Con. t. 168. & t. 234. f. 2. Morris, 181.
BACULITES FACJASII, C. Tab. XXVII. f. 30. Sussex. Norwich.

Min. Con. 592. f. 1. Morris, 177.

Foreign localities.
Near Orange.

France.

Rouen.

France.

France. Rouen, &c.

Rouen.
Rouen, &c.

1:560 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

Subkingdom VERTEBRATA.
Class PISCES.

The remains of fishes occur in extraordinary preservation in the chalk forma-
tion. No one who has seen Dr. Mantell's superb collection, now in the British
Museum, can ever forget the beautiful specimens which he collected in the vici-
nity of Lewes ; palaeontologists are much indebted to him for his great perse-
verance in developing and explaining the general characters of these magnificent
fossils.

M. Agassiz has divided the class Pisces into four Orders, according to the
characters of the external covering, a most useful arrangement to the palaeon-
tologist, who is often obliged to determine a species of fossil fish on the evidence
of a few detached scales 1 .

Fishes of all these orders are found in the cretaceous period, and most of their
parts, not only the teeth, vertebrae, ribs and various bones of the head, but the
fins, tail, and defensive bones, sometimes even the skin, are beautifully preserved 2 .
The chalk fish have a nearer relationship to those of the tertiary period than to
those of the oolite or older formations. The Edaphodontidse of the chalk and
eocene periods are very closely allied, as Sir Philip Egerton has pointed out.

1 The first order he has denominated Placoid, from 7r\a, a broad plate. These scales are some-
times of large size, though occasionally in small points, as in the Shark and Ray families.

The second order, Ganoid, from yarns, splendour; these scales are usually of an angular form,
strong, and covered with a thick layer of enamel : the Sturgeon is an example.

The third order, Ctenoid, from Krfis, a comb ; these scales are toothed or pectinated on their poste-
rior margin like a comb ; they are sharp and disagreeable to the touch : the Perch belongs to this
order.

The fourth order, Cycloid, from KVK\OS, a circle ; the edges of these scales are smooth ; the external
surface, like the Ctenoid, is often ornamented with markings. The Salmon and Herring are of this
order.

4 " Some fishes have teeth attached to all the bones that assist in forming the cavity of the mouth
and pharynx, to the intermaxillary, maxillary and palatine bones, the vomer, the tongue, the branchial
arches supporting the gills and the pharyngeal bones ; sometimes the teeth are uniform in shape on
the various bones, at others differing. One or more of these bones are sometimes without teeth of
any sort, and there are fishes that have no teeth whatever on any of them. The teeth are named ac-
cording to the bone upon which they are placed, and are referred to as maxillary, intermaxillary, pala-
tine, vomerine, &c., depending upon their position." YarrelFs Introduction to Recent British Fishes,
pages 19 and 20.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 361

Notes on the Order Placoidei.
Family CESTRACIONTID.*.

Genus Ptychodus 1 , Agassiz.

The genus Ptychodus, formed by Agassiz, is very abundant in the chalk ; he
considers it more nearly allied to the Cestraciontidee than to the Raiidte. The
teeth are beautifully preserved ; the calcigerous tubes have the same arrange-
ment as in Acrodus, but the medullary tubes are smaller and less straight. Pro-
fessor Owen observes in his ' Odontography,' page 61, " Ptychodus differs from
Acrodus in the greater number and more parallel course of the medullary canals,
their fewer branches, and in the absence of an external layer of finer parallel
tubes." The teeth of this genus are sometimes found in large groups. Mr. Catt
had a mass containing 213 teeth of different sizes, and I have seen others with
150 or more. The engraved specimen, in sulphuret of iron from Mr. Catt's
collection, of Ptychodus decurrens, is the only instance I have seen in which the
teeth are preserved in their natural position 2 . The recent genus Rhina shows on
a small scale the probable arrangement of the teeth of this gigantic extinct
genus. The largest tooth in my cabinet measures 3^ inches long by 2^ broad,
and the smallest not more than of an inch ; both are from the same individual
of Ptychodus latissimus.

The teeth vary much in shape according to the period of growth and position
in the jaw, consequently the species are difficult to define. Professor Agassiz
told me he had only seen one or two large groups of these teeth in all his ex-
perience. The following species have been found in Kent and Sussex.

Ptychodus mammillaris, V.C. (Tab. XXX. fig. 6 ; Tab. XXXI. fig. 4.
Vol. iii. p. 151, Agassiz, Poissons Fossiles.)

This species is more common in the upper chalk formation than in the lower ;
the great folds of enamel do not extend to the edge of the tooth ; the teeth
look puckered, and often resemble a nipple ; the anterior surface is sloping, the
posterior almost perpendicular : I have a specimen of this species in the centre
of a flint, which is rare. This species is found in England, France and Germany ;
Mr. Bass of Brighton has a mass containing 160 teeth. Mr. Catt has a singular

' rrv-jfri plicatura, odcvs dens. ~ Tab. XXXII. fig. 3.

362 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

variety of this species, in which the body of the tooth is unusually puckered
and drawn in at the base ; this character is common to all the teeth in the
specimen, sixty in number.

Ptychodus decurrens, V.C. (Tab. XXX. figs. 7 & 8 ; Tab. XXXI. fig. 1 ;
Tab. XXXII. fig. 3. Vol. iii. p. 154, Agassiz.)

This is a common species ; I have only found it in the lower chalk and chalk-
marl. The principal folds of enamel are straight, small and numerous, extending
generally to the edge of the tooth, which on this account is easily distinguished.
The larger specimens are somewhat convex, the smaller ones flat. It has been
found in France, Italy and Germany : Captain Burgh residing at Brighton has
a mass containing 120 teeth of this species.

Ptychodus altior, C. (Tab. XXX. fig. 10. Vol. iii. p. 155, Agassiz.)

This is a well-defined species ; the great folds of enamel are confined to the
apex of the tooth : the body of the tooth is smooth ; its height is considerable,
and it narrows towards the summit ; the enamel is very thin at its base, and is
more easily broken than in any other species ; in other respects it resembles
P. mammillaris.

This may be considered a rare species ; it occurs in the upper chalk, and has
been noticed by Agassiz in Germany, France and Italy.

Ptychodus rugosus, new, R. 4. (Tab. XXXI. fig. 5.)

The Earl of Enniskillen and Sir Philip Egerton have teeth of a species in their
cabinets resembling in form those of P. altior, found in Kent, but they are larger
and broader, and the great folds of enamel at the apex stronger, more rugose and
crenated, and often worn away, showing the remains of calcigerous tubes beneath ;
the body of the tooth is traversed by small folds of enamel, which distinguish it
from P. altior ; it is also very different from P. mammillaris. I propose for it
the specific name of rugosus.

Ptychodus latissimus, R. (Tab. XXX. fig. 1 & 2 ; Tab. XXXI. fig. 3.

Vol. iii. p. 157, Agassiz.)

The folds of enamel in this species are larger and the edges more acute than
in P. polygyrus, and the shape of the tooth is generally more oblong, though I
have seen some nearly square ; the sides are closely beset with coarse granula-

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 363

tions ; the teeth of this species are sometimes very large, but they vary ex-
ceedingly in size. The smaller ones are difficult to distinguish ; the sharpness
of the large folds of enamel is the most striking character. This species occurs
both in the upper and lower chalk ; the finest specimens I have seen are from
Kent. I had a specimen from Kent containing eighty-four teeth of this species,
many of them so different in their appearance, that if they had been found singly
they would have been difficult to determine ; I have now a group from Southeram-
pit, near Lewes, of upwards of fifty teeth of this species ; it is found also in
France, Germany and Italy.

Ptychodus paucisulcatus, new, R. 2. (Tab. XXX. fig. 3.)

Having seen many well-marked teeth in which the great folds of enamel are
large and very few in number, I am induced to form a new species, for which
I propose the name of paucisulcatus. This tooth is nearly square ; the great folds
of enamel seldom exceed six or seven in number, and are larger and stronger
than in P. latissimus or any other species ; they do not extend to the margin ;
the accessory denticles, or small folds of enamel, are finer than in P. latissimus
or P. polygyrus. Mr. Catt has a specimen of this species containing 147 teeth,
none of them differing from the specific characters here given. The specimen
figured by M. Agassiz, plate 25 b. fig. 26, appears to belong to this species.

Ptychodus polygyrus, C. (Tab. XXX. fig. 9 ; Tab. XXXI. fig. 10.
Vol. iii. p. 155, Agassiz.)

I have found this species most frequently in the lower chalk. The principal
folds of enamel are curved in a greater or less degree at their extremities, and in
some specimens form complete circles. The small folds of enamel have a con-
centric arrangement. The furrows between the principal folds are more shallow
than in P. latissimus, and the folds themselves smaller and not so elevated. Mr.
Catt had a group found near Lewes containing 213 teeth of this species.

Ptychodus depressus, new, C. (Tab. XXXI. fig. 9.)

There is often seen in cabinets a large tooth somewhat resembling those of
P. polygyrus, but the great folds of enamel are smaller and extend nearly to the
edge of the tooth ; it has no elevation in the centre, but is quite flat, this cha-
racter not being attributable either to age or usage. I propose the name of
depressus for this species. In the British Museum there are several examples
of this tooth ; it may also be seen in most collections of chalk fossils.

364 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

Ptychodus Mortoni, R. 4. (Tab. XXXI. figs. 6 & 7. Vol. iii. p. 158, Agassiz.)

The apex of this tooth presents ramifying folds, and its shape and appearance
differ from all the other species ; the specimen figured in M. Agassiz's work is
from the greensand of North America, and from Dr. Mantell's collection : the
tooth I have figured appears to me to agree in so many points with that from
America, that I consider it the same species ; it is from Mr. Catt's collection,
and was found at Beeding chalk-pit, near Shoreham.

Ptychodus Oweni, new, R. 2. (Tab. XXXI. fig. 2.)

This is a beautiful species from the upper chalk of Kent. It differs from all
its congeners in the great irregularity of the surface of the tooth. The folds of
enamel are rarely parallel to any extent : they generally ramify in various direc-
tions from two or three principals, winding about, and sometimes bifurcating
until they disappear at the margin of the tooth ; their continuity is frequently
interrupted. This species is in the Marquis of Northampton's collection, in
Mr. Catt's and my own ; the specimen figured belongs to Mr. Bowerbank, who
has eight or ten others from one mass. It is a rare, but well-marked species : I
have named it after my friend Professor Owen.

The specimens figured (Tab. XXX. figs. 4 & 5) were supposed by M. Agassiz
to be young and not perfectly formed teeth of this genus.

Genus Acrodus 1 , Agassiz.

This genus, according to M. Agassiz, presents the nearest affinity with the
existing Cestracion Philippi, or Port Jackson Shark.

Acrodus Illingworthi, new, R. 3. (Tab. XXX. figs. 1 1 & 12 ; Tab. XXXII. fig. 9.)
I have dedicated this species to the Rev. Mr. Illingworth, who discovered the

fine specimen (fig. 9, Tab. XXXII.) at Southeram chalk-pit.

It is a long tooth, the centre of which is considerably enlarged and elevated,

having folds of enamel radiating from the apex ; a well-marked ridge extends

from the centre to the extremities, from which transverse folds pass off at right

angles ; the base of the tooth is very large.

Acrodus cretaceus, new, R. 4. (Tab. XXX. fig. 13.)
This tooth differs from the preceding in being shorter and broader; small

1 &Kpos summits, 6Sovs dens.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 365

lines of enamel diverge from the central ridge, more regularly on one side than
the other; the shape is curved, and it has a thick hase. In the centre of the
j:nv the teeth are probably larger ; but it is a well-marked species. I have drawn
this description from a small tooth in my own cabinet, found at Washington.
Teeth of the same species are also preserved in Mr. Coombe's and Mr. Catt's
collections.

Genus Cestracion 1 , Cuvier.

Cestracion canaliculatus , Egerton, R.4. (Tab. XXXII*. figs. 8 &8 8 .)

The discovery of a species of true Cestracion in the chalk is an event of much
interest, since this genus has hitherto only been known from the recent Cestra-
cion Philippi or Port Jackson Shark, a tish most valuable to palaeontologists as
being the only existing type of the family Cestraciontidae, so extensively dis-
tributed through our fossiliferous strata, from the Silurian to the chalk both
inclusive. The specimen proving the former existence of this genus in the
cretaceous ocean belongs to the Marquis of Northampton, and was found in
Kent. It fortunately shows both the anterior prehensile and posterior molar
teeth ; the former closely resemble those of the recent species in form, but they
are longer in proportion as compared with the molars ; the latter in the fossil
are narrower, their surface rougher, and the central ridge higher, in the latter
respect resembling the teeth of Acrodus. The most striking specific character
occurs in the disposition of the medullary canals traversing the base of the
teeth. These in the recent species are irregular in size, two or three being larger
than the others. In the fossil one large canal is constant, traversing the base of
each tooth, and forming, when they are in juxtaposition, a continuous passage
through the entire range ; the margin of one aperture of this canal in each tooth
is produced, and corresponds with a depression on the adjoining tooth, a
mechanism very similar to the articulations of the scales in the Ganoid fishes.
The arrangement of the teeth also differs from the recent species ; in the latter
the teeth before and behind the principal row diminish in size, but in the fossil
we find a row of small teeth between two rows of larger ones. As far as the
evidence of Lord Northampton's specimen goes, this species was much smaller
than the Cestracion Philippi.

malleus, oZoiis dens.

3s

366 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

Genus Aulodus 1 , new, Agassiz.

Aulodus Agassizi, R. 4. (Tab. XXXII. fig. 6.)

This genus is nearly allied to Strophodus and Psammodus. The name Aulodus
was proposed by M. Agassiz. The figured specimen from Mr. Catt's cabinet is
the only example I have seen. It is a very thick, strong tooth, with large and
distinct calcigerous tubes ; the grinding surface is much worn and smooth.

Genus Plethodus 2 , new, Dixon.

The name Plethodus is proposed for this genus, in reference to the multitude
of calcigerous tubes of which the tooth is composed.

Plethodus expansus, R. 4. (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 2.)

This imperfect tooth from Mr. Catt's cabinet, of which the engraving is a good
representation, is smooth and flat ; it is not quite half an inch in thickness. It
is a much-worn mass of calcigerous tubes, which in a horizontal section under
the microscope have nearly the same arrangement as in Ptychodus and Psam-
modus. I have seen two or three other specimens not more than a quarter of an
inch in thickness, showing the under surface to be concave and smooth as in
Cochliodus 3 .

Plethodus oblongus, R. 3. (Tab. XXXII*. fig. 4.)

In Mr. Coombe's and Mr. Catt's cabinets there are specimens of a tooth
apparently belonging to this genus, but differing from those of the preceding
species in their small size and oblong contour ; they measure one inch in length
by half an inch in breadth at the widest part ; the surface is pitted or marked
with small depressions varying in size and depth. The calcigerous tubes are
very distinct.

Family SQUALID^:.

Genus Cor ax*, Agassiz.

Corax maximus, new, R. 2. (Tab. XXX. fig. 17.)
A strong, thick tooth, from the upper chalk, much larger than C. falcatus,

1 ai/Xos fistula, o2ovs dens. 2 ir\fjdos multitude, oSoi/s dens.

A Cestraciont genus named by M. Agassiz from the mountain limestone.
corvus.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 367

and differing in shape by being much less oblique and attenuated ; the notch on
the posterior margin is smaller, and the accessory denticle not so prominent.
The serrations surrounding the margin of the tooth are remarkable for their
neatness and regularity ; they are smaller in proportion to the size of the tooth,
than in any other species of the genus. I have observed it in the cabinets of
the Rev. T. Image and Mr. Fitch, from Norfolk and Suffolk : also in Captain
Burgh's collection from Sussex. The figured specimen was procured at
Houghton.

Genus Oxyrhina 1 , Agassiz.

Oxyrhina crassidens, new, R. 3. (Tab. XXXI. figs. 13 & 13".)

This large and thick tooth I discovered at Houghton ; it differs from 0. Man-
ielli by being shorter and more obtuse. The shoulders are deeply corrugated,
almost to give the appearance of the lateral denticles of an Otodus.

Notes on the Order Ganoidei.

Family SAUROIDEI.
Genus Pomognathus 3 , new, Agassiz.
Pomognathus eupterygius, R. 2. (Tab. XXXV. figs. 6 & 7.)

The name Pomognathus was proposed by M. Agassiz, from the lower jaw ex-
tending so far back towards the opercular bones. The teeth in the anterior portion
of the jaws are exceedingly numerous, small, round and very pointed, sloping
backwards towards the gullet. In the posterior extremities of the jaws, the
teeth are few in number, considerably larger, flat and wide at their base. The
pectoral, dorsal and ventral fins are displayed ; they are of large dimensions.
It is allied to the genus Caturus of M. Agassiz. This beautiful fish forms a di-
stinguished ornament in Mr. Call's collection, and is faithfully represented by
M. Dinkel. Detached upper and lower jaws are occasionally discovered 3 .

Genus Belonostomus*, Agassiz.

Belonostomus tinctus, R. 2. (Tab. XXXV. figs. 3 & 3*.)
This magnificent specimen agrees in most of its characters with the genus

1 dus acutit/t, plv nasus. 2 TTW/UO operculum, yvaQot maxilla.

5 The tail is reversed in fig. 6. 4 fte\6vt] acumen, OTO/JO os.

3n2

368 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

Belonostomus, but it must have belonged to a larger fish than the jaw figured in
the ' Poissons Fossiles '; the large teeth are most numerous in the anterior part
of the jaw ; they are conical, the apices being very sharp and solid, but the cen-
tres hollow.

Belonostomus attenuatus, R. 3. (Tab. XXXV. figs. 4 &4*.)

Mr. Catt has also two specimens of the jaws of a Belonostomus, smaller and of
far more delicate proportions than the preceding species, for which I propose the
name attenuatus; the jaws are remarkably slender, and the teeth minute.

Genus Prionolepis 1 , Egerton.

Prionolepis angustus, R. 4. (Tab. XXXII*. fig. 3.)

This genus is founded on a specimen from the cabinet of the Rev. Thomas
Image, which was found at Burwell, near Newmarket : its nearest atfinity is with
the genus dspidorhynchus, from which however it differs in the arrangement and
articulations of the scales. The flanks of the fish were protected by a single
series of long, narrow scales, deeply serrated on their posterior margins. In
place of the broad elevated band, which occurs on the inner surface of the scales
of Aspidorhynchus, the scales of this fish are furnished with a slight rib, defining
the extent of the overlap ; the perforation for the lateral line occurs near their
upper extremities. The specimen only shows a small portion of the fish, the
anterior and posterior extremities being deficient.

Family CCELACANTHI S .

Genus Macropoma 3 , Agassiz.

Macropoma Mantelli, R. (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 2. Agassiz, vol. ii. p. 174.)

This fish is from 10 to 16 inches in length ; it has two dorsal fins, the anterior
one very large, with seven or eight strong rays ; the two first have numerous
spines ; tail very broad and long ; the teeth are small, conical and numerous,
especially in the upper jaw. I have figured a fine head of this species, which
shows the bones to be elegantly marked with a series of tuberculated lines radiating
from the centres of ossification. I possess two specimens with coprolites in the

1 Kfiiiav serra, \evls squama. ~ H/\OS cavus, ci^avda aculeus.

J fiaKpiis extensus, xw^a operculum.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 369

intestines. Southeram pit near Lewes and those near Amberley often produce good
examples of this fish. It is certainly one of the finest fishes of the chalk formation.

Family PYCNODONTID*.
Genus Pycnodus 1 , Agassiz.

Pycnodus parallelus, new, R. 4. (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 3.)

This fine specimen, from Mr. Catt's cabinet, has some resemblance to Pycnodus
yigas of Agassiz, but the teeth are more elongated, and a distinct marginal ridge
surrounds their base. The peculiar character of this species is the parallel
arrangement of the teeth, which in other species is more or less oblique. The
engraving is a good representation of the fossil.

Genus Microdon 2 , Agassiz.

This genus very much resembles Pycnodus ; the body is flat and nearly circular,
the profile of the head almost vertical ; the eye is placed high in the head, and
the space between it and the mouth very considerable ; the jaws are slightly pro-
minent, and in the lower one there are four rows of teeth of uniform size ; the tins
are the same as in Pycnodus. The dentition forms a most essential character of
the genus. The teeth are smaller than in Pycnodus, and more elongated.

Microdon nuchalis, new, R. 4. (Tab. XXXII. fig. 7.)

This small fish was found in a pit belonging to Sir Harry Goring, Bart., at
Washington ; it is on the opposite side of the road to the one I have mentioned
as Washington chalk-pit. I have also procured from it a star-fish and other
scarce fossils. The specimen shows little more than the head, but the form of
the occipital region sufficiently distinguishes it from its nearest ally Microdon
radiatus, from the Purbeck beds ; this portion of the cranium is prolonged into
a somewhat triangular crest, sloping backwards in the direction of the nape,
whence its specific name.

Microdon occipitalis, R. 4. (Tab. XXXII*. fig. 2.)

Mr. Catt has a larger specimen of this genus, found at Lewes, which differs
materially from the preceding species, not only in size, but in the larger di-

1 TTVKVVS creber, uloiit dens. 2 piKpus parvus, oJous dens.

370 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

mensions and coarser structure of the head-bones, for which I propose the name
of Microdon occipitalis : Mr. Catt has also some teeth considerably larger than
the two former, which indicate a third species (Tab. XXXII*. fig. 5).

Genus Gyrodus 1 , Agassiz.

Gyrodus cretaceus, R. 3. (Tab. XXX. fig. 15. Vol. ii. part 2. pp. 233 & 246,

Agassiz.)

The specimen from Dr. Mantell's collection, to which M. Agassiz has
applied this name, is very much smaller than the one figured in this work ; but
as the latter resembles it closely, and was found at the same pit, near Lewes, I
cannot but consider it a larger and more perfect example of the same species.
From Mr. Bowerbank's cabinet.

Gyrodus angustus, R. 1. (Tab. XXX. fig. 14 ; and Tab. XXXIII. fig. 1 .
Vol. ii. part 2. pp. 235 & 246, Agassiz.)

M. Agassiz originally named this species from a few teeth found at Houghton ;
since then I have had the good fortune to find the magnificent and instructive
figured specimen, which displays the two lower jaws and a great portion of
the body with the scales. The structure of the teeth is described in Professor
Owen's ' Odontography,' page 72 ; the larger teeth are smooth, and very much
resemble a cucumber-seed ; the smaller ones have a circular depression ; the
scales when first relieved from the chalk had a beautiful lustre ; they are pitted,
and have long processes which overlap each other. The scales along the nape
of the neck terminate upwards in a row of projecting points, giving a highly
ornamental finish to the outline of the fish.

Gyrodus conicus, new, R. 4. (Tab. XXXII. fig. 8.)

The conical character of these teeth sufficiently distinguishes them from those
of G. cretaceus, and warrants a new specific name. The specimen is from Mr.
Bass's collection at Brighton, and found at Mailing.

gyms, vtiovs dens.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 371

Genus Phacodus 1 , new, Dixon.

Phacodus punctatus, R. 4. (Tab. XXX. fig. 16.)

The name of the genus is taken from the kidney bean-shaped character of the
teeth.

The teeth are smooth and worn down in the centre ; they are easily distin-
guished from the Pycnodontes. They show the remains of calcigerous tubes in
small dots and punctures. This is the only specimen I have seen. It forms
part of my own cabinet, and was found near Lewes.

Notes on the Order Ctenoidei.

Family PERCID^E.

Genus Beryx.

The genus Beryx was formed by Cuvier, and is allied to Holocentrum and
Myripriitis.

Beryx ornatus, V.C. (Tab. XXXVI. fig. 3 ; Tab. XXXIV. figs. 1 , 4 & 5.

Vol. iv. p. 115, Agassiz.)

Zeus Lewesiensis, Mantell.

This is a very common fish in the upper and lower chalk : it is found in great
perfection in Kent and Sussex, and other counties of England, and on the Con-
tinent. I possess fine specimens from Houghton and the pits in that neigh-
bourhood : the quarrymen at Lewes call this fish ' Johnny Dorey.'

Beryx radians, R. (Tab. XXXVI. fig. 4. Vol. iv. p. 118, Agassiz.)
This species is not so large as the former, but is longer in proportion ; it is
generally found in the lower chalk and chalk marl ; the scales are particularly
shining and pectinated, smaller than those of B. ornatus and of a dark colour.
This fish is more rare than B. ornatus, but I have seen good specimens from the
pits near Amberley, Steyning, Washington, Lewes and Clayton.

1 *,'>"- lens, oSoiis dent.

372 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

Beryx microcephalus, R. 2. (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 3. Vol. iv. p. 119, Agassiz.)

The head in this species (as its name implies) is small, and its form is more
slender than B. radians. I have found this fish at Washington, but it is much
rarer than the two preceding. The figured specimen is in the collection of
Frederick Harford, Esq., obligingly procured for me by Dr. Mantell ; it is from
the chalk marl near Clayton, Sussex.

Beryx superbus, new, R. 2. (Tab. XXXVI. fig. 5.)

This very fine fish was pronounced to be new by M. Agassiz ; it measures 1 8
inches long; the scales are particularly large and thick, slightly pectinated, and
sculptured. The Rev. H. Hoper has a fine specimen of this fish : it is also in
the collections of Lord Enniskillen, Sir Philip Egerton and Mr. Catt. I have
described this fish from my own specimen, found at Southeram.

Genus Berycopsis 1 , new, Agassiz.

This generic title was proposed by M. Agassiz for a fish in Mr. Catt's collec-
tion ; having much resemblance to the genus Beryx, but differing from it in the
absence of pectinations on the free margin of the scales.

Berycopsis elegans, R. 2. (Tab. XXXV. fig. 8.)

This fish in size and in its general character resembles B. radians, but the
scales are smaller and more numerous, the body of the fish is also much deeper
in proportion to its length : besides the beautiful specimen alluded to above, Sir
P. Egerton and Lord Enniskillen have specimens in their cabinets.

Genus Homonotus*, new, Agassiz.

Homonotus dorsalis, R. 2. (Tab. XXXV. fig. 2.)

This new fish, named by M. Agassiz, was found at Mailing by Mr. Catt. In
many of its characters it resembles the genus Beryx, but the vertebra? are more
slender, the head smaller, and it has a longer and stronger dorsal fin, on which
account I have proposed the specific name dorsalis ; the scales are very delicate
and rarely seen perfect. I have found it at Houghton and Brighton, and in
Sir H. D. Goring's pit at Washington. It is in the collection of the Earl of En-
niskillen and in that of Sir Philip Egerton, Bart.

1 beryx beryx, o\^is fades. 2 tifnusjunctus, riSros (forsum.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 373

Genus Stenostoma 1 , new, Agassiz.

Stenostoma pulchella, R. 4. (Tab. XXXVI. fig. 2.)

This well-preserved little fish is from Steyning chalk-pit. It has considerable
affinities to the genus Rhacolepis, which is found in the chalk formation near
Barra do Jarclin, Serra de Araripe, N. Brazil, especially in the small size of
the scales : this is the only example yet discovered, and forms part of my own
cabinet. In shape it more resembles Rhacolejus Brama than R. buccalis.

Notes on the Order Oycloidei.

Family SCOMBEROIDEI.
Genus Enchodus*, Agassiz.

Enchodus halocyon, R. 1. Esox Lewesiensis, Mantell. (Tab. XXX. fig. 27 ;
Tab. XXXI. fig. 11. Agassiz, vol. v. p. 64.)

Single teeth and portions of the lower jaw of this fish are frequently discovered ;
the teeth are very brittle ; they are not so numerous as in the Pike ; the two
anterior teeth are much longer than the rest. The jaws are beautifully gra-
nulated in longitudinal ridges ; the scales are large and circular, marked with
concentric lines ; the vertebrae are longer than high. I procured a fine specimen
of this fish from Balcombe pit, near Houghton ; it shows the scales and verte-
brae, and measures near a foot in length.

Tab. XXX. fig. 20. is a large specimen of the anterior tooth of an Enchodus,
having serrated edges ; this character is scarcely sufficient to warrant a second
specific appellation.

Family SPHYR.SNID.E.
Genus Saurodon.

Saurodon Leanus, Agassiz, R. 2. (Tab. XXX. figs. 28 &29 ; Tab. XXXI*.

fig. 10.)

The specimen figured is of great interest ; it shows the two lower jaws united
at the symphysis, and a portion of the right palatine bone in its natural position.

1 orei-oi angustus, ord^a os. 2 y\os y lading, oSovt dens.

3c

374 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

This fish must have had considerable resemblance to the Sphyrsena or Baracuda
Pike in the sharpness of its physiognomy, the length of the lower jaw, and the
predatory character of its teeth. The barbed teeth described by M. Agassiz are
those on the palatine bone, their edges are finely serrated ; the teeth in the lower
jaw are of an entirely different form, the base is broad and fluted, the blade
compressed and recurved, with a sharp, finely-serrated edge ; they are separated
from each other by wide intervals, which are filled by innumerable, small, pointed
teeth. It is from Mailing pit near Lewes. I have several single, barbed teeth ; all
the specimens are from the upper chalk. I have found this tooth at Charlton
near Woolwich, and at Gravesend.

Genus Pachyrhizodus 1 , new, Agassiz.

Pachyrhizodus basalis, R. 4. (Tab. XXXIV. figs. 12 & 13.)

The fine and remarkably strong lower jaw of this fish, named by M. Agassiz,
was found at Steyning. I have added the specific name of basalis, from the
large size of the base of the tooth. The apex of the tooth is very brittle, slightly
curved inwardly and solid ; the base is .hollow, and extends into the substance
of the jaw. In Sir P. Egerton's cabinet there is a specimen of this fish, showing
the humerus which is unusually thick and strong ; it also shows the scales, which
are large and circular, and covered with asperites so minute as to be indistin-
guishable without the aid of a glass.

Family

Genus Saurocephalus*, Agassiz.

The teeth of this genus were first discovered in the chalk of America, and con-
sidered by R. Harlan to have belonged to reptiles. M. Agassiz placed them
among the fishes of the family Sphyrsenidse, which has been proved to be correct
by Professor Owen's microscopical investigations.

Saurocephalus lanciformis, R. (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 14; Tab. XXX. fig. 21 ;
Tab. XXXI. fig. 12. Vol. v. p. 102, Agassiz.)

The finest specimen of this species hitherto discovered belongs to Mr. Bower-
bank ; it shows the extremities of the two rami of the lower jaw ; the dentary

crassus, pia radix, oSovs dens. ' aavpos lacerta, Ke^aX)) caput.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 375

bones thicken out as they converge to the symphysis to give space for the im-
plantation of six large lanciform teeth, which project forwards nearly in a hori-
zontal direction ; the dentary hone immediately behind the symphysis is armed
on its inner edge with strong laniary teeth ; the two hinder ones being on either
side considerably larger than those that precede them ; the specimen is broken
off a short distance from the commencement of the outer row, the anterior teeth
of which are small.

The other specimen figured belongs to the valuable collection of Mrs. Smith ;
and was found, as was the preceding one, in Kent. I have a portion of an upper
jaw bone, with two teeth, from Amberley, Sussex, and have found single teeth in
a perfect and beautiful state at Washington, Sussex ; these teeth are not hollow
like those of the genus Hypsodon 1 .

Saurocephalus striatus, R. 3. (Tab. XXXV. fig. 5. Vol. v. p. 102, Agassiz.)

The lower jaw of this species differs from the preceding one in its more delicate
proportions, and in the absence of the thickened symphysis : in this respect it
has a greater resemblance to Saurodon ; all the teeth are fixed on the outer edge
of the dentary bone ; those near the symphysis have their points directed for-
wards, the remainder rake to the rear ; they are lanciform and striated. The
engraved specimen is from Mr. Catt's cabinet, and was found at Southeram.

Family MUGILID^E.
Genus Calamopleurus*, Agassiz.

Calamopleurus Anglicus, new, R. 4. (Tab. XXXII. fig. 12.)
This beautiful fish, from the collection of Sir Philip Egerton, was found in
Kent, and is the only example of the genus yet discovered in England. M.
Agassiz named the genus from a specimen in the British Museum, procured by
Dr. Gardener in South America, from the cretaceous formation at the Villa de
Barra do Jardin, about fourteen leagues south of Brazil, which he called Cala-
mopleurus cylindricus. This species is larger than the Brazilian one, being when

1 Since this description was in type, Sir P. Egerton has obtained a specimen of Saurocephalus
lanciformis, showing that the premaxillary bones were prolonged into a rostrum, as in the Xiphioids.
Tab. XXXII*. fig. 1.

'' ca'Xa^oi calamus, vXevpd latut.

3 c 2

376 CRETACEOUS FISHES.

perfect about 16 inches in length ; the caudal extremity is wanting in the fossil.
The head was small, the body cylindrical, and the scales large and smooth ; when
seen under the microscope, they exhibit fine radiating lines as shown in the
magnified view at fig. 1 1 ; the mouth was capable of great distention ; the teeth
are minute ; the dorsal fin is placed about the middle of the back. This fish is
assigned to the family Mugilidse on the authority of M. Agassiz.

Family HALECOIDEI.

Genus Osmeroides, Agassiz.

Osmeroides Lewesiensis, Salmo Lewesiensis, Mantell R. 2. (Tab. XXXIII. fig. 4.

Agassiz, vol. v. part 2, p. 105.)

These beautiful fish, formerly the ornaments of Dr. Mantell's collection, and
now in the British Museum, are found in a more perfect state than any other
fish in the chalk formation ; they have hitherto only been met with in the lower
chalk of Lewes. The figured specimen of 0. Leivesiensis, if entire, would mea-
sure more than 12 inches in length. In developing these fish from the chalk
Dr. Mantell has shown much ingenuity and perseverance, and they will ever
remain as monuments of his anatomical knowledge and industry.

Osmeroides crassus.

Mr. Catt has in his collection a magnificent specimen of a head and shoulders
of this genus, found at Southeram-pit. This fish has more resemblance to O.
Mantelli than to 0. Lewesiensis ; it was however more massive in its proportions,
and at least double its size. The lower jaws and the intermaxillary bones were
furnished with thick, strong, conical teeth ; the maxillary bones also carried a
series of teeth of smaller size. This may be considered one of the finest ichthyo-
lites that has been discovered in the chalk formation.

Genus Tomognathus 1 , new, Agassiz.

The affinities of this genus are unknown ; the only portions hitherto disco-
vered have been jaws and portions of the cranium.

Tomognathus mordax, R. 1. (Tab. XXXV. fig. 1.)
The lower jaws of this genus are thick and strong ; the anterior portion is

incisio, yvaOos maxilla.

CRETACEOUS FISHES. 377

furnished with eight or nine long hooked teeth on each side, ornamented witli
deep parallel grooves ; the bone rises abruptly at the termination of the dental
portion ; and the remainder, amounting to more than half of the entire length, is
edentulous ; the teeth in the anterior portion of the upper jaw are larger and
straighter than those in the lower.

Tomognathua leiodus, R. 1. (Tab. XXX. fig. 31.)

Mr. Catt has a specimen of this genus which appears to be distinct from the
preceding ; the most appreciable character is the absence of grooves on the
teeth. The upper jaw appears to have been more prominent, and the teeth more
attenuated. I discovered a lower jaw of this fish many years ago at Washington,
Sussex. Mr. Catt has since found more perfect specimens with both jaws : the
engraving is taken from a specimen in his cabinet. This species is in the col-
lections of Lord Enniskillen, Sir Philip Egerton, Mr. Bowerbank, Mr. Coombe,
and Mrs. Smith of Tonbridge Wells.

378 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

Description of the Fossil Reptiles of the Chalk Formation,
By PROFESSOR OWEN, F.R.S.

Class REPTILIA.

Order CROCODILIA.

Genus POLYPTYCHODON.

Species. Polyptychodon interruptus (Tab. XXXVII. figs. 16 & 17, and

Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 3).

It appears from the evidence of detached teeth that a Saurian reptile as large
as, if not identical with, the one whose massive remains were discovered by
Mr. Mackeson in the greensand near Hythe, and to which I have given the
generic name Polyptychodon *, existed during the period of the deposition of
the chalk.

The fine crown of one of these teeth, which was found near Valmer in cutting
the Lewes railway, and is now in the museum of Henry Catt, Esq., of Brighton,
is represented of the natural size in Tab. XXXVII. figs. 16 & 17. It shows that
alternate and interrupted character of the longitudinal ridges of the enameled
surface which distinguishes the species called Polyptychodon interruptus^ ; but
the ridges have been more worn down, especially towards the apex, in Mr. Catt's
specimen, than in the one originally figured in my ' Odontography.' The body
of the crown consists of a hard compact dentine, partly resolved in the specimen
by incipient decomposition into superimposed hollow cones, like the similarly-
sized tooth of the Polyptychodon continuus from Mr. Bensted's greensand
' Iguanodon' quarry at Maidstone J. The cylindrical base of the tooth is
excavated by a wide conical pulp-cavity with an obtuse summit, into which a
small central process projects from the base of the crown (fig. 17). The enamel
is very thin at the base of the crown.

The affinities of the remarkable Saurian genus Polyptychodon, on which the

* Report on British Fossil Reptiles, p. 157. t Odontography, pi. 72. figs. 4, 4'.

J Ib. fig. 3, and ' Report on British Fossil Reptiles,' p. 156.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 379

detached teeth and the bones discovered at Hythe did not throw sufficient light,
at the period of the publication of my ' Report on British Fossil Reptiles,' have
received some additional elucidation through the unique example of a portion of
the jaw with one entire tooth in situ and the socket of a second, which was
discovered in the lower chalk-deposits of Kent, and now forms part of the valu-
able and instructive collection of Mrs. Smith of Tonbridge Wells.

On the hypothesis that the series of Saurian bones from the lower greensand
quarry at Hythe, described in my 'Report on British Fossil Reptiles' (1841,
p. 157), belonged to the same genus as that founded on the large Saurian teeth
from the greensand and chalk formations, there was a probability that such genus
had belonged to the Crocodilian order ; the tibia and fibula and the metatarsal
bones would favour such a reference, or at least would negative the ascription
of the Polyptychodon to the Enaliosaurian order. There was a possibility, how-
ever, that the structure of the head and the mode of fixation of the teeth to the
jaws might be found to be such as to show the Polyptychodon to have belonged
to the Lacertian rather than to the Crocodilian order, and to have been, like
Mosasaurus, the type of an extinct genus of gigantic marine Lizards. The speci-
men fig. 3. Tab. XXXVIII. inclines the balance in favour of the Crocodilian
affinities of the remarkable Reptile in question, by showing that the teeth were
implanted in distinct sockets, not anchylosed to the summits of processes of the
jaw: the Polyptychodon is thus proved to be a 'thecodont' saurian, not an
' acrodont' lizard, like the Mosasaurus : the teeth are also separated by interspaces.
In fig. 3, the letter b shows the smooth, cement-covered cylindrical base, and c
the enameled conical crown, with the unequal ridges characteristic of the species
Polyptychodon interruptus : s is an adjoining vacant alveolus, filled by the chalk
matrix.

Order LACERTILIA, Owen.
Tribe NATANTIA.

Genus MOSASAURUS, Conybeare.

The Mosasaurus was a gigantic reptile, which in some respects more resembled
the lizard than the crocodile, but had the feet shorter and more adapted for
swimming. The largest species of Mosasaurus, and that which was first discovered,
exceeded twenty-five feet in length, and derives its name from the circumstance
of the locality on the banks of the Meuse, near Maastricht, where the cretaceous
deposits abound in which its remains occur. The most perfect skull of the animal

380 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

hitherto obtained was here found ; and it was for a long time the boast of the
town of Maestricht, until the capture of that place by the French, when it was
removed to Paris, where it has since remained. A fine cast of this unique speci-
men may be seen in the Royal College of Surgeons in London. The teeth resem-
ble in their form those of the Monitor lizard ; but the presence of teeth on the
bones of the palate, called ' pterygoids,' is a character by which the Mosasaurus
more resembled the Iguana. The vertebrse have a convexity at one end and a
concavity at the other, and are reckoned at upwards of 130 in number : the tail
was very long, deep, and flattened from side to side, so as to form a powerful
organ for swimming. From which characters, together with the number, size
and shape of the teeth, it is plain that the Mosasaurus was an aquatic carnivorous
reptile, most probably marine, and a formidable enemy to the fishes of the
ancient ocean in which the deposits of the chalk were formed.

Mosasaurus gracilis, Owen (Tab. XXXVII. figs. 1-5 ; Tab. XXXIX. figs. 7, 8, 9).
Cuvier* says of the great Mosasaurus of Maestricht, which is entered in the
catalogues of M. v. Meyer and M. Pictet under the synonyms M. Camperi and
M. Hofmanni, that " all the teeth are pyramidal, a little curved, with their ex-
ternal surface flat (' plane ') and divided by two sharp ridges from the internal
surface, which is round or rather semi-conical." Messrs. Von Meyerf and
Pictet | repeat Cuvier's description of the external characters of the crowns of
the teeth ; the one says, " ihre Aussenseite ist eben " their outer side is flat or
level ; the other, " leur face externe est plane." My description , that " their
outer side is nearly plane, or slightly convex," was founded on an examination
Fig. i. of the magnificent fossil skull in the Parisian Museum, the

original of Cuvier's description ; and the contour of the
base of the crown of a maxillary tooth of the Mosasaurus
Hofmanni given in fig. 1 , is taken by accurate admeasure-
ment from a perfect specimen from the Maestricht chalk :
the enameled crown of this tooth was 2 inches (5 centime-
Section of tooth, * ers ) i n length ; the rest of the tooth was formed by the en-
larged coarse osseous fang ; the total length of the tooth
being 4 inches 10 lines (12 centimeters). Dr. A. Goldfuss, in his highly in-
teresting and instructive account || of the skull and teeth of the Mosasaurus

* Ossemens Fossiles, <tto, v. pt. 2. p. 322. t Palaologica, p. 219.

f Traite elementaire de Paleontologie, ii. p. 63. Odontography, 4to, p. 258.

|| Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. t. xxi. pt. 1. p. 175.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 381

Maximiliani, accurately describes and figures the finely dentated character of the

two opposite longitudinal ridges of the crown ; but the feeble indications of

angles observable in some of the teeth, those of the upper jaw chiefly, of the

Mosasaurus Hofmanni, do not bear out the term ' polygo- Fig. 2.

nal ' which he applies to the crowns of the teeth of that

species, as well as to those of his Mosasaurus Maximiliani

(fig. 2) ; still less can I find these angles so constant and

regular as to divide the outer surface of the crown into

five, and the inner surface into seven facets : nor have I

seen in any maxillary or mandibular tooth of Mosasaurus

Hofmanni that near equality of extent and convexity be-

Section of tooth,

tween the inner and outer surfaces of the crown, which Moas<mnu

Dr. A. Goldfuss describes (p. 178) and figures in tab. 9. fig. 4 of the memoir
above-cited. If that figure accurately represents a maxillary tooth of the same
species of Mosasaurus as the one described by Cuvier and recorded by V. Meyer
and Pictet under the name of M. Camperi and Hofmanni ; and if the outer surface
of the crown is ever flat or level, the range of variety between the two extremes
of flatness and convexity is greater than I have yet found in any of the equally
well-marked forms of teeth in other fossil reptiles.

The teeth in the specimens of upper and lower jaw of the species of Mosasaur
from the chalk-pit at Offham, Sussex, now in the Museum of Henry Catt, Esq.
of Brighton, and figured of the natural size in PI. XXXVII. fig. 1 & 1 a, equally
differ from the typical form of tooth of the Mosasaurus Hofmanni and from those
of the Mosasaurus Maximiliani : the outer surface of the crowns of the mandibular
teeth of Mosasaurus gracilis are more convex than those of Mas. Hofmanni, and
are less convex than in Mos. Maximiliani : not any of the teeth of Mosasaurus
gracilis present that angular disposition of the enamel which gives the polygonal
form to the pyramidal crowns of the teeth of the Mos. Maximiliani (fig. 2). The
lower jaw is more slender, less deep in proportion to its length, than in the
great Maastricht Mosasaur, and the hinder teeth are relatively smaller and
closer together ; I propose, therefore, to indicate the species by the name of
Mosasaurus gracilis. The general form of the crown of the teeth in Mos. gracilis
is shown at a and b, fig. 1. PI. XXXVII.; an exact contour of the crown a little
above its base is given at c, fig. 1. The smooth and polished enamel ; the in-
equality of the outer and inner sides of the crown, such as it is ; the implanted
fang of the tooth thickly coated by a coarse osseous cement ; the anchylosis of

3o '

382 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

the general fang to the bony walls of the socket, which rise in a pyramidal form
from the alveolar border of the jaw ; manifest the peculiar generic characters
of the great acrodont marine lizard, Mosasaurus. The maturity of the individual
from which the present specimen (PI. XXXVII. fig. 1) has been derived, cannot
be inferred from the solidification and complete development of the anchylosed
fangs of the teeth in a class of animals in which those organs are repeatedly shed
and renewed : the worn-out teeth, in course of displacement, of the young
Crocodile, with their alveoli, present in miniature all the senile characters of the
corresponding teeth of the mature and aged animal. If, however, the specimen
of Mosasaur in question should be adult, it would derive a well-marked specific
character from its diminutive size as compared with the Mosasaurus Hofmanni
or Mos. Maximiliani ; being only one-half the size of the latter, and one-fourth
that of the former species. But the characters of immaturity are not mani-
fested by the cold-blooded animals in their osseous and dental systems as they
are in the warm-blooded and higher organized mammalia*.

In all the teeth of the Mosasaurus gracilis in which the crown is broken, the
remains of the pulp-cavity are exposed in the centre of its base : but the imma-
turity of the specimen is not demonstrated by this character ; for, in the largest-
sized teeth of the Mosasaurus Hofmanni, even in one with a completely de-
veloped fang, measuring with the crown nearly five inches in length, I have
found a pulp-cavity extending from the base of the crown into the expanded fang,
but becoming almost obliterated at the base of the fang. The cast of the crown
of a still larger tooth of a Mosasaurus from the greensand of New Jersey, U.S.,
also shows the remains of a pulp-cavity at its base. This cavity becomes filled
in the fossil specimens with the matrix, which is usually chalk ; but sometimes
the cavity, like the air-chambers of polythalamous shells, is filled with silex.

The number of teeth in each ramus of the lower jaw of Mosasaurus gracilis
seems not to have exceeded twelve. In Mosasaurus Maximiliani they are
reckoned at elevenf ; in Mosasaurus Hofmanni at fourteen}. The posterior teeth
are rather smaller than the others in Mosasaurus gracilis. At the fore-part of
the jaw the implanted and anchylosed base of the teeth extends through about

* Dr. Gold fuss infers the maturity of his Mosasaurus Maximiliani from the characters, of which
the inadequacy is explained above. " Die vollstandige Verkno'cherung aller Theile, so wie die haufige
bemerkbare Aussfullung der Za'hne beweisen, dass das Individuum seine vollstandige Ausbildung
und mit dieser nur die halbe la'nge des Mosasaurus Hofmanni erreicht hatte." (1. c. p. 177-)

t Goldfuss, loc.cit. p. 178. t Cuvier, loc. cit. p. 320.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 383

half the vertical diameter of the jaw ; at the posterior part of the series the
fangs sink into one-third or one-fourth the depth of the jaw. The canal,
which, as in the Crocodile, extends below and along the inner side of the bases
of the sockets and anchylosed fangs, is shown, filled by chalk, at d, fig. 1. PI.
XXXVII. Traces of the vascular foramina along the outer side of the jaw are
visible in the right dentary piece whose outer side is exposed : the ' splenial '
('opercular,' Cuvier) element is shown at fig. 1, on the left ramus.

In the portion of the left superior maxillary bone (PI. XXXVII. fig. 1 a) all
the teeth are, unluckily, too much broken or abraded to give an idea of the pre-
cise form of their crowns ; they are rather more compressed at their base than in
Mosasaurus Hofmanni : the posterior ridge is much less developed, and the whole
of the posterior longitudinally concave border is more transversely convex than
in Mosasaurus Hofmanni or Mos. Maximiliani. There is as little indication of
the angular or polygonal structure in these teeth as in those of the lower jaw ;
but the enamel shows some longitudinal striations.

All the vertebrae of the Mosasaurus, according to Cuvier, are concave at the
fore-part, convex at the hind-part of their bodies ; the convexity and concavity
being greatest on the anterior vertebrae. The foremost of these are characterized
by an inferior spinous process developed from the middle of the lower surface of
the centrum : they have two transverse and four articular processes, and a long
compressed upper spine. The centrum is longer than it is broad, and broader
than it is high : the terminal articular surfaces are transversely oval or reniform.
Such are the characters of the last cervical or first dorsal vertebra. The
middle dorsal vertebrae are like these, but have no inferior spinous process.
Then follow vertebrae which have no articular or oblique processes (zygapo-
physes), but have longer and flatter transverse processes (diapophyses) , and ter-
minal articular surfaces of a triangular form with the base downwards. Next
come vertebras with transverse processes and inferior processes (parapophyses)
for the articulation of chevron-bones (haemapophyses) : afterwards vertebrae with-
out transverse processes and with large anchylosed chevron-bones (haemapo-
physes) ; and finally vertebrae devoid of all processes whatever.

The vertebrae discovered in the Kentish chalk with the jaws and teeth above
described, and of corresponding proportions with the vertebrae of the Mosasaurus
Hofmanni, present all the generic characters of these parts of the skeleton of
that Lacertian genus, and correspond with the third and sixth kind, or with the
posterior dorsal and the anterior caudal vertebrae, as defined by Cuvier. But the

3 o2

384 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

terminal articulations of the centrum of the dorsal vertebrae of Mosasaurus gracilis
present a full oval (not elliptical) form, the long axis of which is vertical and
the great end downwards (PL XXXVII. fig. 4). The length of the centrum (ib.
fig. 3), which is 3^ centimeters, or 1 inch 5 lines, exceeds the breadth ; but this
is equalled by the height of the centrum. The diapophyses in fig. 2, d, are broken
away ; in fig. 3 it is uncertain whether the surface be a fractured one, or whether
it is a natural articular cavity for the rib ; the analogy of Mosasaurus Hofmanni
favours the former view of it. The neural arch (fig. 3, n) is anchylosed to the
centrum, as in the larger species of Mosasaurus. I can perceive only a feeble
indication of zygapophyses, which shows that the vertebrae (figs. 2, 3 & 4) come
from the posterior region of the back. The neural canal (fig. 4, n) is small and
triangular : a sharp longitudinal ridge rises from the middle of its floor, and on
each side of this there is a vascular canal descending vertically into the sub-
stance of the centrum : this substance presents a coarse fibro-cancellous texture;
the areolse extended longitudinally, and decreasing much in size at the ends of
the centrum. The outer surface of the vertebra is smooth : the margins of the
anterior articular concavity are sharp.

The vertebra (PI. XXXVII. fig. 2) shows, by the lower position of the diapo-
physis (d}, that it comes from a more posterior position of the spine than that
represented in fig. 3. Figs. 4 & 5 give two views of the same vertebra, but in a
reversed position, the haemal canal h being upwards ; they demonstrate another
Mosasaurian character in the anchylosis of the haemapophyses or chevron-bones
to the centrum, as in the posterior caudal vertebras of Mosasaurus Hofmanni :
but the haemal canal (fig. 4, h) is relatively wider, and the entire centrum is
much longer than in the corresponding kind of vertebra figured by Cuvier*.

Three views of the body of a vertebra of the Mosasaurus gracilis, discovered
by the Rev. H. Hooper, M.A., distinguished by his geological researches in the
neighbourhood of Lewes and Brighton, are given in Tab. XXXIX. figs. 5, 6, & 7.
This specimen is from the Sotheram Pit near Lewes. In the rich collection of
Mrs. Smith are preserved some of the bones of a fin or paddle of the Mosasaurus.

From the genus Leiodon^ the Mosasaurus gracilis differs, like the Mosasaurus
Hofmanni, in the inequality of the two sides of the crown of the teeth, which are
bounded or divided by the anterior and posterior ridges. The Mosasaurus Maxi-
miliani differs from the genus Leiodon in the polygonal character of the crowns
of the teeth.

* Loc. cit. pi. 19. fig. 6, A, B. f Odontography, -tto, p. 261, pi. 72. figs. 1 & 2.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 385

Genus LEIODON.

(Tab. XXXVII. figs. 10, 1 1 & 12 ; Tab. XXXVIII. figs. 8 & 9.)

Of three teeth which, by the equality of the two sides, and consequent elliptic-
transverse section of the crown, are referable to the genus Leiodon, one, from the
chalk of Norfolk (PI. XXXVII. fig. 12*), presents the size of the specimens
figured in my ' Odontography ' (pi. 72. figs. 1 & 2), on which the genus was
originally founded, and belongs, therefore, to the Leiodon anceps. The other
specimen, PI. XXXVII. fig. 11, from the chalk of Sussex, presents only half the
size of this; and the third specimen (fig. 10), from the same locality, is still
smaller.

These specimens, now in the museum of Henry Catt, Esq., may belong to
the pterygoid bones of the larger species of Leiodon ; or possibly even to those
bones in the Mosasaurus gracilis, since the pterygoid teeth of the Mosasaurus
Hofmanni approach the characteristic form of the teeth of the genus Leiodon :
but that genus of Mosasauroid Lizards is founded on specimens attached to the
mandibular, not the pterygoid bones.

A fine and characteristic tooth of the Leiodon anceps, found in the chalk in
cutting the Brighton and Lewes railway, and which is also in the collection of
Mr. Catt, is figured in PI. XXXVIII. figs. 8 & 9.

Fig. 14. PI. XXXVII. represents the crown of a conical curved tooth with a full
elliptical base which is excavated in the middle by the apex of the pulp-cavity ;
two principal, but not quite opposite longitudinal ridges divide the surface of
the crown into an outer longitudinally convex, and an inner longitudinally
concave surface : the latter, transversely, forms three-fourths of a circle, and
the same proportion of the circumference of the tooth : the outer facet is less
convex transversely. All the outer surface of the tooth is finely grooved or
striated longitudinally ; but the outer surface also shows four or five longitudinal
ridges or angles of the enamel at unequal intervals, and there is one similar ridge
the inner side near one of the larger boundary ridges. This tooth belongs most
probably to some member of the Mosasauroid family. It is from the chalk
formation near Norwich.

Tribe REPENTIA.
Genus RAPHIOSAURUS.

Species. Raphiosaurus Lucius, (Tab. XXXIX. figs. 1, 2 & 3.)
In a Memoir communicated to the Geological Society of London in 1840, and

386 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

in my ' Report on British Fossil Reptiles,' published in the volume of ' Reports
of the British Association' for 1841, p. 145, I proposed the name of Raphio-
saurus* for a genus of small extinct lacertine Sauria, characterized by slender
awl-shaped teeth, attached by anchylosis in a single series to the bottom of a
shallow alveolar groove, and to the inner side of an outer wall or parapet of the
same groove ; thus corresponding with that type of saurian dentition called
' pleurodont ' amongst modern Lizards f.

The specimen figured in PL XXXIX. figs. 1, 2 & 3, was discovered in the
lower chalk near Cambridge ; it consists of a considerable portion of the
dentary part of the lower jaw, and contains twenty-two of the above-described
teeth, arranged in a close series : a, fig. 3, is a tooth in place ; b, a tooth with
the crown broken off; and c, the groove or incomplete socket of a shed tooth.

At the period when this fossil was described J, the only vertebrae of a lacertine
Saurian, which at all approximated to the proportions of the species indicated by
the jaw and teeth of the Raphiosaurus, were those which Sir Philip de M. Grey
Egerton had kindly submitted to my inspection, and which are figured in the
volume of the Geological Society's Transactions already cited. That chain of
vertebrae was discovered in the lower chalk of Kent, and manifested specific
distinctions from the vertebrae of the existing genera of Lacertians with which
I was able to compare them in 1840 ; and at that time I could only suggest,
when pressed for a closer determination, that, on the hypothesis of their having
belonged to the same species as the fossil Lacertian from the Cambridge chalk,
they must be referred to a Lizard generically distinct from any known existing
species. Other specimens with which Mr. Dixon afterwards supplied me, have
rendered it highly probable that the vertebras (figured in PI. XXXIX. fig. 4)
belonged to an extinct Lizard, distinct from the Cambridge Raphiosaurus Lucius,
with the vertebral characters of which species we are still, therefore, unac
quainted.

Genus CONIASAURUS.

Species. Coniasaurus crassidens. (Tab. XXXVII. figs. 18, 19, 19 a & 20.)

Two genera of Lizards of the cretaceous period, with procselian cup-and-ball
vertebrae, similar in size and form to those of the series figured and described in
the ' Geological Transactions ,' are now no longer hypothetical, but have been

* From pafyiov an awl, oavpos a lizard. f Odontography, 4to, p. 182.

J Transactions of the Geological Society, 2nd Series, vol. vi. p. 412, pi. 39. fig. 3.
Ib. p. 443.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 387

satisfactorily established by the discovery of portions of jaws and teeth associated
with sucli vertebrae. The first of these specimens, which discloses a small ex-
tinct Lacertian, distinct from Raphiosaurus, and characteristic of the chalk
formation, was obtained from the lower chalk at Clayton, Sussex, and forms par 1
of the choice and instructive collection of Henry Catt, Esq., of Brighton. It is
figured in PI. XXXVII. figs. 19 & 20, and a group of vertebrae of apparently the
same species is represented in fig. 18.

These vertebrae are represented of the natural size. Like those first figured
in the ' Geological Transactions,' torn, cit., pi. 39, they present an anterior con-
cavity or cup, and a posterior ball upon the bodies for their reciprocal articula-
tion ; and a tubercle is developed from each side of the vertebral body near its
anterior end for the articulation of the rib. The non-articular surface of the
vertebra is smooth ; its under part is concave in the axis of the body, convex
transversely. On the very probable supposition, however, that the vertebrae, v,
fig. 19, belonged to the same animal as the jaw which is imbedded in the same
portion of chalk, such vertebrae must be smaller in proportion to the head than
in the extinct species of lacertine Saurian, likewise from the chalk (PI. XXXVIII.
fig. 1), and to which there will be adduced reasons for believing that the fine
specimen in the collection of Sir P. de M. Grey Egerton, Bart. (PI. XXXIX. fig. 4)
belongs. The fossil jaw and teeth in PI. XXXVII. fig. 19. determine the distinct-
ness of the Coniasaurus from the above-named fossil as well as from all known
recent Lizards.

The dentary bone contains from 18 to 20 teeth ; the anterior five or six teeth
are slender, slightly recurved, pointed or laniariform ; the rest progressively in-
crease in thickness as they are placed further back ; expanding above the neck,
slightly compressed laterally, most convex inwardly, with an anterior border
which is more prominent and curved than the posterior one : the anterior margin
is further characterized by a longitudinal groove on its outer side. Some of the
posterior teeth show a slight longitudinal indent near the posterior obtuse border ;
on the last molar is smaller and more obtuse than the others. The enamel is very
finely wrinkled. The teeth are closely and rather obliquely arranged ; the long
simple roots are anchylosed to the bottom of the shallow alveolar groove and to
the inner side of the outer wall, and their excavations indicate the usual mode of
succession and displacement : a few alternate teeth have been shed.

The mode of attachment more resembles that which characterises the teeth in
Lacerta proper and other Caslodont genera of the Lacertian tribe ; but in the

388 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

number, proportions, and general shape of the teeth, the present species more
resembles some of the Iguanian tribe. The anterior coronal groove is continued
to the anterior margin of the crown, which it slightly indents in the larger teeth ;
but this is the only approach to that complex structure which characterises the
teeth of the typical Iguanidas. Fig. 19 a is a magnified view of the crown of
one of the anterior teeth ; and fig. 1 9 a' of one of the posterior teeth.

There is no existing species of the Iguanian or other herbivorous family, nor of
any of the pleurodont Saurians, with which the present chalk-fossil is identical ;
nor can I refer it to any of the established genera of Lacertia. The absence of
the cranium and bones of the extremities does not allow of any closer compari-
son with the Monitors, Iguanas or Scinks ; but the characters of the teeth justify
the consideration of the fossil as the type of a hitherto undescribed genus and
species, which I therefore propose to call Coniasaurus crassidens, or the thick-
toothed Lizard of the Chalk formation.

The specimens represented in figs. 18, 19 & 20 are from the Clayton chalk-
pit near Brighton : a smaller portion of a lower jaw and a few teeth have been
obtained by Mr. Dixon from the Washington chalk- pit near Worthing: and
vertebra? have been found by Mr. Catt in the upper chalk near Falmer, during
the cutting of the railroad from Brighton to Lewes. These are the only speci-
mens of the genus and species that have yet been discovered.

Genus DOLICHOSAURUS.

Species. Dolichosaurus longicollis. (Tab. XXXVIII. figs. 1 & 2 ;
Tab. XXXIX. fig. 4.)

Mr. Dixon has obtained such information relative to the beautiful specimen of
the mutilated head and anterior thirty-six vertebra? of the fossil Lizard from the
lower chalk of Kent, in the admirable collection of Mrs. Smith of Tunbridge,
and figured in PI. XXXVIII. fig. 1 , as leaves no doubt in his mind that it formed
part of the same skeleton with the chain of posterior abdominal and sacral ver-
tebra? in the collection of Sir P. de M. Grey Egerton, Bart., M.P., F.G.S.,
and which is figured in the ' Geological Transactions,' 2nd Series, vol. vi. pi. 39 ;
and in the present work at PI. XXXIX. fig. 4.

Both specimens are from the same quarry or pit at Burham in Kent, were
found at the same time, and there is good reason to suppose in the same block
of chalk. It appears, however, that they were disposed of by the quarrymen to

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 389

different persons, and ultimately found their way to the two collections of which
they are now respectively the ornaments.

Assuming then the two groups of vertebrae to have belonged to the same
skeleton, and the conformity in shape, and size of the vertebrae and ribs, favour
the conclusion which Mr. Dixon has drawn from the historical evidence, we
may then enumerate fifty-seven vertebras between the skull and the pelvis, sup-
posing that none have been lost between the end of the specimen in PI. XXXVIII.
and the beginning of that in PI. XXXIX. Amongst existing Lacertians this
number of abdominal (cervical and dorsal) vertebrae is equalled only by those
snake-like species (Pseudopus, Bipes, Ophisaurus) which seem to make the trans-
ition from the Lacertian to the Ophidian Reptiles : but not any of such genera
manifest so well-developed a humerus and scapular arch as are indicated in
fig. 1. PI. XXXVIII., at 51 & 53, or so complete a sacrum and pelvic bones as
are shown in fig. 4. PI. XXXIX. Of those existing Lacertians which had the
hinder extremities as well developed as in the extinct species under considera-
tion, the greatest recorded number of vertebrae between the skull and the sacrum
is forty-one*.

Although the evidence relating to the discovery of the specimens (fig. 4.
PI. XXXIX. and fig. 1. PL XXXVIII.) is such as to lead me to deem it highly
probable that they form the anterior and posterior moieties of the vertebrae of
the trunk of the same individual ; yet, as it does not amount to absolute de-
monstration, the characters of the Saurian in question must for the present be
rigorously deduced from those parts which are unaffected by such uncertainty.
In this fit condition for scientific comparison must be regarded the, fragment of
skull, and the chain of thirty-six vertebrae imbedded in one block of chalk and
represented in PI. XXXVIII. fig. 1. The most cautious and sceptical Palaeon-
tologist must admit, after scrupulous examination of the specimen, that the jaws
and the portion of vertebral column, which are accurately figured in the plate,
have belonged to one and the same animal, having been subject to no greater
amount of dislocation than is represented at the twenty-fifth vertebra for example,
and in the position of some of the ribs. Viewing the slight extent of displace-
ment of any of these parts in the fossil, it is very improbable that the scapular
arch (51) should have been subjected to any considerably greater degree of dis-
placement ; and taking, also, into consideration the gradual diminution of the

* According to the table in Cuvier, Li't-oiis d'Anat. Comp. i. (1836) p. 221, e.g. in the Srincus
ocellattts.

3E

390 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

vertebrae, as they extend forwards from the place of the scapular arch in the fossil,
at the eighteenth or twentieth vertebrae, to the cranium, and the remarkable and
striking difference in the shape and size of the pleurapophyses (vertebral ribs,
pi, pi) in those anterior vertebrae, I am led to conclude that the position of the
remains of the scapular arch (51) in the fossil was, in relation to the vertebral
column, its true position in the skeleton of the living reptile, and that the
vertebras anterior to it answer to those which are called cervical by Cuvier, in
those existing Lizards which have four well-developed extremities.

The artificial character of the ' cervical ' vertebrae of anatomy is more
obvious in the Lacertine Sauria than in most other vertebrates. Cuvier, who
has assigned a given number of such vertebrae to several species of Lacertians
in his ' Table of the Vertebra? of Reptiles*,' does not define their characters.
He merely observes that ' ' they have inferior crests like the anterior dorsal ver-

tebraet."

With regard to the Monitor (Varanus) Cuvier affirms, in another workf, that

the " inferior crest distinguishes the cervical from the dorsal vertebrae ;" but he
admits that the first three of these dorsal vertebrae have an inferior tubercle.
Proceeding next to speak of the American Monitor (Monitor proper, or Tejus),
he says, <: Les vertebres cervicales, determinees par les fausses cotes anterieures,
sont au nombre de huit, c'est-a-dire qu'il y a six paires de ces fausses cotes."
This number of so-defined cervicals is found in the Iguanians, Basiliscs, true
Lizards, Geckos, Anolises, Agamians and Stellios. But Cuvier avows that two
if not three of the last of these cervical vertebrae, although their false ribs (pleur-
apophyses) do not reach the sternum, are embraced by the scapular arch, and
concur in the formation of the chest : if these be accordingly subtracted, the
number of cervicals will be reduced, Cuvier says, to five. In the ' Table of
Vertebrae ' above-cited only four cervicals are allowed to the Iguana, Basilisc,
the banded Gecko, Anolis, Agama, and Levantine Stellio. There is a difference,
however, in the number assigned to some of these species in the table in the
' Ossemens Fossiles||.' But all these discrepances depend on the arbitrary and
inconsistent characters that have been assigned to the cervical vertebrae of Lizards.
Recognizing the artificial nature of such a group of vertebrae, I believe that
that character would be most easily determined, and, therefore, most convenient
in its application, which should be founded on the absence of sternal ribs

* Le9ons d'Anat. Comp. i. (1835) p. 220. t II. p. 215.

J Ossemens Fossiles, 4-to, v. pt. ii. p. 284. Ib. p. 285. || Tom. cit. p. 288

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 391

(haemapophyses) : according to which the vertebra that first was joined to the
sternum by sternal ribs would be reckoned as the first ' dorsal,' and all anterior
to it as ' cervical vertebrae.' This arbitrary character would agree with that by
which the cervical vertebrae are, in point of fact, defined in the Human subject
and mammalia generally.

In the fossil Lacertian, however, which forms the more immediate subject of
this description, there is no indication of a junction of the vertebral rib (pleur-
apophysis) by a sternal rib (haemapophysis) with a sternum (haemal spine), and I
can only compare the cervical region of the spine with that in existing Lacertians,
insofar as relates to the vertebrae situated between the skull and the scapular
arch. The number of vertebrae so situated in modern Lacertians is usually five,
and rarely exceeds six : in the Dolichosaurus it was seventeen. In modern
Lacertians the bodies and neural arches of such cervicals are scarcely inferior in
breadth to the succeeding vertebrae, and commonly surpass them in depth by
reason of the largely developed inferior spinous processes. The short anterior
pleurapophyses are usually thick, broad, and expanded at their extremities, or are
' hatchet-shaped' (Cyclodus, Tiliqua, Scincus). Besides the superior number of
the cervicals in the Dolichosaurus, they exhibit a more decided decrease of size
as they approach the head : the pleurapophysis of the third or fourth vertebra
is short, almost straight, and very slender : that of the eighth or ninth vertebra
is also very slender, and but a little longer : those of the three succeeding
vertebrae progressively though slightly increase in length, but the vertebral ribs
do not exhibit their normal length until the seventeenth or eighteenth vertebra :
the pleurapophysial character of these eighteen or twenty anterior vertebrae is
much more like that of the same vertebrae in the Ophidian than in the existing
Lacertian reptiles : and there is no trace of any of the vertebral ribs having
supported sternal ribs, or having been attached by these to a sternum. The
slender anterior ribs increase in length, however, more gradually in the Dolicho-
saurus than in Serpents.

The parietal and occipital regions of the fossil skull, with the atlas and dentata,
have been too much crushed to allow of their structure being accurately determined
and compared: the first tolerably entire vertebra appears to be the fourth from the
head : the expanded back-part of the neural arch receives the contracted fore-
part of that arch of the fifth vertebra : the base of the neural spine is slightly
expanded posteriorly. In the fifth and succeeding vertebrae the anterior articular
processes look upwards, the posterior ones downwards, and they are simple as

3E2

392 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

in ordinary Lizards, but rather longer and more slender. The thin base of the
neural spine extends along the middle of the summit of the entire arch ; the
sides of which slope downwards and outwards more gradually, i.e. do not curve
outwards so suddenly as in the Iguana and Cydodus. The short convex diapo-
physis (d) supporting the rib is developed from the side of the fore-part of
the centrum beneath and a little behind the anterior zygapophysis. I excavated
the chalk beneath the seventh vertebra, and exposed a short compressed inferior
spine projecting downwards from the middle of the hinder half of the centrum.
The ribs are hollow, as in the Cydodus* and in Ophidians. The long pleur-
apophyses of the twentieth and succeeding vertebrae are more compressed than in
the Iguana and Cydodus : they are less regularly or gradually curved : the com-
paratively straight middle portion after the first slight bend is too constant in the
ribs of the fossil not to be natural : this shape of the ribs indicates the abdomen
to have been more compressed, as the number of vertebrae shows it to have been
longer than in the Iguana or Cydodus. The twenty-sixth vertebra is dislocated :
the two following are turned upon their side and expose the under part : here the
inferior spine has disappeared : the surface is smooth, slightly punctate, gently
concave lengthwise, convex transversely. Figure 2 gives a direct side-view,
magnified, of the best-preserved ramus (the left) of the jaw : below, in outline, of
the natural size ; above, magnified. The extent and upward curve of the coronoid
piece (c) most resembles that in the Varanus (Cuvier, loc. cit. pi. 16. fig. 8, c) ;
but in this genus it is relatively shorter than in the Dolichosaurus , and in other
recent Lacertians it is still shorter and more pyramidal in shape. The extent
of the surangular (so), and its length behind the coronoid, are lacertian charac-
ters : but the outer surface is divided by a longitudinal ridge or angle into an
upper and a lower facet, the upper one being slightly excavated : the enameled
crowns of the last four teeth show a simple obtuse shape ; they are chiefly re-
markable for their small proportional size. The two dentary bones meet at an
acute angle ; that on the right side joins a supra-angular piece which is continued
back to near the articular surface. Allowing a symphysis of the ordinary
lacertian proportions, the length of the under jaw may be estimated to have
been four centimeters (1 inch 7 lines), or equal to between four and five dorsal
vertebrae.

Parallel with the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth vertebrae lie the remains

* The vertebral ribs (pleurapophyses) are probably hollow in other Lacertians, but I cite only the
genus in which I have found them so in the present comparison.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 393

of a broad, thin and flat bone (si), with a smooth emargination, and a rough or
slightly granulated surface. As the broad, thin and anteriorly emarginate
scapula of the Iguana presents a similar surface, I conclude the part in the fossil
marked 51 to be the scapula ; and the short, thick, subcylindrical, hollow bone (53),
slightly twisted and expanded at both ends, to be the shaft of the humerus : it is
shorter in proportion to its breadth than in the existing Lizards, and probably
supported a shorter fore-arm and fore-foot ; the whole limb being therefore,
perhaps, more formed for swimming than in the Monitors and Iguanae.

The ball-and-socket structure ot the vertebrae is better adapted to sustain the
body on dry land than the biconcave structure ; but the modern Crocodiles, the
Amblyrhynchus, and the rare instance of the Lepidosteus amongst fishes, prove it
not to be incompatible with aquatic habits. The Dolichosaurus, with a proccelian
type of vertebrate structure, and amongst the earliest reptiles that manifested
such structure, may well have been a good swimmer and frequenter of the
ancient ocean of its epoch, as well as a crawler on dry land. Although the arti-
culations of the vertebrae must have limited if not prohibited the bending of the
spine in the vertical direction, the extent of lateral flexuosity is considerable ;
the double curve of the fore-part of the vertebral column, preserved in fig. 1,
being evidently the natural one assumed in the last struggles of the dying
animal.

Assuming that the specimens fig. 1 . PI. XXXVIII. and fig. 4. PI. XXXIX.
give the natural length of the neck and trunk of the Dolichosaurus, to which
trunk the size of the anterior caudal vertebrae indicate a long and strong tail to
have been appended, the progress of the long and slender Dolichosaurus through
the water would be by flexuous and undulatory lateral movements of the entire
body, like those of a water-snake or eel.

The specimen fig. 1. PL XXXVIII. demonstrates that this proccelian Lizard of
the cretaceous period had a smaller head and a longer, more slender and tapering
neck than any known existing species of the Lacertian order of Reptiles.

The hinder moiety of the trunk-vertebrae, with part of the pelvis and root of
the tail, which, from the correspondence of size, shape and structure of the
vertebrae, I refer to the Dolichosaurus, and from the evidence above given, corro-
borated by the disposition of the parts in the chalk-matrix, I believe to be part of
the same skeleton as the anterior moiety, fig. 1. PL XXXVIII. includes twenty-
one abdominal, two sacral, and five caudal vertebrae. They have been exposed by
the removal of the chalk from their inferior or ventral surfaces, the operation

394 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

having been commenced from the opposite side of the block from that at which
the exposure of the part of the skeleton in the other portion of the same block
of chalk has been effected. The bodies of the vertebra? and the ribs show the
same disposition and slight degree of dislocation as in the specimen. The ribs
have been pressed by the weight of the surrounding chalk, as the soft parts
yielded and became decomposed, close to the sides of the vertebrae, but with
scarcely any further dislocation ; and the vertebrae, maintaining the close arti-
culations of their cup-and-ball surfaces, continue, with not more deviation from
the straight line than a slight flexuosity, like that shown by the last six vertebrae
in the moiety of the skeleton in PI. XXXVIII.

The under surfaces of the vertebrae exhibit the same smooth, imperforate,
longitudinally concave, transversely convex surfaces, as in the anterior dorsals
of the last-described specimen : as in that specimen, also, they are longer in
proportion to their breadth than in the Monitor (Varanus ?) figured by Cuvier*,
or than in the Iguana, Cyclodus and Tiliqua : the diapophyses rise by a shorter
base than in the Iguana : in an Australian Tiliqua I find the under surface of the
centrum with two vascular perforations towards its fore-part, which are not pre-
sent in the Dolichosaurus, nor in many of the existing Lacertians. Each diapo-
physis forms a short rounded tubercle, immediately below the base of the ante-
rior zygapophysis ; and the simple, slightly expanded head of the rib is excavated
to fit the tubercle. In the degree of compression and expansion of the proximal
portions of the ribs, and in their curvature, the present precisely corresponds
with the preceding portion of the skeleton of the Dolichosaurus ; and it is obvious
that the natural form of the abdomen must have been deep and narrow, like that
of the Water-Snakes (Hy dr aphides) .

The length of the last two abdominal vertebrae slightly decreases : a short,
slender, nearly straight and pointed pleurapophysis projects outwards from the
diapophysis of the last abdominal (lumbar) vertebra with which it has become
anchylosed. The pleurapophyses of the next two vertebrae are equally confluent
with the diapophyses, but are rather longer and much thicker than those of the
preceding vertebra : they are also slightly expanded and truncate at their ends ;
they determine by these proportions the ' sacral vertebrae,' which thus agree in
number, as in general structure, in the Dolichosaurus with those in existing
Lacertians.

Part of the bodies of the two sacral vertebrae has been destroyed, but evident

* Ossera. Foss. v. pt. ii. pi. 1 7- fig. 23.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 395

traces of the persistent cup-and-ball articulation between them remain. In the
Scincoids the bodies of the sacral vertebra become anchylosed together. The
extremities of the sacral pleurapophyses come into contact in the Dolichosaurus ,
but do not coalesce : the second sacral vertebra presents a ball to the first caudal,
as in existing Lacertians, not a cup, as in the modern Crocodilia. On the right
side of the specimen the hinder half of the iliac bone extends backwards, pro-
jecting freely a short way behind the second sacral pleurapophysis, as in some
modern Lacertians (Cyclodus, e. g.). On the left side a part of the ilium is
preserved, which extends to the acetabulum. A portion of the expanded ischium
is likewise preserved, and the distal half of the left femur extends back in a right
line from the position of the hip-joint. The length of the entire femur could not
have exceeded three centimeters (14 lines) ; it thus agrees in its relative shortness
with the humerus in PI. XXXVIII. fig. 1, 53, and accords with the idea that the
Dolichosaurus was more aquatic in its habits than the modern Lacertians, most
of which have longer proportional burner! and femora. The femur of the Doli-
chosaurus had a medullary cavity. The under surface of the first two caudal
vertebrae is impressed by a median, longitudinal, shallow canal, bounded by two
slight ridges, diverging posteriorly in the second caudal to the tubercles that
have supported the haemal arch ; these tubercles are close to the posterior arti-
culation. A part of the spine of this haemal arch is preserved nearly in its true
position.

The foregoing comparisons show that all the general characters of the Lacertian
type of the vertebrate skeleton are presented by the Dolichosaurus : they are
most modified in the cervical region, where the Ophidian type is rather followed,
in the number and size of the vertebrae, and in the size and shape of the ribs :
a less decided approach, but one still indicating an affinity to the Ophidians, is
made by the unusual length of the slender trunk, which includes, from the skull
to the sacrum, not fewer than fifty-seven vertebra, and is not less than eighteen
inches in length. The smallness of the head accords with the long and slender
proportions of the neck, and must have added to the snake-like appearance of
this early example of proccelian lizard. But the complete and typically Lacer-
tian organization of the scapular and pelvic arches, and of their locomotive
appendages, proves that the Dolichosaurus was more strictly a lacertine Saurian
than the existing genera, Pseudopus, Bipes and Ophisaurus, which effect the
transition from the Lizards to the Snakes, or typical Ophidian reptiles.

396 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

Order CHELONIA.
Family MARINA.

Genus CHELONE. (Tab. XXXIX. figs. 5 & 6.)

Of several fragmentary specimens of fossil remains from the chalk, referable
to the Chelonian order, in the Museum of Mr. Dixon, the most characteristic is
the series of five marginal plates represented of the natural size at figures 5 & 6,
Tab. XXXIX. The inner surface of these plates being excavated by the cavities
for receiving the pointed ends of the ribs, as shown in figure 5, such indication
of that articulation by gomphosis enables one to refer the specimens to a large
species of Turtle (Chelone),

Order ENALIOSAURIA.

Family PLESIOSAUROIDEA.

Genus PLESIOSAURUS.

Of all existing Reptiles the Chelonians make the nearest approach to the pre-
sent remarkable extinct genus in the length and flexibility of the neck, in the
size of the true body of the atlas (processus dentatus, Auct.), which resumes its
normal relations with the neural arch of that vertebra in Chelys and Chelodina ;
in the natatory form of the extremities as exemplified in the paddles of the
Turtle ; and in the great expanse of the ischium and pubis ; whilst the Plesio-
sauri exhibit, next to the Turtles, the greatest development of the abdominal
ribs (hsemapophyses and their spines) , which form a kind of interwoven flexible
' plastron' beneath the abdomen. I pass therefore in the present catalogue of
British Reptilian Fossils from the aquatic Turtles to the extinct marine Saurians.

Species. Plesiosaurus Bernardi, Owen. (Tab. XL.)

In my ' Report on British Fossil Reptiles,' one species of Plesiosaurus, viz.
Plesiosaurus pachyomus, was defined from remains discovered in the greensand
division of the Cretaceous series * ; and the existence of the genus Plesiosaurus,
at the period of the deposition of the latest member of that series, was inferred
from the discovery of the femur of a large species in the chalk which forms the
well-known ' Shakespeare's Cliff' near Dover f.

* ' Report on British Fossil Reptiles,' Trans. Brit Association (1839), p. 74. f Ibid. p. 193.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 397

This indication has been since confirmed by the discovery of both teeth and
vertebrae of the Plesiosaurus in the same formation ; and the cervical vertebra
figured in Tab. XL., which was obtained from the upper chalk-pit, at Houghton,
near Arundel, Sussex, indicates a species nearly allied to the Plesiosaurus pachyo-
mus from the greensand of Cambridge.

The following are the dimensions of the vertebra from Houghton and of the
most perfect of those of the above-cited species from the greensand :

/'/. pachyomus. PI. Bernardi.
In. Lines. In. Lines.

Longitudinal diameter of centrum .... 1 7 19

Transverse diameter 2 3 3

Vertical diameter 1 9 2

The breadth of the centrum is proportionally greater in the vertebra from the
chalk, which further differs from that from the greensand in the anchylosis of
the pleurapophyses, pi (hatchet-bones or cervical ribs) ; which, if they presented
the characteristic expansion of their extremities, must have supported the
hatchet-shaped head on an unusually long body or pedicle. The articular
surfaces of the centrum are more concave than in most Plesiosauri, and deepen
to a central pit, in which they resemble those of the Plesiosaurus pachyomus ;
but they differ inasmuch as the circumference of the surface is convex, and
appears at c a, c p, upon a side view of the vertebra, fig. 3, Tab. XL. The
central pit is transversely elongated in PL pachyomus, but is circular in PL Ber-
nardi.

Both neurapophyses (n) and pleurapophyses (pi) are anchylosed to the
centrum. The neurapophyses coalesce together, and send almost vertically up-
wards a spinous process which exceeds in length the whole vertical diameter of
the vertebra below it, and is more than twice its own antero- posterior diameter ;
it is compressed, and gradually decreases in thickness as it rises ; it presents a
rough shallow tract along its fore-part (fig. 1), and a deeper and smoother
excavation behind (fig. 2, s). Two small zygapophyses (z, z!) are developed
from both the fore-part (z) and back-part (z 1 ) of the neural arch. The pleur-
apophyses are long, subdepressed, slightly expanded as they extend downwards,
outwards and backwards ; but the fractured ends do not show how far they
have extended forwards and backwards into a hatchet-shaped extremity. They
have coalesced with the lower part of the sides of the centrum, an extent more
than their own vertical diameter intervening between them and the base of the

SF

398 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

anchylosed neurapophyses. The articulated cervical ribs in the PL pachyomus
have a similar low position on the centrum.

The under part of the centrum presents two deep pits from which the vascular
canals ascend, divided by a moderately thick convex longitudinal bar (fig. 4).
The non-articular surface of the centrum is smooth, and the sides of the
centrum slightly concave.

A very interesting and well-marked additional species of the singular genus
Plesiosaurus is thus indicated by the present unusually perfect fossil vertebra.
As it was discovered on one of the estates of his Grace the Duke of Norfolk, I
avail myself of the opportunity of fulfilling a request of my lamented friend Mr.
Dixon, and of gratifying my own wishes, by dedicating this new species to the
memory of LORD BERNARD HOWARD, a young nobleman of great promise and
most amiable disposition, and who had given much attention to the science of
geology : he died suddenly in Egypt at the early age of twenty-one years, whilst
pursuing his travels in order to acquire a knowledge of the antiquities, the arts,
and policy of distant countries.

Plesiosaurus constrictus, Owen. (Tab. XXXVII. figs. 6 & 7.)

The species of Plesiosaurus from the chalk -pit at Steyning, Sussex, indicated by
the centrum of a middle cervical vertebra, which is figured in Tab. XXXVII. figs. 6
& 7, differs from that of the Plesiosaurus Bernardi, Tab. VI., in its great length
as compared with the height and breadth of the articular surfaces of the centrum,
and in the small size of the costal articulation, the pleurapophyses having been
unanchylosed to the centrum ; it also differs from all the species of Plesiosaur
hitherto denned in the degree of lateral constriction of the centrum between
those surfaces, if this be natural. The free or non-articular surface of the
centrum is rugose, showing the coarsely fibrous texture of the bone. The
under surface is slightly concave, both transversely and longitudinally, is
subquadrate and oblong, with two approximated vascular orifices at its centre,
separated by a slight rising, which is not developed into a ridge. The small
costal surfaces, pi, are elliptic, situated at the middle of the ridge dividing the
under from the lateral surfaces of the centrum ; twice their own vertical
diameter below the neurapophysial surfaces, and equidistant from the two ends
of the centrum. The articular surfaces here are slightly convex at their
circumference, slightly concave in the rest of their extent, with a feeble
longitudinal rising at the centre interrupted by a transverse linear groove.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 399

The neurapophysis terminates below in a very open angle. The vertebra
appears to have been subject to pressure, and is slightly distorted ; but it is
difficult to conceive how this could have operated partially as to have produced
the compressed character of the middle of the centrum and have left the two
articular ends of their natural form.

In. Lines.

Antero-posterior diameter of centrum 2 4

Transverse diameter of articular surface of ditto. ... 2 2

Vertical diameter of ditto 1 7\

Distance between the neurapophysial and costal pits . . 1
Transverse diameter of middle of centrum above the

costal pits 1 7

TEETH OF PLESIOSAURI.

Plesiosaurus Bernardi.

Two teeth with enameled crowns 1 inch in length when perfect, and half
an inch in diameter at their circular base, slightly curved and gradually tapering
to a point, with a few longitudinal enamel ridges of different lengths, and none
extending to the apex, belong by these characters to the genus Plesiosaurus,
and are referable by their size to the PI. Bernardi. The fang or root is
cylindrical, smooth, and devoid of enamel. One of these teeth, which is figured
in Tab. XXXVII. fig. 8, was obtained from the Scaddlescombe chalk-pit, near
Lewes, Sussex. The other specimen, Tab. XXXVII. fig. 9, is from Southeram,
Sussex.

Plesiosaurus constrictus.

A smaller tooth of a Plesiosaurus with more numerous longitudinal ridges
(Tab. XXXVII. fig. 13), may probably have belonged to the Plesiosaurus con-
strictus. This tooth is also from Southeram.

Plesiosaurus (?).

A much-fractured tooth (Tab. XXXVII. fig. 15), as thick as those of figs. 9
& 18, but diminishing more rapidly to the apex, shows similar unequal but more
numerous ridges all round the enameled surface ; its crown is composed of
the same kind of hard dentine as in the Crocodiles and Plesiosaurs, with a
moderately thick covering of enamel.

3 F 2

400 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

The tooth may be a variety of the Plesiosaurian type, or it may have belonged
to a Steneosauroid Crocodilian. It was obtained from the same chalk-pit, at
Houghton, near Arundel, as the vertebra of the Plesiosaurus Bernardi.

Genus ICHTHYOSAURUS*.

Species. Ich. communis? (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 10.)

These teeth were found in Kent, and are now in the museum of William
Harris, Esq., F.G.S. Other teeth of the same species are preserved in the well-
arranged and instructive cabinet of the Rev. Thomas Image, M.A., rector of
Whepstead, Suffolk : these were discovered in the chalk near Cambridge. Mr.
Dixon had informed me that he was not aware of any specimen of Ichthyosaurus
having been found in Sussex.

The group of teeth figured in Tab. XXXIX. fig. 10. belong unquestionably
to the genus Ichthyosaurus, and so closely correspond in form and size with
those of the Ichthyosaurus communis, that I cannot presume, in the absence of
any knowledge of the characters of the vertebras or paddles, to pronounce them
to belong to a distinct species.

Order PTEROSAURIA, Given.
Genus PTERODACTYL us.

Within the last few years several new species of ' Pterodactyle ' have been dis-
covered in the secondary strata from the lias to the chalk inclusive. The form
of these extinct flying Lizards is so extraordinary as to have given rise to differ-
ent conjectures or theories respecting their nature and affinities ; some palaeon-
tologists supposing them to have been a kind of Bat, others a modified Bird ;
but the conclusions to which Cuvier finally arrived are those now generally
adopted, viz. that, on account of the construction of the skull, the compound
lower jaw supported by tympanic pedicles, and the teeth inserted into distinct
sockets, the Pterodactyle was a Saurian reptile or Lizard ; but with the bones of
the fore-arm and hand singularly elongated like those in the bat, and the bones
light and hollow, as in the bird, thus adapting the creature to powerful and rapid
flight, with probably the power of swimming. Remains of specimens equalling

* The reader who may desire to be made acquainted with the general characters of this extinct
Sea-lizard is referred to the excellent ' Bridgewater Treatise' by Dr. Buckland.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 401

in size the raven or cormorant have been discovered ; but no satisfactory deter-
mination has yet been made of any larger species : the only unequivocal examples
from the chalk of Kent that I have hitherto inspected, do not exceed in size those
of the Pterodactylus macronyx of the Oxford oolite. As the marine lizards called
Plesififtiiu-ns and Polypiychodon are supposed to have frequented estuaries, or to
have swum near the shore, and as the Pterodactylus cannot be supposed to have
flown far out to sea, the discovery of their remains in the chalk indicates the
proximity of that formation to the land : and it may be remembered that the
Iguanodon has been discovered in one division of the Cretaceous group.

Species. Pter. conirostris, Owen. (Tab. XXXVIII. figs. 4, 5, 6 & 7.)

The specimens of the anterior part of the upper and lower jaws of a Pterodac-
tyle (Tab. XXXVIII. figs. 4 & :">), and of the conjoined extremities of the scapula
and coracoid (fig. 6), both from Burham chalk-pit in Kent; and the portion of
one of the long bones of the wing (metacarpus of fifth digit, fig. 7), from a
chalk-pit at Hailing in the same county, have previously been figured in the
' Quarterly Geological Journal,' vol. ii. pi. 1, and are there referred to a species
which Mr. Bowerbank states that he has described (ib. p. 8), and which he pro-
poses to call Pterodactylus giganteus. The figures with which Mr. Dixon's plate
is illustrated are originals of the natural size, from the specimens cited. That
of the fractured scapular arch (fig. 6; corresponds in size with the same part in
the Pterodactylus (Ramphorhynchus) Gemmingi, Von Meyer* : the length of the
head of the Pter. Gemmingi, from the nasal aperture to the end of the beak, is 7
centimeters or 2 inches 9 lines ; the length of the same part in the cranium from
the chalk (fig. 6) is 5 centimeters or 2 inches ; but the Pterodactylus Gemmingi
belongs to the section of the Pterosauria with long and slender beaks. In the
Pterodactylus macronyx found in the lias of Lyme Regis, and now in the British
Museum, the scapular arch rather exceeds in size that from the chalk of Kent
figured in Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 6. The metacarpal bone of the fifth or elongated
digit of the Pterodactylus Bucklandi, from Stonesfield, now in the museum of the
Earl of Enniskillen, exceeds in size the largest of those from the chalk figured in
the ' Quarterly Geological Journal,' vol. ii. pi. 1. fig. 6, and in Tab. XXXVIII.
fig. 7 of the present work : at the same time it is to be observed, that this bone,
as well as the scapular arch (fig. 6), accords in proportion with the jaws (figs. 4
& 5), and together, if of a full-grown individual, indicate the inferiority of size

* Palaeontographica, 4to, 1846, taf. v.

402 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

of this species of Pterodactyle from the chalk to that of which numerous remains
have been found in the oolitic slate at Stonesfield*.

So far as I have been favoured by the opportunity of making observations on
true and indubitable remains of the Pterodactyle from the Kentish chalk, it
appears to have been a smaller species than the Pterodactylus BucMandi, and
not to have exceeded, to say the most, the Pter. macronyx and Pter. Gemmingi.

The idea of the gigantic proportions of the Pterodactyle of our chalk-deposits
has, in fact, been founded on the assumption that the fossil bones of the Cimo-
liornis figured in my ' British Fossil Mammals and Birds,' pp. 545, 546, figs.
230, 231, and in Tab. XXXIX. figs. 11 & 12 of the present work, belong to the
genus Pterodactylus, and to the same species as the portion of cranium (Tab.
XXXVIII. figs. 4 & 5) and the scapular arch (fig. 6). The disproportion of the
long bone (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 11) to the scapular arch (Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 6) is
such as to need only to be glanced at to form a judgement of the improbability
of their belonging to the same species of Pterodactyle ; admitting, for the sake
of the comparison, Mr. Bowerbank's hypothesis that the long bone formed part
of the skeleton of a gigantic Pterodactyle. But, if we further admit it to have
belonged to the same species as the scapular arch, this idea of Mr. Bowerbank's
must of necessity involve the assumption that the scapular arch (Tab. XXXVIII.
fig. 6) has belonged to a very young individual of the species, which assumption
is negatived by the anchylosis that has taken place between the scapula (51)
and the coracoid (52), where they contribute to form the glenoid cavity g for
the humerus. I have yet obtained no evidence which shakes my original con-
clusion that the bone (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 1 1) is part of the shaft of a humerus of
a kmgi-pennate bird, like the Albatros. It is unnecessary to repeat here the
reasons and comparisons that have led me to view in the distal extremity of the
tibia of the Albatros the nearest approximation to the form of the well-defined
trochlear articular extremity of the long bone figured in Tab. XXXIX. figs. 12
& 13.

Until the part of the skeleton of the Pterodactyle be shown to which that
portion of bone can be demonstrated to be more closely conformed than it does
to the part of the bird's skeleton which I have pointed out (British Fossil Mam-
mals and Birds, p. 545), its reference to the genus Pterodactylus will be held to
be gratuitous, at least by all those practised and cautious microscopical observers

* Lord Enniskillen possesses cervical vertebrae of the Pterodactylus Bucklandi upwards of an inch
in length.

CRETACEOUS REPTILES. 403

who may be of opinion with me, that the statements that have been made
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. No. 13, p. 2) in proof of the Reptilian and Pterodacty-
lian character of the fossil remains of Cimolioriiis, and especially of the shaft of
the wing-bone (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 11), are not sufficiently supported by the evi-
dence adduced from the application of an otherwise valuable instrument in aid
of palasontological research*.

* It will be seen that the arguments from the microscopical observation are omitted in the allusion
to the 'comparative substance' of the bones in the paper in the 'Quarterly Geological Journal,'
vol. ii. The author limits himself to the following:

" I'lom a comparison of the specimen* Nos. 5 and 6 with the figure in the 'Transactions,' and
from my recnlleetion of the original, I um very much disposed, with due deference to Professor
Owen, to believe that it may ultimately prove to be the bone of a Pterodactylus instead of a bird."
(p. 7.)

Mr. Bowerbank states that his belief " is the more probable, as the bone in question (Tab. XXXIX.
h'g. 1 1), and the head (pi. '2, fig. 4) and bones (ib. fig. G) of the animal now produced, are from the
same pit at Burham." As soon as I became aware that Mr. Bowerbank had undertaken the deter-
mination and description of these fossil bones from the chalk, I obtained permission from the Earl of
Enniskillen to submit to Mr. Bowerbank those which I had described, and to furnish him with por-
tions for microscopical examination. He took such portions from the shaft of the wing-bone of the
longi-pennate bird (fig. 11), and he has given the following results of his comparisons in a supple-
mentary note to his original paper : "Although the two specimens (fig. 11. Tab. XXXIX. and fig. 7.
Tab. XXXVIII) differ greatly in size, there is so strong a resemblance between them in the form and
degree of angularity of the shaft, and in the comparative substance of the bony structure, as to
render it exceedingly probable that they belong to the same class of animals."

Mr. Bowerbank is silent as to the nature or points of resemblance of the ' comparative substance.'
He cannot affirm that the resemblance of form and degree of angularity is less in the humerus of a
longi-pennate bird to the bone, Tab. XXXIX. fig. 11, than it is in the bone which he compares: he
admits that " the two specimens differ greatly in size ;" and he also admits that " the flat side of the
bone described by Prof. Owen is rather more rounded at that portion exhibited by cutting away the
chalk beneath it, but it gradually becomes less convex as we pass towards the same relative portion
that is exposed in my specimen," i.e. fig. 7. Tab. XXXVIII. And Mr. Bowerbank might have added,
that the obvious points of difference which he here acknowledges to exist between the large bone
(fig. 11. PI. XXXIX.) and the small bone (fig. 7. PI. XXXVIII.) are precisely those by which the
large bone so much more resembles the humerus of the Albatros.

When such obvious ornithic characters as these, and especially those of the trochlear end of
the bone, fig. 12, determine their nature, the microscopist must have earned due confidence in his
judgement as well as his zeal, before the conclusions from those broad anatomical characters can
be abandoned on the ground of an alleged non-ornithic character of the microscopic radiated
bone-cell. Now it needs only to compare the range of difference in the length and breadth of the
radiated cells figured in Quart. Geol. Journ. vol. iv. pi. l.fig. 1, and the range of difference in the length
and breadth of the radiated cells in fig. 9 of the same plate, and to know that Mr. Bowerbank affirms

404 CRETACEOUS REPTILES.

With regard to the specific name of the unquestionable species of Pterodactyle
from the chalk (Tab. XXXVIII. figs. 6 & 7) : this being equalled in size by some
other species of true Pterodactyle, and surpassed by one, the term ' giganteus'
or 'gigantic' is obviously a misnomer. Must that ' nomen triviale,' then, be
retained for the new deep-jawed and cone-beaked Pterodactyle of the chalk, be-
cause certain bones of another and larger animal of a different species have been
erroneously referred to it ? This is a question for the Committee of the British
Association for the Advancement of Science, who have undertaken the difficult
but desirable duty of establishing the Rules of Nomenclature in Zoology. The
mere coining of names for things glanced at and imperfectly understood, the
fabrication of signs without due comprehension of the thing signified, becomes
a hindrance instead of a furtherance of true knowledge.

fig. 1 to determine the characters of the Pterodactyle, and fig. 9 those of the Bird, in order to form a
conclusion as to the grounds for determining fossil bones that have influenced this able and inde-
fatigable microscopical observer.

40J

CATALOGUE

OF THE

REMAINS OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

FROM

THE CHALK FORMATION.

Class PISCES.
Order PLACOIDEI.

CESTRACIONTID^E.

British localities.
PTYCHODUS MAMMILLARIS, V.C. Tab. XXX. f. 6, Brighton.

\\XI. f. 4.
DECURRENS, V.C. Tab. XXX. f. 7, 8, Brighton.

Foreign localities.
France and Ger-
many.
France. Italy.

Germany.
France. Italy.
[Germany.

LATISSIMUS, R. Tab. XXX. f. 1, 2, and Southeram.Kent. France. Italy.

XXXI. f. 3. Germany.

XXXI. f. 1, and XXXII. f. 3.
ALTIOR, C. Tab. XXX. f. 10.

Sussex. Kent.

RCGOSUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXXI. f. 5. Sussex?

POLYGYRUS, C. Tab. XXX. f. 9, and Lewes.

XXXI. f. 10.

DEPRESSUS, new, C. Tab. XXXI. f. 9. England.

MORTONI, R. 4. Tab. XXXI. f. 6, 7. Shoreham.

N. America, Green-S.

OWENI, new, R. 2. Tab. XXXI. f. 2, Kent.

a, 1 XXX. f. 4, 5.

ACRODUS ILLINGWORTHI, new, R. 3. Tab. XXX. Southeram.

f. 11 & 12, and XXXII. f. 9.

CRETACEUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXX. f. 13. Washington.

CESTRACION CANALICULATUS, R. 4. Tab. XXXII*. Kent.

f. 8, 8.

ACLODUS AGASSIZI, R. 4. Tab. XXXII. f. 6. Sussex.
PLETHODUS EXPANSES, R. 4. Tab. XXXIII. f. 2. Sussex.
OBLONGUS, R. 3. Tab. XXXII*. f. 4. Sussex.

3o

406

CRETACEOUS VERTEBRATA.

SQUALID.E.

British localities.

CORAX MAXIMUS, new, R. 2. Tab. XXX. f. 17. Norfolk. Sussex. Suffolk.
OXYRHINA CRASSIDENS, new, R. 3. Tab. XXXI. Houghton.
f. 13 & 13".

SAUROIDEI.

Order GANOIDEI.

POMOGNATHUS EUPTERYGius, R. 2. Tab. XXXV. Sussex.

f. 6 & 7.
BELONOSTOMUS CINCTUS, R. 2. Tab. XXXV.

f. 3 & 3*.

- ATTENUATES, new, R.S.Tab.XXXV.

f. 4 & 4*.
PRIONOLEPIS ANGUSTUS, R. 4. Tab. XXXII*. f. 3. Newmarket.

C(ELACANTHI.

MACROPOMA MANTELLI, R. Tab. XXXIV. f. 2. Lewes. Amberley.

PYCNODONTID^E.

PYCNODUS PARALLELUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXXIII. Sussex.

f. 3.

MICRODON NUCHALIS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXXII. f. 7. Washington.

occiPiTALis,new,R.4.Tab. XXXII*.f.2. Lewes.

, sp. new, Tab. XXXII*. f. 5.

GYRODUS CRETACEUS, R. 3. Tab. XXX. f. 15. Lewes.

- ANGUSTUS, R. 1. Tab. XXX. f. 14, and Houghton.
XXXIII. f. 1.

CONICUS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXXII. f. 8. Mailing.

PHACODUS PUNCTATUS, R. 4. Tab. XXX. f. 16. Lewes.

PERCID^E.

Order CTENOIDEI.

BERYX ORNATUS, V.C. Tab. XXXVI. f. 3, and

XXXIV. f. 1, 4 & 5.

RADIANS, R. Tab. XXXVI. f. 4.

MICROCEPHALUS, R. 2. Tab. XXXIV. f. 3.

SUPERBUS, new, R. 2. Tab. XXXVI. f. 5.

BERYCOPSIS ELEGANS, R. 2. Tab. XXXV. f. 8.
HOMONOTUS DORSAHS, R. 2. Tab. XXXV. f. 2.
STENOSTOMA PULCHELLUM, R. 4. Tab. XXXVI. f. 2.

Sussex. Kent, &c.

Amberley, &c.

Clayton. Washington.

Southeram.

Sussex.

Mailing. Brighton, &c.

Steyning.

CRETACEOUS VERTEBRATA. 407

Order CYCLOIDEI.
SCOMBEROIDKI.

British localities.

KXCHOIH -s HALIK vox, R. 1. Tab. XXX. f. 27, and Houghton.
\\\I. f. 11. (Tab. XXX. f. 20?)

SPHYR/ENID.K

SURODON LEA.MS R. 2. Tab. XXX. f. 28 & 29, Mailing. Knit.

and XXXI*. f. 10.
PAOHYRHIZODUS BASALIS, R. 4. Tab. XXXIV. Steyning.

f. 12 & 13.
SAUROCEPHALUS LANCIFORMIS, R.Tab. XXX. f. 21, Sussex. Kent.

\ XXI. f. 12, and XXXIV. f. 14.

- STRIATUS, R. 3. Tab. XXXV. f. 5. Southeram.

MUGILID.K.

CALAMOPLEURUS ANGLicus,new,R.4.Tab. XXXII. Kent,
f. 12.

HALECOIDKI.

OSMEROIDES LEWESIENSIS, R.2.Tab. XXXIII. f. 4. Sussex.

CRASSUS, R. 4. Southeram.

TOMOGNATHUS MORDAX, R. 1. Tab. XXXV. f. 1.

LEIODUS, R. 1. Tab. XXX. f. 31. Washington.

Class REPTILIA.
Order CROCODILIA.

POLYPTYCHODON iNTERRUPTtis, R.4. Tab. XXXVII. Valmer. Hythe.
f. 16 & 17, and XXXVIII. f. 3.

Order LACERTILIA.
NATANTIA.

MOSASAURUS GRACILIS, new, R. 4. Tab. XXXVII. Southeram. Offham.
f.1-5, and XXXIX. f. 7-9.

40S CRETACEOUS VERTEBRATA.

British localities.

LBIODON ANCEPS, R. 3. Tab. XXXVII. f. 12*, and Sussex. Norfolk.
XXXVIII. f. 8 & 9.

- ? Tab. XXXVII. f. 14. Norwich.
? Tab. XXXVII. f. 10 & 11. Sussex.

REPENTIA.

RAPHIOSAURUS Lucius, R. 4. Tab. XXXIX. f. 1, Cambridge.

2&3.

CONIASAURUS CRASSIDENS, R. 4. Tab. XXXVII. Clayton. Washington.

f. 18, 19, 19" & 20. Falmer.

DOLICHOSAURUS LONGicoLLis,R.4. Tab. XXXVIII. Kent.

f. 1 & 2, and XXXIX. f. 4.

Order CHELONIA.
MARINA.

CHELONE, R. 3. Tab. XXXIX. f. 5 & 6.

Order ENALIOSAURIA.
PLESIOSAUROIDEA.

PLESIOSAURUS BEHNARDI, new, R. 4. Tab. XL., and Southeram. Dover.

XXXVII. f. 8 & 9. Houghton.

- CQNSTRICTUS, R. 4. Tab. XXXVII. Steyning. Southeram.

f. 6, 7 & 13.
? Tab. XXXVII. f. 15. Houjrhton.

o

ICHTHYOSAURUS COMMUNIS ? R. 3. Tab. XXXIX. Kent. Cambridge,
f. 10.

Order PTEROSAURIA.

PTERODACTYLUS CONIROSTRIS, R.4.Tab.XXXVIII. Burham. Hailing,
f. 4-7.

Class AVES.

CIMOLIORNIS, R. 4. Tab. XXXIX. f. 11-13. Burham,

TAI', I

/I

mt

( 'rt/ff/.i f y /J/(/,-/-/,:t//rr ///

TAB M.

>/// -

TAB.

f 'i 'ft //( ///<//.> y -

TAB IV.

.! ])r (

TAB V

f ,,,//< //,//> ,/ /) itf <//<:*// f/ ///.

.!.])< CS tecii

7. ,,

II). C S Ir. ,1

I .\ I ) .

Jp' ' // // '/' / /

(','<<//< //////.i >'/ ')/</</,//.

TAB l.\

'

i t

/

i n,. i 1 !

TAP-. X

^MB j^^KS
.^^^unuui^^ijjl

/ / ff

>/: ,/

TAB. XI.

<\

V

,"tot/i,

T\l', XII

V

/ , /> //, / - >//^ of

TAB. XIII

' '

TAB. XIV.

/vv

.1 [>< i .

T \r..\v.

>

TAB. XVI.

v\

''$t*

'*

- '/<

'//f'ff/. /

n >

.

.] DtC.S

TAIJ. XVII.

fl

m

f'/,>r/////r.i ' ' r. /// - '/////: //,>/// //< f fSf

.

.! 11,-C.S s.

TAH. Will.

"

>f ///

JJJeC S ,,,

TAB \\iii A

.I.DeC. .Snvvrl'liv li-cil.

TAB. XVIII.B.

VV/

//

//T

J.De C.S. i 1 .-. 11

r

TAB XIX

Chktl dtUt Uth

9

Day4SoaJ.it'

( fr

T.\lt. XX

JDe C.S

TAH X.VI

'/,///.

.I.Dc C

TAB XXII

f /f(//- '/*/< s ' ff f/rr .

.1 lie C

TAK. \\1

C

.1 DC C ,S I,-,, I

TAB. \.\IV.

:

.,.;//., ,'/ tfc

.1 1).- ' .8. r.--ii

TAP, \\\

.1 DC C S IV.-H

TAT. V

TAB XXVI]

. .

.!!>< I'.S. i

TAP.. \\V1II

TAB. XXIX

"

' '/f.j,if/.i ,'//><

C x'

.I.PcCS I. ,!i

TAB . XXX.

.1.1)1- (' S !,, ,1

TAB XXXI

i DI- c s r, , ,.

TAB XXXII

Da>/l Eon. lili, .* tiff turn

//tr

r AM. xxx ii *

Dir.W

TAB \\XI1I

TAP. XXXIV.

^4^1 ^^/

4vl ^H^^^^^^^^^^^B *K$

/,,,// ^.

-

TJ!

I

, s .DinW (M, ttlitH.

TAP. \\XVI

I

*

I'AU XXXVII.

/.*

.//rrtifan./i- r / .>*

I

TAT. \\\\MI.

?m iy J Er

///

TAP, XX)

I y

I

I

\

""*>*- ' W - JA1U

.

r.\n. \x\i\

*

.... . .

Ill

I j

/

/^%

\

s V

\

1

r

-

// ,1

tayf-SmJ-M

XL

\

fiawi ty(r Sclua-f

GENERAL INDEX.

Names of Places and Formations in Capitals ; Synonyms in Italics ; and the Tables in

Roman Numerals.

Page
ACRODUS cretnn u>. XXX. f. 13 ... 364, 405

- Illingworthi. XXX. f. 1 1,12; XXXII.

f . 9 364, 405

Acteon simulatus ? XIV. f. >:,. ... 98, 1 19, 227

-sulcatus. V. f. 8" 98

Adeorbis plaiiorbularis. IX. f. 20 99, 180

.Ktobates 27,200

-convexus. XI. f. 5 111,200

- irregularis. X.f. 6-8; XI I. f. 2-4. . 1 1 1, 200

- marginalis. XII. f. 1 1 1 1, 201

-rectus. XI. f. 8 111,201

- subarcuatus. XI. f. 7 1 1 1, 201

- subconvcxus. XI. f. 6 1 1 1, 200

ALDWICK 29

Alecto gracilis. XVIII 8 . f . 1 269, 352

- ramea. XVIII. f. 35 J, 40, 41 . . 268, 352

ramoaa 268

Alligator Hantoniensis 207

Alveolina elongata. IX. f. 4 85

fusiformis. IX. f. 5 85, 162

Ammonites. XXVII. f. 18 359

Millctianus ? XXIX. f. 15 359

- Prosperianus. XXVII. f. 22 359

Wapperi 110

Amphidesma Boysii 17

Ampullaria Ambulacrum 97

depressa 98

hybrida 97

patula 98, 1 18

ponderosa 97

scalariformis 97

trigaretina 118

Willemettii 97

Aiiipullina 179

Page
Ampullina depressa. VI. f. 29 98

- pachycheila. VI. f. 31 98, 178

- patula. XIV. f. 19 98, 1 18, 227

sigaretina 118, 227

Anauchytes conoideus 34 1

cor-avium 1 342

gibba 34 1

ovata 341

striata 341

Ancilla canalifera 108

- (Oliva) turritella 108

Ancillaria buccinoides. VIII. f. 14 108

canalifera 1 08

- fusiformis. VIII. f. 16 108, 189

- obtusa. VIII. f. 15 108, 189

subulata 108

Anomia Ephippium 117

lineata 31

- lineata 95, 1 17

striata 95, 1 1 7

- tenuistriata. IV. f. 8 ; XIV. f. 1 7. . 95, 1 1 7

Anthenea 330

Apiocrinus ellipticus. XX. f. 1 1-38 343

Aporrbais Sowerbyi. XIV. f. 21 120

- stenopterus. XXVII. f. 31 & 36 358

Area barbatwla ? 93

Branderi 92, 169

duplicata 26

duplicata 93

hiantula 92, 169

lactea 93

Marullensis 355

Nucleus 93

Arete 26

3H

410

GENERAL INDEX.

Page

Arthraster Dixoni. XXIII. f . 1 325, 336

ARUN, VALLEY OF 34

ARUNDEL PARK 17

Assiminea Grayana 18

Astacus Bellii. XV. f. 3, 4 1 14, 223

Asterias regularis 332

Schultsii 336

semilunatus 332

Astreea emarciata 148

- Hystrix 143

panicea 1 56

- Stylophora 148

- Websteri 138

Astrogonium 325

Astrogonium '330

Atagma papularium. XVIIP. f. 6. . . . 311, 353

Avellana. XXVII. f . 34 349, 357

AVISFORD 47

Aulodus Agassizi. XXXII. f . 6 366, 405

Auricula sulcata 98

turgida 98

Axogaster cretacea. XVIII. f. 29-33. . 257, 352
? XVIII. f. 34 260, 352

B.

Baccites cacaoides 232

rugosus 232

Baculites Faujasii. XXVII. f. 30 359

BAGSHOT SAND 20, 122

BARN-BED, THE 27

BARN-ROCKS 29, 30, 31

BARTON 23

Belemnitella mwcronata 358

Belemnites Baudouini. XXVII. f. 29 358

electrinus 358

mucronatus. XXVII. f. 28 358

semicaualiculatus. II. f. 23 358

Belonostomus attenuates. XXXV. f. 4.. 368,406

- cinctus. XXXV. f . 3 367, 406

Beloptera 26, 194

BELOPTERA-BED, THE 26

Beloptera belemnitoidea. IX. f. 18 109

Cuvieri 1 09

Levesquii 1 94

longirostrum 1 09

Parisiensis 1 09

sepioidea 109

Page
Belosepia 1 90

- Blainvillii. IX. f. 10? 16, 17 . . 109,193
-brevispina. IX. f. 14 109,193

Cuvieri. IX. f. 1 1 109

-longispina. IX. f. 12 109,194

- longirostris. IX. f. 15 109, 194

Oweni. IX. f. 13 109, 193

Berycopsis elegans. XXXV. f . 8 372, 406

Beryx microcephalus. XXXIV. f . 3 . . 3/2, 406

- ornatus. XXXIV. f. 1, 4, 5 ; XXXVI.

f . 3 371, 406

radians. XXXVI. f . 4 371, 406

superbus. XXXVI. f . 5 372, 406

Bifrontia 180

bifrons. VI. f. 37 100

disjuncta. VI. f. 35 100

- Laudinensis. VI. f. 34 100

- marginata. VI. f. 36 100

Biloculina. IX. f. 9 a 162

BISHOP'S PARK 8, 9

BLOCKADE STATION, THE 28

BOGNOR 12, 16, 19, 23, 29, 30, 68, 83, 114

, Geological position of. 30

ROCKS 29, 30, 31

Bos primigenius 18

Brachyure(Grapsiform).XXXVIII*.f.ll a ,12. 345
BRACKLESHAM BAY .... 7, 10, 19, 23, 25, 52, 83

, Blocks of granite at 14

, Eocene formation of 19

, General view of 10

, To collect fossils at 21, 22

BRIGHTON 1 7, 30

BROADWATER 39, 43

Buccinum ? XIV. f. 22 119

ambigumn 105, 120

evulsum 103

? junceum. VII. f. 47 106

nodosum 106, 1 20

obtusum 106

semicostatum 1 20

- stromboides. VII. f. 33 106

undatum 18

liiilla acuminata 97

attenuata 97

Defrancii 97, 176

- Edwardsii. VI. f. 1 26, 96, 176

- expansa. VII. f. 18 96, 1 76

- extensa. VII. f. 6 97, 176

hydatis 18

GENERAL INDEX.

411

Page

Bulk lanceolata. VII. f. 7 97, 1 77

lii/Hiirin, var 97, 1 76

"/Ufa 98, 119

Sowerbyi 97

- uuipliratn. VII. f. 8 97, 177

linrtinia cocoidcs 232

- Faujasii 232

BURTON 17

Byssoarca Brandcri. III. f. 23 92, 169

- duplicata. III. f. 22 93

- interrupta. III. f. 21 93

Marullensis. XXVIII. f . 1 1 . . .355

C.

CalamoplcurusAnglicus. XXXII.f.l 1,12. 375,407

CALCAIRE GUOSSIER 13, 24, 26

SILICIEUX 33

Calyptrcea leevigata 118

trochiformis 96, 1 18

Cancellaria costulata? 103

evulsa. VII. f. 40 103

quadrata 1 03

Cancer Lcachii. XV. f. 5 114

Capra Hircus (fossil) 18

Carcharodon heterodon. XI. f. 19 111, 204

Cardilia heviuscula. II. f. 6" 88, 165

Cardita acuticosta 92

- Brongniartii. XIV. f. 33 1 16, 225

- elegans? III. f. 15 92, 169

mitis 92

- planicosta. II. f. 14 & 18 92

- quadrata. XIV. f. 12 1 16, 225

Cardium alternatum. III. f. 14 92, 168

? decussatum 355

edule 17,31,48

exiguum 18

fasciatum 18

gigas 91

Hippopseum 91, 168

ordinatum. III. f. 17 92, 169

porulosum 92, 1 68

semigranulatum 116

, var. II. f. 20 91, 168

semigramdosum 91

tuberculare 18

Carpolites areolata 232

Bucklandi. . . 232

Pi*.

Carpolites conica 232

t'urijnphylliii i-i'nt ralix '_' 1 I

Cassidaria ambigua. Vll.f.li; XV.f.9. 105, 120

- carinata 106, 120

- coronata. VI. f. 22 & 30 IOC, 120

inccrta. XXIX. f. 7 350, 35S

- nodosa. V. f. 3, 4 ; VII. f. 43 ;\ lftfi .
XV. f. 8 / '

striata 105, 120

Cassiilea carinata 106

Cassis carinata 106

CASTLE GORING 42

Cellastreea emarciata 148

Hyttrix 143

Cellepora? Petiolus. I. f. 10 86, 151

Ceriopora pustulosa 288

CERITHIUM-BED, THE 26

Cerithium calcitrapoides. VI. f. 7 101

cancellatum. IX. f. 22 102, 182

Cordieri 102

- Cornu-Copiee. VI. f. 5 26, 101, 182

- cristatum. VI. f. 15 101

emarginatum 182

- giganteum. VI. f. 10 . . 26, 101, 171, 182
hexagouum 101, 182

incomptum. VI. f. 18 101, 181

- marginatum. VI. f. 4 & 6 102,182

muricoides 102, 182

mid i nn 182

pyramidale 101

semicoronatum 1 02, 1 82

semigranulosum 102, 182

subgranosum 102

Turris 102

- unisulcatum. VII. f. 4 102,182

variabile 182

CervusElaphus (fossil) .(Woodcut) p. 1 6, f. 4. 18
Cestracion canaliculatus. XXXII*. f. 8. . 365, 405

CHALK FORMATION, THE 55

, Calcedonies in 68

, Composition of 60

, Extent of. 58

, Highest elevation of 59

in foreign countries 71

, Infusoria, &c., in 60-64

, Iron-pyrites in 70

, Localities of, in England 58, 59

, Origin of 60

, Sponges in 67

3H2

412

GENERAL INDEX.

Page

CHALK FORMATION, Wood and minerals in the 69
Chama calcarata 93

- Gigas. II. f. 26 ; III. f. 26 93

plicata 95

Chamserops humilis 233

Chelone breviceps 220

- convexa. XIII. f. 1-3 .... 113, 219, 220

- declivis. Woodcut 229

- longiceps. XIII. f . 9 .... 113, 121, 218
planimentum 121, 218

- sp. indeterm. XII. f. 16-19 ; XXXIX.
f,5, 6 113,221,396,408

trigoniceps. XIII. f. 4-6 1 13, 218

Chimeeroid fishes, Sir Philip Egerton's no-
menclature of 203

Choanites, in flint. XVII 68, 351

Konigii 67

Chrysaora pulchella 285

Cidaris Bowerbankii. XXIX. f . 4 339

clavigera 338

, var. a. communis. XXV. f. 10,

11, 18-20 338

, var. b. major. XXV. f. 22 .... 338
, var. c. minor. XXV. f. 14 .... 338

- perornata. XXV. f . 8 339

- sceptrifera. XXV. f. 2, 6, 7 338

-, var. spinis truncatis. XXV. f.

32, 33 338

-serrifera. XXIV. f. 15-19 ; XXV. f. 2. 338
vesiculosa. XXV. f. 1, 4, 13, 21 338

Cimoliornis. XXXIX. f. 11-13. . 402,403,408

Cirrus perspectivus 358

CLARENCE HOTEL 31

Clavagella coronata. II. f. 17, 19 87, 164

CLIBS, THE 25

CLIMPING 33

Clymenia? ziczac. VIII. f. 19 110

Clypeina tubseformis. XVIII". f. 4 .. 274,352

Cocos nucifera 233

Ccelorhynchus 205

- rectus. X. f. 14-17 ; XI. f. 26 .... 112

Coins. (Woodcuts) 1 1, 32, 36, 43, 80

Columellus turbinatus 244

, /386,

Coniasaurus crassidens. XXXVII. f. 18-20

\408

Comptonia . . 335

Coniferse, distribution of, by Dr. linger .... 231

Conns corculum 109

- deperditus. VIII. f . 9 27, 108

Page
Conus diversiformis. VIII. f. 10 27, 108

- pyriformis. VIII. f. 18 108, 189

velatus. VIII. f. 17 108

COPPERAS GAP 40

Corallite 244

Corals of the Chalk 237

Corax maximus. XXX. f. 17 366, 406

Corbula argentea 89

- costata 89, 165

cuspidata 89

dubia 115

- Gallica. II. f. 1 1 89

- globosa 89, 1 1 6

- longirostris ? II. f. 8, 10 89

- Pisum 89

revoluta 89, 1 65

rugosa 89

striata 89

Crania costata. XXVII. f. 4, 5 354

- Parisiensis. XXVII. f. 9 354

- striata. XXVII. f . 6 354

Crassatella compressa. II. f. 2 88

, var. sulcata. II. f. 21 88

plicata 88

rostrata ? 88

CRETACEOUS FORMATION in foreign countries 71

, Organic remains in, &c 74

GROUP, THE 57

Cristellaria rotulata. XXVII. f. 19 351

Crocodilia 206

Crocodilus. XV. f . 2 121

Hastingsise 207

- Spenceri. XV. f. 1-3 121,207

Cucumites variabilis. IX. f . 2 84

Cultellus affinis. XIV. f . 6 . . 29, 88, 115, 224

Cyphosoma corollare 340

granulosus 340

Konigi 340

- Milleri. XXIX. f. 17, 26, 27 340

ornatissimum 340

- spatulifera. XXIV. f. 20 340

Tiara 340

- variolaris. XXV. f. 29 340

CYPR^EA-BED, THE 26

Cyprsea Bowerbankii. VIII. f. 1,2. . 26, 108, 189

Coombii. VIII. f. 6 27, 108, 188

Europsea 18

- globosa. VIII. f. 3 108, 189

inflata. VIII. f. 4, 5.. . 108

GENERAL INDEX.

413

Cypnra Mus

tu/ifrcn/o.iii

Cyprii-iirdia carinata. III. f. 25.

-oblonga. III. f. IS .
('yprina planatn. XIV. t'. 11.
t nana. XIV. f. s

108,

IK),
110,

Page
186

88

92

92
225
225

91
167

91
167

91
167

91
116

91

Cytherea olegans

-hod*. III. f. 6 91,

-nitidula. III. f. 13

-obliqna. II. f. :. 91, 116,

- striatula. II. f. 1C

suberycinoides. II. f. 15. . 23,26,91, 1 16,

sulcataria

ti-iniixtriiitii

trigouula. III. f . 2

D.

Deer, Fossil remains of. ( Woodcut) p. 16, f.-l . 1 I, is

Delpbinula Warnii. VII. f. 23 99, 179

Dendrophyllia? I. f. 4 ; IX. f. 26, 28, M 86, 137
Dcntaliuin acuticosta, var. VII. f. 1, 3 a , 16.. . 96

- costatum. VII. f . 2 96

- I difforme. XXIX. f. 10 348, 357

oburneum 95

e/ephantinum 87

- ! incrassatum. XIV. f. 2 117

- nitens. VII. f. 3 95

planum 117

gfriatum 96

Desmeoporasemicylindrica. XVIII.f.6. . 281, 352

Diagona 335

Ilii/nchora lata 356

spinosa ? 356

Diastopora. XVIII. f. 35* ; XVIII s . f. 3 273, 352

ramosa. XVIII". f. 1 295, 352

Sowerbyi. XVIII". f.2 271, 352

Diblasus Grevensis. XVIII. f. 14-28 . 253, 352
Diplodonta dilatata. III. f. 12 & 16 . . 90, 167

Discoidea 341

Dolichosaurus longicollis. XXXVIII. f. 1, 2 ;

XXXIX. f. 4 388, 408

Donax lunulata. . 90

Echini . 337

Page

Krbinopsis pusilliis. XXV. t'. 31 ........ \\W

Kcbinus.' IX. f. -J7 &'_'!) ........... Mi

Edaphodon ...................... -27. 2<i-j

- liiirUamli ........................ Ill

- Eurygnathus. X. f. IS, 19, 22 ; XII.

f . 5 .............................. Ill

- lepto-iiathus. X. t'. 'JO, 21 ........ Ill

Elasmodus Huntm. X. f. 11, 12 ........ II!

Kl.KlMIANT-BED, THE .................. 40

t, Fossil remains of .............. 14

Elcpliasprinii-rcnius. C\Voodrut)p. 16,f. 1,2.. 14, Mi
Enmr-rinula attinis. XXVII. f. 20, 25 .348,357

- obtusa. IX. f. 31 ............ 96, 1 7.".

Ei.cbo.liis balocyon. XXX. f. 27; XXXI.

f. 11 ........................... 373,407

- halocyon 1 XXX. f. 20 ........ 373, 407

Endojjniites rngosus .................... 232

EOCENE FORMATION .............. 122, 123

EOCENE PERIOD 12,* 19, 20, 23, 28, 29, 35, 48

- in foreign countries ................ 48

Epipliaxum auloporoides.XVIII.f.35-3". 201,352
Equus Caballus (fossil) ................ 18

Eschara Brongniarti. I. f. 9 .......... 86, 161

Escharina? intricata. XVIII". f . 8 . . 316, 353
Esox Lewesiensis ...................... 373

Eulima subulata. VII. f. 48 ............ 99

Exogyra llauliuiana. XXVII. f . 7 ........ 357

F.

Fasciculites anomalus 232

Antiguensis 233

- Cottse 232

didymosolen 232

- Fladuugi 232

lacunosus? 232

palmacites 232

Partschii 232

perfossus 232

Sardus 232

Withami 233

Fasciolaria? biplicata. V. f. 7 103, 184

Dulbula 106

uniplicata. V. f. 1 1 103

FELPHAM 31, 33

STATION-HOUSE 31

FINDON DOWNS 47

Fissurella Edwardsii. VII. f. 9 96, 175

414

GENERAL INDEX.

Page

Fistulana personata 115

Flabellaria Antiguensis 233

borassifolia 232

chamseropifolia 232

crassipes ? 232

hseringiana 232

- Lamanonis 232

- Latania 232

major 232

- Martii 232

maxima 232

oxyrachis 232

Parisiensis 232

- rhapifolia 232

verrucosa 232

Flint, Composition of 65

, Organic remains in 66, 67

, Origin of. 65, 66

Flustra iuelegans. XVIlP. f. 9-11 . . 319, 353

Foraminifera 26

Fusus bulbiformis 103

- Bulbus 103, 184

-errans. VII. f. 31 104,185

, var. tenuistriata 104

ficulneus 104

gothicus 104

- incultus. VII. f. 32 104, 185

- leeviusculus. VII. f. 34 104, 186

- longsevus 27, 103

minax 105

nexilis 104

-Nose 103

- parvirostrum. VII. f. 30 104

porrectus 104

- Pyrus 103, 184

- regularis 104, 185

- rugosus. V. f. 8 104

- tuberosus. XIV. f. 29 119

- undosus. VII. f. 39. . 104, 120, 185, 227

unicarinatua. VII. f. 25 104

uniplicatus 103

G.

Galeocerdo latidens. XI. f. 22, 23 . . 110, 202
Galerites albo-galerus 340

- cylindricus. XXIX. f . 3 341

- Dixoni. XXIV. f. 13, 14 ... .341

Page

Galerites globulus 340

subrotundus 340

subuculus, var. B 341

vulgaris 340

Gastrochaena Corallium. II. f. 27. . 87, 164, 171
Gavialis Dixoni. XII. f. 22-24, and wood-
cut 112, 208

Globularia 178

Globulus 178, 1 79

Ambulacrum 97

- conoideus. VI. f. 32 97, 1 77

depressus 98

-hybridus. VII. f. 22 97

-? labellatus. VI. f. 26, 27 . . 97, 118, 177

- patulus. XIV. f. 19 118, 227

patulus 98

pouderosus 97

- scalariformis. VII. f. 26 97

sigaretinus 1 18, 227

- Willemettii. VI. f. 33 97

Glypticus Koninckii ? XXV. f. 30 340

Goat, Fossil remains of the 14, 18

Goniaster angustatus. XXIII. f. 10 . . 325, 335
Bowerbankii. XXII. f . 4 325, 333

- compactus. XXII. f. 3 325, 333

- Coombii. XXIII. f . 6 325, 334

- Hunteri. XXI. f. 1 325, 331

- latus. XXIII. f. 4, 5 325, 333

lunatus. XXIII. f. 7 325, 333

Mantelli. XXIII. f. 11, 12 .... 325, 332

mosaicus. XXIV. f. 26 325, 334

Parkinsoni. XXI. f. 10, 11 ; XXII. f.

4, 5, 7 325, 332

regularis 33 1

rugatus. XXI. f. 2 325, 330

semilunata 332

Smithii. XXII. f. 1, 2 325, 334

sublunatus 325, 331

uncatus. XXI. f. 4, 5, 8 325, 331

Goniodiscus 325, 330

Goniodiscus 330

GORING 35

Gryphaea globosa, var. depressa. XXVII.

f. 3 357

Gyrodus angustus. XXX. f. 14; XXXIII.

f . 1 370, 406

conicus. XXXII. f. 8 370, 406

cretaceus. XXX. f. 15 370, 406

GENERAL INDEX.

415

H.

Hamites angustus. XXIX. f. 12
armatus. XXIX. f. 13 . . . .

mi/in tnn

350,

Ili-liotittir irn'-t/ulirre
// 'n>fti>rn jinnirta.
lli-ti.c Ilimtiniieititis .
- hortonsis

98,

nemoralis

HILL

HippeH/teruu

Ilipponyx .' XXVII. f. 8

Ilipponyx Coniu-Co])ioE. V. f. 1 . . . .

Hippuritcs Morloni. XXVI.

Holaster cor-avimn > XXIV. f. 7-9 . .

-Pilula. XXIV. f. 10-12

planus

subglobosus. XXIX. f. 1

, var. XXIV. f. 2

Holostoma contingens. XVIII s . f. 9 .
Homoeosolen ramulosus. XVIII b . f.3-5 .
Homonotus dorsalis. XXXV. f . 2 . . .

Horse, Fossil remains of

Hosia

HOOE ROCKS, THE

HOUNGATE ROCKS, THE

:< is,

-".) 1,

307,
372,

. 11

Page
359
919

85
156
156

98

18
118

is

a

330

357

96

364

342
341
341
34 1
341
8M
352
406
, 18
335
35
26

I.

Ichthyosaurus communis ? XXXIX.f. 1 . 400, 408
Idmonea Coronopus ? IX. f. 24 86, 153

- cretacea. XVIII s . f. 5 275, 352

Dixoniana 276

semicylindrica 281

Infundibulum spinulotum 96, 118

- trochifonne. XIV. f. 27 . 96, 118, 175, 226
luoceramus Brongniarti 355

- involutus. XXVIII. f. 32 355

Lamarckii. XXVIII. f. 29 . . 355

K.

Page

KIXGMKR ROCKS, THE 35

KINGSTON 34

ROCKS. . ;:.".

L.

Lacuna pnllidula ...................... 18

Lamna elegans. X. f. 28, 31 ........ 110,2(13

LANCING ............................ 47

Leda pulchra. XXVIII. f. 10 ...... 346, 3.V.

Leiodon ? XXXVII. f. 14 .......... 385, 408

. XXXVII. f. 10, 11 .......... 385, 408

- anceps. XXXVII. f. 12* ; XXXVIII.
f. 8, 9 ........................ 385, 408

rotulata .................. 35 1

Variolaria ...................... s.'i

Janira qitinrjuecostata 356

Lima expansa. III. f. 34 ............ 94, 1 7J

- granosa. XXVIII. f. 24, 25. ... 347, 356

- Iseviuscula. XXVIII. f. 14 .... 347, 3.V,

- Royeriana ? XXVIII. f. 15 ........ 356

- Santonetisisl .................... 35(i

-? spinosa. XXVIII. f. 33 ...... 347, :i5C,

Limopsis granulatus. III. f. 1 9 ...... 93, 1 70

- scalaris .......................... 171

Lingula tcnuis. XIV. f. 18 ............ 114

Lithodendron mrgineum ................ 1 29

Lithodomus Dactylus .................. 171

- Deshayesii. II. f. 28 .......... 94, 171

LlTTLEHAMPTON ................ 12, 16, 34

Littorina Faba ........................ 18

- neritoides ...................... 18, 40

- petrsea .......................... lg

- rudis ............................ 40

- sulcata. VII. f. 27 ; XIV. f. 23 / 100> /, 19 '

Lituola nautiloidea. XXVII. f. 14 ...... 352

Lophiodon minimus. XI. f. 27, 27"- * b . . . . 113

-- , teeth of .................... 52

LONDON CLAY ............ 12, 13, 19, 28, 31

- , Fossils in ........................ 20

- , Localities of .................... 19

- , Thickness of .................... 20

Lucina divaricata ...................... 166

- dilatata ........................ 90

immersa. III. f. 24 .......... 90, 166

mitis ........................ 23, 90

416

GENERAL INDEX.

Lucina Radula 17

- serrata. III. f. 7 90, 166

undulata 166

Lutraria arenaria 17

-Listeri 17, 31, 39, 48

oblata 115

rugosa 17

solenoides 17

Lunulites urceolata ? I. f. 8 86, 159

Lycopodites squamatus. IX. f. 1 84

Ly ell's Arrangement of Strata 12

M.

Macropoma Mantelli. XXXIV. f . 2 . . 368, 406

Macroura 87

Mactra compressa. III. f . 3 88

deltoides 88

depressa 88

- semisulcata. III. f. 10 88

stultorum 17

subtruiicata 17

Madrepora centralis 244

Madreporite 244

Mammiferous animals, Remains of 13

Mammoth, Fossil remains of 14

Marginaria Rcemeri. XVIIP. f. 7 ..314,353

Marginella dentifera 107

eburnea 107

- ovulata. VII. f. 38 107

Marsupites Isevigatus. XX. f. 8 343

- Milleri. XX. f. 4, 5, 9 343

- ornatus. XX. f. 10 343

MEDMENEY FARM-HOUSE 25

Melania costellata. VII. f. 41 97

Micraster Cor-Bovis. XXIV. f. 3, 4 342

- gibbus. XXIV. f. 5, 6 342

Microdon. XXXII*. f . 5 370, 406

- nuchalis. XXXII. f . 7 369, 406

- occipitalis. XXXII*. f . 2 369, 406

MlDDLETON 33

MIDDLETON LEDGE-ROCKS 33

MILIOLITE LIMESTONE 10, 13, 25

Miliolites Cor-Anguinum 85

MILL, THE 25

Mitra monodonta. VII. f. 20, 21 106

parva 106

MIXEN POLE, THE 25

ROCKS, THE 25

Modiola elegans. XIV. f. 13 31, 94, 117

lithophaga 94

- quadrata. XXVIII. f. 13 347, 355

- simplex. XIV. f. 16 1 17, 225

Monocarya centralis. XVIII. f. 1-10. . 244, 352

- cultrata. XVIII. f. 11, 12 247, 352

-? XVIII. f. 13 247, 352

Mosasaurus gracilis. XXXVII. f. 1-5 ;

XXXIX. f. 7-9 380, 407

Murex angulatus 101

antiquus 104

argutus 105

asper 105

Bulbus 103

deformis 1 03

erinaceus 18

exortus 102

ficulneus 104

hexagonus 101

junceus 106

longcevus 103

- minax. V. f. 13 105

nexilis 104

oblitus 105

porrectus 104

prisons 102, 119

tricarinatus 105

tricuspidatus 1 05

turgidus 104

Mya arenaria 17

truneata 17

Myliobates 27, 197

- coutractus. XI. f. 17 1 1 1, 200

- Dixoni. X. f. 1, 2 ; XI. f. 14 ; XII.

f . 3 Ill, 198

- Edwardsii. XI. f. 16 1 1 1, 199

irregularis. XI. f. 15 1 1 1, 199

striatus. XII. f. 2 111,199

- toliapicus. X. f. 3-5 ; XII. f. 4. . 1 1 1, 198

Mytilus edulis 40

Lithophagus 94, 171

N.

Nassa reticulata 18

Natica 31, 179

GENERAL INDEX.

417

Pigc

Natica castanca IS

Dupiuii. XXVII. f. 35 ;<;,r

r|.ij,'lcittiiia 98, 119

glniiciiiniilrx 97, 1 18

- Ilantonieiisis. VI. f. 20 . . 98, 11!), 1 ;s

hijliriiln 97

inti-riiifilia 98

- litMlata 97, 118

lincolata 98

- inicrostoma. XIV. f. 24 119, 'I'll

tnonilifera 18

- obovata. VI. f. 28 98, 178

- patulii US

gigiirrtina 1 1 M

'/',v 98, 1 1 9

-striata 98, 119

- turgida 98, 1 78

Nautilus 29, 122, 194, 228

- Archiacianus. XXIX. f. 8 358

- Aturi 110

- centralis. XIV. f. 28 ... 110, 121, 228

Comptoni 3;1 1

DesJiayesii 110

- imperialis 109, 120, 228

- Lamarckii 109, 120

Ifliitiniliiris 85

-regalis 121, 228

- Sowerbyi. XIV. f. 15 121, 228

urbanus 228

- ? ziczac. VIII. f. 19 110, 194

Neeera argentea 89

dispar 89

Nucula bisuleata. II. f. 13 93, 1 70

margaritacea 17

margaritacea ? 93

minima 93

- serrata. II. f. 9 93, 170

- similis. II. f. 7 93

Nummularia elegans 85

- leevigata. VIII. f. 12, 13 23, 85

- radiate. IX. f. 7 85

Variolaria 85

NummuUna Ifevigata 85

radiata : 85

NUMMULJTE-ROCK 27

O.

Oruliim .' (Irnilrophyllmdrs.
raristclla. I. f. 2 .

I. f. 3

Page
86, 13'.'
86, 12S

(Him mnnlifi-ra 108

Ophiura scrrata. XXIII. f. 20 32;'., 337

Orbis patcllatus. IX. f. 23 100, 180

-Rotellal 100

Oreaster .H,'j(l

Oreaster Boysii. XXI. f. 6 325, 328

- bulbiferus. XXIV. f. 7 325, .TJS

- coronatus. XXI. f. 7 325, .'{_' 7

- obtusus. XXI. f. 12 325, 330

- occllatus. XXI. f. 13 325, 329

- pistillifVrus. XXI. f. 15 325, 329

- squamatus. XXIII. f. 7 325, 3 US

Osmeroidcs crassus 376, 407

- Lewesiensis. XXXIII. f. 4 .... 376, 407
Ostrea carinata. XXVII. f. 2 357

cariosa 117, 226

- dorsata 95, 1 74

- edulis 18

edulis 117

elegans 95, 1 74

- Elephantopus 95, 117, 173, 226

- flabellula. IV. f. 5 95

- inflata. IV. f. 7 95

- longirostris. IV. f. 4 95, 174

oblongata 95

-picta. IV. f. 1 95, 173

- radiosa 95, 1 74

lliiiiliiii'inii 357

recondita 94

semigtriata 95

tabulata 1 17, 226

- tenera. IV. f. 3 95, 174

, var. striata. IV. f. 2 95, 174

, two species. XXVIII. f. 22, 23 .... 357

vesicularif 357

- virgata. XXVII. f . 1 348, 357

Otodus lanceolatus. XI. f. 20, 21 1 10, 204

- obliquus. X. f. 32-35 ; XV. f. 1 1 { ^ ^

OWERSLIGHT ROCKS 35

Ox, Fossil remains of the 14, 18

Oxyrhina crassidens. XXXI. f. 13 . . 367, 406

3i

418

GENERAL INDEX.

P.

Page
Pachyrhizodusbasalis. XXXIV.f.12,13. . 374,407

PAGHAM 18, 27

PAGHAM HARBOUR 8, 27, 28

Pateastacus Dixoni. XXXVIII*. f. 1-5 . . 344

- macrodactylus. XXXVIII*. f. 6 . . .345
Palseophis 211

-porcatus. (Woodcut).. 112,213,216,217
toliapicus. (Woodcut) .... 112, 212, 216

f 1 1 9 919

- Typhams. XII. f. 14 (Woodcut) {216

Palseospathe aroidea 232

Sternbergii 232

PALATE-BED, THE 27

Palmacites crassipes 233

echinatus 232

Palm-stems (fossil). XVI. f. 1-4. . 230, 234, 351

TT , , 129, 88, 115,

Panopsea corrugata. II.1.12 ..<

Deshayesii 115

intermedia. XIV. f. 9 1 15, 224

-Puella. XIV. f. 14 115,224

PARK-BED, THE 24

PARK CRESCENT 43

Paramoudras 65

Parmophorus elongatus 96

Items 96

Patella Cormt-Copiee 96

elongata 96

squamceformis 96

Paulia 330

Pecten sequicostatus. XXVIII. f. 17, 18 . . 356

Asellus. XXVIII. f. 5 348, 356

corneus. IV. f . 6 94

- Dujardinii. XXVIII. f . 4 356

- jugosus. XXVIII. f. 26 347, 356

maximus 18

-plebeius? III. f. 28 94,172

, var. III. f. 32 94, 172

polymorphus. (Woodcut) p. 16, f. 3. . 17

- 40-radiatus. III. f. 33 94,173

quinquecostatus. XXVIII. f. 1-3 . . 356

quinquecostatus 356

- reconditus. III. f. 27 94, 172

reconditus 1 . . 94

- Squamula. III. f. 29 94, 172

Solea 94

subinterstriatus. XXVIII. f. 19 . . 356

Pecten sulcatus 94

30-radiatus. III. f. 30, 31 94, 172

varius 18

Pectunculus brevirostris. XIV.f.32. . 31, 116, 225

- decussatus. XIV. f . 7 116

globosus. III. f. 20 93, 170

granulatus 93

- pulvinatus. II. f. 25 93

pulvinatus 116, 225

Pentaceros 327

Pentacrinus. XIX. f. 1-1 5 ; XX. f. 1-3, 6. . 343

Pentagonaster 330

PEPPERING 16

Periodus Koenigii. X. f. 13 1 1 1, 205

Petalopora pulchella. XVIII". f . 7 . . 285, 352

Petricola 171

Phacodus punctatus. XXX. f. 16 371, 406

Phcenicites angustifolia 232

pumila 232

- salicifolia 232

- spectabilis 232

Phoenix dactylifera 233

Pholades (recent) 28, 1 71

Pholas Candida 17

crispata 17

Dactylus 17

- Pechellii. XIV. f. 10 1 15, 223

Pholadomya decussata. XXIX. f . 6 355

-Dixoni 115, 224

Koninckii 115

margaritacea 115

Phorus agglutinans 99

extensus 1 00

Pictet's ' Palaeontology ' 74

Pileopsis ? XXVII. f. 8 348, 357

Pileopsis Cornu-Copiee 96

squameeformis 96

Pinites Dixoni. IX. f. 3, 4 84

Pinna affinis 31, 117, 172, 226

- decussata. XXVIII. f. 20 355

- margaritacea 94, 117, 172, 226

margaritacea 117

sulcata 1 355

Pisces, Description of 195, 360

Plagiostoma elonyatum 356

- Hoperi, var. XXVIII. f. 21. . . . 348, 356

- parallelus. XXVIII. f. 16 356

pvnctatum 356

PLASTIC CLAY.. . 20, 42

GENERAL INDEX.

419

PlatlH-mus Coin

Page
. X. f. 23 ; XII. f. 1 1-13 j ','JV

Platypodia Owi-ni. XXXVIII*. f . 9 ...... 345

PlenoManu .' \\XVI1. f. 15 ...... 399, 408

- Bernard!. XXXVII. f. S, 9; XL- { 396 ' ;';'"

I. 4US

- constrictus. XXXVII. f. 6, 7, 13

PU-tlmdus rxpmisus. XXXIII. f. 2 .. 366,405

-oblon-us. XXXII*. f. I :!iiii, ID.'.

I'li-iirotonia am])liiconus. VIII. f. 7, 8. . 102, 1S3

- attenuate. VI. f. 11, 14 ......... 102

- curvicosta. VII. f. 17 ........ 102, 183

-dentata. VI. f. 24 ............ 102

-exorta .......................... 102

- gentilis. VI. f. 25 ........... 103, 183

- innrata. VI. f. 21 ............ 102, 183

- inflcxa ............. 103

- obscurate. VII. f. 19 ....... 103, 1S4

-plebeia. VI. f. 23 ......... 103, 184

- prisca. VII. f. 24 ; XIV. f. 30 102, 119

- roatrata .................... 102, IS.;

- transversaria ............. ....... 102

Plcurotomaria perspective. XXVII.f.27. . 349,358

1 14, 222

maximttg . . ...................... 353

-. . . 222

Polythalamia .......................... 68

Polyptychodon interruptus. XXXVII. f. 16,
17 ; XXXVIII. f. 3 .............. 378, 407

Pomognathus eupterygius. XXXV. f. 6, 7 <
Porites? panacea. I. f. 7 ............ 86, 156

POST-PLIOCENE FORMATION

' /J '

. < ' /J

(. Jo, ol,

PRESTON ............................ 34

Prionolepis angustus. XXXII*. f. 3. . 368,406
Pristis ............................ 27, 202

- contortus. XII. f. 9, 10 ...... 1 1 1, 202

- distortus. XII. f. 9, 10 ...... 1 1 1, 202

- Hastingiffi. XII. f. 6-8 .......... Ill

Psammobia compressa .............. 89, 165

Pseudoliva obtusa. VIII. f . 1 1 .......... 106

- ovalis. VII. f. 13 ............ 106, 187

- semicostata. XIV. f. 26 ...... 120, 228

Pterocera ineerta .................. 350, 358

Pterodactylusconirostris. XXXVIII. f. 4-7 | 401 '

- giganteut ........................ 401

Page
Ptychodus altior. XXX. f. 10 362, l<:>

- d.rnrrens. X X X . f. 7, S ; X X X I . f. 1 ;
XXXII. f. 3 362, l(i:.

cK'j.rrssus. XXXI. f. 9 363, 405

-latissimus. XXX. f. 1, 2; XXXI.
f.3 362, Hi:.

mammillaris. XXX. f. 6 ; XXXI. f . 4 ( ' M ' '

L 40;>

- Mortoni. XXXI. f. 6, 7 364, in..

- Oweni. XXX. f. 4, 5 ; XXXI. f. 2 j :1 'j ) 1 .'
paucisulcatus. XXX. f. 3 363, 405

- polygyrus. XXX. f. 9 ; XXXI . f. 1 j 36 ^

- rugosus. XXXI. f . 5 362, 405

1'ullastra aurea 17

decussate 1 7, 39, 48

perforans 17

vulgaris 17

Purpura Lapillus 18, 40

Pustulopora pustulosa. XVIIK f. 8. . 288, 352
Pycnodus parallelus. XXXIII. f . 3 . 369, 406

Pyrula Iterigata 103

nexilis 104

- Smithii. XV. f. 6, 6" 29, 31, 120

tricarinata 104

tricostata 105

Python Sebse (Woodcut) p.213,f. 4-6 ; 1 . . fi

p. 216, f. 12 .]

Q.

Quinqueloculina Hauerina. IX. f . 8 85

R.

Eandasia 330

Eaphiosaurus Lucius. XXXIX. f. 1-3. . 385,408
Remains, British. (Woodcuts) p. 1 1, 36. . 11, 35

Ringicula turgida 98

Rinffine/la turgida 98

Rissoa cimex 18

costata 18

elegantissima 18

reticulate 18

varia 18

Host fllnria ampla 1 05

arcuata 105, 187

3i2

420

GENERAL INDEX.

Page
105

-lucida. V. f. 21 105, 187

tnacroptera 23, 27

macroptera 105

Maryerini 1 20

Sowerbii 120

stenoptera 358

Rotalia? XXVII. f. 1-4 352

Rotalia obscura. IX. f. 6 85, 162

Rotalites radiatus 85

Rotella minuta. IX. f. 19 100, 180

RUSTINGTON 34

s.

Salenia scutigera, var. ? XXV. f. 23-25 . . 340

Salmo Lewesiensis 376

Sanguinolaria compressa 89

- Hollowaysii. II. f. 6 89

Saurocephalus lanciformis. XXX. f. 21 ;

XXXI. f. 12 ; XXXIV. f. 14 374, 407

striatus. XXXV. f . 5 375, 407

Saurodon Leanus. XXX. f. 28, 29 ; XXXI*.

f. 10 373, 407

Saxicava rugosa 1 7, 1 71

Scalaria acuta. VII. f. 15 99

- compacta. XXVII. f. 32 349, 357

- interrupta. VII. f. 14 99

Scaphites eequalis. XXVII. f. 37, 38 359

eequalis 359

costatus 359

- obliquus. XXIX. f. 1 1 359

Sea-urchins 337

Selache? XI. f. 25 110

SELSEY 7, 12, 19, 22, 23, 83

, Eocene formation of 19

, General view of 7

, Roman station at 8

, Wells at 22

SELSEY BILL 25

Sepia 190

Sepia Blainvillii 109

Cuvieri 109

lonyirostris 109

longispina 109

parisiensis 109

Septaria 29

Serpula Amphisbcena 354

annulata. XXIX. f . 9 . 353

Page

Serpula nagelliformis . 87, 114, 222

heptagona 87

- ornata. IX. f. 21 87, 163

- Plexus. XXVIII. f. 12 353

SHOREHAM HARBOUR 40

Siderastrsea Websteri. I. f. 5 86, 138, 171

Sigaretus canaliculatus. V. f. 9 98

Siluridse 27

Silurus Egertoni. XI. f. 11-13 112, 204

Siphoniotyphlus plumatus. XVIIP.f.2 . 300, 352
Solarium bifrons 100

- bistriatum. XIV. f. 20 1 19, 227

- canaliculatum. VI. f. 3" 99

- catenatum. XXIX. f. 5 349, 358

disjunction 100

Laudinense 100

patellatum 100

patulum 99

plicatum 99

- pulchrum. VI. f. 3 b 99, 179

- spectabile. VI. f. 2 99, 1 79

- trochiforme ? VII. f. 10 99

Solecurtus candidus 88

compressus 89

Solenes 26

Solen affinis 88

- Dixoni. II. f. 23 88

- obliquus. II. f. 1 88

Siliqua 17

strigillatus 88

Solenocurtus Parisiensis. II. f. 24 88

SOMPTING 40

Sphyraenodus gracilis 205

- priscus 1 12, 205

- tenuis. XI. f. 24 112

Spatangus gibbus 342

Spinopora Dixoni. XVIII. f. 38, 39. . 264, 352
Spondylus fimbriatus. XXVIII. f. 34 356

- latus. XXVIII. f. 30, 31 356

lineatus 356

rarispina 94, 1 73

Sponges? in flint. XVII 67,351

Stellaster Comptoni. XXII. f . 8 .... 325, 335

- elegans. XXII. f . 9 325, 336

Stenostoma pulchellum. XXXVI. f. 2. . 373, 406
Stephanophyllia Michelini. XVIIP. \ .

f. 12 r

Strepsidura araiata. VII. f . 1 1 104, 186

costata . . .104

GENERAL INDEX.

421

Strepsidura turgida.
StroM&iu

VI. f. 12, 13.

fiaurella

Lurtator

spinosus

Styloplmra emarciata. IX. i'. '2~>
Monticularia. I. f. 6

Si I'KACRETACEOUS FORMATION . .

Etamx, MAI- of the West Coast of

T.

TARRING

Tellina canalieulata. II. f. _'_
conciima

craticula. III. f. 4

dis-strin. IX. f. 2

- donacialis. III. f. 8, 9

filosa

lamellosa

lunulata

obovata

-plagia. III. f. 5....

, var. obovata. IX. f. 10

Page

104, ISO

... io;>

. 104

io;>, is;
107
107

. 86, I 17

. 86, 1 IL'

19

35

. 90

. 90

90, 166

90

89, 164
. 90

90

90

. 90
. 89
. 89

90

reflexa

rhomboidalis 90

gcalarioidesl 90, 166

speciosa. III. f. 1 1 90

tenuistriata 90

-textilis. Ill.f. 1. 90

tumescens. II. f. 4 90

Terebellum fusiforme 1 08

Terebratula. XXVII. f. 15-17 346, 354

Bulla. XXVII. f. 1 1 346, 354

- sexradiata. XXVII. f. 10 346, 354

- striatula. XXVII. f. 21 354

Teredines 29, 122, 224

Teredina personata 115

Teredo 171, 224

- Amphisbrena. XXVIII. f. 35 354

- antenautae. XIV. f . 1 87, 1 15

Burtini 115

n am I is 115

- personata. XIV. f. 5 & 5 115

rotundas. XXVIII. f. 27, 28 . . 346, 354

THORNEY, OLD, Farm-house 26

STATION, The new 25

THORNLY STATION, The old

Thracia oblnta

sulcntn .

Tomognathus leiodus. XXX. f. 31 . . 377,
-mordux. XXXV. f. 1 ;<7<i,

Tornati'llii ximiilutii

sulcata

Totia

Trees, Remains of

Trigonocaelia yriniii/nhi

Triloculina Cor-Anguinum. IX. f. 9

Trionyx. XIII. f. 12-17 1 13,

, sp. indeterm. XII. f. 15 113,

Triton argutus. VII. f. 12

t'xpimsus. V. f. 15 ...

105,

Trochus afffflutinans

apertus 96,

cinerarius

cinereus

extensiu

magus . . . .
opercttlaris
inii/iilicarig
ziziphinus

Turbinolia centralis

elliptica ?

- sulcata. I. f. 1 86,

Turbo eleyantissimus

- gemmatus. XXVII. f. 26, 33 . . 349,
planorbularis

plicatus 100,

sculptus 100,

sulcatus 100,

Turrilites Scheuchzerianus. XXIX. f. 1 7 . .

- triplicatus. XXIX. f. 16 350,

undulatus

TURRITELLA-BED, THE

Turritella bicincta. VI. f. 19 100,

conoidea. V. f. 6 100, 119,

, var. elongate. V. f. 10 101,

- contracte. VII. f. 42 101,

elongata

fasciata. VII. f. 5

imbricataria

imbricataria 100,

intermedia

-marginate. VI. f. 16 101,

Melania

multisulcata. VI. f. 9 .

Page

.'(i

I IS

107
1(17
98
w

330
13

!).'<
85
1"J I
_'-> 1
105
I Mi

99

118

18

18

100

18

96

99

18

Mfi

126

125

18

358

99

180

119

119

359

359

359

27

180

1S1

181

181

101

101

26

101

181

181

100

101

422

GENERAL INDEX.

Page
Turritella nexilis. VI. f. 17 101, 181

- scalarioides. XV. f. 10 119,227

- sulcata. VI. f. 8 101

sulcata 100

- sulcifera. V. f. 2 100

- terebellata. V. f. 5 100

turbinata. XXIX. f . 2 349, 358

U.

Urns and funeral vessels, Roman 43

V.

VENERICARDIA-BED, THE 27

Venericardia acuticosta 23, 27

acuticosta 92

Brongniartii 116

carinata 92

elegans 92

mitis 92

- planicosta 23, 26, 27

planicosta 92

Ventriculites in flint. XVII 68, 351

Venus Cypria 91

elegan* 91

- Gallina 91

nitidula 91

suberycinoides 91

sulcataria 91

- tenuistriata 91, 1 16, 167

verrucosa 17

Vermetus Bognoriensis. XIV. f. 3" 31, 118

Vermicularia Bognoriensis 118

Vermilia flagelliformis 87

Voluta ambigua 188

angusta. V. f. 19 ; VII. f. 37 107

Page
Voluta Bulbula. VII. f. 35 106

- calva. VII. f. 28 106, 187

- Cithara. V. f. 17 27, 106

- costata. V. f. 24 107

- crenulata. V. f. 22 107

- denudata. XV. f . 7 31, 120

Labrella. V. f. 12, 14 107

muricina. V. f. 20 107

-nodosa. V. f. 23 107

-recticosta. V. f. 18 106,188

spinosa. V. f. 16 107

, var. platyspina. VII. f. 29.... 107

uniplicata. VII. f. 45, 46 107,188

W.

WARBURTON 47

Wood, Coniferous. XVI. f . 5 84, 235, 351

, Dicotyledonous. XVI. f. 6. . 84, 235, 351

, Fossil, Description of 230

WORTHING 12, 16, 37, 39

, Geological view of 37

X.

Xiphidium 222

- angustum. XXVIII. f. 9 353

- quadratum. XIV. f. 3 b , 4 1 14, 223

maximum. XXVIII. f. 6-8 .. . 353

Z.

Zeugophyllites calamoides 232

Zeus Lewesiensis 371

Zoophyta 124

CORRIGENDA.

Page 10, line 1,/or Milliolite read Miliolite.
... 13, ... 2, for Milliolite read Miliolite.
... 2"), ... \0from but torn, fur Millioliti- read Miliolite.
... 8!), ... 3 from bottom, insert Tab. II. f. 3.
... 90, under TELLINA LUNULATA, transf. " Donax lunulata, Lam., $<:." after " Edui.

loc. cit., <$'c."

... 94, ... 3, for Tab. XIII. read Tab. XIV.
... 94,... 6, for t. 28 read t. .'is.

... 95,... 6 from the bottom, after Tab. VII. f. 3 dele & 3".
... 96, ... 2, after Tab. VII. f. 1 insert 3'.
... 98, ... 13, insert Tab. VI. f. 20.

... 98, ... 11 /row bottom, for Tab. XIII. rairf Tab. XIV.
... 100, ... 1 5 from bottom, for Turbo sulcata read Turbo sulcatus.
... 101, ... 12,/orTab. VI. f. 5 re ad Tab. VI. f. 8.
... 102, ... 14, after Tab. VI. f. 4, 6 dele & 16.
... 103, ... 20, fort. 96^ read t. 94 bu .
... 106, ... last line, for Tab. VII. read Tab. V.
... Ill, ... \:>fr<n bottom, after R. 2. insert Tab. XI.
... 1 13, ... 4, after Tab. XIII. insert f. 1.

... 118, ... \7,for GLOBULUS PATULUS read AMPULLINA PATULA.
... 118, ... 12 from bottom, for GLOBULUS SIGARETINUS read AMPULLINA SIGARETINA.
... 1 19, ... 2, for Tab. XIV. f. 22 read Tab. VI. f. 20.
... 119, ... 1 6 from bottom, for Turbo sulcata read Turbo sulcatus.
... 120, after CASSIDARIA NOOOSA, &c. insert CASSIDARIA CORONATA, Tab. VI.

1'. 22, 30, &c.

... 165, ... 4, for Tab. I. f. 2 read Tab. XIV. f. 9.
... 167, ... 6, after Tab. III. fig. insert 12.
... 170, ... 8 from bottom, for granulata read granulatus.
... 182, ... 14 from bottom, for Tab. VI. f. 4, 5 read Tab. VI. f. 4, 6.
... 201, ... 3, insert Tab. XI. f. 7.
... 227, ... between 2 & 3, insert Genus Globulus.
... 228, ... 13, insert Tab. XIV. f. 15.
... 228, ... 16, insert Tab. XIV. f. 28.
... 341, ... 2 from bottom, for pilhtla read Pilula.
... 343, ... 13/rom bottom, for {. 39 read f. 38.

... 352, ... 4 from bottom, for PUSTULOSA read PUSTULOPORA PUSTULOSA.

... 373, ... 2, for pulchella read pulchellum.

... 374, ... 11, dele Family SPHYRJENID,E.

... 398, ... 16 from bottom, for Tab. VI. read Tab. XL.

Plate XVI. f. 5 transpose letters b $ c.

PBINTBD BY
RICHARD AND JOHN EDWARD TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

iwr Q -

-^

Wl

1

ALL

BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

for class reserve are subject to immediate rec

STAMPEDBELOW_

LIBRARY OF THE I

LIBRAE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
FORM NO. DD8, 7m, 12/80 BERKELEY, CA 94720 ^

Q.
LIBRARY OF THE U

^ -

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA MfiRIRY (IF TUP IINIUFBIITV n c rtiunovii

&j-r r~\
^4.

IIDDIDV PC TUC II

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSI IFORNIA <RY OF THE UNIVER

'o ra ae

or THE UNIVERSIT

II8R C r UKIVERSITY OF CUlf HBP HE UHIVER:

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

- ' e<o

S

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

LIBRARY OF THE UNIVER!

":. : gg

! v '. : '^,
H ;:;.',.